Austin Police Department Policy Manual

Latent print processing Chapter 4 page 263, 264

The employee responsible for processing a crime scene will be responsible for ensuring latent prints are lifted when prints are necessary (e.g., primary officer, crime scene technician). (a) Latent prints will be obtained at the crime scene; employees will not seize items of physical evidence for printing unless: 1. The item is constructed such that it cannot be printed at the scene (e.g., forgery documents); or 2. The item has evidentiary value beyond latent prints. (b) Employees will label all latent print cards with their name, employee number, date, time, offense number, and location the print was lifted. Print cards will be placed into a collection envelope and submitted to an evidence room. (c) Evidence which cannot be fingerprinted by employees at the scene will be recovered and wrapped securely in a paper or plastic bag in a manner which will minimize the possibility of destroying the fingerprints. (d) Employees will not process forgery documents for latent prints at the scene. Forgery documents will be handled as outlined in Policy 618 (Property and Evidence Collection Procedures).

Polygraph reporting procedures Chapter 4 page 287

The examiner will verbally advise the assigned investigator of the results of the examination. It will be the assigned investigators responsibility to write a supplement to the incident report concerning the polygraph examination.

Neglect

The failure to provide for one's self the goods or services, including medical services, which are necessary to avoid physical or emotional harm or pain, or the failure of a caretaker to provide such goods or services

Use of range for practice fire Chapter 8 page 468

The firearm range will be available for practice as shown on the most current range schedule. (a) Only approved weapons and ammunition will be utilized on the firearms range. (b) Officers practicing on the range may be issued 50 rounds (maximum) of practice ammunition per day. (c) Firearm range personnel have the authority to decide which of the two forms of practice is fired. - Free Form: The shooter fires on his own under firearms range supervision; or - Practice Course: An organized course is run for all shooters practicing on the firearms range at that time.

Initial response and assessment Chapter 4 page 298

The first officer arriving on the scene of an incident involving a disaster or major civil disturbance will: (a) Immediately notify Communications of the following: 1. Nature of the incident. 2. Specific details (e.g., exact location, extent of damage, size of the crowd). 3. Type of additional assistance required (e.g., AFD, EMS, Specialized Units). 4. Establish an initial perimeter (e.g., street or lane closures, initial staging area). (b) Exercise control of the scene until the arrival of a higher ranking officer. 1. If the incident is of such a nature that an officer cannot reasonably assume control, he will observe the incident from a safe distance and keep Communications advised until additional personnel arrive. 2. Upon arrival of sufficient personnel, the highest ranking officer will organize and direct those police functions as necessary for the immediate preservation of life, property, and order (e.g., traffic control, rescue, first aid) until the arrival of a supervisor. This officer should maintain contact with Communications to advise of actions taken and incident updates.

Command protocol at major incidents Chapter 4 page 299, 300

The first supervisor at the scene of a major incident will immediately assume command of the operation until relieved by higher authority. Long term command protocol at major incidents is as follows: (a) If one or more Specialized Units (e.g., SWAT, Bomb Squad) are needed for the situation, the supervisor of the appropriate Specialized Unit will become responsible for the command of tactical aspects of the situation when that supervisor arrives on scene. (b) Once a Specialized Unit supervisor has assumed command of tactical aspects of the operation, a patrol supervisor will maintain control of non-tactical aspects (e.g., outer perimeter maintenance, traffic control). (c) Overall control will be assumed by a patrol lieutenant, Specialized Unit lieutenant, or Incident Commander (as outlined below) upon arrival.

Initial supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 298, 299

The first supervisor at the scene will immediately assume command of the operation until relieved by higher authority. Supervisors responsibilities include: (a) Making a rapid survey of the scene and estimating the seriousness of the occurrence. (b) Requesting Communications to: - Clear all normal radio traffic to an alternate channel. - Broadcast citywide that all units involved in the incident to remain on initial radio channel. (c) Determining whether a need exists for an alternate radio channel and if so, requesting Communications to establish a secure channel.

Supervisory responsibility Chapter 4 page 318, 319

The first supervisor on the scene to a legitimized bomb threat should do the following: (a) Assume command of the scene. (b) Establish the primary Command Post. 1. The primary Command Post can be the same as the initial Command Post or it can be moved at the discretion of the supervisor based on the best information available at the time. 2. The site should be swept for possible secondary explosive devices and other hazards. 3. The Command Post should be established up-wind of the incident scene if possible. (c) Establish an outer perimeter if believed necessary. (d) Order an evacuation if believed necessary. (e) If possible, contact the responding bomb techs and brief them on the information about the device/explosive. (f) Execute all suggestions of the bomb techs and await their arrival. (g) Do not allow anyone other than Bomb Squad personnel to approach the suspected explosive device for any purpose without consulting responding bomb technicians first.

Prohibited uses of chemical agents, carrying, treatment and transporting prisoners subjected to chemical agents Chapter 2 page 64

The following are prohibited uses of chemical agents: - To torture, psychologically tournament, elicit statements or inflict undue pain on any individual - Horseplay or practical jokes - Demonstrations without the permission of the supervisor - When a subject exhibits only verbal and/or passive resistance to arrest or authority - When a subject is under physical restraint unless the subject is still aggressively resisting and less you're means of controlling the subject have failed. Uniformed employees carrying the OC spray shall carry the device in its holster on the equipment belt. Plainclothes and non-field employees may carry the OC spray as authorized, consistent with the needs of their assignment or at the direction of their supervisor. Subjects who have been affected by the use of chemical agents should be afforded means of cleansing the affected areas as soon as practicable. Those subjects who complain of further severe effects shall be afforded a medical examination by competent medical personnel.

Prohibited uses of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 68

The following are prohibited uses of the Taser device: - The Taser device shall not be used to torture, psychologically torment, elicit statements or to punish any individual - Horse play or practical jokes - demonstrations, without the permission of a supervisor - Against passively resisting subject - Individuals who are covered in, or in close proximity to, any combustible material.

Understanding hate crime enhancement Chapter 4 page 373, 374

"Hate Crime" is not a specific offense that any person can be charged with but rather a penalty enhancement (Tex. Penal Code § 12.47). (a) Officers cannot enhance the level of a crime at the time of booking even if there is sufficient evidence that the crime was motivated because of bias or prejudice. (b) Investigators do not control whether an offense committed because of bias or prejudice is enhanced; the decision to file for the enhancement is handled by the prosecution. (c) The enhancement allows for specific offenses to be increased to the next category of offense; however, a Class A misdemeanor cannot be increased to a felony.

Processing police observer requests Chapter 3 page 194

(A) Approving Police Observer Request Forms 1. Administrative staff or supervisors receiving a completed Police Observer Information Form shall: (a) Review the form for completeness, including signature and date. (b) Conduct all required checks and document the results on the Police Observer Information Form: - Does not have any active warrants (NCIC, TCIC and local); and - Does not have a criminal history; and - Is not restricted or banned from being an observer: • Restricted and banned observers are listed and maintained in a Rider Database located in the public APD Ride Along folder of Outlook. • Restricted and banned observers requesting more information concerning the ban should be referred to the appropriate commander. (c) Sign and date the form, indicating approval. 2. Administrative staff who process police observer packets shall forward the completed packet to the appropriate supervisor after scheduling the observation date and time with the observer.

Processing police observer requests Chapter 3 page 194

(B) Day of Police Observation 1. Supervisors are additionally responsible for: - Assigning the observer to an officer if the assignment has not been made; and - Ensuring the observer is in compliance with the guidelines outlined in the Police Observer Information Form. 2. Upon completion of the observation, the Police Observer Information Form shall be forwarded to the appropriate administrative staff for entry into the Rider Database.

Holds on impounded vehicles chapter 3 page 234, 235

(a) A hold may be placed on an impounded vehicle when: 1. The vehicle was involved in a criminal incident and it is necessary to establish the identity of the person who will attempt to claim the vehicle. 2. There is a need to secure the vehicle for evidentiary reasons (e.g., homicide, stolen property, a vehicular fatality, vehicle to be forfeited). (b) A hold shall only be authorized by a supervisor or the appropriate Investigative Unit. 1. The employee number of the authorizing supervisor or investigator shall be placed on the " approved by" line on the APD Wrecker/Impound Report. 2. The impounding officer shall document the hold in their incident report. (c) The initial hold placed on an impounded vehicle shall be in effect for 72 hours. A hold may be lifted by the appropriate Investigative Unit before the 72 hours expires, or extended if continued retention is necessary.

Enhancement due to prior conviction Chapter 4 page 328, 329

(a) A misdemeanor assault shall be enhanced to a felony of the third degree if the suspect has an eligible prior conviction on his CCH (Tex. Penal Code § 22.01(b)(2)(A)). (b) An assault involving strangulation/suffocation shall be enhanced to a felony of the second degree if the suspect has an eligible prior conviction on his CCH, with the exception of a prior conviction involving continuous violence against family (Tex. Penal Code § 22.01(b-1)). (c) Eligible Prior Conviction - A prior conviction meets the guidelines for enhancement if: 1.The victim in the previous offense had a family or dating relationship with the defendant; and 2. The offense is classified as: - Any offense in Tex. Penal Code Chapter 19; or - Any offense in Tex. Penal Code Chapter 22; or - Kidnapping (Tex. Penal Code § 20.03); or - Aggravated kidnapping (Tex. Penal Code § 20.04); or - Indecency with a child (Tex. Penal Code § 21.11); or - Continuous violence against the family (Tex. Penal Code § 25.11).

Reporting procedures Chapter 3 page 207, 208

(a) A photocopy of all reports and documents (e.g., citations, incident reports, crash reports) related to the incident which involves an identified diplomat and/or immunity subject shall be immediately forwarded to the office of the Chief of Police through the officer's chain-of- command, regardless of whether the claim of immunity is verified. The words "Immunity Claim" shall be marked on the top photocopy, together with a notation of the subject's title, country and type of identification presented, if applicable. (b) In addition to the reports and documents, a follow-up cover memorandum should be submitted for incidents where the investigation indicates the violation was flagrant, the subject was uncooperative, or involved any other unusual aspects of the enforcement contact where further action by the Department of State may be necessary. (c) The supervisor apprised of the incident shall ensure that all related documents, including any supervisor's notes, materials and/or logs are forwarded to the office of the Chief of Police without delay. The Chief of Police's office will verify that notification to the Department of State and all necessary follow-up occur.

Impound procedures Chapter 3 page 233, 234

(a) A vehicle is considered impounded once the wrecker has been called by Communications. 1. In the event that the owner/operator of the operable vehicle arrives before the arrival of the authorized impound wrecker, officers should attempt to cancel the wrecker. 2. If the authorized impound wrecker cannot be canceled, the owner/operator of the vehicle must settle with the authorized impound wrecker service by payment of a standard fee at the scene or the vehicle will be impounded by the wrecker. (b) When a vehicle is impounded, the impounding officer will deliver the ignition key, if available, to the wrecker driver. (c) A parking citation will be issued in all cases in which the vehicle was impounded for a parking violation. (d) Anytime a vehicle is actually impounded or moved, officers will: 1. Complete an APD Impound/Wrecker Report and provide the contacted wrecker service driver with the appropriate copy. 2. Contact dispatch and have the towed/impounded vehicle entered into the Impound/ BOLO file prior to the removal of the vehicle.

Reporting guidelines Chapter 4 page 333

(a) A written report shall be completed on all incidents involving: 1. Family disturbances and dating disturbances. 2. Family violence and dating violence allegations. 3. Any complaint of unreasonable discipline against a juvenile, regardless of whether an arrest is made.

Notifications and investigations involving Austin Independent school District police Chapter 3 page 249

(a) AISD Police have agreed to notify APD Communications when incidents of a serious nature (e.g., Homicide, Aggravated Assault, and Sexual Assault) occur on school property. 1. APD Communications will contact an APD patrol supervisor with details of the incident and will supply a contact number for the AISD police supervisor. 2. The APD supervisor will determine what, if any, response is needed from APD and will confer with the AISD supervisor on which agency will assume investigative responsibility. (b) APD Communications shall notify AISD police of any AISD school related safety issues (e.g., fire around school property during school hours) or serious incident affecting AISD students (e.g., death of an AISD student, AISD bus crash). (c) Prior to APD PIO releasing information to the media on any major incidents affecting AISD schools or students, APD PIO first shall notify AISD PIO.

Crashes involving APD least, owned or rented vehicles and city of Austin vehicles which were operating as an emergency vehicle such as EMS, fire or other operating code two or three. Chapter 3 page 226, 227

(a) APD Vehicles are: 1. Any vehicle owned, leased, or rented by the department 2. Any vehicle loaned or granted to the department for use by an employee (b) A supervisor shall be notified of all crashes involving APD vehicles and vehicles operating in an emergency capacity. Supervisors will respond to the scene of APD involved crashes within the city limits or if directed by a Commander or above to conduct an investigation: 1. The involved employee's immediate supervisor shall be contacted if he is on- duty. 2. If the involved employee's supervisor is off-duty, another supervisor on-duty shall be notified. (c) In the event the crash involves an APD commander or above, the next-level supervisor in the involved employee's chain-of-command shall be notified and assume responsibility for follow-up of the incident. (d) In the event the crash occurs outside the city limits of Austin, the investigating supervisor shall determine what APD resources will be sent to the scene. (e) APD vehicles damaged as a result of pushing or pulling other vehicles shall follow the guidelines outlined in Policy 804 (Vehicle Use Policy).

Command and coordination of APD personnel Chapter 3 page 247, 248

(a) APD personnel shall not be placed under the command of any outside agency. (b) Any APD Units dispatched for routine assistance to another agency shall contact the other agency's officer-in-charge to render approved assistance but shall remain under the direct control of an APD supervisor. (c) At the scene of an incident where APD personnel are working with officers from an outside agency: 1. The ranking APD patrol supervisor shall assume command and responsibility of all assigned APD patrol officers. 2. The ranking APD support unit supervisor shall assume command and responsibility of all APD support unit personnel. 3. The responsible supervisors shall coordinate their efforts with each other and with the ranking supervisor of the outside agency. 4. If there is only one APD supervisor on-scene and several units of the Department are present, that supervisor shall assume command and responsibility of all APD personnel and shall coordinate operations with the ranking supervisor of the outside agency. (d) The appropriate Commanders or Duty Commander shall be kept informed by the on-scene ranking APD supervisor of the progress, delays, or conclusion of any operation. (e) When a long-term investigation is being performed jointly with another law enforcement agency, the affected Commanders will maintain liaison with the outside agency.

Abandon motor vehicles on UT property Chapter 4 page 363

(a) Abandoned Vehicles on Public Streets 1. The University of Texas Police Department (UTPD) directly provides abandoned vehicle information to the Abandoned Vehicle Unit. 2. Upon receipt, the Abandoned Vehicle Unit shall handle the complaint in the same manner as any other abandoned vehicle in the city limits. (b) Abandoned Vehicles on Private Property 1. UTPD directly provides the Abandoned Vehicle Unit with the private property affidavit signed by the owner of the property stating that the owner wants the vehicle removed.

Case jacket/files Chapter 4 page 273, 274

(a) Active cases shall be maintained by the assigned personnel. Case files/jackets shall be: 1. Kept from public view while the person assigned is working on the case. 2. Locked up at the end of the assigned personnel's tour of duty. (b) All original case files/jackets on investigations shall be maintained and secured by the appropriate Investigative Unit. (c) Case files shall be maintained and purged in accordance with established record retention schedules for law enforcement and Department policy regarding records.

Alias use and review Chapter 4 page 391

(a) All approved online undercover activity requests will be reviewed not less than every 90 days by the employee's unit supervisor to ensure continued need for the online undercover activity. 1. Approved online undercover activity that does not provide information regarding a valid law enforcement purpose will be discontinued. 2. A summary will be placed in the file indicating the date of termination of the online undercover activity. The online alias may be maintained if it is anticipated that it will be utilized again. (b) Departmental personnel with an approved online alias may use their online alias to make false representations in concealment of personal identity in order to establish social media accounts. 1. The establishment of a social media account with an approved online alias must be documented by the unit supervisor. 2. Online undercover activity occurs when the agent utilizing the online alias interacts with a person via social media.

Required reporting Chapter 3 page 227, 228

(a) All crashes involving APD vehicles or non-APD City Emergency Vehicles (EMS, AFD, others equipped with emergency lights and responsible for responding to emergencies) shall have: 1. An incident report titled "Crash / City Vehicle" (3651) completed: and 2. A large, not-to-scale diagram; and 3. Digital photographs of the scene including damage to the vehicle(s) (downloaded into the Digital Crime Scene Management System); and 4. A CR-3, if required, and notate if the unit was operating in an emergency capacity by checking the appropriate box in the Vehicle/Driver section and document the details in the Investigator's Narrative section, including the damaged vehicle unit number and city number. (b) When the crash involves an APD Vehicle, all involved APD employees shall complete a supplement to the original report; (c) APD supervisors will have final authority to determine when the CR-3 will be completed. Crashes involving APD vehicles and/or non-APD City Emergency Vehicles that meet all of the following criteria do not require a CR-3 if the APD employee's immediate supervisor approves the exception. 1. All vehicles involved belong to the City, or the vehicle has struck a fixed object, or an animal only; and 2. There are no persons injured; and 3. The damage caused is less than $1,000

Crashes involving all other leased, owned or rented city vehicles, other than APD Chapter 3 page 229

(a) All crashes involving City vehicles shall have: 1. A CR-3, if required, or 2. Crashes involving City vehicles that meet all of the following criteria do not require a CR-3 and will be issued a CR-2 (Blue Form). - The City vehicle has struck another City vehicle, a fixed object, or an animal only; and - There are no persons injured; and - The damage caused is less than $1,000 (b) An incident report is not required solely based on the crash involving a city vehicle; however, a responding officer shall complete an incident report if the crash would otherwise require a report (e.g., LTS, DWI, death).

Requesting and gaining Remote access Chapter 2 page 678, 679

(a) All employees have been granted remote access to APD Citrix. Employees needing other types of remote access such as GoToMyPC or VPN must have approval from the employee's Lieutenant or equivalent civilian manager. (b) Some factors that should be considered when granting remote access to GoToMyPC or a VPN: 1. The necessity for remote access - Can the employee use Mobile Office instead? - Is the employee on Emergency call back or when an employee is home sick for an extended period of time? - Is the unit budgeted to pay for the licenses needed for GoToMyPc or VPN access? 2. Is the employee a non-exempt employee? - Non-exempt employee access must be in the City's best interest. Work done while using remote access is considered productive time - Non-exempt employees working remotely should be compensated for any time that is beyond their normal 40 hours.

Voluntary assistance and treatment Chapter 9 page 569

(a) All professional counselors, both within the Department and in private practice, are ethically required to keep confidential the names of people who are receiving voluntary treatment. (b) All inquiries about assistance by an employee or family member shall be kept confidential. 1. The City-HR maintains information regarding the Employee Assistance Program and other appropriate resources and programs. 2. Employees who suspect they have an alcohol or legal drug problem can obtain assistance from: - APD employees who are Trained Peer Support employees, Chaplains or Recovering alcoholics. - APD Psychological Services staff members. - The City Employee Assistance Program (EAP). - Private treatment programs. (c) An employees voluntary disclosure of an alcohol or legal drug problem before submitting to a drug test or being requested to submit to a drug test may be considered by the Chief as a mitigating factor should the facts warrant the matter being handled as a disciplinary issue.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 268, 269

(a) All reports routed to a supervisor's queue shall be reviewed for compliance with Department policy. Reports that are incomplete or inadequate shall be returned for correction. (b) Supervisors shall not review reports for which they are involved in; however, supervisors that are not directly involved in an incident (e.g., witness the incident) may conduct the review. When a supervisor is involved in the incident, a supervisor one rank higher than the involved supervisor will conduct the review. (c) Supervisors receiving notification from Central Records or an Investigative Unit of a deficient report shall: 1. Ensure that the responsible employee corrects the report. 2. Take proper steps to ensure that deficiencies do not occur again (e.g., counseling, remedial training, increased monitoring and review).

Report writing Chapter 4 page 267, 268

(a) All reports shall accurately reflect: 1. The identity of the persons involved. 2. All pertinent information seen, heard, or assimilated by any other sense. 3. Any action(s) taken. (b) Employees shall not suppress, conceal or distort the facts of any reported incident, nor shall any employee make a false report orally or in writing. (c) Generally, the reporting employee's opinions should not be included in reports unless specifically identified as such. (d) Sentences with proper structure should express complete thoughts. When writing the narrative portion of an incident report, personnel should avoid writing: 1. Sentence fragments which do not convey or express a complete thought. 2. Run-on sentences where two or more complete ideas are joined without punctuation.

Assault victim statement Chapter 4 page 330

(a) An Assault Victim Statement (AVS) form shall be completed on every incident involving family violence, regardless of whether an arrest is made. This includes, but is not limited to, the following offenses: 1. Any assault offense involving family violence. 2. Harassment. 3. Stalking. 4. Interference with emergency telephone call. (b) Officers shall advise victims of their right to obtain an emergency protective order (EPO) and ask them if they wish to file one. The required guidelines for filing an EPO are outlined later in this policy. (c) Victims of family violence are to be given the opportunity to complete the AVS and sign it. 1. Victims should be advised that the AVS may be used to file charges. 2. In the event the victim refuses to complete and sign the AVS, the reporting officer shall complete the form and sign it under the signature refused section with a witness to the refusal, if possible. 3. The AVS form must be reviewed for completeness by the officer prior to leaving the scene.

Field observation cards and electronic Street checks Chapter 4 page 269

(a) An FO card or electronic street check is required when an officer detains an individual for more than simple, preliminary questioning to find out their level of involvement in a particular incident and no other record of the contact (other than CAD) is produced. Examples of this include, but are not limited to: 1. Detaining a suspicious person and no report is written; or 2. Initiating a traffic stop when no field release citation or warning is issued; or 3. Conducting a subject stop and the officer initiates a police action (e.g., detaining, frisking, or searching). (b) An FO card or electronic street check is NOT required in the following situations: 1. When an incident report, field release citation, warning or crash report (including blue form) is completed. 2. During a non-custodial interview or casual contact where the individual is free to leave and no frisk or search has occurred.

Poly graph appointments Chapter 4 page 287

(a) Appointments for polygraph examinations must be made by the investigator assigned to the case. 1. An investigator shall not offer a polygraph test for a specific date and time unless an appointment has been made with the polygraph examiner. (b) Appointment cancellation notices will be forwarded to the Polygraph Unit as soon as this information is known. If, for any reason, the investigator and the person to be tested are 15 or more minutes late, another test may be scheduled unless the examiner has been notified.

Arrests of mentally ill persons Chapter 4 page 380, 381

(a) At no time will a person apprehended under a POEC be placed in jail unless the individual has committed a: 1. Felony offense; 2. Family violence offense; 3. DWI offense; or 4. Public intoxication offense. Arrests for public intoxication of persons who are also believed to be mentally ill should only be made when all other options have been exhausted (i.e., place with or transport to family, friends, or support groups). (b) If a suspected mentally ill person is placed in jail, officers shall: 1. Advise the intake officers; and 2. Complete all paperwork required by Travis County (e.g., Mental Health Hold/ Evaluation Form); and 3. Bring the person to the jail nurse.

Hazardous material response Chapter 4 page 308

(a) Attempt to identify the type of hazardous substance. Identification may be determined by placard, driver's manifest or statements from the person transporting the material. (b) Utilization of personal protective gear. If in doubt about whether the use of personal protective equipment is appropriate, officers should contact on scene Hazmat personnel. (c) Notify the Fire Department. (d) Provide first aid to injured parties if it can be done safely and without contamination. (e)Begin evacuation of the immediate area and surrounding areas, dependent on the substance. Voluntary evacuation should be considered; however, depending on the substance, mandatory evacuation may be necessary. The decision to continue evacuation beyond the immediate area or shelter in place should be made after consultation with AFD Haz-Mat units. (f) Responders should remain up hill and upwind of the hazard until a zone of entry and a decontamination area is established.

Other methods of public information release Chapter 3 page 197

(a) Austin Warning and Communications System (AWACS): A City alphanumeric pager system designed to provide a rapid method of getting emergency information to the public through the media. It also can be used to provide the media with information about other newsworthy events. (b) News Releases and News Conferences: Written information released by the Department for the media will be coordinated by PIO. News releases will be emailed to news organizations. In addition, press conferences will be coordinated by PIO. Notification of news conferences will be done through news releases, "ring downs", or by AWACS. (c) Employee Interviews: Media interviews with an employee may be arranged through PIO or directly with the employee. 1. Employees contacted directly by the media and who have questions or do not want to provide an interview can refer the media representative back to PIO; or 2. Employees contacted directly by the media and who want to provide an interview will: - Notify their supervisor if the interview is regarding an open or ongoing investigation and request approval before conducting the interview; and - Notify PIO either before or shortly after the interview. (d) Police Records: Copies of police and crash reports must be purchased from APD's report sales.

Alias authorization Chapter 4 page 389, 390

(a) Authorization for an online alias is based upon: 1. A criminal predicate or threat to public safety; or 2. Reasonable suspicion that an identifiable individual or organization, regardless of citizenship or U.S. residency status, has committed a criminal offense or is involved in or is planning criminal conduct or activity that presents a threat to: - Any individual, or - The community, or - The nation, and - The information is relevant to the criminal conduct or activity.

Required uniform and equipment Chapter 5 page 395

(a) Bicycle Officers shall: 1. Only use a Department issued bicycle and Department approved equipment in the course of their duties. 2. Wear the Department approved uniform and safety equipment (e.g., helmet and gloves) while operating a police bicycle. 3. Carry the same required equipment on their duty belt as a regular Patrol assignment. 4. Be responsible for obtaining the necessary forms, citation books and other equipment to perform the duties of their regular assignment and have these available while using a police bicycle. (b) Bicycle Officers may wear Department approved bicycle eyewear and footwear while operating a police bicycle.

Blood draw procedures Chapter 3 page 242, 243

(a) Blood draws performed at the Travis County Central Booking Facility shall be recorded by the video cameras in the phlebotomy room. (b) The following lists the available locations for mandatory blood draws, blood search warrants, and voluntary blood draws: 1. Daily from 9:30 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. transport the driver to Travis County booking and have the medical professional perform the blood draw. 2. All other times, request dispatch to contact the on-call DWI officer. The DWI officer will contact the medical professional to respond to the jail and perform the blood draw. 3. For blood draws in Williamson County, contact the booking desk and determine if the jail nurse is available for a blood draw. If they do not have a nurse available, transport the suspect to the Georgetown Hospital to have a medical professional complete the blood draw. 4. Hospital Setting - If the suspect has been transported to a hospital, the evidentiary blood draw can be done by medical personnel at the hospital. - There is no need to contact the Department medical professional if the hospital is performing the blood draw. - Follow blood draw procedures that have been established by the hospital.

Calls for service Chapter 4 page 256

(a) Calls for service are classified by Communications into the following categories: 1. Hot Shot (Priority 0). 2. Urgent (Priority 1). 3. Priority 2. 4. Priority 3 5. Information Calls. (b) Once a call for service has been dispatched, it may only be downgraded by a supervisor or Communications. (c) Each type of call for service permits a specific type of Code response as outlined below. (d) Once a Code 4 has been broadcast by a unit at the scene, all units still responding shall immediately terminate their response and go in-service.

Civilian employee exhaustion of injury leave Chapter 9 page 648

(a) Civilian employees unable to return to work in a Limited Duty or Full Duty capacity after exhausting the 80 hours of injury leave may: 1. Exhaust all available personal leave hours. 2. Exhaust any remaining FMLA, if applicable. 3. Submit a written request for leave donations pursuant to City of Austin policies 4. Submit a written request for a medical leave of absence pursuant to City of Austin policies. (b) Civilian employees still unable to return to work in a Limited Duty or Full Duty capacity after exhausting all the above options may have their employment with the Department terminated.

Continuous family violence Chapter 4 page 329

(a) Continuous violence against family (Tex. Penal Code § 25.11) is a separate offense and should only be used when the defendant does not have a qualifying previous conviction. (b) The determination of whether to file the continuous violence against family charge shall be at the discretion of Arrest Review.

Correction and dismissal of traffic citations Chapter 3 page 211

(a) Correction of Citations 1. When a traffic citation is issued and in need of correction, officers issuing the citation shall submit the citation and a memorandum requesting a specific correction to their immediate supervisor. The citation and letter shall then be forwarded to the Traffic Office. The Traffic Office shall prepare a letter of correction to the court having jurisdiction and to the recipient of the citation. (b) Dismissal of Citations 1. APD employees do not have the authority to dismiss a citation once it has been issued; only the court has the authority to dismiss a citation that has been issued. Any request from a recipient to dismiss a citation shall be referred to the court. 2. Should an officer determine that a traffic citation should be dismissed in the interest of justice or where prosecution is deemed inappropriate, the officer will write a memorandum to his commander explaining the reason for the dismissal and attach a copy of the citation and a completed copy of the Municipal Court's " Motion for Dismissal" related to the citation. The officer should also discuss the citation with the Municipal Court prosecutor when submitting the required form requesting the dismissal.

Handling minors Chapter 3 page 238, 239

(a) DWI - Minors are subject to the same standard in developing probable cause to determine intoxication for a DWI arrest. If the field interview and SFST indicate that a minor is intoxicated, he may be arrested for DWI. (b) DUI - Minor that do not exhibit signs of intoxication and/or have passed the SFST but has any detectable amount of alcohol on their breath may be arrested for Driving Under the Influence (DUI) Minor-Alcohol (Class C misdemeanor). Officers shall either arrest the minor or issue a field release citation for DUI Minor-Alcohol as follows: 1. Arrest (a) Officers may request a breath specimen by reading a DIC-24, if desired. The DIC-24 does not need to be read to a minor unless a breath specimen is being requested. 1. If the minor refuses to provide a sample, or the sample shows an alcohol concentration greater than or equal to .001, issue the DIC-24, DIC-25 and seize the minor's Texas drivers license. 2. If the officer does not request a sample, do not seize the minor's Texas drivers license.

Personal use of department phone Chapter 10 page 686, 687

(a) Department phones are to be used for Department business, and personal calls should be limited. (b) Department long-distance phone service should be used for Department business only. (c) Personal long-distance calls on Department phones should be made only with the use of a personal calling card, if possible. (d) All personal calls should be limited to breaks and authorized mealtimes unless an emergency exists. (e) Employees who use Department phones for personal use will reimburse the City for expenses incurred. (f) Employees will determine the amount of charges for which they are liable and bring cash or a to the Financial Management Division by the tenth day of the month following the month in which the personal call was made. Checks should be made out to City of Austin. (g) Employees will not make collect phone calls from Department phones except in an emergency or with the approval of a supervisor.

Specific class C misdemeanor citation requirements Chapter 3 page 148 149

The following charges have specific additional requirements when issuing a citation: 1. Misdemeanor possession of drug paraphernalia - Class C misdemeanor citations may be issued to subjects found in possession of drug residue. The citation shall be titled possession of drug paraphernalia - An incident report with the appropriate title codes shall be completed - The drug residue, non-usable amount, or object with drug residue, shall be seized and submitted according to policy. - The misdemeanor citations shall be turned in by the end of the officers tour of duty - This citation shall not be used in lieu of a possession of marijuana charge 2. Thefts and shoplifting - class c misdemeanor citations may be issued for theft or shoplifting if the property value is under $50 - An incident report with the appropriate title codes shall be completed - The stolen property, evidence, shall be properly photographed and returned to the business - A sales receipt from the business shall be obtained clearly showing the value of the stolen property without sales tax - The misdemeanor citation, photograph and sales receipt shall be turned in by the end of the officers tour of duty - A class C - attempted theft citation shall not be used in lieu of a class B theft

Eligible offenses Chapter 3 page 147

The following class A and B misdemeanors are eligible for a release by citation: - Possession of marijuana less than 2 ounces, class B - Possession of marijuana of 2 ounces but less than 4 ounces, class A - Criminal mischief where the value of the damage inflicted is $50 or more but less than $500, class B - Graffiti where the value of the damage inflicted is less than $500, Class B - Theft where the value of the property stolen is $50 or more a but less than $500, class B - Theft of service where the value of the property stolen was $20 or more but less than $500, class B - Driving while license invalid, class B only

Obtaining an arrest warrant Chapter 4 page 289, 290

(a) Depending on the County in which the offense occurred, employees will prepare the following documentation: 1. Travis County - Prepare a probable cause affidavit, a Travis County warrant, and a Municipal Court cover sheet. 2. Williamson County - Prepare a complaint, probable cause affidavit and a Williamson County warrant. 3. Hays County - Prepare a complaint, probable cause affidavit and a Hays County warrant. (b) Employees will present the typed affidavit/complaint and warrant to a Magistrate for signatures in the County where the offense occurred. 1. A separate affidavit/complaint and warrant are required for each offense or victim. 2. The affidavit/complaint should identify the affiant, the name of the victim and suspect, the type of offense, and the elements that constitute a violation of law. 3. The contents of the affidavit/complaint must indicate that the suspect committed the crime. 4. Employees will not file any charge or complaint alleging any type of law violation in any court within Travis County except for Municipal Court without authorization from their supervisor. 5. In Williamson County, the affidavit, complaint and warrant can be presented to any Justice of the Peace and all County or District Judges currently holding office in Williamson County. Warrants, affidavits and complaints signed by a court other than a Justice of the Peace must be presented to a JP office to obtain a Cause #.

Handling telephone calls Chapter 10 page 685, 686

(a) Depending upon the nature and subject of the request, employees will: 1. Answer the person's request for information or service. 2. Refer persons requesting information outside of the employee's area of responsibility to the best known source within the Department. 3. Route all media requests for information to the Public Information Office (PIO) in accordance with Department policy on Public Information and Media Relations. (b) If the caller asks for a specific person who is not available, employees will: 1. Ask if they or someone else can help the caller. 2. Ask if the caller wishes to be forwarded to the specific person's voice mail. 3. Ask if the caller wishes to leave a message. (c) When transferring a call, employees will: 1. Inform the caller of the person and extension number to which the person is being transferred to in case a disconnect occurs. 2. Ensure that someone is on the other end of the line before completing the transfer. 3. Brief the employee on the other end of the line on the nature of the call and the identity of the caller.

Detention and custody arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 206, 207

(a) Diplomatic agents and consular officers are immune from arrest or detention unless they have no identification and the detention is to verify their diplomatic status. Proper identification of subjects claiming immunity is imperative in potential custody situations. - Subjects who are placed under arrest and claim diplomatic or consular immunity shall not be physically restrained before verification of the claim unless restraint is necessary for the protection of the officer or others. - Supervisors shall be promptly notified and should respond to the scene when possible. Supervisors shall ensure the Watch Lieutenant is notified of the incident.

Discrimination

(a) Discrimination is any act or omission of an act which would create a hostile work environment, or exclude any person from employment or promotional opportunities because of creed, color, national origin, sex, gender identity, age, religion, veteran status, disability, or sexual orientation. (b) In addition, the City will not discriminate on the basis of an individual's AIDS, AIDS Related Complex, or HIV status; nor will the City discriminate against individuals who are perceived to be at risk of HIV infection, or who associate with individuals who are believed to be at risk. (c) Discrimination includes, but is not limited to, derogatory comments, slurs or jokes, pictures, cartoons or posters and actions that result in an employee being offended or insulted.

Documentation and filing procedures Chapter 3 page 147, 148

The following documentation and required procedures shall be used when issuing a class A or class B misdemeanor citation: 1. Officer shall complete a(n): - Incident report with the appropriate title codes and - PC affidavit that shall be notarized by second officer 2. Write the incident number on any photos or receipts 3. Attach a copy of the citation, PC affidavit, and any photos and/or receipts together to be turned in to the class A or B misdemeanor drop box by the end of the officers tour of duty 4. Follow the guidelines of policy 618, property and evidence collection procedures, when submitting narcotic or other evidence in relation to a class A or class B misdemeanor citation

Detention guidelines Chapter 4 page 269

The following examples are intended to guide officers in understanding when a person has been detained. These examples are not meant to describe all possible situations where documentation is required. (a) Was the person free to leave? (b) Would a reasonable person feel they were free to leave? (c) Was force used to prevent the person from leaving? (d) Was the person checked for warrants? (e) Is the person being frisked or asked for a consent search?

Crash reports Chapter 3 page 225, 226

(a) Driver's Crash Report (CR-2 / "Blue Form"): 1. Unless otherwise specified by this policy, officers may issue the drivers a "Blue Form" if the crash meets the following criteria: - There is no report of injury; and - The vehicles involved are safely operable. 2. LTS incidents are eligible for a "Blue Form" if the crash meets the above requirements. (b) Texas Peace Officer's Crash Report (CR-3): 1. The following crashes shall be investigated by APD and documented on a CR-3: (a) Crashes involving any injury (complaint of pain or any visible injury). (b) Crashes involving death. (c) Crashes in which impairment of the driver due to alcohol or drugs is suspected. (d) Crashes requiring a wrecker due to damage caused by the crash. (e) Crashes involving a leased, owned or rented city vehicle unless exempted by Policy 346.6.1(c) or Policy 347. (f) FSRA crashes. (g) When it is determined to be in the best interest of the Department or public. 2. If a crash involves a commercial motor vehicle and meets one of the above requirements for completing a CR-3, the commercial motor vehicle section of the CR-3 shall also be completed.

Equipment and training Chapter 4 page 30

(a) Each patrol vehicle shall be equipped with a Department approved Personal Floatation Device (PFD) and Throw Bag. (b) Each patrol officer shall be trained in the proper use of the PFD and Throw Bag.

Standardized email signature Chapter 10 683, 684

(a) Employees are encouraged to set up an electronic signature block for all new email messages. (b) Replies do not need to have an electronic signature and if an electronic signature is used it can be shortened from the example below. (c) Employees will not use images, stationery, or excessive text in an email signature block. (d) A suggested signature block would look like:

Leave accrual and longevity while on approved leave Chapter 9 page 636

(a) Employees continue to accrue vacation leave, sick leave, and longevity while the employee is absent on approved vacation, exception vacation, personal holiday, sick, injury, compensatory, short-tour paid military leave, leave without pay, and FMLA. (b) Employees continue to accrue longevity while the employee is absent on long-tour military leave of absence (without pay), but ceases to accrue vacation and sick leave. (c) Employees will not accrue vacation, exception vacation, personal holiday, sick leave, or longevity while on leave of absence.

Family and medical leave act Chapter 9 page 640

(a) Employees shall contact APD HR as soon as practicable to obtain information on employee rights, responsibilities, eligibility, and qualifying conditions under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) when the employee: 1. Is absent or going to be absent from work on an intermittent basis due to a qualifying personal or family medical condition; or 2. Has taken sick leave for three (3) or more consecutive days and is unsure if they will immediately return to work; or 3. Is going to have ongoing treatment for a medical condition; or 4. Has had an overnight stay in the hospital and is unsure if they will immediately return to work. (b) Guidelines for FMLA eligibility are outlined in City Personnel Policy. Employees may also contact APD HR for information on the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).

Officer responsibilities Chapter 4 page 270

(a) Employees shall immediately notify and brief their supervisor. If their supervisor is unavailable, another field supervisor shall be notified 1. When employees the rank of sergeant or above are involved in the incident, another supervisor the rank of the involved employee or higher will be notified. 2. If the incident involves multiple employees with different supervisors, the lieutenant of the area where the incident occurred, or the Watch Lieutenant, will be notified and assign one supervisor to conduct the review. (b) Employees shall adhere to the following documentation guidelines: 1. FO Card or Electronic Street Check - When a report is not otherwise required for the incident, complete an FO card or electronic street check to document that a firearm was actively targeted at a person and the details of the incident. 2. Reports and Supplements - Add a study notation to the report to document that a firearm was actively targeted at a person or notify their supervisor the notation needs to be added. - Document the details of the incident in the narrative of an incident report or supplement.

Employee responsibilities when using sick leave Chapter 9 page 638, 639

(a) Employees shall notify their immediate supervisor: 1. Unless otherwise specified in the employee's Unit SOP, at least one (1) hour prior to the employee's work start time if the employee is going to be out sick; or 2. If the employee becomes sick while on-duty to the extent the assignment must be terminated. (b) Employees who become sick during approved personal leave may change their personal leave to sick leave while ill. It is the responsibility of the employee to contact his immediate supervisor to have the changes made on the timesheet and Leave Request Form. (c) Employees shall contact APD HR to obtain information on employee rights, responsibilities, eligibility and qualifying conditions under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) when meeting the criteria outlined in the "General Leave Guidelines" section of this policy. (d) Employees who have taken sick leave for five (5) or more consecutive work days are required to submit a completed Medical Release to Return to Work , Off the Job Illness or Injury Form (PD0119) to their immediate supervisor upon returning to work.

Required report on duty injury/illness Chapter 9 page 645

(a) Employees shall report all injuries, illnesses, and vehicle crashes that occur on-duty or qualify as a compensable injury to their supervisor within 24 hours of the occurrence or prior to the start of their next shift. (b) Employees who fail to report an injury, illness, or crash as outlined in this policy may fail to qualify for wage continuation benefits.

Voicemail Chapter 10 page 686

(a) Employees should answer the telephone when at their desk. (b) If you are on the phone or away from your desk when you receive a phone call, retrieve the message(s) and return calls immediately upon your return. (c) Employee voice mail greetings should contain: 1. The employees name and assignment; and 2. When callers can expect the employee to return the call; and 3. If the employee is going to be gone for an extended period of time (e.g., vacation), give specific information as to when the employee will be returning to work.

Affected employee responsibilities Chapter 9 page 569

(a) Employees should recognize a problem with alcohol may exist when their personal attendance, job performance, off-duty behavior, or general conduct falls below normal professional standards. (b) Employees are expected to perform their job in a consistently professional manner regardless of their status with respect to alcohol issues (e.g., identification of a drinking problem, treatment program, recovery process).

Home access Chapter 10 page 679, 680

(a) Employees that remotely access a City Computer, including Mobile Office from Home or another personal computer are considered to be "tele-working": 1. CTM requires that virus and firewall protection be installed an employee's personal computer. It is the responsibility of the employee to keep this software up to date on security patches (The City provides free downloads of Antivirus and Firewall software) 2. Employees will comply with the City of Austin Tele-work Personnel Procedures and agrees to the duties, obligations, responsibilities and conditions for remote access described in that document. 3. Tele-work access must be scheduled in advance and approved by the employee's immediate supervisor (lieutenants are exempt from this requirement.) 4. If technical difficulties occur employees must report those issues to the Help Desk (974 HELP) 5. If employees cannot access the COA network, and do not have sufficient work tasks to accomplish without this access, they may be required to come into the office to complete the workday. 6. Employees will code their time sheet with TLC for hours worked while tele-working. 7. Employees will not use COA equipment for personal use as outlined in the Prohibited Uses of Department Technology section of APD Policy.

Reporting procedure Chapter 9 page 542

(a) Employees who are arrested will inform the booking officer they are employed by APD and request APD Communications be immediately notified of the arrest. (b) Employees shall immediately report to their supervisor, with a follow-up memorandum through the chain-of-command to the Chief, of: 1. Any arrests, criminal charges, and/or criminal court actions brought against the employee (to include the name of the arresting agency, a description of the nature of the charges, and the style, court and cause number of the charge or indictment, if any); or 2. Anytime an employee is involved in an off-duty incident that results in a response from any law enforcement agency with the exception of traffic violations, minor collisions, and other minor calls for service where the employee is not considered to be a suspect (e.g. alarm calls, noise complaints); or 3. Anytime an employee becomes the subject of a family violence protective order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Referral for assessment and treatment Chapter 9 page 570

(a) Employees who are identified by supervisors because of disciplinary problems or off-duty incidents shall: 1. Be referred to the Department Psychological Services Unit which will coordinate the assessment, treatment and follow-up program with an outside professional treatment center; and 2. Will not have confidentiality because of the Department's responsibility to follow-up on problem behavior. (b) Upon completion of the recommended treatment program, the affected employee shall obtain a letter from the treatment staff confirming that the employee has completed the recommended treatment. That letter will be forwarded through Psychological Services to the employees' chain-of-command.

Political affiliation and legislative testimony Chapter 9 page 484, 485

(a) Employees who desire to represent the City or Department in any testimony before any legislative committee must first obtain approval from the Chief or designee. (b) Employees who desire to represent themselves or a special interest group may do so on their own time or on approved leave, and at their own expense or at the expense of the special interest group, but not on City time nor at City expense. (c) Employees will remain neutral in all situations, never rendering an opinion as to the qualifications of any candidate, potential candidate or issue while in uniform or on-duty.

Exhaustion of sick leave Chapter 9 page 640

(a) Employees who have exhausted their accrued sick leave may request their personal leave be substituted for sick leave by completing the appropriate leave request form for approval. (b) Employees may request leave without pay or leave of absence as outlined in this policy. Approval must be received prior to the last day personal leave is used. (c) Employees with an off-duty or non-occupational injury or illness may be terminated when the employee has exhausted all personal leave, sick leave hours, and FMLA; and - The employee has exhausted or is not approved for leave without pay or leave of absence as outlined in this policy; or - No Limited Duty or Return to Work assignment is available.

Department vehicle use for out of city assignment Chapter 8 page 473

(a) Employees who have obtained official authorization to utilize a Department vehicle for an out-of- city assignment may contact a substation PCO and obtain a City credit card prior to departing in the event the vehicle will need fuel or repairs. (b) Employees will ensure the Department vehicle is mechanically sound prior to departure by taking the vehicle to Service Center #5 for out-of-city trips exceeding 100 miles each way.

Leave Pay out upon separation Chapter 9 page 636, 637

(a) Employees who separate from the Department may be paid up to the following maximum allowable amounts (which may be different than the maximum allowable accrual amount): 1. Vacation Leave - Up to 240 hours provided the employee has completed their probationary period and given a 10 day notice of intent to separate as required by City of Austin policy. 2. Exception Vacation Leave - Up to 160 hours. 3. Compensatory Time - Up to 120 hours. 4. Sick Leave - As follows: - Sworn employees with twelve (12) or more years of continuous service and who leave in good standing may be paid for accumulated sick leave hours as outlined in the Meet and Confer Agreement. - Sworn employees with less than ten (10) years of actual service will not be paid for any accumulated sick leave hours. - Civilian employees hired prior to October 1, 1986 that have been employed on a continuous basis and leave in good standing may be paid up to 720 accumulated sick leave hours. - Civilian employees hired on or after October 1, 1986 will not be paid sick leave hours.

Email procedures Chapter 10 page 682

(a) Employees will check email on a regular basis to ensure timely acknowledgment of information. 1. Employees shall adhere to the "Management of Email" section of this policy when dealing with the storage of messages. 2. Employees assigned to office duty scheduled to be out of the office exceeding 4 work days should use the "Out of Office" reply feature in Outlook to indicate their expected return to work date and alternative contact information such as a coworker or supervisor. (b) Department employees are encouraged to use email for, but are not limited to: 1. Routine messages, announcements, notices, or other information that previously would have been disseminated by memorandum through the chain-of-command or by inter-department mail. 2. Any message currently being sent by facsimile, telephone, or a paging system. 3. Drafts of reports, projects, or proposals. 4. Certain non-confidential Department documents such as job vacancies, Department memoranda, or Special Orders.

Prohibited associations Chapter 9 page 482

(a) Employees will not establish an external social relationship with a known victim, a known witness, or a known suspect of a crime while such case is being investigated by this Department or prosecuted as a result of such an investigation. (b) Employees will not establish social and/or business dealings with persons they know, or should know, are likely to adversely affect the employee's or Department's credibility. Employees will not associate with convicted felons. Provisions of this section do not apply to association based on kinship or the discharge of official duties. (c) Employees will not knowingly loan money, accept as pawn any item, or enter into any type of business arrangement with a suspect of a criminal violation, a person under arrest or detention, a person known to have a criminal record or unsavory reputation, or a person known to be engaged in, or planning to engage in, criminal activity.

Use of badge of office or affiliation with the department Chapter 9 page 483, 484

(a) Employees will not intentionally use their affiliation with the Department to influence another into offering a gift, gratuity, free or discounted service, reward, or special consideration. This includes: 1. For the personal benefit of self, family, friends, or associates. 2. For the financial gain of self, family, friends, or associates. 3. Obtaining privileges not otherwise available to them, except where necessary in the performance of their duty. 4. Avoiding the consequences of illegal acts. (b) Employees will not permit the use of the name of the Austin Police Department for advertising purposes without the approval of the Chief. (c) Employees will not permit or authorize the use of their names, photographs, or official titles in connection with testimonials or advertisements of any commodity or commercial enterprise if such use identifies the employee as a member of the Department.

Supporting fellow employees Chapter 9 page 489

(a) Employees will not knowingly aid, abet, or assist another Department member in violating any Department directive or order. (b) Employees will cooperate, support, and assist each other at every opportunity. (c) Employees will not publicly criticize the work or the manner of performance of duty of any other employee. (d) Officers are required to take appropriate police action to aid, assist, and protect fellow employees in times of danger or under circumstances where danger might reasonably be impending.

Personal conduct Chapter 9 page 483

(a) Employees will not knowingly enter a location engaged in prostitution, illegal gambling, or any establishment wherein laws are being violated. (b) Supervisors will not place themselves under financial obligation to a subordinate. (c) While on-duty or on the premises of City facilities, employees will not: 1. Use loud, indecent, profane, harsh, derogatory language, or use belittling term in any communications. 2. Ridicule, mock, taunt, embarrass, humiliate, or shame any person, nor do anything that might incite that person to violence. 3. Indulge in "horseplay." 4. Produce or display graffiti of any nature. 5. Post or display derogatory, offensive or lewd pictures which degrade or lower the self esteem of fellow employees and would undermine the goal of professionalism within APD. 6. Engage in any sexual conduct including lewd acts or solicitation for sex.

General operation of department vehicles Chapter 8 page 471

(a) Employees will operate Department vehicles in a careful and prudent manner within the guidelines of the law and Department policy. Unsafe or negligent driving is prohibited. 1. Vehicles will be operated in such a manner and at a rate of speed that the driver, by use of ordinary care, can avoid colliding with another vehicle, object, or person. 2. Employees will wear a seatbelt in the front or back seat while operating or riding inside of a Department vehicle unless there is an operational, tactical, or medical need to be unsecured. (b) Department vehicles will be kept clean by utilizing car washes that are under City contract. (c) Employees will not use any type of Mobile Audio Video Recording system (MAV/DMAV) inside a Department vehicle unless the employee has been trained in its use.

Supervisory responsibility Chapter 9 page 558, 559

(a) Ensure that the work environment is free from all types of unlawful discrimination, including sexual harassment. (b) Take prompt, appropriate action within the work units to avoid and minimize the incidence of any form of discrimination. (c) Ensure subordinates attend any required training on discrimination and harassment.

Evidence collection and photographs Chapter 3 page 332

(a) Evidence Collection 1. Any weapon or object used in the commission of the offense shall be seized as evidence. 2. Any other evidence that relates to the offense (e.g., ripped clothing, soiled clothing, broken phone). 3. Evidence shall be submitted as outlined in Policy 618 (Property and Evidence Collection Procedures).

In custody arrest situations Chapter 3 page 171 71

(a) Felony, Class A and Class B Misdemeanors 1. Violators who commit a Class A or Class B offense and meet all the requirements for a Misdemeanor Citation as outlined in Policy 308 (Misdemeanor Citations) shall be issued a citation in lieu of arrest unless otherwise authorized by a supervisor. 2. Custody arrests shall be made for all other offenses greater than a Class C where there is a lawful arrest authority. (b) Class C Misdemeanors 1. Class C misdemeanors should generally be enforced by a field release citation. Officers shall select the least intrusive or severe course of enforcement action but should initiate a custody arrest if the issuance of a citation will not: (a) Stop existing criminal conduct; or (b) Remove the imminent threat of violence or criminal conduct; or (c) Prevent persons from endangering themselves or others. 2. A custody arrest for minor offenses should be made when there is reason to believe the actor is, or has been, involved in a more serious offense and the arrest will serve to gather evidence of that additional offense.

Field identifications Chapter 4 page 283, 284

(a) Field identifications shall only be conducted under the following exigent conditions: 1. Prior supervisor's approval; and 2. The suspect is detained within a reasonable time of the offense; and 3. A line-up cannot be promptly arranged; and 4. There is an immediate need to arrest the suspect. (b) What constitutes "within a reasonable time" is dependent on the individual circumstances of the case, but generally the courts have held that a two-hour time lapse is acceptable. (c) A full and detailed description of the suspect shall be provided by the witness before the witness observes the suspect. (d) The witness shall be transported to the location where the suspect is being detained. If at all possible, avoid returning the suspect to the scene of the crime. (e) Measures shall be taken to reduce potentially damaging or prejudicial inferences that may be drawn by the witness, including, but not limited to: 1. Removing the suspect from a squad car. 2. When practical, removing handcuffs from the suspect. 3. Public and officer safety is first priority on decisions regarding removing the suspect's handcuffs.

Notification of forensic hit or match Chapter 4 page 285

(a) Forensics shall notify the assigned investigator and Unit supervisor of a forensics "hit" or match. 1. Notifications will be sent simultaneously via email to the investigator assigned in Versadex and the Unit email address. 2. The supervisor or designee shall be responsible for ensuring that the Unit email address is checked on a daily basis. (b) The supervisor shall ensure that the currently assigned investigator is notified of the "hit" or match following one of two methods: 1. If the case is closed or suspended, the supervisor will re-open the case and assign a new follow- up with a specific completion date. Upon completion, the supervisor shall ensure that the investigator documented their follow-up actions in the reporting system. 2. If the case is still open, the supervisor shall ensure that the currently assigned investigator is aware of the "hit" or match. The supervisor shall approve the follow- up before the case is closed.

Abandoned/junked motor vehicles Chapter 4 page 362

(a) Generally, routine calls regarding abandoned/junked vehicles shall not be dispatched to field officers. 1. Communications shall obtain what information the complainant can give and forward it to the Abandoned Vehicle Unit. Communications shall direct the complainant to contact the Abandoned Vehicle Unit for further assistance. 2. An officer should be dispatched to the scene if the complainant reports that the vehicle may be stolen, is creating an immediate traffic problem, or appears to have been involved in the commission of a crime. (b) When Communications and/or officers receive a complaint regarding an alleged violation of the Parking in a Front or Side Yard City Ordinance (16-5-22) they shall direct the complainant to the appropriate District Representative Unit. (c) Follow-up on all calls for service referred to the Abandoned Vehicle Unit shall become the responsibility of the Abandoned Vehicle Unit. The supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring that the proper follow-up investigation is conducted.

Assignment of calls Chapter 4 page 257, 258

(a) Hot Shot and Urgent Calls Hot Shot and Urgent calls require a two-officer response and are generally dispatched by Communications to the two closest available patrol officers. Officer safety and call priority shall be the primary considerations when dispatching officers. Additional officers may self assign using the MDC, as necessary. (b) Priority 2 and Priority 3 Calls Officers may be dispatched by Communications or self assign using the MDC to any Priority 2 and Priority 3 calls.

Breath specimen guidelines Chapter 3 page 240

(a) If a driver has consented to give a specimen of his breath, take the driver to an intoxilyzer testing location at the BAT Bus or County booking facility. 1. The intoxilyzer shall only be administered by a trained and certified Intoxilyzer Operator (IO). 2. Officers transporting a driver to a County booking facility shall request dispatch to have an IO meet the officer at the facility, if needed. (b) Upon arrival to an intoxilyzer testing location and prior to taking a breath specimen, officers shall record the reading of the DIC-24 (DIC-55) to the driver if it hasn't been done yet. If the driver is a Spanish speaker, the tape-recorded DIC-24S shall be played or a Spanish- speaking officer shall read the DIC-24S.

Lost stolen and damage city property Chapter 8 page 439, 440

(a) If issued property is lost, stolen or damaged, the employee to whom the property is issued must: 1. Complete Form PD-0021A; and 2. Complete an incident report which fully describes the loss or damage; and 3. Route the form and a copy of the incident report through the chain-of-command to his commander/manager for disposition. (b) Commanders/managers will review the circumstances surrounding the loss or damage and will: 1. Determine if the employee exercised reasonable care; and 2. Determine if re-issue of the equipment is necessary; and 3. Notify the employee and the Equipment and Supply Section manager of his decisions; and 4. Route the completed form to Equipment and Supply Section within 48 hours.

Rules and regulations for police observers Chapter 3 page 194, 195

(a) If observers violate any of the guidelines outlined in the Police Observer Information Form, or their behavior prevents officers with whom they are riding from doing their job effectively, the following will occur: 1. Prior to the riding period - The observer shall be advised by the supervisor or officer that they are not permitted to ride until they are in compliance. Supervisors may require the observer to reschedule if he cannot comply with the guidelines. 2. During the riding period - The observer shall be returned to the APD facility where the supervisor may either immediately terminate the riding session or allow the rider to finish that session if the problem can be readily corrected. (b) If the problem cannot be corrected: 1. The officer to whom the observer was assigned shall complete a memorandum detailing the actions of the observer. The memorandum shall be forwarded through the chain-of-command to the appropriate commander. 2. Commanders shall make the determination as to whether or not the observer should be banned from further rides with the Department. If the determination is made that a ban should be imposed, commanders shall advise the administrative staff to update the Rider Database, and retain the memorandum and rider forms for one (1) year.

Patrol information sharing procedures Chapter 3 page 116, 117

The following guidelines are intended to develop and maintain intra-department cooperation and information flow between the various bureaus of the Austin Police Department - Crime analysis unit: The crime analysis unit will be the central unit for information exchange. Criminal information and intelligence reports can be submitted to the central records for distribution to all bureaus within the department through daily and special bulletins. - Crime reports: A crime report may be completed by any patrol officer he receives criminal information. The report will be process and forwarded to the appropriate bureau for retention or follow up investigation - Patrol briefings: Patrol supervisors, Detective Sergeant and special unit sergeants are encouraged to share information as much as possible. All supervisors and/or officers will be provided an opportunity to share information at the daily patrol briefings as time permits

Notification process and responsibilities Chapter 4 page 311, 312

(a) If the assessment determines a hostage/barricade situation exists, the first responder shall immediately request a supervisor to respond and notify Communications to request a SWAT/ CINT response. (b) If the assessment determines that a "jumper" situation exists, the ranking officer should notify Communications to request a CINT-only response. (c) The ranking officer on the scene of an actual or potential hostage/barricade situation shall consider the following: 1. Avoid confrontation in favor of controlling and containing the situation until the arrival of trained personnel and/or trained hostage negotiation personnel. 2. Evacuation of bystanders and injured persons. 3. Provide responding officers with a safe arrival route to the location. 4. Follow Department guidelines for perimeter control, containment, and communications. (d) The ranking officer is responsible for ensuring that personnel on scene with pertinent information are available to relay it to SWAT/CINT as soon as possible. (e) The responsibility for the disposition of a subject who has been taken into custody for a criminal offense or mental health evaluation lies with the uniformed first responders.

Booking facility videotaping Chapter 3 page 240

(a) If the field interview and field sobriety tests were videotaped by means of an MAV recording system and during that taping the driver refused to give a breath or blood specimen, it is not necessary to videotape the driver again. (b) If the driver refuses both breath and blood tests and the SFST were not taped by a MAV recording system, the officer shall videotape the driver at the appropriate County booking facility. The following steps and procedures shall be followed in the video room: 1. Attorneys for drivers shall not be allowed in the video room. 2. After entering the video room, make reasonable attempts to keep the driver within the viewing area of the camera. 3. If the driver is not cooperative and refuses to stand up in the video room, do not force the driver to stand. 4. The officer shall go through all appropriate steps listed in the video room, even if the driver does not wish to perform any of the requested tasks. 5. The officer shall display the DIC-24 (DIC-55) that was already read and ask the driver if he wishes to sign it to indicate his refusal. 6. The officer shall give the driver his copies of the DIC paperwork while being recorded. 7. The driver shall be booked into jail for DWI.

Red light camera citations Chapter 8 page 476

The following guidelines cover how to handle citations generated by a red light camera issued to employees operating a Department vehicle. Employees may be held accountable for running a red light while operating a Department vehicle. The Red Light Camera Coordinator will send an administrative notice to the appropriate commander when an emergency vehicle activates a red light camera. The commander or designee will make a determination if a violation of policy occurred.

Positive test results Chapter 9 page 566, 567

(a) If the initial screening indicates a positive test result, a second test of this specimen will be performed. 1. A confirmed positive report will only be made after this second test also comes back positive. 2. A confirmed positive test report will be maintained by the DTC in a secure area. (b) Once the DTC has received the initial notification from the drug-testing vendor that an officer has a positive test result, the DTC will notify a supervisor in the officer's immediate chain- of-command. 1. Employees shall be placed on Restricted Duty pending final review and disposition which will be made, if possible, within thirty (30) calendar days of the date the positive test result was reported to the DTC. 2. Within eight (8) hours after receiving notification from their chain-of-command of an initial positive test result, officers will have the opportunity, at their own expense, to provide a urine sample to their private physician. 3. In order to ensure the integrity of the sample and the testing process, personnel from the drug- testing vendor will accompany the officer to the physician's office. The sample must be submitted by the physician for analysis to a firm/laboratory certified by the NIDA.

Intoxilyzer results Chapter 3 page 241

(a) If the intoxilyzer results indicate the driver's alcohol concentration was at or above the legal limit, he shall be charged with DWI. Officers shall follow the appropriate booking guidelines outlined in this policy. (b) If the intoxilyzer results indicate the driver's alcohol concentration was less than .05 percent, it shall be presumed that the person was not under the influence of an alcoholic beverage at the time of the alleged offense. 1. The arresting officer shall contact his supervisor or a DWI Enforcement Unit supervisor. 2. The responding supervisor shall review the MVR recording of the initial stop and subsequent investigation. 3. Absent confirmation of the presence of drugs through an examination by a Drug Recognition Expert, the responding supervisor shall order the release of the driver or direct the officer to issue a citation for the original traffic or other violation.

Employee reporting guidelines for all force level incidents Chapter 2 page 77, 78

The following outlines the reporting guidelines for involved employees, employees that witness an incident and employees designated to assist at the scene of any response to resistance incident. 1. An incident report shall be completed by the primary reporting employee and include title code 8400. This report shall be written regardless of whether a report or supplement would normally be written for the initial incident. 2. Supplements shall be completed by: - All other employees who are involved in a force incident - Employees who witness a force incident - Employees assisting at the scene of a force incident - A supervisor is required to complete a supplement to the response to resistance incident report for level one incidents. They may also be required by SUI to complete a supplement to the SIU inquiry report.

Impounding vehicles Chapter 3 page 173

(a) If the owner/operator of a vehicle has been arrested, the vehicle shall be impounded and preserved for evidence processing if it: - Is the instrument, fruit, or evidence of a crime; or - Contains an instrument, fruit or evidence of a crime. (b) If the owner/operator of a vehicle has been arrested but the vehicle is not needed for evidentiary purposes, the arresting officer may impound the vehicle. At the officers discretion, the vehicle may be released to a responsible person present at the scene if the owner/operator requests it. - The person taking custody of the vehicle must be in possession of a valid driver's license and be capable of providing care, custody and control of the vehicle. - The identity of the person (name, DOB, driver's license, address) who takes custody of the vehicle shall be noted in the officer's incident report. (c) When a subject's vehicle has been impounded due to an arrest and it is determined that the subject will be released rather than booked into jail, a supervisor may authorize the waiving of any applicable impound fee. - The supervisor will contact the authorized impound company and advise to release the vehicle without charge. - The fact that the fee was waived, and the name and employee of the supervisor authorizing the waiver, shall be documented in the officer's incident report.

Procedures for limited English and deaf subjects Chapter 4 page 276, 277

(a) If the person does not speak English, or speaks limited English: 1. The Miranda warning will be read in the person's primary language. 2. The statement or confession will be written or typed, whenever possible, in the primary language that the person understands. If the statement or confession is not typed in the person's primary language, it will be translated aloud for them in the person's primary language prior to obtaining their signature. This will be done in the presence of two civilian witnesses. 3. The statement or confession will be witnessed by at least one person who speaks the same language as the person. (b) If the person is deaf, a certified interpreter from the current service contractor will assist in translating during the interrogation. Sign language statements and confessions must be recorded by video.

Reporting Chapter 3 page 252

(a) In addition to contacting the appropriate agency, any off-duty employee who engages in any law enforcement activity shall notify, as soon as practicable: 1. The employee's immediate supervisor if the supervisor is on-duty. 2. Any on-duty supervisor when the employee's immediate supervisor is off-duty. (b) The notified supervisor shall determine whether a report should be filed by the employee.

Vehicle inventory Chapter 3 page 235

(a) In all incidents where a vehicle is impounded or moved, officers will make an inventory of the vehicle for damage and any items of personal property. Such an inventory is a care taking function intended to protect: 1. The owner's property while it remains in police custody. 2. The police against claims or disputes over lost or stolen property. (b) The scope of the inventory will include: 1. The exterior for body damage. 2. Those places in a vehicle where a person ordinarily would store or leave items of personal property. Those areas can be but are not limited to: - Passenger compartment. - Trunk, console, glove box, and attached locked containers (e.g., toolbox) if the key is readily available. - Open and closed containers. 3. The inventory will include contents of locked containers (e.g., briefcase, footlockers) if the key or combination is readily available. If the key is unavailable, containers/ compartments may be opened with supervisor's approval.

Reporting Chapter 4 page 367

(a) In an effort to maintain uniformity in reporting, officers presented with the crime of identity theft (Tex. Penal Code § 32.51) shall initiate a report for victims residing within Austin, regardless of where the incident occurs. (b) While victims should make a report to the law enforcement agency where the victim resides, officers of this department should investigate and report any identity theft related incident that occurs within Austin, regardless of where the victim resides (e.g., the victim lives elsewhere but the stolen credit card was used in Austin). (c) If a victim does not reside within Austin and the incident did not occur within APD jurisdiction, the officer may either take a courtesy report to be forwarded to the victim's residence agency or encourage the victim to promptly report the identity theft to the law enforcement agency where he resides. (d) Officers should include all known incidents of fraudulent activity (e.g., credit card number applied for in victim's name when the victim has never made such an application).

Escape Chapter 3 page 181

(a) In the event an escape occurs while transporting a prisoner, the officer shall immediately notify the dispatcher and request assistance. The officer should provide, at a minimum, the following information: 1. Complete physical description; 2. Direction and method of travel; 3. If any weapons and/or accomplices were used to effect the escape; and 4. The nature of the offense which resulted in the original arrest. (b) A supervisor shall be notified. (c) A complete search of the area will be conducted. This search may include the following measures: 1. Establishing a perimeter. 2. Requesting canine. 3. Requesting air support. 4. Notifying surrounding agencies, if appropriate. (d) The officer shall complete all necessary incident reports to ensure the preparation of an arrest warrant if the prisoner is not located.

Family violence involving juveniles Chapter 4 page 327

(a) Juvenile Suspects - Family violence incidents involving a juvenile suspect between the ages of 10-16 years old shall be enforced and reported the same way as if the suspect was an adult. (b) Juvenile Victims - Officers investigating an allegation of family violence that involves the discipline of a child/juvenile should make the determination if the force used was reasonable. Officers are reminded not to allow personal beliefs regarding discipline to interfere with their legal judgment. - Officer determining the force was unreasonable, serious injury occurred, or the potential for serious injury is likely, shall contact their supervisor prior to making an arrest. - Supervisors shall contact the appropriate Investigative Unit prior to transporting the suspect; these arrests are not direct filed.

Pick up and delivery of department mail Chapter 10 page 687

(a) Mail pick-up points have been designated throughout the Department for pickup and delivery. (b) Personnel receiving mail will determine if the mail pertains to the receiver's Unit or assignment. If it does not, employees are responsible for ensuring it is directed to the appropriate Unit or person. (c) If the mail is a request for information that could be considered an open records request, the document will be immediately delivered to the APD Legal Advisor or APD PIO.

Warrantless arrest at a private residence Chapter 3 page 171, 172

(a) Misdemeanors 1. Officers shall not forcibly enter a private home to arrest a person for a misdemeanor violation. This includes officers in hot pursuit of a subject, and cases in which the subject has escaped from custody and fled into a private home. 2. Custody arrests shall not normally be made for a misdemeanor offense inside a home unless authorized by a supervisor. However, the following misdemeanor custody arrests inside a home shall be made and do not require a supervisor's approval: (a) The offense is committed in the officer's presence. (b) Family Violence incidents. Officers shall comply with current Department policy regarding Family Violence. (c) The offense is a violation of a valid protective order.

Additional felony arrest procedures Chapter 3 page 172

(a) Most felony arrests require direct notification to the appropriate Investigative Unit. (b) Officers can make the notification by phoning the Investigative Unit during normal business hours, the on-call detective after business hours, or the Unit's voice mail line designated for such notification or the city email designated for that investigative unit (e.g. [email protected]). Investigative Units will have a detective available on-duty or on-call 24 hours a day if guidance is needed or they have specific questions that need to be answered at that time (i.e. validity of arrest). 1. The arresting officer is responsible for consulting with their supervisor prior to notifying any on-call detective after business hours. 2. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the appropriate Investigative Unit is contacted when necessary.

Employee computer access guidelines Chapter 10 page 676

(a) New Employee, Employee Transfers, Employee Separation from Department 1. Supervisors are responsible for completing the appropriate request form to create, transfer, or delete computer access for new employees, employee transfers, and when an employee separates from the Department. 2. Forms can be found in the Approved APD Forms folder under Computer Security Access Related Forms or the web based forms located on APD net. - Completed forms will be sent to the Help Desk. - A help ticket will be generated and sent to the Police Technology Unit for approval. (b) Employee Suspensions 1. Supervisors needing to have an employee's computer access suspended or deleted should send an email to the Police Technology Unit Lieutenant or Sergeant. 2. The Police Technology Unit will not suspend or delete an account for employee suspensions of five (5) days or less. This does not prevent the employee's chain-of-command from ordering the employee not to access the APD computer system during the suspension period.

Arrest requirement for assaultive offenses Chapter 4 page 325, 326

(a) Officers are required to make an arrest for incidents involving family violence when: 1. An assault has occurred that resulted in a minimum of bodily injury or complaint of pain; and 2. The suspect is still on-scene; and 3. The assault meets the definition of "family violence" or "dating violence." (b) If both parties have been assaulted, officers shall make reasonable efforts to identify the primary aggressor. Arrests of both parties should be avoided unless warranted. 1. If officers at the scene cannot determine the primary aggressor, an on-duty supervisor shall be contacted to make the determination. 2. If the on-duty supervisor cannot determine the primary aggressor and there is adequate and articulable probable cause to believe that each person contributed to the violence, supervisors may authorize officers to make multiple arrests. - Officers shall write probable cause affidavits for each of the arrests and direct file the charges. - The name of the supervisor authorizing a multiple arrest situation shall be included in the incident report.

Cleaning and maintenance Chapter 8 page 468

(a) Officers are responsible for ensuring their weapons are clean, safe and functional. (b) Handguns may only be repaired by an APD approved gunsmith or armorer. Repairs shall not exceed manufacturer specifications. (c) When cleaning a Department shotgun, only the barrel may be removed by the officer. (d) Cleaning a Department issued rifle is the responsibility of the officer to whom the weapon has been assigned. Cleaning will be done per current rifle training protocol. (e) The supervisor in charge of a unit that uses specialized weapons is responsible for coordinating the cleaning of those weapons.

Additional Williamson County guidelines Chapter 3 page 245

(a) Officers arresting and booking a driver into Williamson County Jail are required to get DWI Enforcement Unit or Arrest Review Unit review and approval on arrests. (b) In addition to copies of the required documentation listed above, officers shall turn in the following to the Williamson County Booking Officer: Williamson County Sheriff's Department Arrest Report or a copy of the incident report, if printed out and available. The Williamson County form does not replace the requirement of officers to complete an incident report. (c) All original ALR paperwork, a copy of the DWI PC Affidavit and any seized Texas drivers license shall be stapled together and forwarded to the Traffic Office.

Prisoners exhibiting symptoms of contagious disease Chapter 3 page 186

(a) Officers arresting persons with outward signs of contagious disease, or who complain of known infections or disease, will isolate the prisoner from others. 1. EMS shall be called to determine the prisoner's condition. 2. Prisoners requiring medical attention as a result of the disease shall be transported by EMS. 3. After taking appropriate health safety precautions, officers shall follow the Hospital Guidelines outlined in this policy.

Crime scene management Chapter 4 page 261, 262

(a) Officers arriving at a crime scene are often faced with the immediate need to search for and render aid to victims as well as determine if suspects are present and continue to pose a threat. 1. Searches are limited to "plain view" in the immediate area unless exigent circumstances exist (e.g., additional suspects, injured persons). 2. Once officers are satisfied that no additional suspects are present and/or there are no injured persons to be treated, exigent circumstances will likely no longer exist. 3. Officers should secure the scene and conduct no further search until proper authority for the search is obtained. 4. While consent to search should be obtained from authorized individuals where possible, it may be more prudent to obtain a search warrant in the case of serious crimes or major investigations. (b) Crime scene supervision is normally conducted by the senior officer present. They have the authority to direct and oversee the processing of a scene unless relieved by a senior officer present, Investigative Unit personnel with expertise in the particular crime, or by a supervisor.

On scene procedures Chapter 5 Page 398, 399

(a) Officers at the scene of an incident where a Canine Team may be needed should do the following: 1. Set an immediate search perimeter; 2. Notify a supervisor and request approval to utilize the Canine Unit; 3. Request Communications to contact the available or on-call Canine Team; and 4. Stay at the location where the suspect was last seen until the Canine Team arrives. (b) All officers on the perimeter shall stay in or next to their vehicle with all emergency lights activated. (c) No officer shall enter the perimeter or building at any time during a canine call unless directed to do so by a Canine Officer. 1. If a suspect moves within the perimeter, officers shall remain on the perimeter and the ranking officer or Canine Officer on-scene will readjust the perimeter as needed. 2. This does not prohibit an officer from making an immediate arrest or preventing the escape of a suspect out of the perimeter. (d) Officers shall not place themselves between a working canine and a suspect at any time. (e) The Canine Officer has the final decision on when and how the canine is utilized on any call.

Purchase of issues city property and equipment Chapter 8 page 438, 439

(a) Officers being promoted may purchase the prior rank badge (cap and/or breast badge) at the prevailing replacement cost. Officers will turn in or purchase the badge set at the time they are issued the new rank badge set. (b) Officers resigning in good standing will be permitted to purchase their badge set at the prevailing replacement cost if they have: 1. Ten (10) years minimum service with the Department; or 2. Are hired by another law enforcement agency. (c) Retiring officers in good standing will be presented with their current breast badge and may purchase their cap badge and Department-issued handgun. 1. These privileges will expire if not executed at the time of retirement. 2. Payment must be made prior to final clearance. (d) For purposes of this section, "good standing" is defined as not being under investigation, suspension, or indefinite suspension at the time of resignation or retirement.

Direct filing DWI charges Chapter 3 page 244, 245

(a) Officers direct filing charges for DWI shall complete the following documentation to be turned in to a DWI Enforcement supervisor if utilizing the BAT Bus or the Arrest Review detective if going directly to a County Booking facility: 1. Case disposition sheet; and 2. Original signed DWI PC Affidavit; and 3. Required ALR paperwork; and 4. Intoxilyzer results if a breath sample was given; and 5. TLE-51A if a blood sample was given; and 6. Any seized Texas drivers license, if applicable; and 7. Copy of Blood Search Warrant paperwork, if applicable. (b) Officers who request a DWI officer that subsequently arrests the driver, shall: 1. Write a supplement to the incident report; 2. Complete any CR-3 (Crash Report), if applicable; 3. Submit into evidence any in-car recording(s) showing event's prior to arrival of the DWI officer.

Assisting with other agencies warrant service Chapter 3 page 176, 177

(a) Officers encountering or dispatched to assist out of city law enforcement agency personnel or bail/bond apprehension agents with a warrant service shall contact a supervisor and consult with them prior to ANY warrant service attempts. (b) If granted permission to assist in the warrant service, officers shall follow all warrant service guidelines outlined in this policy including: 1. Contacting the Fugitive Apprehension Unit during business hours and/or Communications to verify warrant status. Confirmation from the originating agency that the warrant is valid must be obtained prior to taking official action. 2. Checking involvement on the address for prior warrant service attempts. Officers shall not return to a location to serve a warrant where an attempt has been previously made, unless additional information has been developed suggesting the offender has/will return.

Failure to qualify with duty weapons Chapter 8 page 466, 467

(a) Officers failing to appear at the firearm range to qualify during any mandatory qualification period will be subject to disciplinary action. At the end of each qualification period, the Learned Skills Unit supervisor will prepare a list of officers who did not appear at the firearms range to qualify by the designated deadline. This list will be submitted to the Office of the Chief and the affected Commander. (b) Officers that fail to make a passing score on a qualification relay for a primary duty weapon shall be given the opportunity to fire a second qualification relay. 1. Qualification While On-Duty - If an on-duty officer fails the second qualification relay, the officer will be placed in a non- enforcement capacity by the Learned Skills Unit supervisor and scheduled for a remedial training class designed for the type of weapon the officer failed to qualify with. - The officer's immediate supervisor will be notified.

Warrant arrest at a private residence Chapter 3 page 169

(a) Officers legally inside a residence shall arrest any resident found to have an outstanding Felony, Class A or Class B misdemeanor warrant. (b) Officers shall not normally arrest a resident for a Class C warrant unless authorized by a supervisor.

Criminal trespass notice incident form Chapter 4 page 371

(a) Officers may use the Criminal Trespass Notice Incident Form in lieu of writing an incident report. (b) The officer shall complete all the fields of the form except for the narrative and have the suspect read and sign the form in the officer's presence. If the suspect refuses to sign the form, notice is still considered to be valid. The officer will note the refusal on the form. (c) The officer shall detach both the yellow and pink pages of the completed form prior to beginning the narrative portion. (d) The suspect will be given the pink page of the completed 3-part form. (e) The owner/agent will be given the yellow page of the completed 3-part form. The officer shall recommend to the owner/agent that the copy be kept accessible and on file for future reference and documentation. (f) Officers will complete the narrative portion of the white page: - The same information listed above shall be included in the narrative portion of the form. - A copy of the white page will be turned in to the appropriate Investigative Unit inbox. - The original white copy shall be turned in to Data Entry for entry into APD's electronic report writing system. (g) If additional narrative space is needed, attach a narrative form to the Criminal Trespass Notice Incident Form.

Emergency response and vehicle operations Chapter 4 page 254

(a) Officers responding to an emergency call shall do so without delay. (b) Responding with emergency lights and/or siren does not relieve the operator of an authorized emergency vehicle of the duty to act as a reasonably prudent emergency vehicle operator in like circumstances (Tex. Transp. Code § 546.005). (c) Officers shall exercise sound judgment and care with due regard for life and property when responding to an emergency call. Officers shall reduce speed at all street intersections to such a degree that they shall have complete control of the vehicle (Tex. Transp. Code § 546.001). (d) If the emergency equipment on the vehicle should fail to operate at anytime during the response, the officer shall notify Communications of the equipment failure so that another unit may be assigned to the emergency response. The officer may still respond to the call without the use of emergency equipment. (e) Operation of emergency vehicles is classified in 3 levels: 1. Code 3 (Emergency Operation). 2. Code 2 (Limited Emergency Operation). 3. Code 1 (Routine Operation).

Initialresponse and investigation Chapter 4 page 259

(a) Officers responding to an incident shall ensure that all persons are safe and anyone in need of medical attention receives assistance. (b) The primary officer shall make a preliminary determination if a crime has been committed. 1. If the information indicates that a crime has occurred, follow the guidelines outlined in this policy. 2. If the information indicates that no crime occurred, determine what other action may be necessary and/or what resources may be available to the subject. (c) Generally, officers assigned to calls or discovering incidents requiring a report shall be responsible for the preliminary investigation and required paperwork. Certain incidents (e.g., family violence, sexual assault) require a specific response and investigation as outlined in its respective Policy, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) or Operations (Ops) Manual.

Officer responsibilities Chapter 3 page 195

(a) Officers shall advise the dispatcher that a participant in the Police Observer Program is present in the vehicle before going into service. Officers shall consider the safety of the observer at all times. (b) Officers should use sound discretion when encountering a potentially dangerous situation. The dispatcher shall be advised of the situation and, if necessary, may have another police unit respond to pick up the observer. Participation may continue with another officer or the ride may be terminated and the observer returned to the APD facility where the ride initiated.

Firearms proficiency Chapter 8 page 465, 466

(a) Officers shall annually demonstrate proficiency to the proficiency officer for each authorized firearm carried (Tex. Occ. Code § 1701.355). (b) The Learned Skills Unit shall keep accurate records of quarterly qualifications, repairs, maintenance and training as required by law. The course of fire shall meet or exceed the minimum standards required by law. Separate firearms proficiency tests must be demonstrated and conducted for each weapon used, such as a handgun, shotgun, patrol rifle or fully automatic weapon (37 Tex. Admin. Code § 217.21). (c) At least annually, all personnel carrying a firearm will receive training on the Department Response to Resistance Policy and demonstrate working knowledge and understanding of the policy (Tex. Occ. Code § 1701.355). (d) In the event that the above requirements present a hardship, the Department may request in writing that TCOLE waive an officer's annual demonstration of weapons proficiency requirement (Tex. Occ. Code § 1701.355(b) and 37 Tex. Admin. Code § 217.21(e)). (e) All sworn personnel will practice and qualify in their regular work attire (e.g. plain clothed officers will qualify in plain clothes).

Care and use Chapter 5 page 396

(a) Officers shall conduct a preliminary inspection of the bicycle and equipment prior to each use to ensure proper working order of the equipment (e.g., tire pressure, brakes, chain lubrication). (b) Officers should not expose the bicycle to unreasonable hazards or abuse. (c) Bicycles shall be properly secured when not in the officer's immediate presence except in exigent circumstances. (d) Bicycle racks are available on certain police vehicles should the officer need to transport the bicycle. Due to possible component damage, transportation of the bicycle in a trunk or on a police unit push-bumper is discouraged. (e) Bicycle batteries shall be rotated on the assigned charger at the end of each tour of duty. (f) Officers shall return the bicycle clean and ready for the next tour of duty at the end of their assignment.

Booking prisoners Chapter 3 page 188

(a) Officers shall ensure that jail personnel are advised of any security or safety risk presented by the prisoner (e.g., escape risk, history of violence, medical problems). (b) Prisoners shall remain handcuffed until the booking process begins. After receiving approval by a jail intake officer, APD officers will relinquish custody to jail personnel. (c) Unless directed or approved to do so by the jail supervisor on duty, officers shall NOT enter the confinement area of the jail. (d) Officers shall complete all required County Sheriff's Office booking and arrest documentation. (e) Once the booking process is complete, all completed booking paperwork shall be submitted to the booking desk personnel. (f) On all APD warrants containing a Detective Notification Form, the arresting officer shall notify the detective in the manner indicated on the form. (g) Officers will write a supplement if they transport a subject to jail.

Force to obtain specimen Chapter 3 page 239

(a) Officers shall not coerce a driver to submit to a breath or blood test. (b) Officers shall not use force to compel a driver to submit to a breath or blood test except in cases authorized by mandatory blood draws or as a result of a search warrant for blood. Only the least amount of force reasonable to obtain the specimen may be used when force is authorized and should generally be limited to soft restraints.

Victim information Chapter 4 page 330

(a) Officers shall provide each adult present with a copy of the information pamphlet entitled Victim Assistance Information that includes the Notice to Adult Victims of Family Violence and write the incident number on the front page. (b) Victims should always be referred to Victim Services for counseling. (c) Victims and offenders should be told that assault charges on family violence arrests may be filed even if the victim does not wish charges to be filed. Victims who express a desire to drop charges should be referred to Victim Services. Victim Services will refer the victim, after counseling, to the County or District Attorney. (d) Victims with additional questions should be referred to the Family Violence Protection Team. 1. On felony arrests, the victim should be told to contact the Family Violence Protection Team the next day to determine if the assigned investigator needs additional information or statements. 2. On non-arrest incidents, the victim should be told that the case will be assigned to an investigator for follow-up investigation.

Clothing collection as forensic evidence Chapter 4 page 342

(a) Officers should attempt to gather clothing worn by victims during the time the sexual assault occurred for evidentiary purposes when victims do not consent to a forensic exam or are no longer wearing the clothing they were wearing at the time the sexual assault occurred. (b) Proper handling of evidence can be found in Policy 618 (Property and Evidence Collection Procedures).

Special procedures for illiterate persons or persons who possess limited English proficiency Chapter 4 page 283

(a) Officers should be aware during the investigation when encountering a person who does not speak English or possess limited English proficiency that certain accommodations may be necessary to ensure the validity of the lineup process. (b) Officers should carefully consider the ethical and legal ramifications of how to handle case where there is a language barrier. (c) Unless the officer speaks the witness's language fluently, an interpreter should be used for persons who do not speak English. The interpreter shall sign the lineup instruction form documenting that the instructions were provided in the language best understood by the witness. (d) The officer should consider arranging for an interpreter if a person interviewed: 1. Is unable to communicate in English 2. Has a limited understanding of English 3. Is deaf, hearing impaired or speaking impaired 4. Is otherwise physically challenged to communicate in English (e) If the person is unable to read, the officer, in the presence of the witness, will give the explanation, read any forms, and obtain verbal acknowledgment of the witness that he or she understands what has been explained and/or read to him or her.

Sufficient subject identification Chapter 3 page 209

(a) Officers should make every effort to sufficiently identify a driver or passenger prior to issuing a citation. If it is not possible to sufficiently identify a subject and the officer has an arrest authority, a custody arrest may be made. (b) Subjects whose identity is in question and are being issued a citation or booked into jail shall be transported to the APD ID section to verify their identity prior to issuing the citation or booking into jail.

Warrant arrest guidelines chapter 3 page 167

(a) Officers will arrest any person found to have an outstanding warrant, provided the arrest can be made in compliance with Department policy. (b) Officers legally inside a residence that finds any resident found to have an outstanding: 1. Felony, Class A or Class B warrant will arrest the person. 2. Class C warrant will not arrest the person unless authorized by a supervisor.

Special circumstances Chapter 4 page 350, 351

(a) Officers will contact their supervisor if the missing individual fits any category outlined below: 1. Aged or senile adults that require continuous supervision by a care-giver and are not capable of being left unsupervised. 2. Aged or senile adults 65 or over with a documented mental or medical impairment which imminently creates a threat to personal safety. 3. Children under age 12. 4. Mentally or physically handicapped individuals whose impaired ability would create an imminent risk to their safety and well-being. 5. Suicidal persons who are missing after immediately taking threatening actions against their life or making imminent threats to harm themselves. 6. Individuals with a medical condition or an immediate need for medication which creates an imminent risk to their safety and well-being. 7. If kidnapping or foul play is feared in the individual's disappearance.

Sexual assault forensic exam information Chapter 4 page 341

(a) Officers will explain the following information to the victim concerning the Sexual Assault Forensic Examination (SAFE) to allow them to make an informed decision about having the exam conducted. 1. A SAFE is not mandatory, but is strongly recommended. 2. The SAFE provides medical attention necessary for emergency and preventative treatment. Additionally, the examination allows for the collection and documentation of valuable forensic evidence. 3. Charges for the SAFE shall be paid for by the City of Austin and not billed to the victim. However, all other charges shall be the responsibility of the victim. 4. Officers should suggest that victims bring a change of clothing to the hospital if they are wearing the clothing they had on during the assault. Officers should explain that the clothing worn during the assault will be collected by the nurse for evidentiary purposes. 5. Whether or not a victim has bathed, showered, or douched does not preclude the exam from being conducted. 6. If the victim needs to urinate prior to the start of the SAFE, officers should obtain a sterile container from hospital personnel and give it to the victim so the victim's urine can be collected and preserved as evidence.

Lost, stolen, misplaced, damage, or voided traffic citations Chapter 3 page 211

(a) Officers will notify their supervisor if an issued citation book or individual citation is lost, stolen, misplaced, damaged, or voided. (b) Supervisors will review the incident and email Municipal Court at [email protected] with the citation number(s) and notification that the citation was lost, stolen, misplaced, damaged, or voided.

Department employee observers Chapter 3 page 192, 193

(a) On-duty civilian employees and APD auxiliaries may ride as an observer with the approval of their supervisor and the appropriate lieutenant or designee. The Police Observer Information Form is not required. (b) Off-duty civilian employees and APD auxiliaries riding as an observer will comply with this policy except they are not required to list their address on the Police Observer Information Form. Off-duty employees are not allowed to ride more than once per month without approval of the appropriate commander. (c) No APD employee shall ride as an observer while on restricted duty, limited duty, injury leave, or during a suspension.

Traffic enforcement policy Chapter 3 page 209

(a) On-duty officers in uniform should stop the operator of any vehicle committing a traffic violation when practical to do so. (b) On-duty officers not in uniform may make traffic stops only if the vehicle used in making the traffic stop is equipped with emergency lights and a siren. (c) After stopping the violator, officers shall exercise good judgment in deciding what enforcement action should be taken (e.g., warning, citation, arrest). (d) A traffic citation should only be issued when: 1. The violator has sufficient identification; and 2. The officer has no substantial reason to believe the violator will fail to appear; and 3. The officer has reason to believe that release by citation will result in termination of the violation; and 4. The violator(s) did not resist detention, assault anyone during the offense, or appear to be combative or violent; and 5. The violator is willing to sign the citation.

Juvenile statements and confessions Chapter 4 page 277

(a) Oral confessions made in non-custodial interviews of juveniles are admissible if the statement is given voluntarily and not as a result of coercion, threats, promises, or an extensive interview with the oral admission being the primary objective. To ensure the non-custodial statement is given voluntarily, personnel shall release the juvenile to a parent or guardian after taking the statement and then obtain a warrant to take the juvenile into custody. (b) Statements and confessions given in custodial interrogations of juveniles require additional steps to ensure the statement or confession is given voluntarily. Personnel shall comply with State Law and Policy 317 (Handling Juveniles) when interviewing or interrogating a juvenile.

Submitting documentation to central records/warrant unit Chapter 4 page 290, 291

(a) Original APD arrest warrant packets will be filed with the Central Records/Warrant Unit immediately after being scanned if the warrant is obtained during the Central Records/ Warrant Unit's normal business hours. 1. If the warrant is obtained after Central Records/Warrant Unit's normal business hours, Teletype will be notified directly by phone of the arrest warrant. If the warrant meets the criteria for immediate entry, the entire arrest warrant packet will be faxed to Teletype at 974-0900. 2. An exception to this rule will be authorized when the arrest warrant is served immediately upon receipt (e.g., suspect is being interviewed, suspect is under surveillance).

Documentation and retention Chapter 4 page 391, 392

(a) Other than crime analysis and situational assessment reports, all information obtained from social media websites shall be placed within a case file, suspicious activity report, or intelligence report. At no time should departmental personnel maintain any social media files outside of these authorized files. (b) Crime analysis and situational assessment reports may be prepared for special events management, including First Amendment-protected activities. If there was no criminal activity related to the information gathered, the information obtained from the social media monitoring tool will be retained for no more than fourteen (14) days. Information from the social media monitoring tool that does indicate a criminal nexus will be retained in an intelligence report, suspicious activity report, or case investigative file pursuant to retention and destruction schedules adopted by the City. (c) Information identified as criminal in nature that is obtained in the course of an investigation from a social media site will be collected and retained using screen shots, printouts of chat logs, copying uniform resource locators (URL's) for subpoena or investigatory purposes, or storing the information via secure digital means. When possible, employees will utilize investigative computer systems and software intended to record data from social media sites.

Surveillance Chapter 4 page 286

(a) Personnel will not violate the right to privacy, or other constitutional rights, of any individual while conducting a surveillance. (b) Complex or long-term surveillance requires specialized training and equipment. These types of surveillance will be conducted only by those investigative and specialized skills units whose personnel are authorized and trained to conduct such operations. (c) Personnel should be aware that legal authorization may be required for electronic surveillance.

Limitations Chapter 9 page 629

(a) Policies related to compensation that are not required by Chapter 143 are dependent upon City Council's approval of the budget. Budget approval is determined annually. For current information, contact APD-HR. (b) The Chief or designee may set limitations on the duties and responsibilities on the person assuming the higher rank.

Stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 363, 364

(a) Prior to determining if a vehicle is stolen, officers shall: 1. Determine if the alleged stolen vehicle is actually an Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle (UUMV); and 2. Find out if the vehicle has been impounded or repossessed by running the license plate. (b) Stolen Vehicles 1. Officers should inform a subject reporting a stolen vehicle of the reporting and recovery process. 2. Officers shall require the subject to complete and sign an Auto Theft Affidavit. - If the subject refuses to sign the affidavit, the officer will inform him that the vehicle information will not be entered into TCIC/NCIC. - Auto Theft Affidavits shall be sent via interoffice mail to the Auto Theft Interdiction Unit. 3. Officers shall inform the subject that the assigned investigator will notify him if the vehicle is recovered. 4. Officers shall provide the complainant/victim with the incident number and the phone number to the Auto Theft Interdiction Unit. 5. Officers should inform the complainant/victim to notify 3-1-1, 9-1-1 or the Auto Theft Interdiction Unit if he recovers the vehicle so an officer can be dispatched to the scene. 6. Request Communications to enter the vehicle into TCIC/NCIC and the BOLO file.

Carrying firearms out-of-state Chapter 8 page 469, 470

(a) Qualified active full-time officers and previously approved retired officers of the Department are authorized to carry a concealed firearm in all other states subject to the following conditions (18 USC § 926B and C): 1. Officers or retired officers shall carry a valid, unexpired APD ID card whenever carrying a weapon. 2. Officers or retired officers is not the subject of any current disciplinary action or current criminal investigation. 3. Officers or retired officers may not be under the influence of alcohol or any other intoxicating or hallucinatory drug. 4. Officers and retired officers are cautioned that individual states may enact local regulations that permit private persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on their property, or that prohibit or restrict the possession of firearms on any state or local government property, installation, building, base or park. Federal authority may not shield an officer or retired officer from arrest and prosecution in such locally restricted areas. (b) Officers will remain subject to this and all other Department policies (including qualifying and training). (c) Visiting active and retired peace officers from other states are subject to all requirements set forth in 18 USC § 926B and C.

Request for non-emergency assistance Chapter 3 page 246

(a) Requests of Minor Nature Law enforcement agencies making a minor nature request of APD (e.g., back- up on traffic, identification inquiries) shall normally be processed through APD Communications. (b) Requests for Major or Specialized Non-Emergency Assistance 1. Law enforcement agencies making a formal request for any major or specialized non- emergency assistance shall be advised to contact the following APD supervisors: - Uniform Personnel - Affected commander or lieutenant. - Specialized Investigative or Tactical Assistance - Investigations commander, Organized Crime commander or Special Operations commander, as the situation dictates. - Specialized Forensic or Victim Counseling Services: Forensics manager or Victim Services manager, as the situation dictates. 2. In the absence of the above APD supervisors, the Watch Lieutenant or Duty Commander shall be contacted. 3. APD supervisors shall notify the chain-of-command up to the affected assistant chiefs if it is determined a service request will take an extended period of time and impact APD resources.

Towing from the crash Chapter 3 page 223

(a) Rotation or request wreckers shall be used for vehicles that require towing from the scene of a crash, including parked and unattended vehicles on a public roadway, anytime the vehicle is deemed inoperable. 1. Officers should have the driver select a towing company, if possible, and confirm with Communications that it is on the Approved Wrecker List. 2. When there is no preferred company requested, or the company is not on the Approved Wrecker List, a company shall be selected from the rotational list of towing companies maintained by Communications. 3. AFD or EMS may request wreckers when approved by the Watch Lieutenant. (b) An authorized impound wrecker shall be used in the following circumstances: 1. When the driver is arrested and the vehicle is otherwise safely operable. 2. When the vehicle has been confirmed as stolen. 3. When the vehicle is of evidentiary value and needed for further investigation in a criminal offense. - The vehicle will be loaded onto a flatbed type wrecker only; - The vehicle will be accompanied until secured in the lot to maintain proper chain of custody by APD personnel; - The Crime Scene Section will be notified if placement inside the Vehicle Processing Facility is required. 4. As outlined in Policy 350 (Vehicle Towing and Release).

Routine command at police incident Chapter 4 page 260, 261

(a) Routine command at a police incident is handled as follows: 1. Generally the highest ranking officer, or senior officer if of the same rank, should assume command of the scene and operations until relieved by a supervisor, or until the conclusion of the incident; however, the highest ranking officer will assume command whenever the situation appears to be beyond the control of the current officer in charge, when jurisdiction is concurrent over a particular duty, or for disciplinary purposes. 2. Any officer may take command of the scene and operations when the current officer in charge is unable to perform the required duties because of physical or mental inability. 3. Command at major incidents is outlined in Policy 407 (Emergency and Disaster Operations). (b) Assumption of command will be done by the officer identifying himself and informing the current officer in charge of his intent to assume command.

Sexual harassment

(a) Sexual harassment is any unwelcome sexual conduct that occurs under one or more of the following conditions. Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature will be considered harassment when: 1. Submission to such conduct is made either openly or by implication a term or condition of an individual's employment; or 2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for employment decisions affecting that person; or 3. Such conduct unreasonably interferes with the individual's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment. (b) Sexually oriented jokes, remarks, gestures, or pictures may be offensive to other employees and will not be tolerated. (c) Any manager, supervisor or employee who engages in such objectionable conduct is subject to immediate discipline up to and including termination.

Substance induced excited delirium Chapter 3 page 182

(a) Substance Induced Excited Delirium is a condition brought on by the use of drugs or the lack of required medication. Subjects in this state often have easily identifiable symptoms and behavioral patterns. For the safety of both officers and subjects, recognition of this condition is imperative. This is especially true in cases when more than two or three symptoms are exhibited at the same time by the same person. Some of the symptoms exhibited may include: 1. Bizarre and/or aggressive behavior such as self-inflicted injuries, jumping into water, hiding behind objects, or public disrobing (due to high body temp). 2. Irrational or incoherent speech or shouting; 3. Dilated pupils, shivering, high body temperature, or profuse sweating; 4. Fear, paranoia, or panic; 5. Violence toward others, objects, or in general; 6. High resistance to pain (standard defensive tactics and OC spray may be ineffective); 7. Unexpected physical strength.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 9 page 569

(a) Supervisors are expected to be alert to signs that an employee may have a drinking problem. The supervisor will review the problem behavior with the employee, encourage the employee to seek voluntary assistance, and make a mandatory referral for professional assessment when appropriate. (b) Scheduling arrangements should be made for the employee to utilize accrued sick leave or personal leave to obtain assistance. (c) Supervisors should avoid accepting chronic excuses for problem drinking.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 312

(a) Supervisors shall immediately respond to the scene of all hostage/barricade situations and be responsible for the following: 1. Rapidly evaluate and assess the situation, and obtain a briefing by the initial responders. 2. Assume the role of Incident Commander and retain this role until relieved. 3. Establish a Command Post and appropriate chain-of-command. 4. Notify tactical and hostage negotiation personnel. 5. Notify appropriate persons within and outside the agency, such as command officers, dog handlers or helicopter pilots. 6. Establish inner and outer perimeters. 7. Request ambulance, rescue, fire and surveillance equipment. 8. Authorize news media access and news media policy. 9. Pursuit/surveillance vehicles and control of travel routes.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 270, 271

(a) Supervisors shall review the employee's incident report, supplement, FO card or electronic street check when notified of an incident involving an officer actively targeting a firearm at a person. Incomplete or inadequate documentation shall be returned for correction. (b) Supervisors will forward a memorandum up the chain-of-command if a safety, policy, training, equipment, tactical, or other specific issue is identified. (c) Supervisors shall adhere to the following documentation guidelines: 1. FO Card- Legibly sign the FO Card with the supervisors name and employee number that reviewed the incident. 2. Electronic Street Check- Add a supplement using the electronic street check incident number to document that the employee made a supervisor notification and the incident was reviewed. 3. Reports and Supplements- - Add a study notation, if not already added, to document that an officer's firearm was actively targeted at a person. - Add a case note to the incident report to document that the employee made a supervisor notification and the incident was reviewed.

Procedures for reasonable suspicion testing Chapter 9 page 565

(a) Supervisors who reasonably suspect an employee to be under the influence of a drug or alcohol will: 1. Immediately remove the employee from performing regular duties, and, when possible, bring the employee to a private area away from the observation of coworkers and/or the public. 2. Notify the employee's commander, or if after normal office hours the Duty Commander. 3. Document in a memorandum addressed to the Chief detailing factors and any observations leading to the reasonable suspicion. 4. Immediately request another supervisor to witness and record their observations of the employee in a memorandum to the Chief. 5. Place the employee on restricted duty. Arrangements will be made for the employee to be taken home unless a decision is made to immediately conduct a drug test. The Chief, an assistant chief, Duty Commander, or DTC may order the employee to take an immediate drug test. If testing is ordered: - Supervisors will be notified and the DTC will arrange for the test. - Supervisors will notify the affected employee of the test and prepare a memorandum instructing the affected employee to submit to the test. - Supervisors will accompany the employee to the testing site and remain at the site until the testing is complete. (b) If there is probable cause to believe a crime has been committed, appropriate arrest procedures will be followed.

Supervisor responsibilities when employees use sick leave Chapter 9 page 639

(a) Supervisors will notify the chain-of-command and APD HR when an employee: 1. Has taken sick leave for three (3) consecutive work days and the reason is unknown or the reason indicates that the employee or employee's family member may be experiencing a serious health condition of themselves or a family member; or 2. Has taken sick leave for five (5) or more consecutive work days; or 3. Has an overnight stay in the hospital.

Handling prisoners Chapter 3 page 178, 179

(a) Suspects being arrested and transported in police vehicles shall be handcuffed or otherwise restrained as described below: 1. Prisoners will generally be restrained with hands behind the back. If handcuffs are used, they shall be double locked. 2. In case of advanced age, injury, physical disability, or other circumstances where arrested persons are incapable of placing their hands behind their back, but circumstances warrant restraint, the officer may: - Use flex cuffs. - Apply handcuffs with the hands to the front. - Choose not to use a restraining device. If the prisoner is not restrained, two officers should be used to transport the prisoner as safely as possible.

Arrest review Chapter 3 page 189

(a) The Arrest Review Unit will work with the officer to make certain the affidavit/complaint articulates the required probable cause for the charges filed. (b) If Arrest Review does not agree with an arrest as originally made, the officer shall work with the Arrest Review Unit to determine the appropriate charge(s). 1. In cases of dispute over the probable cause of an arrest or charge(s) filed, the arresting officer's supervisor shall be contacted and is responsible for resolving the dispute. 2. The arresting officer's supervisor shall make the final decision on the charges or whether to release the arrested person. (c) On arrests that require Investigative Unit approval, Arrest Review shall verify with the officer that a detective from the appropriate Unit was notified. If required, the arresting officer will place a copy of the incident report and probable cause affidavit/complaint in the Investigative Unit's tray at Arrest Review or at the appropriate substation. (d) Arrest Review shall ensure probable cause affidavits/complaints that are rejected by the reviewing magistrate are corrected to the extent possible to avoid the release of a prisoner before charges can be filed.

Required bomb squad notification Chapter 4 page 316

(a) The Bomb Squad shall be notified of, and respond to: 1. Bomb threats made at mobile targets such as aircraft, trains, and watercraft. 2. Incidents where a suspected or known explosive device is discovered. 3. Explosive emergencies. 4. All incidents where an explosion has occurred. 5. Scenes where suspected explosives have been located or recovered (e.g., commercial, military, homemade). (b) The Bomb Squad should NOT normally be utilized in response to bomb threats targeting a building, dwelling or fixed structures unless an explosive device is found or circumstances warrant it. This includes all fixed structures such as: 1. Industrial buildings. 2. Shopping centers or malls. 3. School or college campuses. 4. Government buildings. 5. Residential dwellings.

Utilization of the canine unit Chapter 5 Page 398

(a) The Canine Unit may be requested for the following situations: 1. To locate suspects that have fled on foot from officers, or from the scene of a crime, for Class B and above offenses, and suspects related to window peeping (Tex. Penal Code § 42.01(a)11); 2. Residence and building searches w/forced entry; 3. Article searches when evidence may be located (e.g., gun, knife); 4. High risk traffic stops; and 5. To locate Missing, lost, or injured persons when exigent circumstances exist. If no exigent circumstances exist, AFD Search and Rescue should be utilized. (b) The Canine Unit shall not be utilized: 1. When a suspect cannot be identified or linked to a crime (e.g., insufficient physical description, no witness). 2. For crowd control (e.g., demonstrations, regular crowd control). 3. During questioning or interrogation of a suspect. 4. To transport prisoners. 5. For routine Patrol calls or arrests.

Investigation of complaints Chapter 9 page 559

(a) The Chief has the authority to order Internal Affairs to conduct an investigation alleging discrimination/harassment regardless of whether the conduct involves sworn or non- sworn employees. (b) All complaints of discrimination/harassment involving sworn employees shall be reported to the Chief. (c) All complaints of discrimination/harassment involving civilian employees will be reviewed and/or investigated according to City Personnel Policy.

Reasonable suspicion testing for sworn employees Chapter 9 page 564

(a) The Chief, an assistant chief, the Duty Commander, the DTC, and authorized designees have the authority to order officers to submit to a drug test. (b) The Department may require drug testing of officers when a determination of reasonable suspicion is agreed upon by any two (2) supervisors.

Automated fuel support system Chapter 8 page 473

(a) The City has two types of fuel facilities: 1. Primary Fuel Site - A fuel facility with an automated fuel card reader. A fuel card must be used at these facilities. 2. Alternate Fuel Site - A non-automated fuel facility located primarily at City fire stations and Parks and Recreation facilities. Fuel issued at these sites is recorded on a Daily Fuel Issue form. (b) A magnetically coded plastic fuel card is assigned to every Department owned and leased vehicle. (c) Department vehicles without a fuel card can be denied fuel unless an emergency exists. Any lost, missing, or damaged fuel card will be reported in accordance with Department policy on Equipment Accountability. (d) Unless authorized and specifically exempted in a Unit's SOP, whenever a Department vehicle is used for out-of-city trips and it is necessary to refuel at a site other than a City fuel facility, a current odometer reading must be reported prior to using a City fuel facility.

Additional drug screening due to assignment Chapter 9 page 564

(a) The Department has a compelling interest in ensuring that officers assigned to specified organizational levels do not use prohibited drugs or inhalants, abuse controlled substances, or abuse prescription or over-the-counter medications, due to the sensitive nature of their assignments. In these assignments, the strictest precautionary safeguards are necessary to provide for a drug-free working environment, and to ensure that there are no drug abusers or controlled substance abusers who jeopardize the safety of fellow officers and citizens. All sworn members who apply for or are assigned to the following divisions/bureaus will be subject to additional drug testing: 1. Organized Crime Division 2. Special Operations Division 3. Professional Standards Bureau 4. Any other assignment (s) that the Chief of Police or his designee determines by SOP should be subject to additional random drug testing. (b) Sworn members assigned to these units may be randomly tested up to a maximum of three times per calendar year. This additional testing is separate and distinct from the random testing that every sworn member of the Department is subject to pursuant to this policy and the Meet and Confer Contract.

Language interpreter service Chapter 6 page 412

(a) The Language Interpreter Service should be used when interpretation is necessary to provide services to the public and to perform police duties. (b) The Language Interpreter Service should not be used: 1. For interpretation for Spanish-speaking persons. Spanish-speaking employees are available on each shift and throughout the Department. 2. When other means are available, unless this would jeopardize the investigation. 3. For long interrogations, confessions, or statements. (c) To obtain an interpreter, the employee should: 1. Request the APD Communications supervisor notify the interpreter service. Communications will provide the employee with any applicable agency identification number/code needed when contacting the service. 2. Provide the interpreter service with the agency identification number/code if required, the requester's employee number, and the language required. 3. The employee should explain to the interpreter what is needed. (d) All calls made from CTECC will be recorded. If a copy of the conversation and translation is needed for evidentiary purposes, a copy should be requested from APD Communications.

Mobile field force composition Chapter 4 page 303

(a) The MFF is commanded by the on scene Incident Commander (IC) and/or designated Operations Section Chief(s) who are in charge of the event per ICS protocol. IC responsibilities include: 1. Determining how many officers will respond to form the MFF; and 2. Designating the location of a Command Post and rally point. (b) The Incident Commander and/or Operations Section Chief(s) may be assisted by a lieutenant or sergeant acting as a Deputy or Executive Officer (XO). (c) A MFF squad is usually divided into groups of seven to ten officers and one supervisor. (d) A MFF platoon is composed of four MFF squads. 1. A platoon should be commanded by a lieutenant, if available. 2. A preemptive platoon will provide the Incident Commander with the flexibility to conduct offensive operations, if needed, and to make mass arrests.

Peace officer emergency commitment Chapter 4 page 379, 380

(a) The authority to apprehend a person by using the Peace Officer's Emergency Commitment (POEC) is granted under the Tex. Health and Safety Code § 573.001. This type of custody is protective rather than criminal in nature and does not constitute an arrest. A POEC may be used when: 1. The officer has reason to believe, and does believe, that the person is mentally ill; and 2. Because of that mental illness there is a substantial risk of serious harm to the person or to others unless the person is immediately restrained; and 3. The officer believes that there is not sufficient time to obtain a warrant before taking the person into custody.

Notifications Chapter 4 page 320

(a) The first supervisor on the scene of a post-explosion incident should: 1. Assume command of the scene. 2. Establish the primary Command Post. This site can be the same as the initial Command Post or it can be moved at the discretion of the supervisor based on the best information available at the time. The location selected for the primary Command Post should be swept for secondary explosive devices and other hazards and established up-wind of the incident scene if possible. 3. Establish an outer perimeter if believed necessary. 4. Order an evacuation if believed necessary. 5. Ensure all APD personnel are wearing appropriate PPE. 6. Contact Communications and advise that a potential WMD/CBRN event is in progress. 7. Contact the responding bomb techs and brief them on the information about the incident, if practicable. 8. Execute all suggestions of the bomb technicians and Hazmat Commanders and await their arrival at the scene. (b) Supervisors will not permit officers to enter the inner perimeter area until Hazmat has evaluated the scene for potential hazards. (c) Supervisors will insure that personnel are properly decontaminated at the conclusion of the incident. AFD Hazmat should be contacted for assistance.

Required administrative license revocation documentation Chapter 3 page 244

(a) The following Administrative License Revocation (ALR) documents are required when making an arrest for DWI: 1. Motor Vehicles - DIC-23 - Peace Officer Sworn Report. - DIC-24 - Statutory Warning. - DIC-25 - Notice of Suspension / Temporary Driving Permit. 2. Commercial Motor Vehicles - DIC-54 - Peace Officer Sworn Report / Commercial Motor Vehicles. - DIC-55 - Statutory Warning / Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators. - DIC-57 - Notice of Disqualification / Temporary Driving Permit. (b) The following documents are required when taking a breath and/or blood specimen: - TLE-51A Affidavit of Person who Withdrew Blood. - The APD Chemistry Lab Blood Alcohol Submission Form is used when a blood specimen is taken. (c) The following documents have Spanish versions that can be used for Spanish speaking drivers: DIC-24S, DIC-25S, DIC-57S.

Incidents requiring a CIT officer Chapter 4 page 378

(a) The following incidents require a CIT officer: 1. Any situation where the responding officer believes that a persons mental health is adversely affecting the persons behavior (e.g., attempted suicide, suicidal subject, POEC evaluation). 2. Any request from a member of the community for a CIT officer. 3. Mental health related calls from a facility/provider that furnishes services on behalf of the mental health community. 4. Any health care facility or emergency room request for assistance relating to a person suspected of a mental illness. (b) If the incident is non-emergency in nature, a CIT officer shall respond as the primary officer. (c) If the incident is an emergency, any patrol officer may be dispatched immediately and a CIT officer will be dispatched as soon as possible.

Prevention and intervention of employee domestic violence Chapter 9 page 541

(a) The goal of the Department is to accomplish the following in regard to domestic violence: 1. Heighten awareness. 2. Provide guidance for employees, supervisors, and management. 3. Identify warning signs. 4. Establish prevention and intervention guidelines. (b) In order to provide non-punitive avenues of assistance to employees, their partners, and other family members before an act of domestic violence occurs, the Department will provide confidential referrals to reputable internal or external counseling services. (c) Employees with knowledge of suspected abuse or violence involving another employee of the Department shall report it to their immediate supervisor.

Abuse

(a) The negligent or willful infliction of injury, unreasonable confinement, intimidation or cruel punishment with resulting physical or emotional harm or pain to an elderly or disabled person by the person's caretaker, family member or other individual who has an ongoing relationship with the person. (b) Sexual abuse of an elderly or disabled person, including any involuntary or non-consensual sexual conduct that would constitute an offense under Section 21.08, Penal Code (indecent exposure) or Chapter 22, Penal Code (assaultive offenses), committed by the person's caretaker, family member, or other individual who has an ongoing relationship with the person.

Documentation Chapter 4 page 357

(a) The officer originally requesting the cell phone ping shall ensure that a detailed offense report outlining the facts and circumstances that gave probable cause to ping the phone is completed in Versadex prior to the end of their tour of duty. (b) A copy of the list of APD Police Officers authorized to declare exigent circumstances will be maintained in the Real Time Crime Center. (c) The authorized officer (on the District Attorney's List) approving the exigent cell phone ping shall immediately notify the on-call Assistant District Attorney via the 24 hour on-call number at 512-860-2002. (d) Within 48 hours of ordering the exigent cell phone ping, the designated officer shall ensure that the applicable court order has been properly completed, delivered to the District Attorney's Office, and signed by the appropriate judge.

Foreign nationals Chapter 3 page 174, 175

(a) These guidelines apply to foreign nationals who do not claim diplomatic or consular immunity. Refer to Policy 318 and 330 for those who claim immunity. (b) Officers shall arrest foreign nationals only under the following circumstances: - There is a valid warrant issued for the person's arrest. - There is probable cause to believe that the foreign national has violated a federal criminal law, a state law or a local ordinance. (c) Officers shall not arrest foreign nationals solely for alleged undocumented entry into the U.S. (d) The U.S. is obligated under the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, international treaties, and customary international law to notify consular officials when foreign nationals make such a request, are arrested, or are detained for more than 2 hours. - Arresting officers shall immediately inform any foreign nationals of their right to have their consular official notified concerning the arrest. If foreign nationals ask that such notification be made, the arresting officer shall inform the intake officer at the booking facility. - The Communications Division will maintain a current telephone list of foreign embassies and consulates and a list of mandatory notice countries.

General guidelines Chapter 9 page 560, 561

(a) This policy specifically prohibits employees from: 1. Reporting to work under the influence of any drug or alcoholic beverage. 2. Reporting to work under the influence of any prescription or over-the-counter drug that would adversely affect their senses or judgment. 3. Reporting to work or driving a City vehicle within four (4) hours after having consumed an alcoholic beverage. 4. Consuming alcoholic beverages or drugs while the employee is on-call. 5. Using, possessing, selling, purchasing, distributing, or being under the influence of any prohibited drug while off-duty. 6. Testing positive for a drug. 7. Using, possessing, selling, purchasing, distributing, or being under the influence of any drug while on-duty unless authorized by the employees' supervisor and part of an employee's official duty. 8. Consuming or possessing alcoholic beverages while on any Department facility or while wearing any part of the APD uniform unless authorized by a supervisor for a legitimate law enforcement purpose. (b) This policy does not prohibit the consumption of alcohol or other drug as necessary in the performance of an employee's duties and as approved by a supervisor. Personnel who consume alcohol as part of their duties shall not do so to the extent of impairing on-duty performance.

Cleared exceptionally Chapter 4 page 294, 295

(a) This status is used to clear incidents that meet all the following criteria: 1. The investigation has established the identity of the offender; and 2. There is sufficient information to support an arrest, charge, and prosecution; and 3. The exact location of the offender is known so that the offender could be taken into custody; and 4. There is some reason outside law enforcement control that prevents arresting, charging, and prosecuting the offender, such as: - The victim will not cooperate with the investigation or does not wish to pursue the case; or - A prosecuting attorney has reviewed the case and declines prosecution. (b) This status is also used to clear cases where: - The suspect is a juvenile and committed a status offense; or - The suspect is under the age of criminal responsibility; or - The suspect dies; or - Extradition of the suspect is denied.

Treatment follow up Chapter 9 page 570

(a) To prevent relapses into problem drinking, it is often useful to establish new support networks such as joining an Alcoholics Anonymous group, obtaining a sponsor, or meeting regularly with other recovering problem drinkers. In some cases, the treatment center staff will recommend random urine testing to reinforce the habit of not drinking. (b) The Department will expect employees with drinking problems to complete whatever treatment follow- up is recommended by the outside treatment center staff. (c) In cases where the employee is referred by a supervisor for problem drinking, completion of any follow-up program will be documented by the treatment center staff and sent to the employee's supervisor.

Ill, injured or disabled prisoners Chapter 3 page 180, 181

(a) Transporting of the ill, the injured, or prisoners with a disability should be done with the officer's safety and the physical comfort of the prisoner in mind. Circumstances may require that the arresting officer transport the prisoner by EMS, prisoner transport van, or by a specially designed vehicle that can be requested through City or commercial entities. (b) Each circumstance should be considered on an individual basis; prisoners shall not be allowed to retain any instrument that could be used as a weapon against the transporting officer. (c) Ill or injured prisoners in custody of an officer should be restrained, if possible, to prevent escape or to prevent injury to officers or medical personnel. - The officer will consider the prisoner's special circumstances before applying any restraining device. - The prisoner should not be restrained in such a way that proper medical attention is prevented. (d) If medical personnel request removal of restraining devices to treat an injured prisoner, the restraints will be removed. - The custodial officer shall always remain with the prisoner unless directed to depart from a treatment area by medical personnel for treatment purposes. - The officer shall remain nearby to prevent violent acts or escape.

Prohibited use of email Chapter 10 page 683

(a) Unless approved by the Chief of Police or designee, the email system will not be used for: 1. Disseminating confidential materials or Department sensitive information, official documents that must be retained in their physical form, or documents that require a physical signature to certify receipt. 2. Charitable endeavors. 3. Private business activities. 4. Inappropriate entertainment purposes. (b) Employees are prohibited from sending derogatory, defamatory, obscene, disrespectful, racist, sexually suggestive and harassing, or any other inappropriate messages via the email system. (c) Employees are prohibited from sending out email messages addressed to the entire Department or all City employees, or selecting "Reply All" to such messages. Department or City-wide email messages should only be for business-related items that are of particular interest to all users and, as such, are restricted to Command Personnel or designee. (d) Employees will not send out an email message under another user's name without authorization. Email users that have a need to delegate this function will use email program settings to give access to authorized employees.

Duty to identify Chapter 9 page 488

(a) Unless doing so would jeopardize an undercover officer or a covert operation, employees will furnish the name and identification number of any employee, including themselves, to any person requesting such information regarding matters in which the employee was acting in an official capacity. Names of employees will be given in sufficient form to fully identify the employee. (b) Sworn employees taking police action while not in uniform will, as soon as possible, display their police badge or APD ID and state the purpose for taking police action. (c) Employees will provide the name and business telephone number of their immediate supervisor upon request by any person.

On scene command responsibilities Chapter 4 page 312, 313

(a) Upon arrival of the Special Operations supervisor at the scene, the Special Operations supervisor shall be briefed about the situation by the original on-scene supervisor and/or on-scene personnel with knowledge of the incident. (b) Once briefed, the Special Operations supervisor or designee shall be responsible for the tactical portion of the operation. (c) The original on-scene supervisor shall be responsible for perimeter security and general support for the Special Operations teams. (d) The original on-scene supervisor and the Special Operations supervisor, or authorized designees, shall maintain communication as the situation develops.

Required child protection services notification Chapter 4 page 331

(a) When CPS Notification is Required 1. Child Protective Services (CPS) must be notified following all incidents of family violence that resulted in a visible injury or aggravated assault if a child is: - Present at the scene of the incident; or - Known to reside at the location of the incident. 2. The notification shall be made: - Regardless of whether the child witnessed the incident; or - If an officer has reason to be concerned for the physical or emotional welfare of the child. (b) How CPS Notification may be Completed 1. The incident should be reported to CPS from the scene or immediately after clearance; however, notification shall be made prior to the end of the primary officer's tour of duty. 2. It is ultimately the primary officers responsibility to ensure the required notification is completed, regardless of what method is used. - The primary officer can complete the notification by using the CPS Law Enforcement Hotline number available through Communications. - APD Victim Services may be requested to complete the notification. - If Victim Services is used, officers need to provide all the required pertinent information to the team member.

Mandatory blood draws Chapter 3 page 242

(a) When an officer arrests a DWI suspect who refuses to provide a voluntary breath or blood test and who falls under the following criteria, the officer will contact their corporal (or another corporal on duty) and attempt to obtain a blood search warrant. 1. A death has occurred or is likely to occur as a result of the collision; or 2. Serious bodily injury occurred to another as a result of the collision; or 3. Bodily injury occurred to another and that person was transported to a medical facility; or 4. The driver has 2 or more prior convictions for DWI; or 5. The driver is being charged with DWI with a child passenger under 15 years of age; or 6. The driver has 1 or more prior convictions for Intoxication Manslaughter; or 7. The driver has 1 or more prior convictions for DWI with a child passenger under 15 years of age.

Neutrality in civil actions Chapter 4 page 260

(a) When dispatched to the scene of civil disturbances, officers will halt disturbances, prevent breaches of the peace or other violations of law growing out of such incidents, and take any persons breaking the law into custody if necessary. (b) Officers will not advise residents as to whether or not the City will make restitution for personal injury or property damage suffered. All inquiries concerning the City's liability will be referred to the City Attorney's Office.

Handling of prisoners away from jail area Chapter 3 page 186, 187

(a) When signing out prisoners from any jail or correctional facility for any purpose, Department personnel shall: - Ensure the prisoner they are taking into custody is positively identified; and - Determine if there are any security or safety issues associated with the prisoner (e.g., escape risk, history of violence, medical problems). (b) Department personnel removing a prisoner from the jail or correctional facility for any purpose shall sign the prisoner out and will be responsible for the return of the prisoner. Department personnel will ensure the prisoner is thoroughly searched for weapons, contraband, or items that might be used as implements of escape prior to returning them to the custody of jail or correctional facility personnel. (c) Department personnel who sign out prisoners to transport them back to the scene of the crime or any other location to continue their investigations are responsible for the safe transport of that prisoner. (d) Wherever the prisoner is taken, the officer having custody will be responsible for ensuring that no weapon, and/or instrument that could be used as a weapon or implement of escape is accessible to the prisoner.

Reporting responsibilities Chapter 4 page 265

(a) When the preliminary investigation is done, officers shall prepare an initial incident report detailing an accurate record of events as outlined in Policy 402 (Incident Reporting and Documentation). (b) When Investigative or Specialized Unit personnel (e.g., crime scene technician, crash investigator) respond to the scene and conduct the preliminary investigation, unit personnel shall be responsible for the completion of the initial report. All other responding officers will be responsible for completing supplemental reports as outlined in Policy 402 (Incident Reporting and Documentation).

Symbolism in the work area Chapter 9 page 489

(a) Work areas are not to be so adorned that it is difficult to conduct business. (b) Symbols which are of an insulting, profane, and demeaning nature are not permitted. (c) Wall area decor which is perceived to be offensive to any employee will be explained by the person displaying the symbolism. If the explanation does not satisfy the offended person, the Chief or designee will make the final decision as to whether or not the symbolism remains in the work area.

Home access Chapter 10 page 679, 680

(b) Accessing Mobile Office from home requires supervisor and APD Data Control approval. (c) The department is limited on the number of concurrent users logged on at any one time once that limit is reached, additional user access requests will be denied. Patrol personnel have priority, and to insure access all personnel using the system should log off as immediately upon task completion. (d) Personnel should not use the system to simply check their email. Employees should check email via psmail.austintexas.gov.

Hospital guidelines Chapter 3 page 183, 184, 185, 186

(b) Admittance to Hospital 1. In circumstances where prisoners are arrested on for non-violent offenses and there is no reason to believe the prisoner will become violent, a supervisor may authorize the prisoner's release if the prisoner is being admitted into the hospital. Prisoners will not be released from custody if they are under arrest for an offense involving violence or have outstanding warrants higher than a Class C Misdemeanor. 2. Prisoners may be released from custody provided there is sufficient identifying information available to obtain a warrant and meet the following criteria: (a) Felony Offense 1. All Charges, other than direct file narcotic related charges, require authorization to release from the: - Investigative unit responsible for the highest charge, and - on duty Patrol Lieutenant over the area where the subject was arrested; or, if unavailable, any on duty Patrol Lieutenant. 2. Narcotic related charges, that can be direct filed, only requires authorization from the on duty area Patrol Lieutenant; or, if unavailable, any on duty Patrol Lieutenant. (b) Class A and B misdemeanors arrests require authorization from a sergeant or above. Corporals, only when in the capacity of acting sergeant, may grant authorization for release and only for their immediate subordinates.

Missing persons located Chapter 4 page 355

(b) All Other Missing Persons 1. Officers that locate all other missing persons or respond to the scene of a located missing person shall immediately notify Communications and advise them to cancel any BOLO, NCIC, TCIC, and the state clearinghouse (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 63.009(f)). (a) If the person recovered is 18 years of age or older, the officer's responsibility is to confirm that the person is safe. (b) Officers shall not divulge the location of a located person 18 years of age or older if the located person requests his location not be disclosed to anyone unless there is a court order that places that person in the care and custody of another. 2. Officers shall document the recovery as follows: (a) Complete a supplement to the original incident report if the missing person originated from APD; or (b) Complete an incident report if the missing person originated from another agency.

Response to explosion/bombing incidence Chapter 4 page 319, 320

(b) All explosions should be assumed to have dispersed radiological material. Officers should not attempt to enter the immediate area of the explosion until AFD Hazmat or trained APD officers have made an assessment of possible hazards.

Amber alert Chapter 4 page 352, 353

(b) An AMBER Alert can only be implemented if all of the following criteria are met (Tex. Gov't Code § 411.355 and Tex. Gov't Code § 411.356): 1. There is reason to believe that a child 17 years of age or younger has been abducted; and 2. It is believed that the abducted child is in immediate danger of serious bodily injury or death or of becoming the victim of a sexual assault; and 3. A preliminary investigation has taken place that verifies the abduction and eliminates alternative explanations for the child's disappearance; and 4. There is sufficient information available to disseminate to the public that could assist in locating the child, a person suspected of abducting the child or a vehicle suspected of being used in the abduction.

Peace officer emergency commitment Chapter 4 page 379, 380

(b) An employee encountering a person who needs to be assessed for a possible POEC shall contact an on-duty CIT Officer. If no on-duty CIT Officer is available within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 1 hour), the employee shall request Communications to contact the on-call CIT Unit Officer. 1. The responding CIT Officer shall be responsible for: - Conducting an assessment to determine whether the person should be handled as an emergency commitment; - Providing transportation to the appropriate mental health facility or furnishing referral information; - Preparing all required documentation. 2. If it is determined that the person does not meet the criteria for a POEC, the initial officer may: - Release the person, if no criminal violation has been committed; - Use other available referral services or release options; or - Place the person in jail, provided the officer has legal authority to do so.

Handling minors Chapter 3 page 238, 239

(b) Breath Samples From Minors Under 18 Years of Age 1. The Family Code, Title 3, Chapter 52, Section 52.02(d) states that a juvenile taken into custody for DUI Minor-Alcohol may submit to the taking of a breath specimen without the concurrence of an attorney, but only if the request and the child's response to that request is videotaped. 2. In accordance with this statute, officers wishing to request a breath specimen from a juvenile arrested for DUI Minor-Alcohol must videotape the administration of the DIC-24 prior to administering the intoxilyzer test.

Trespass notice documented Chapter 4 page 369

(b) Confirm and document the way in which the subject received notice: 1. Previous oral notice witnessed by the officer and less than one year old. 2. Previous oral notice was documented in an incident report and less than one year old. 3. Written notice less than one year old (e.g., APD Criminal Trespass Incident Form, proof by registered letter). 4. Fencing or other enclosure obviously designed to exclude intruders. 5. Posted sign prohibiting entry: - The sign should state "No Trespassing," and may lay out the parameters of the restriction. The sign may allow for certain individuals to enter the premises such as tenants, customers, or patients. - Arrest will not be made when conditions of the posted sign single out a specific class group such as transients, homeless people, or a minority group.

Alias authorization Chapter 4 page 389, 390

(b) Employees seeking authorization to use an online alias must be approved by their supervisor. The supervisor must evaluate the request to determine whether an online alias would serve a valid law enforcement purpose. The supervisor must maintain the requests for online alias and their status (approved/denied) for two years from the date of deactivation of the online alias. 1. If approved, the supervisor will complete Request for use of Online Alias PD0238 and route it to the Strategic Intelligence Lieutenant. The request must include: (a) Purpose for the request (i.e. type of investigative activity) (b) Username/Alias (c) Identifiers to be utilized for the online alias, such as email address - Do not include password(s) for online aliases. - Ensure password(s) are secured at all times. (d) Photograph to be used with online alias, if applicable. (e) Social media accounts utilized. (f) Anticipated duration for the online undercover activity. 2. The Strategic Intelligence Lieutenant will approve or deny all requests and return a copy of the request to the supervisor submitting it. 3. If there is a disagreement in the approval, the employee's commander will confer with the Strategic Intelligence Commander. The Strategic Intelligence Commander has final authority to approve or deny the request.

Honesty Chapter 9 Page 480, 41

(b) Employees who obtain their employment by willful misrepresentation or false statements may be dismissed from the Department. (c) Employees will not attempt to conceal, divert, or mitigate their true culpability in a situation, nor will they engage in efforts to thwart, influence, or interfere with an internal or criminal investigation. (d) Employees will not use any improper or dishonest means to affect the outcome of any official test, process, or procedure. (e) Employees will not falsely report themselves ill or injured, or otherwise deceive or attempt to deceive the Department as to the condition of their health.

Leave Pay out upon separation Chapter 9 page 636, 637

(b) Employees who separate from the Department will not receive a payout for: - Any hours in excess of the maximum allowable amounts for each type of leave; and - Accrued personal holiday, administrative leave, or military leave. (c) Sworn employees who have been indefinitely suspended from the Department are eligible for leave payout as outlined in the Meet and Confer Agreement. (d) An employee's estate will receive payment for all maximum allowable leave amounts accrued by the employee in the event of an employee's death while: - Still a member of the Department; or - On military leave, for leave accrued up to the employee's last day of active duty with the Department prior to entering military leave.

Procedures Chapter 4 page 388, 389

(b) Employees will not: 1. Make comments regarding the guilt or innocence of suspects or arrestees. 2. Make comments concerning pending prosecutions. 3. Post, transmit or otherwise disseminate confidential or law enforcement sensitive information, including pictures, videos, evidence, or other materials in the department relating to training, work assignments, and enforcement efforts without the express written permission of the Strategic Intelligence Commander. 4. Divulge information gained by reason of their authority, make statements, speeches, appearances, and endorsements, or publish materials that could reasonably be considered to represent the views or positions of this department without express authorization of the Chief of Police. 5. Conduct political activities or private business on departmental social media. 6. At no time will the identity, image, or other information of a real person be used in an undercover operation without their express written consent and that person being documented as a Confidential Source if acting in such a capacity.

Warrantless arrest at a private residence Chapter 3 page 171, 172

(b) Felonies (a) Officers who are legally inside a private residence and observe a felony being committed, or develop probable cause to believe a felony has been committed and there is no time to get a warrant, may make an arrest. (b) Before officers forcibly enter a private home to arrest for a felony, they should, whenever possible, obtain the approval of a supervisor and act only when the supervisor is present. (c) When officers develop probable cause to believe a felony is being committed inside a private home and a bona fide emergency exists (exigent circumstances), they may enter to arrest the violator. (d) Officers in hot pursuit of a felony violator who flees into a private home may enter to effect the arrest.

Detention and custody arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 206, 207

(b) Field verification of the subjects identity is to be attempted as follows: - Identification cards issued by the Department of State Protocol Office are the only valid evidence of diplomatic or consular immunity. The following types of identification cards are issued: Diplomatic (blue bordered), Consular (red bordered), Official (green bordered). The Department of State identification cards are 3-3/4 inches by 1-1/2 inches and contain a photograph of the bearer. - Initiate telephone verification with the Department of State. Newly arrived members of diplomatic or consular missions may not yet have official Department of State identity documents. Verify immunity by telephone with the Department of State any time an individual claims immunity and cannot present satisfactory identification, the officer has reason to doubt the claim of immunity, or there is a possibility of physical arrest. Officers can contact CTECC for the appropriate contact phone numbers. - Members of diplomatic or consular missions may also have other forms of identification. These include identification cards issued by the Office of Emergency Services, local law enforcement agencies, the foreign embassy, or consulate; driver licenses issued by the Department of State; and, Department of State license indicia on the vehicle. All these items are only an indication that the bearer may have some form of immunity.

Substance induced excited delirium Chapter 3 page 182

(b) For safety, officers should only engage a subject displaying symptoms of Substance Induced Excited Delirium when adequate back-up assistance is present. (c) Subjects who display these symptoms and initially resist arrest violently may become suddenly calm. They may seem to be sleepy and resting. This is termed "sudden tranquility" and usually indicates an immediate need for medical attention. (d) Once the prisoner is in custody, EMS shall be contacted immediately to evaluate a subject exhibiting these symptoms.

Requesting A DWI enforcement officer Chapter 3 Page 236, 237

(b) If a DWI Officer is available to respond, the following guidelines apply: 1. The requesting officer should not perform any field sobriety tests on the driver. 2. Driver's license and warrant checks should not be conducted prior to DWI officer arrival unless it is an officer safety issue. Any findings in reference to prior DWI offenses shall not be given to the DWI officer until after field sobriety tests are conducted. 3. If the incident involves a crash and/or offense where the officer did not witness the subject driving, officers should keep any witnesses on scene that can positively identify the driver(s). 4. Any charges to be filed in addition to DWI shall be filed by the stopping officer. 5. If the DWI officer arrests a driver for DWI during an assist and that driver is subsequently transported to any hospital for a medical reason (other than to obtain a blood draw for the DWI investigation), it shall be the responsibility of an officer from the originating patrol area to guard the prisoner at the hospital and later transport him to jail. (c) If a DWI officer is not available to respond, the officer shall conduct the preliminary DWI investigation and take appropriate enforcement action. A DWI officer should be considered unavailable if they are not en-route within 15 minutes of the assist request.

Incidents involving emergency detained subjects in possession of firearms Chapter 4 page 381, 382

(b) If a firearm is seized under this authority, Officers shall: 1. Complete the Receipt for Seized Firearm and Procedures (PD0222 A) 2. Review the front page of the Receipt for Seized Firearm and Procedures (PD0222 A) with the detained subject and place it in their property. 3. Make a reasonable attempt to identify an immediate family member for the detained subject and notate that person's name and contact information in the incident report. 4. Contact the Crisis Intervention Team either by phone at (512-854-3450) or by email [email protected] with the following: - Officer's name, - Incident number, and - Actions taken. 5. Use the title codes Emergency Detention/Firearm Seized 3456 and EDP Commitment 3461.

Mandatory blood draws Chapter 3 page 242

(b) In the unusual case that an officer feels there is an exigency or they do not have time to apply for a blood search warrant, the officer shall contact an on-duty (or on-call) DWI supervisor for approval for a warrantless blood draw. Officers should be aware that there is a magistrate at the Travis County Jail 24 hours a day for warrants. The DWI supervisor will determine if exigency articulated by the officer overrides the blood search warrant requirement. For a blood search warrant in Williamson County, contact the Williamson County booking desk and determine if there is an on-duty or on-call magistrate for review of a blood search warrant. If they are not available, an Austin Municipal Magistrate may be utilized.

General leave guidelines Chapter 9 page 634, 635

(b) It is the intent of this policy to provide a guideline about how vacation days are granted when two or more employees are seeking the same vacation days and not all requests can be granted. First and foremost, all attempts should be made to resolve the situation through mutual agreement as facilitated by the supervisor. A healthy workplace is one where employees work with each other to create a fair and equitable process for resolving internal differences. However, if a voluntary, mutual agreement cannot be reached to resolve conflicts over vacation days, then the following seniority guidelines will be followed. When the number of employees requesting personal leave exceeds the limit allowed in a unit or shift, the supervisor will consider the employee's time in the unit and seniority in the department. Additionally, the supervisor should consider the reasons for the competing requests when determining priority.

Military leave Chapter 9 page 643

(b) Military Leave will not be used for: 1. Hours before or after regularly scheduled work hours; or 2. Regularly scheduled days off; or 3. Scheduled overtime. (c) Whenever possible, employees required to attend short Reserve or Guard training sessions that conflict with regular work hours will, at the employee's request, have their schedule adjusted so they may work a full 40-hour week. (d) Military leave will not be granted for diagnosis or treatment of any service related sickness or disability, for obtaining or sustaining any disability rating, or for treatment in any government facility. (e) When tours cumulatively exceed the total of 15 days of military Leave, City Personnel Policy allows employees called to active duty to continue receiving pay while their active military duty continues.

Sexual assault forensic exam information Chapter 4 page 341

(b) Officers should determine if the victim, a person authorized to act on behalf of the victim or an employee of the Department of Family and Protective Services, will consent to the forensic examination, as appropriate (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 56.06). If the consent is given, officers shall request authorization from the appropriate Investigative Unit. (c) Generally, exams shall be approved if the incident occurred within 120 hours. However, if a sexual assault is not reported within 120 hours, the Investigative Unit may still authorize a medical examination.

Registration of weapons Chapter 8 page 463

(b) Officers wishing to add a weapon to his registered list must complete the following steps: 1. Requesting officers shall complete an Inspection and Registration of Non- Department Handgun form which is kept at the firearms range. 2. Requesting officers shall deliver the completed form and handgun to the firearms range for inspection. 3. Firearms range personnel will ensure the weapon is on the current Department Approved Weapons list and that the weapon is in good working order. 4. Requesting officers must qualify with the weapon on the current course of fire.

Evidence collection and photographs Chapter 3 page 332

(b) Photographs 1. Digital photographs should be taken of: (a) All visible injuries on the victims and suspects, regardless of severity. - All victims and suspects shall receive proper medical care prior to being photographed, if needed or desired. - Photographs should include, but are not limited to: Full body, Close up of face, Visible injuries, Area of body surrounding injury, Body part used as a weapon. - Victims whose injuries are not visible at the time of the incident shall be advised to contact the Investigative Unit in the event they become visible. An investigator may be assigned to ensure the injuries are photographed during the course of preparing the case for court. (b) The overall scene if there was a struggle or damage to property. (c) Any weapon or object used in the commission of the offense. 2. Digital photographs shall be downloaded into the Digital Crime Scene Management System.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 312

(b) Supervisors or the Watch Lieutenant should advise the Special Operations commander with as much of the following information as is available: 1. The number of suspects, known weapons and resources available. 2. Whether the suspect is in control of hostages. 3. If the suspect is barricaded. 4. The type of crime involved. 5. If the suspect has threatened or attempted suicide. 6. The location of the Command Post and a safe approach to it. 7. The extent of any perimeter and the number of officers involved. 8. Whether the suspect has refused an order to surrender, and any other facts critical to the immediate situation.

Special circumstances Chapter 4 page 350, 351

(b) Supervisors will review the incident to determine if it meets the requirements for an AMBER or Silver Alert and notify the appropriate Investigative Unit as outlined in this policy. Final approval for an AMBER or Silver Alert rests with the appropriate Investigative Unit. (c) Supervisors will contact the Missing Persons Unit, or the appropriate Investigative Unit if an Alert System activation is required to make a determination as to what type of field search effort will be undertaken. 1. Factors to be considered are: - Length of time that has passed since the disappearance. - Age and mobility of the missing person. - Infirmity and/or need for medication. - Suspicious circumstances (foul play feared). 2. Field searches that may be used include, but are not limited to: - Door-to-door (foot search making contact with residents). - Neighborhood canvas (larger scale foot and vehicle search). - Use of the Canine Unit. - Use of Air Support as outlined in Policy 504 (Air Operations and Air Support).

Fugitive and search warrants Arrest warrants Chapter 4 page 288

(b) The City of Austin overlaps into multiple counties. Depending on the county in which the offense occurred, personnel will prepare either a complaint or a probable cause affidavit for presentation to the appropriate Magistrate in the county where the offense occurred. 1. All felony affidavits/complaints will be reviewed by a supervisor prior to presentation to a Magistrate. 2. Affidavits/complaints for any case of a complex nature (as determined by the Unit supervisor) will be presented to an Assistant County/District Attorney from the county where charges are to be filed, if available, for review and advice on the proper wording or text of the affidavit/complaint prior to the Magistrate's review. 3. The affidavit/complaint along with the subject's criminal history, if any, will be presented to the proper Magistrate for signature. Further documentation of facts to be considered when setting bond may be presented with the affidavit/complaint and criminal history.

Silver alert Chapter 4 page 353

(b) The Department may issue a Silver Alert if (Tex. Gov't Code § 411.386): 1. The person reported missing is 65 years of age or older. 2. The senior citizen's location is unknown. 3. The senior citizen's domicile is in Texas. 4. The senior citizen has an impaired mental condition. 5. It is determined that the senior citizen's disappearance poses a credible threat to the senior citizen's health and safety. 6. The Silver Alert request is made within 72 hours of the senior citizen's disappearance. 7. There is sufficient information available to disseminate to the public that could assist in locating the senior citizen.

Submitting documentation to central records/warrant unit Chapter 4 page 290, 291

(b) The arrest warrant packet will include the following documentation: 1. Original warrant. 2. Copy of the affidavit/complaint signed by the Magistrate. 3. Copy of the suspect's drivers license and/or state ID return. 4. Printout of the "PICKUP" supplement to the incident report. 5. Printout of the subject's QH from CCH (state) and QH from NCIC (national). Do not submit the QR rap sheets. 6. Emergency Protective Order (EPO) for Family Violence offenses, if applicable. 7. Victim Notification Form for Family Violence offenses, if applicable. 8. Any other information pertinent to the wanted subject or investigation. 9. Detective Warrant Served Notice form. (c) Employees may provide a copy of a filed arrest warrant to any officer or Investigative Unit after the warrant packet has been scanned and submitted to the Central Records/Warrant Unit. Warrants will be clearly stamped "COPY."

Obtaining a search warrant Chapter 4 page 291, 292

(b) The case agent will place the incident number pertaining to the search warrant in the upper right corner on the face of the warrant as soon as it is obtained. (c) When a search warrant is obtained relative to an offense ordinarily handled by another Investigative Unit, a supervisor of the Investigative Unit normally responsible for that type of offense will be notified prior to service of the warrant. (d) When a search warrant is for computer equipment that is to be examined in the computer forensics lab the case agent should contact the DART Unit or the Child Abuse unit to obtain information on the proper wording of the computer search warrant before taking the search warrant to a magistrate for issuance. Prior to executing the search warrant, the seizing officer should be familiar with the document Seizing Computers and Computer Related Evidence. (e) The appropriate Investigative Unit will normally be the one responsible for follow-up investigation of the case.

Prisoners requiring medical attention Chapter 3 page 182, 183

(b) Unconscious persons: 1. Unconscious persons will not be transported to a jail facility. Officers shall request EMS to respond to the scene for examination, treatment and/or transport. 2. Prisoners who become unconscious during regular transport will be taken to the nearest medical facility, or officers will request EMS to respond to their current location (whichever is the most expeditious). (c) Prisoners who are examined by EMS at the scene, but refuse treatment/transport, will be transported to the booking facility. 1. If an individual refuses medical treatment/transport, the refusal should be witnessed by another officer and/or medical personnel and fully documented in the incident report. Whenever practicable, such refusal should be captured by audio/video recording. 2. Officers will provide the intake jail nurse with EMS attendants' names and numbers for future reference. (d) Prisoners transported by EMS will be accompanied by an officer inside the ambulance if requested by EMS personnel; otherwise, an officer will follow the ambulance in a police vehicle to the hospital.

Making modifications to an arrest Chapter 3 page 189, 190

(b) Williamson or Hays County 1. Officers shall go to the jail booking desk and correct/change the charges on the arrest report (booking sheet). They shall make the appropriate changes to their probable cause affidavit and reports. 2. When a detective who has been assigned a case discovers a modification is necessary, the detective shall call the appropriate office for the County Attorney or District Attorney for specific instructions. For documentation purposes, an updated report shall be faxed to the appropriate County or District Attorney's Office and to the jail's booking desk. In Williamson County, the county attorney prosecutors handle all juvenile crimes (felony and misdemeanor), all protective orders, CPS and Department of Family and Protective Services cases.

Reporting requirements for all exposures Chapter 9 page 651, 652

(b) With all suspected exposure incidents, the employee will also complete an exposure packet which also must be submitted any time that an exposure is reported. The packet will include the affidavit. 1. The involved employee must sign the sworn affidavit requesting testing following an exposure in the presence of another licensed Texas peace officer. The form can be notarized by a peace officer provided that the notarizing peace officer has no relation to incident and cannot testify to any fact or circumstance surrounding the incident. The notarizing officer and involved employee (exposed officer) cannot be the same person. 2. Page 3 of the form is utilized for public notaries and NOT peace officers. Peace officers shall use the addendum titled special instructions to any Texas peace officer notarizing sworn affidavit requesting testing following an exposure. The notarizing peace officer SHALL follow the instructions provided on the addendum. The addendum is located in the same group folder as the exposure affidavit. 3. The exposure supplemental form (within affidavit packet ) needs to include whether the source of body fluids came into contact with non intact skin (e.g., scrapes, cuts, abrasions) and a detailed description of the incident leading to the exposure.

Vehicle inventory Chapter 3 page 235

(c) All vehicle damage and personal property located during an inventory of a vehicle will be listed on the APD Wrecker/Impound Report, including its description and location. (d) Unless placed with the prisoner's property at Central Booking, any personal items removed from the vehicle by the impounding officer will be: - Listed and described on the APD Wrecker/Impound Report and the property section of the incident report; and - Turned into the Evidence Room in accordance with Department policy. (e) If an item of contraband, or fruit or instrument of a crime is found during a vehicle inventory, it may be seized and the person in possession of the vehicle arrested for the appropriate offense(s).

Alias authorization Chapter 4 page 389, 390

(c) Approved requests for an online alias will be deconflicted at the Austin Regional Intelligence Center.

Blood draw procedures Chapter 3 page 242, 243

(c) Blood tubes shall be handled in accordance with Policy 618 (Property and Evidence Collection Procedures) and placed in the appropriate refrigerated drop box for processing by the APD Crime Lab, along with appropriate routing and chain-of-custody paperwork.

Hospital guidelines Chapter 3 page 183, 184, 185, 186

(c) Class C misdemeanor arrests except for public intoxication, prisoners may be issued a misdemeanor citation. If the prisoner refuses to sign the citation, a notation will be made on the signature line that the person was admitted to the hospital and refused to sign. Municipal Court can file the case based upon the citation. (d) On public intoxication arrests where prisoners are under arrest solely for public intoxication and have been taken to the hospital, officers may request a supervisor after four hours from the time of arrest to determine if continued custody is required. - If the supervisor determines that the prisoner is no longer intoxicated to the extent that he is a danger to himself or to others, release may be authorized. - If the prisoner is released, supervisors will complete a supplement to the incident report detailing their assessment and authorization for release. 3. When a prisoner is authorized for release under this policy, the arresting officer is responsible for completing all necessary paperwork as if the charge was being direct filed and forwarding that paperwork to the investigative unit responsible for the charge.

Parking department vehicles Chapter 8 page 473, 474

(c) Employees who routinely travel away from their normal work location as part of normal duties may be issued a City Parking Permit to be used while conducting City business. - Requests for issuance of a City Parking Permit must be forwarded through the chain- of-command for approval by the appropriate assistant chief. - Approved requests will be given to the Assistant Chief's administrative specialist for processing. (d) Certain Department vehicles will not be issued a City Parking Permit but will have the vehicle license plate number entered into the City computer system as "exempt" when parking in metered parking spaces.

Children in custody of arrested person's Chapter 3 page 173, 174

(c) If a competent adult is not located after a reasonable amount of time, the arresting officer shall contact Victim Services to take custody of any children and assist with their placement with Child Protective Services. Victim Services shall assume responsibility for assistance in placing children as per agreements with Child Protective Services. (d) Law enforcement officers in the State of Texas under the Family Code, Chapter B, are given the same powers as Child Protective Services in the following situations: - Section 262.104: Taking possession of a child in an emergency without a court order. - Section 262.110: Taking possession of child in an emergency with intent to return home.

Verification of order Chapter 4 page 338

(c) If a violation of the protective order has occurred by checking: 1. The terms of the protective order; and 2. The location of the protected address. Some orders specify the applicant's county of residence rather than a specific street address. This attempt by the court to further protect the applicant does not invalidate the order's protection of the residence address. In these cases, if a residence appears to be the applicant's home, it shall be considered the protected address and the order will be enforced accordingly. (d) Determining the validity of a court order, particularly an order from another jurisdiction, can be challenging. Therefore, in determining whether there is probable cause to make an arrest for a violation of any court order, officers should utilize all reasonably available resources to confirm the validity of the order.

Assisting with other agencies warrant service Chapter 3 page 176, 177

(c) If an arrest of the wanted subject is made: 1. Officers shall transport the subject to jail for booking and/or magistration in accordance with CCP 15.16 and 15.17. 2. Warrant confirmation and any other warrant paperwork should be submitted with the booking sheet. 3. Officers will not turn an arrested subject over to a bail/bond apprehension agent under any circumstances. (d) All warrant service attempts and arrests for out of city agency personnel or bail/bond apprehension agents shall be documented as outlined in the warrant service section of this policy.

Procedures after the discovery of the laboratory or laboratory apparatus Chapter 4 page 314, 315

(c) If officers discover a clandestine lab during the course of an investigation or arrest, all persons in the house or vehicle should be moved a safe distance from the lab. 1. Any suspect(s) believed to have involvement should be detained until the CLT members arrive and debrief the suspect(s). 2. Residents in nearby dwellings should be moved to a safe location until the area has been declared safe by the CLT supervisor. (d) Officers will not transport any chemicals or apparatus in police vehicles unless directed otherwise by a CLT member. (e) Officers should never discard or move any chemical substances found unless at the direction of a CLT member.

Family violence involving mental illness Chapter 4 page 326

(c) If the CIT officer determines the subject fits the criteria for a POEC, the CIT officer may transport the subject to a psychiatric facility on the POEC. Once at the facility, the CIT officer will remain with the subject pending the physician's evaluation. - If the facility admits the subject, the CIT officer shall complete all required family violence documentation but will not file any charges on the subject. Additional charges may be filed at a later time. - If the facility does not admit the subject, the CIT officer will place the subject under arrest for the family violence criminal offenses(s) committed. Once arrested, the CIT officer shall complete all documentation and use direct file procedures for the filing of charges at the time of booking. (d) This section does not: - Remove the requirement to complete an Assault Victim Statement (AVS) and make any applicable notifications as outlined in this policy. - Supersede an officer's authority to arrest for a felony offense at the scene in accordance with Department policy.

Lost stolen and damage city property Chapter 8 page 439, 440

(c) If the commander/manager deems the employee was negligent, the employee may be required to reimburse the City for the lost or damaged property. The commander/manager will determine the amount to be reimbursed to the Department subject to the following limits: 1. The employee may be required to make full reparation of the depreciated value of a lost item to a maximum of $500 per item. 2. The employee may be required to make payment of repaired damaged property up to a maximum of $500 per item (excludes City vehicles damaged in a traffic crash). 3. When payment to the City is required for lost or damaged property, the employee may be allowed to reimburse the City through a payment schedule. Unless the employee agrees to a higher amount, the payments will not exceed $100 per pay period. The employee is responsible for setting up a payment schedule with APD-HR. (d) Re-issuance of equipment will be handled as follows: 1. Equipment that is not essential to the performance of duty will not be re-issued to the employee until final action is taken on Form PD-0021A by the commander/manager. 2. Equipment essential to the performance of duty such as badge, handcuffs, flashlight, etc. can be temporarily checked out from the Police Equipment and Supply Section.

Intoxilyzer results Chapter 3 page 241

(c) If the intoxilyzer results are .05 but less than .08, the arresting officer shall contact his supervisor or a DWI Enforcement Unit supervisor. 1. The responding supervisor shall review the MVR recording of the initial stop and subsequent investigation. If it is determined that the level of impairment exhibited by the driver, and the totality of the circumstances surrounding the arrest still warrant the continued detention, the supervisor shall approve the arrest of the driver. 2. If the responding supervisor, after review of all the evidence including the intoxilyzer results, determines there is insufficient probable cause to support the DWI charge, he shall order the release of the driver.

Restrictions while on injury leave Chapter 9 page 648, 649

(c) In addition to the above guidelines, sworn employees shall not: 1. Wear any part of the APD police uniform. 2. Enforce any laws of the United States, State of Texas, or Ordinances of the City of Austin. 3. Take law enforcement action or make arrests. 4. Carry a firearm unless: - It is concealed; and - There are no medical limitations or restrictions which would prevent them from using the weapon in an authorized manner. 5. Display their police badge or identification card, either on-duty or off-duty, in a manner that may identify them as a police officer. This provision does not supersede the requirement that all Department employees must display Department issued identification while on Department premises.

Family violence involving juveniles Chapter 4 page 327

(c) Investigative Unit Responsibility 1. The incident shall be handled by the Family Violence Protection Team when: - The victim is 15, 16, or 17 years of age and the alleged suspect is any "family member;" or - The victim is 14 years of age or younger and the alleged suspect is a "family member" who does not have care, custody and control of the child at the time of the incident (e.g., older sibling, cousin or person not authorized to discipline the child). 2. The incident shall be handled by the Child Abuse Unit when the victim is a juvenile 14 years of age or younger and the alleged suspect is a "family member" who does have care, custody and control of the child at the time of the incident (e.g., parent, guardian, related babysitter).

Obtaining an arrest warrant Chapter 4 page 289, 290

(c) Magistrate signed warrants and affidavits/complaints will be taken to the appropriate clerks office and a cause number will be obtained for both. 1. Travis County - Municipal Court charges office. 2. Williamson County - Williamson County Justice of Peace Courts have clerk services available. 3. Hays County - Hays County clerks office. (d) Employees will: 1. Make copies of the signed affidavits/complaints to be kept with the original warrant packet and submit the original affidavits/complaints to the appropriate clerk for retention. 2. If in Williamson County, deliver the original warrant to the Williamson County Sheriff's office located at 508 South Rock St. Georgetown, TX 3. Scan and file the warrant packet as outlined below.

Media access Chapter 3 page 198

(c) No member of this department shall be subjected to media visits or interviews without the consent of the involved employee. (d) Media interviews with individuals who are in custody shall not be permitted without the approval of the PIO Manager, Investigative Unit supervisor and the expressed consent of the person in custody. (e) Media access to working areas of the Department shall be coordinated through PIO and should extend only for the length of time necessary to achieve a specifically approved objective of the media. A tactical operation should be handled in the same manner as a crime scene, except the news media should be permitted within the outer perimeter of the scene, subject to any restrictions as determined by the supervisor in charge. Department members shall not jeopardize a tactical operation in order to accommodate the news media. During the tactical operation, all comments to the media shall be coordinated through a supervisor or PIO.

General leave guidelines Chapter 9 page 634, 635

(c) Non-Sworn employees must submit a: 1. HRD/ Leave Request Form, effective 10/1/2004, updated 11/1/2010 any time an employee is absent regardless of the length of time or FMLA status, except when submitting the form in b) below. 2. APD Extended Leave Request Form (PD0069C) to request leave time of: - Any additional leave after exhaustion of FMLA approved leave - Any leave of 30 days or more that: • Is not FMLA qualified; or, • The employee is not FMLA eligible; or, • For non-medical reasons such as e.g. sabbaticals or extended vacation. - Any leave of 30 days or more, if extending leave after FMLA approved leave has been exhausted 3. The APD Court Liaison Unit will be notified when the following employees are on approved leave: - Sworn - Non-sworn who are subject to subpoenas 4. Supervisors shall complete the appropriate leave request form on behalf of the employee if the employee is unable or unavailable to do so.

Use of department vehicles to push/pull other vehicles Chapter 8 page 474, 475, 476

(c) Officers are not liable for any damage to personal property removed from the roadway or right-of- way unless the removal is carried out recklessly or in a grossly negligent manner (Tex. Transp. Code § 545.3051). 1. If there is a complaint of damage to any property, including the Department vehicle, as a result of pushing or pulling another vehicle from the roadway: - Officers will notify their supervisor. - Supervisors will inspect the alleged damage and make a determination if the damage is the result of pushing or pulling the vehicle.

Failure to qualify with duty weapons Chapter 8 page 466, 467

(c) Officers failing to qualify with a personally owned or City-issued semiautomatic rifle will be prohibited from carrying the weapon until they successfully complete an additional Department approved semiautomatic rifle course.

Arrest requirement for assaultive offenses Chapter 4 page 325, 326

(c) Officers shall not use mediation at the scene as a substitute for appropriate reporting and enforcement action when physical violence has taken place. (d) Officers shall arrest for assault by threat or assault by contact if no physical violence has occurred but circumstances reasonably show further violence is likely to happen. Supervisor approval is required when the arrest is made from inside a residence. (e) Supervisors may authorize an exception to an arrest if there are articulable facts that lead a reasonable person to believe the alleged suspect was acting in self-defense. The facts leading to the decision for an exception shall be fully documented in the incident report, along with the name of the supervisor approving the exception. (f) In felony incidents involving family violence, except for enhancement due to a prior conviction, the on-call investigator from the Family Violence Protection Team shall be contacted by a supervisor: - When no arrest is made, prior to clearing the scene; or - When an arrest is made, prior to the suspect being transported to the jail.

Command post selection and activation Chapter 4 page 300, 301

(c) Once a command post is established, it remains operational until the situation has stabilized and order is restored. The deactivation of the Command Post is determined by the Incident Commander in charge. (d) It may be necessary to establish a staging area separate from the Command Post in incidents requiring a large number of personnel or which continue for an extended period of time. This allows the command operations to remain free from disruption. The deactivation of the staging area is determined by the Incident Commander in charge.

Alias use and review Chapter 4 page 391

(c) Online undercover operations will only be utilized when there is reason to believe that criminal offenses have been, will be, or are being committed (e.g. internet chat rooms where child exploitation occurs). (d) In some instances, an Intelligence or Criminal Analyst may obtain and maintain an on- line alias user name or password to a closed online network or site related to an online surveillance operation. The Intelligence Division Supervisor, or designee, will maintain a list of authorized on-line aliases used by departmental personnel.

Request additional resources Chapter 4 page 259, 260

(c) Personnel from the appropriate Investigative Unit shall be requested when needed in the initial investigation of all: 1. Aggravated sexual assaults. 2. Burglaries and thefts where there are major losses. 3. Robberies of businesses. 4. Robberies of individuals with serious injury. 5. Serious injury assaults. 6. Major narcotics investigations. (d) A Crime Scene Technician shall be requested: 1. At the direction of an Investigative Unit; and 2. For major crime scenes that involve: - Evidence collection. - Photographing. - Latent fingerprinting. - Large property loss. - Serious injury or death.

Required child protection services notification Chapter 4 page 331

(c) Required Information for CPS - APD incident number. - Brief summary of incident. - Names, ages and dates of birth of all children involved. - Names, ages, dates of birth of adults involved. - Address where incident occurred. - Address where parties reside and/or may be located. (d) Reporting Any received CPS call ID number provided to the officer or Victim Services member should be included in the narrative of the incident report.

Rotary aircraft landing zone guidelines Chapter 5 page 401

(c) Securing the Landing Zone 1. At least two (2) officers should be used to secure the landing zone. 2. All personnel and vehicles shall be kept out of the landing zone prior to landing, while the aircraft is on the ground, and during its take off. 3. The pilot has responsibility for, and final authority over, everyone and everything within the immediate area of the landing zone. 4. Officers shall not approach the aircraft from the rear or sides. Approaches to the aircraft shall be made only to the front, and only after the pilot has signaled approval for the approach. 5. No smoking or open flames are allowed within 100 feet of the aircraft. 6. When the aircraft is ready to depart, officers shall ensure the established landing zone area is clear of vehicles and pedestrians.

Stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 363, 364

(c) Stolen Vehicle Incident Report Guidelines 1. Officers shall complete an incident report titled "Auto Theft." Indicate whether the subject signed an Auto Theft Affidavit. 2. If there is one victim involving multiple stolen vehicles (e.g. Auto Dealership) then only one report incident number is required. 3. If there is more than one victim involving multiple stolen vehicles at one location (e.g. Apartment Complex) then separate incident numbers are required for each victim.

Detention and custody arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 206, 207

(c) Subjects verified through the above procedures as being officials entitled to immunity may not be subject to a custody arrest; the procedures below shall be followed instead. These procedures should also be used in the event immunity cannot be verified but another form of identification indicates that immunity is probable. Supervisor approval is required for all custody arrests and releases when a claim of immunity is involved. 1. If the release of the violator will not create an additional hazard, adequate information to properly identify the violator shall be obtained then the official shall be released. The necessary release documents (e.g., citation) should only be issued under the proper conditions.

Reporting procedure Chapter 9 page 542

(c) Supervisors receiving such information shall immediately notify the Internal Affairs Commander, with a follow-up memorandum through the chain-of-command to Internal Affairs, detailing the circumstances of the situation. (d) Employees who receive a criminal conviction which unduly restricts or prohibits them from fully and properly performing their duties may be disciplined up to and including indefinite suspension/termination. (e) Employees failing to provide prompt notice pursuant to this policy are subject to discipline.

Maintaining required licenses and certifications Chapter 9 page 486, 487

(c) Suspension, revocation, or cancellation of a license or certification necessary to the performance of job assignments will result in termination of that assignment or of employment with the Department. (d) Sworn employees will not be permitted to be a deputy or hold a commission from any other law enforcement agency, whether local, state or federal, except when authorized as part of a multi-agency task force.

Sworn employee notification and reporting for random testing Chapter 9 page 563, 564

(c) The DTC shall coordinate the testing process to coincide with an officer's regularly scheduled workday. 1. Supervisors shall make every effort to ensure the officer reports to the testing facility immediately upon notification. 2. Officers with a legitimate conflict (e.g., court or training) shall immediately inform their supervisors of the conflict and shall report for testing as soon as practicable. (d) Supervisors shall complete the Documented Absence Form (PD0102) and forward it to the DTC when an officer is on approved leave (e.g., vacation, sick). The form will be routed through the officer's chain-of-command to the DTC. 1. Officers missing a scheduled test due to an approved reason may be rescheduled for testing as soon as possible, irrespective of any random sampling selection. 2. Officers missing a scheduled test due to an unapproved reason or who are unable or fail to provide an adequate specimen shall be placed on administrative leave pending review. (e) Officers who become involved in an emergency situation or police action while enroute to the testing facility shall notify an on-duty supervisor as soon as practical and request a second officer be dispatched to take over any necessary police functions. When relieved, the officer scheduled for testing shall continue to the testing facility.

Additional felony arrest procedures Chapter 3 page 172

(c) The Investigative Unit will: 1. Help ensure the validity of the arrest; and 2. Provide assistance with the appropriate wording of probable cause affidavit(s); and 3. Respond to the crime scene, if necessary, to provide additional expertise. (d) For charges that will be direct filed, consultation with an on-call detective does not replace the required review of arrest paperwork by Arrest Review.

Tuberculosis exposure's Chapter 9 page 653

(c) The exposed employee will review the circumstances with the team and may arrange an appointment time for their TB testing. Employees are reminded to contact the TB surveillance team by phone prior to any testing/treatment. Prior calling will help in arranging the most convenient and expedited testing for the employee. (d) It is suggested that TB testing be completed by the HHSD team for they have the most advanced experience dealing with TB and utilize the more advanced blood testing procedures. The blood test is more accurate, less subjective and requires only one visit, unlike the skin test which requires a subsequent interpretation visit. (e) If an exposed employee desires that their personal physician perform the test, the employee MUST ensure that their personal physician accepts workers' compensation claims. Otherwise, tests conducted will be at the employees' expense.

Officer responsibilities Chapter 4 page 322

(c) The fire department will be responsible for control of the crash scene until the injured parties are cared for and the crash scene has been rendered safe for containment. Thereafter, police personnel will be responsible for preserving the scene until relieved by the investigating authority. (d) Once the scene is relinquished to the investigating authority, personnel from this department may assist in containment of the scene until the investigation is completed or assistance is no longer needed. (e) An airport service worker or the airport manager may respond to the scene to assist the on- scene commander with technical expertise, should it be needed during the operation.

Crime scene management Chapter 4 page 261, 262

(c) The primary officer or designee has the following responsibilities when a crime scene is present which requires processing: 1. Initiate a Crime Scene Security Log (PD0175) to record the name and time of all persons entering, or assigned to, the crime scene. Upon completion, the form shall be given to the primary Investigative Unit. 2. Setup an initial perimeter around the crime scene with crime scene tape. The scene should be large enough to include potential evidence. 3. Determine if additional inner/outer perimeter(s) need to be setup. These may be used to create a space for media or the public, as a safety measure for officers, or to further protect the crime scene from contamination. 4. Protect items of apparent evidentiary value and ensure the scene is processed accordingly.

Requesting and gaining Remote access Chapter 2 page 678, 679

(c) The supervisor approving any remote access request except Mobile Office will open a Help Desk ticket that will be routed to APD Data Control to determine if a license is required and available. - If a license is required but not available, the employee will be placed on a "stand by" list for the next available license. This list will be used during budget planning to determine whether to purchase more licenses. - The requesting employee must then complete the CTM Telework Request Form. The completed form must be faxed to the Help Desk. The Help Desk will generate a Help Desk ticket and send it to APD Data Control to verify authorization. Once confirmed, the Help Desk will contact the requester to complete the set up process.

Equipment inventory control Chapter 8 page 441, 442

(c) Vehicle and Radio Equipment This category includes vehicles, mobile radios, hand-held radios, radar, visibars and MDTs. The Fleet and Equipment Manager is responsible for the Department-wide management of these resources. (d) Photography/Video/Surveillance Equipment This category includes items classified as fixed assets, but may also include lower cost items provided they have a life span of one year or longer. The Multi Media Laboratory supervisor is responsible for the Department-wide management of photography and video equipment. Certain specialized photography and video surveillance equipment is the responsibility of the Technical Unit of the Organized Crime Division.

Hospital guidelines Chapter 3 page 183, 184, 185, 186

(c) Weekends (10PM, Friday- 7AM, Monday)- By an officer from the patrol region in which the arrest was made, unless the investigative unit responsible for the highest arrest charge of the case has detectives assigned to an on-call status that can be called in to relieve the patrol officer and have the prisoner magistrated. - The on-duty lieutenant or designee for that region is responsible for scheduling patrol officers to guard the prisoner during these hours, and to contact the unit responsible for the highest arrest charge for assistance. - If the investigative unit responsible for the highest arrest charge has detectives assigned to an on-call status, then the investigative unit supervisor is responsible for scheduling detectives to guard the prisoner during these hours. (d) No visitors shall be admitted while the prisoner is being guarded. (e) Officers guarding a prisoner shall always keep him in sight unless a medical procedure requires otherwise. (f) Supervisors shall rotate guard assignments at least every four hours.

Case assignment and responsibility Chapter 4 page 273

(c) When assigned to a case for follow-up investigation, investigators shall proceed with due diligence in evaluating and preparing the case for appropriate clearance or presentation to court personnel for the filing of criminal charges. (d) Employees will not participate in an unassigned investigation, regardless of the source, which is unusual, protracted, or not in the normal course of their duties without the express, written approval of their chain-of-command.

Paid informants Chapter 4 page 384

(c) With supervisor approval, officers may be requested to: 1. Act as a liaison between the informant and Investigative Unit. 2. Set up interviews with the informant and investigators. (d) Officers will not engage in any other phase of the investigation unless authorized by the Investigative Unit and the officer's chain-of-command.

Secure and identify witnesses Chapter 4 page 264

(c) Witnesses who are willing to provide a formal interview should be asked to meet at a suitable location where an investigator may obtain a recorded statement. Such witnesses, if willing, may be transported by Department personnel. 1. A written, verbal or recorded statement of consent should be obtained prior to transporting a witness in a Department vehicle. 2. When the witness is a minor, consent should be obtained from the parent or guardian, if available, prior to transportation. (d) Record witness information and statements in an incident report or supplement.

Scope of information subject to release Chapter 3 page 199, 200

(d) 9-1-1 Tapes or In-Car Video Tapes - Requests for APD 9-1-1 tapes need to be submitted in writing. Media requests for these tapes should be sent through the open records coordinator assigned to PIO. (e) Identities of Deceased Persons - In death investigations, the name of the deceased shall not be released by an employee until Victim Services or the Medical Examiner's Office has had a reasonable time to notify the next-of-kin. What constitutes a "reasonable time" will vary depending upon the circumstances of each case. Public release of the name of the deceased will be made through PIO or the Medical Examiner's Office.

Procedures Chapter 9 page 628, 629

(d) A sworn officer who works overtime while temporarily filling in for a higher classification, and who is eligible for overtime pay, shall be paid overtime at the appropriate rate as calculated by APD HR. (e) The temporary performance of the duties of a higher position by an employee who has not been promoted as prescribed by this chapter may not be construed as a promotion. All promotions must meet the requirements of the Civil Service Act and the Meet and Confer Contract.

Training and preparedness Chapter 4 page 303, 304

(d) All personnel who have received specialty training in the deployment of impact munitions are responsible for maintaining a level of proficiency in those capacities. (e) All supervisors are responsible for making personnel in their chain-of-command aware of existing conditions or actions that may affect them. This may include: 1. Changing officers' and supervisors' schedules. 2. Changing officers' and supervisors' assignments. 3. Implementing a callback plan. 4. Inspecting and assessing the readiness of MFF equipment and munitions. 5. Advising personnel of any situation, or potential situation, involving a riot or civil disturbance that could require deployment of an MFF.

Alert procedures Chapter 4 page 353

(d) An initial press release shall be prepared by PIO or the Investigative Unit as soon as practicable to include: 1. The person's identity, age and description. 2. Photograph, if available. 3. Pertinent vehicle description. 4. Suspect information, if applicable. 5. Details regarding location of incident, direction of travel, potential destinations, if known. 6. Name and phone number of the authorized media liaison. 7. A telephone number for the public to call in with leads/information. (e) Fax the press release to local law enforcement agencies, television, and radio stations. (f) PIO or the Investigative Unit shall prepare follow-up press releases with updates regarding the search and investigation, or immediately upon locating the missing person.

Investigations guidelines Chapter 4 page 349, 350

(d) Attempt to obtain the following items and forward them to the Missing Persons Unit: - A color photograph of the person. - A birth certificate if the child is under 11 years of age. (e) Identify the missing person's zone of safety to determine how far the individual could travel from the location before he would most likely be at risk of injury or exploitation. (f) In the case of a missing child, confirm custody status to determine possible role in the disappearance (e.g., parental kidnap, interference with custody, enticing a child). (g) In the case of dementia or senile patients, determine last known location that the patient would indicate if asked by a citizen where they were living.

Handling telephone calls Chapter 10 page 685, 686

(d) Before placing a caller on hold, employees should ask the caller if he is able to hold. (e) Angry callers will not be hung up on without warning. When dealing with an angry caller employees should: 1. Keep control of the call by asking appropriate questions. 2. Sympathize with the caller's experience. 3. Offer help where they are able. (f) Abusive callers using profanity will be dealt with in the following manner: 1. Politely interject (e.g., "Excuse me"). 2. Advise the caller you can deal with the problem but abusive language will not be tolerated. 3. Maintain control of the call by immediately asking follow-up questions.

Citizen Observer's Chapter 3 page 191, 192

(d) Citizens may only ride once per month unless otherwise approved by the appropriate commander; however, City Council members and personnel from the City Manager's Office may ride more than once per month provided they comply with the rest of this policy. (e) Persons who have a pending lawsuit against the Department shall not be allowed to ride as an observer while the lawsuit is active. (f) For staffing and operational issues, supervisors may decline to have an observer ride on a particular shift; if the observer is otherwise approved to participate, supervisors will make every effort to assign the observer to another shift or to reschedule the observer for a future time.

Timesheets Chapter 9 page 633

(d) Completed and signed timesheets must be turned in to APD HR no later than 4:00 pm on Thursday of each week. In the event the City calls for an earlier payroll deadline, APD HR will send notification to all sections on the deadline to turn in timesheets. (e) Employees are responsible for submitting a corrected timesheet to the immediate supervisor if work hours or leave type changes after a signed timesheet has been submitted. Failure to do so may be considered falsification of an official City document. Any corrections to a timesheet must be initialed by an employee's supervisor.

Initial supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 298, 299

(d) Determining if immediate evacuation of adjacent areas or structures is needed. - It is recommended that immediate evacuation be limited to areas within the inner- perimeter or other direct line-of-fire areas. - In the event that a widespread evacuation is needed or required, it should be conducted under ICS protocol. (e) Establishing a temporary Command Post and notifying the affected patrol lieutenant and Watch Lieutenant of the following: - Current status of the situation. - Number of additional personnel needed. - Open routes to the scene. - Location of the temporary Command Post and parking areas. - Specific equipment needed. - Any rescue operations/evacuations underway.

Code 3, emergency operation Chapter 4 page 254, 255, 256

(d) Emergency Operation Exemptions. This section does not relieve an officer from the duty to operate an authorized emergency vehicle with appropriate regard for the safety of all persons or the consequences of reckless disregard for the safety of others. 1. Officers may operate an authorized emergency vehicle for a law enforcement purpose without using the audible or visual signals if the officer is responding to an emergency call or pursuing a suspected violator of the law with probable cause to believe that knowledge of the presence of the officer will cause the suspect to: - Destroy or lose evidence of a suspected felony; - End a suspected continuing felony before the officer has obtained sufficient evidence to establish grounds for arrest; or - Evade apprehension or identification of the suspect or the suspect's vehicle; or - Because of traffic conditions on a multi-lane roadway, vehicles moving in response to the audible or visual signals may increase the potential for a crash.

Political affiliation and legislative testimony Chapter 9 page 484, 485

(d) Employees are prohibited from: 1. Knowingly becoming a candidate for nomination or election to any public office, unless in compliance with City Policy. 2. Using their official capacity to influence, interfere with or affect the results of an election. 3. Directly or indirectly using, promising, threatening or attempting to use an official influence in aid of any partisan political activity, or to affect the result of any election to partisan or political office by any other corrupt condition or consideration. 4. Promoting, demoting, or in any way favoring or discriminating against any employee with respect to employment because of political opinions or affiliations. 5. Seeking any advantage in employment for any person based on political action.

Management of storage and back ups Chapter 10 page 680, 681

(d) Employees are reminded that the Department has Records and Retention policies that must be followed when deleting or removing any files. (e) Data saved on a networked computer drive is automatically backed-up (copied). However, employees are responsible for making their own backup copies to another source (e.g., thumb drive, external drive). (f) Employees needing to share large amounts of data may use the Officer to Officer Daily Shared Folder located on the Public Data for APD Only drive. This folder is authorized for the temporary storage of large files and storage time should not exceed 5 days. Items in this folder 7 days or older will be automatically purged.

General department technology guidelines Chapter 10 page 675

(d) Employees are responsible for taking reasonable precautions to avoid introducing viruses to Department computer systems. 1. Files obtained from any source outside the Department (e.g., computers, thumb drives, CD's, Internet, email attachments) may contain dangerous computer viruses. 2. Employees should never use non-Department devices/sources, download Internet files, or accept email attachments from unknown sources without first scanning the material with Department-installed virus software. 3. If a user suspects that a virus has been introduced into the Department network, the user should notify their supervisor and CTM through the Help Desk. 4. Employees should regularly scan their Department computer for viruses. Report any viruses that the computer is not able to repair itself to CTM through the Help Desk. CTM has scheduled a virus scan for all networked computers on a regular basis. (e) Employees who become aware of any computer system security breach, whether internal or external, will immediately notify their supervisor, the Help Desk, and the Police Technology Unit. (f) Employees will notify their supervisor if they observe someone using Department Technology inappropriately. The supervisor receiving such information will review it and take appropriate action.

Exception vacation leave Chapter 9 page 637, 638

(d) Employees desiring to observe an official holiday that falls on a regularly scheduled workday must submit the appropriate leave request form to their immediate supervisor for approval. (e) Employees who work on December 25 will be paid according to City Personnel Policies (civilian) and the Meet and Confer Agreement (sworn). (f) Supervisors will schedule employees to use exception vacation when balances approach the 160-hour limit. Exception vacation should be used before the pay period in which the next holiday occurs. - Civilian employees will be paid for any exception vacation hours accrued in excess of the 160 hour limit. - Sworn employees are subject to the Meet and Confer Agreement in regards to exception vacation hours accrued in excess of the 160 hour limit.

Responsibility to coworkers Chapter 9 page 488, 489

(d) Employees must be cautious about speaking to plainclothes officers when in public so as not to inadvertently compromise their anonymity and place them in potential danger; therefore, employees will not address undercover/plainclothes officers, or call attention to their presence, unless first addressed by them. (e) Employees will not reply to an outside request for a professional work reference for an active or past member of the Department; all work reference requests must be forwarded to APD- HR.

General leave guidelines Chapter 9 page 634, 635

(d) Employees requesting to use sick leave shall follow the guidelines outlined in the sick leave section of this policy. (e) Supervisors and employees are responsible for ensuring that employees have sufficient leave time accrued prior to approving any leave request. - Employees shall not schedule leave time for use in the same pay period in which it is earned. - Leave time may not be taken in periods of less than a quarter (1/4) hour.

Employee responsibilities while on injury leave Chapter 9 page 647

(d) Employees shall update their supervisor after each doctor appointment. (e) Employees shall be assigned to their residence and available Monday-Friday, 8am to 4pm, unless otherwise notified by Risk Management. 1. Employees shall report to their supervisor before leaving their residence except in cases where they are attending physician appointments, physical therapy appointments, or pharmacy visits. 2. Employees wishing to take personal leave (e.g., extended time away from home, go out of town) while on injury leave shall contact Risk Management for instructions.

Title code reclassification Chapter 4 page 274, 275

(d) Employees who discovers a Part I UCR crime that needs to be reclassified as a Part II UCR crime shall use the following procedure to request a title code change: 1. Employees wanting to reclassify a title code shall do so by submitting the request by email to the supervisor over the unit that has ownership of the title code. Employees who originate a reclassification request shall document the reason(s) for the title code change in a supplement of the incident report and include a reference to the title code change in the 'notes' section. 2. Upon receiving notice of the title code change request, the unit supervisor will review the request and electronically document their agreement or disagreement with the request in the "notes" section. Title code change requests approved by the unit supervisor must be forwarded to the Central Records Manager for review

Issuance of city property and equipment Chapter 8 page 437

(d) Employees will be furnished a clothing requisition form for all items issued from the City Clothing Store. 1. The employee will sign for all items and ensure that the sizes are correct at the time of issue by the Clothing Store. 2. An electronic copy of the form will be sent by the Clothing Store to the Equipment and Supply Section so that it can be filed in the employee's permanent equipment issue file. 3. Once issued, the care and maintenance of clothing is the employee's responsibility. 4. Subsequent alterations needed due to weight loss or gain will be the employee's responsibility.

Prohibited associations Chapter 9 page 482

(d) Employees will not affiliate with any organization or body, the constitution or regulations of which would in any way prevent or hinder performing departmental duties. (e) Employees will not knowingly associate with any person or organization which advocates hatred, prejudice, or oppression of any person or group or which disseminates such material. (f) Employees will not become a member of any organization, association, movement, or group which advocates the commission of acts of force or violence to deny others their rights under the Constitution of the United States or which seeks to alter the form of government of the United States by unconstitutional means.

Acts bringing discredit upon the department Chapter 9 page 481, 482

(d) Employees will not congregate or loiter in any place or in any manner as to bring discredit to the Department. 1. No more than four (4) officers, uniformed or plainclothes, who are identifiable as officers by the display of badges, police radios, insignias, or any articles of clothing identifying them as police officers, will congregate in a public place except when required by official police duties or as authorized by a supervisor. 2. Except as necessary to perform assigned tasks or as authorized by a supervisor, the following restrictions apply to the number of marked APD police units parked in a parking lot or near a public place at any one time: - No more than two (2) between the hours of 6:00 am and 10:00 pm, daily; or - No more than four (4) between the hours of 10:00 pm and 6:00 am, daily.

Use of badge of office or affiliation with the department Chapter 9 page 483, 484

(d) Employees will not have or use business cards pertaining to a private business showing the employee's connection with APD. (e) Employees will not present themselves as representing the Department in any matter except as authorized as a function of their position or as authorized by a supervisor. 1. Employees will not prepare any articles or write for publication concerning the affairs of the Department without the consent of the Chief. 2. Employees will not release confidential information.

Utilization and access to social media monitoring tools Chapter 4 page 389

(d) Employees will only utilize social media to seek or retain information that: 1. Is based upon a criminal predicate or threat to public safety, or 2. Is based upon reasonable suspicion that an identifiable individual or organization, regardless of citizenship or U.S. residency status: - Has committed an identifiable criminal offense or is involved in or is planning criminal conduct or activity that presents a threat to any individual, the community, or the nation and the information is relevant to the criminal conduct or activity (criminal intelligence information), or - Is relevant to the investigation and prosecution of suspected criminal incidents; the resulting justice system response; the enforcement of sanctions, orders, or sentences; or the prevention of crime, or - Is useful in crime analysis or situational assessment reports for the administration of criminal justice and public safety.

Investigative supervisor responsibility for crashes involving APD vehicles Chapter 3 page 228, 229

(d) Ensure an Equipment Repair Request form is completed and turned into PCO. (e) Send e-mail notifications with the incident report number, prior to the end of the tour of duty, to the involved employee's chain of command up to the commander. (f) Review the primary reporting employees' incident report for accuracy and completeness. (g) Ensure that any DMAV associated with the crash is properly categorized as Veh Hom Crash Investigation - 3 yrs

Found explosives/suspect devices Chapter 4 page 317, 318

(d) Establish a minimum perimeter of 300 feet around the location of the device and evacuate the area. In establishing a perimeter, wind speed and direction must be considered. This information is available from Communications. (e) Set up an initial Command Post. 1. The designated site for the initial Command Post should be swept for possible secondary explosive devices and other hazards and established upwind of the incident scene if possible. 2. Advise Communications of the Command Post location and direct initial responding units to perimeter locations. 3. Request anyone who has seen the device/explosive to stand by at the Command Post. (f) Officers will have their Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) immediately available in the event an explosion occurs. (g) A search of the area should be conducted for secondary devices or other objects that are either hazardous or foreign to the area, and a perimeter should be established around any additional suspicious device found. (h) Explosive or military ordnance of any type should be handled only by the bomb squad or military ordnance disposal team.

Intoxilyzer results Chapter 3 page 241

(d) If the driver exhibits symptoms of intoxication but the intoxilyzer results do not indicate a level of alcohol concentration consistent with the impairment displayed, the driver may be asked for a specimen of his blood and if he would consent to a DRE evaluation. If the driver was not videotaped during the initial stop, he must be videotaped when the request is made. 1. If the driver consents to a DRE evaluation, it shall be administered by a trained and certified DRE. Based on the outcome of the evaluation, the driver will either be booked into jail or released. 2. If the driver only consents to a blood specimen, follow the blood specimen guidelines outlined in this policy. 3. If the driver does not consent to a blood specimen, even after supplying a breath specimen, seize his Texas drivers license and follow the booking guidelines outlined in this policy.

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

(d) If there are multiple witnesses: 1. Each witness shall be given an instruction form regarding the identification procedures without other witnesses present. 2. The officer will read the instructions aloud to each witness. 3. Each witness shall view the line-up separately. 4. The suspect will be placed in a different position of the line-up for each witness. 5. Witnesses shall not be allowed to confer with one another until all identification presentations have been completed and statements taken. 6. If the witness declines to sign the instruction form for some reason, then the officer will document that the witness was appropriately instructed.

Warrantless arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 170

(d) Officers may consider any factors that are reasonably believed to be relevant, based upon observations and in light of personal knowledge, training and experience. (e) Officers are expected to be able to state and describe the reason(s) for a particular course of action upon the request of a reviewing supervisor or the Arrest Review Unit. (f) Arrests will not generally be made outside the jurisdiction of this department except in cases of hot and/or fresh pursuit, while following up on crimes committed within the City, or while assisting another agency. On-duty officers who discover criminal activity outside the jurisdiction of the City should, when circumstances permit, consider contacting the agency having primary jurisdiction before attempting an arrest.

Initial interview with the victim Chapter 4 page 340

(d) Officers shall provide the victim with the information outlined in this policy on the SAFE (Sexual Assault Forensic Exam). If the victim consents to the exam, approval shall be at the discretion of the Sex Crimes investigator. (e) Once a determination is made that a sexual assault has occurred, officers shall contact the on- call Sex Crimes investigator and fully brief him on the incident. The investigator will determine if there is a need to respond to the scene. (f) Officers should contact a Crime Scene Unit when a crime scene or evidence is present. Officers should be mindful that there are multiple crime scenes in a majority of sexual assaults; the victim, the suspect and the actual scene itself.

Safe handling of firearms general guidelines Chapter 8 page 461, 462

(d) Range personnel will inspect all firearms for safety and maintenance needs during the training or qualification sessions or on schedules established by the range supervisor. 1. If the weapon is in satisfactory condition, the officer will be allowed to go on with practice or qualification. 2. If the weapon is not in satisfactory condition, the problem must be corrected before the officer may engage in practice or qualification. If there is a problem with a duty weapon that cannot be corrected: - Affected officer's supervisor and the Learned Skills Unit supervisor will be notified. - If the weapon is a city issued Smith and Wesson M&P 40 cal., range personnel will issue the officer a temporary M&P until the problem is corrected (e) Any unintentional firearm discharge by an employee will be reported as outlined in Policy 202 (Firearm Discharge Situations). If the unintentional firearm discharge is deemed negligent, the employee will be considered in violation of Department Policy.

Sample collection and results reporting procedures Chapter 9 page 566

(d) Sample collections for all tests administered by the contracting vendor will be taken in accordance with the procedures established by the vendor. Officers will be required to present a valid driver's license and APD identification card at the collection location. (e) Officers summoned to provide a specimen for analysis will remain at the collection location in view of collection personnel until an adequate sample can be produced. The samples will be provided in feasible privacy. (f) Drug test results acquired by the DTC as a result of employment are the property of APD and copies will not be made available to employees; however, both positive and negative results will be communicated to the officer who submitted the sample.

Crime scene processing and evidence collection Chapter 4 page 262, 263

(d) Scenes involving large property loss, serious injury, or death require a sketch to be completed. 1. The sketch should be clear and understandable to allow for the construction of a diagram at a later time. 2. All diagrams shall be drawn based on measurements taken at the scene. 3. All evidence will be depicted in its relative position on the diagram and described in the legend. 4. Elements of the sketch should include: - Dimensions. - Relation of the crime scene to other buildings. - Geographical features, or roads. - Address, floor, or room number, as appropriate. - Location of significant features of the scene, including the victim. - Date and time of preparation. - Names of the persons preparing the sketch. - Direction of north, and the location of items of physical evidence recovered. (e) If a scene is not processed at the time of the initial investigation, the primary officer will document the reason(s) in the incident report.

Bomb threats Chapter 4 page 317

(d) Search for potential explosive devices: 1. The decision to conduct a search of the target of a bomb threat should be made by the person in charge of the premises based on an evaluation of validity of the threat. Officers should assist in conducting any search. 2. If possible, obtain a search team of volunteers who are familiar with the area to be searched. 3. Systematically search the area starting with areas accessible to the public. 4. Search for unusual items that seem out of place or suspicious. - If no potential explosive device is found, officers can clear the call and go back in-service. - If an potential explosive device is found, officers shall follow the guidelines below.

Sick leave Chapter 9 page 638

(d) Supervisors may, with discretion, visit an employee that is unable to report for duty or has left duty because of illness to determine the extent of the illness and decide whether or not any assistance is needed. Supervisors need to be aware of employees on FMLA as contacting them may violate their privacy rights. (e) Supervisors may require satisfactory proof of the proper use of sick leave and may disallow sick leave in the absence of such proof. (f) The Chief may require sworn employees using sick leave to submit to an examination by a physician named by the Chief at the City's expense. (g) Employees who misuse sick leave are subject to disciplinary action.

Prevention and intervention of employee domestic violence Chapter 9 page 541

(d) Supervisors will monitor employees for warning signs of domestic violence. If warning signs exist, intervention measures must be taken. The following are some examples of steps that can be taken, based on the level of violence and the likelihood of recurrence: 1. Problem solving meeting with both parties conducted by the Department's Psychological Services. 2. Mediation. 3. Referral to counseling services for emotional support and guidance: (a) Internal (e.g., APD Peer Support, Wellness Office, Victim Services). (b) External (insurance coverage). (c) Employee Assistance Program (city benefits). 4. Referral to Family Violence Protection Team for assistance with protective orders. 5. Develop a safety/prevention plan with the assistance of counseling services. 6. Arrange for temporary reassignment to avoid further contact. 7. Issue directive to restrict contact with the other party. 8. Liberal use of employees accumulated existing leave time up to and including approved Administrative Leave.

Employee contact information Chapter 9 page 490

(d) Sworn employees will list two APD employees to serve as their Support Contact. The Support Contact will represent the department when working with the employee's emergency contacts in the event the employee is involved in an emergency or critical incident. (e) Employees will identify at least one emergency contact. (f) The e-PIF does not contain beneficiary information; beneficiary information is maintained by the City of Austin's Human Resources and Benefits Section.

Abandoned/junked motor vehicles Chapter 4 page 362

(d) Tagging Abandoned Vehicles 1. If a field officer tags an abandoned vehicle on public property, the officer will initiate an incident report using the "Abandoned Vehicle" title code. The Abandoned Vehicle Unit will be responsible for follow-up on the removal of the vehicle. 2. Field officers shall not tag abandoned vehicles on private property. Officers shall contact the Abandoned Vehicle Unit or appropriate District Representative officer for assistance with abandoned/junked vehicles on private property. (e) Unless the vehicle is a traffic hazard, officers will not tow any tagged vehicle except as authorized by the Abandoned Vehicle Unit.

Citable offenses Chapter 3 Page 205

(d) The subject shall be requested to sign the citation. If the subject refuses, the identity and immunity status of the individual shall be conclusively established. - Verified diplomatic agents and consular officers, including staff and family members from countries with which the U.S. has special agreements, are not required to sign the citation. The word "refused" shall be entered in the signature box and the violator shall be released. - Verified consular staff members, excluding those from countries with which the U.S. has special agreements, are generally obligated to sign the citation but a signature shall not be required if their immunity status is uncertain. (e) The violator shall be provided with the appropriate copy of the citation. (f) Officers and supervisor will adhere to the reporting procedures outlined below in this policy.

General operation of department vehicles Chapter 8 page 471

(d) The use of a Personal Communication Device (PCD), such as a mobile phone, PDA, or wireless two-way communication device while driving can cause unnecessary distractions and presents a negative image to the public. 1. Employees operating emergency vehicles should restrict the use of these devices while driving to matters of an urgent nature and should, where practicable, stop the vehicle at an appropriate location to complete the call. 2. Except in the case of an emergency, employees who are operating non-emergency vehicles will not use PCDs while driving unless it is specifically designed and configured to allow hands-free listening and talking. Such use should be restricted to business-related calls or calls of an urgent nature. (e) When a Department vehicle is unattended and out of sight of the operator: 1. The vehicle should be turned off and legally parked, when practical, and properly secured by locking the doors and ensuring the windows are rolled up; and 2. Any firearm inside the vehicle will be locked/secured unless being readied for use.

Execution of a search warrant Chapter 4 page 292, 293

(d) When executing a search warrant: - Department-approved raid jackets and body armor will be worn by all plainclothes officers involved in the execution of a search warrant. - Department-approved body armor will be worn by all uniformed personnel involved in the execution of a search warrant. - Officers will announce their agency and purpose (e.g., "Austin Police search warrant!"). - Personnel who have not received dynamic entry training will not participate in the entry portion of the execution of any narcotics search warrant. (e) Copies of the search warrant, the inventory of seized property, and the receipt form should be given to the person in charge of the premises at the time the search warrant is executed. If no one is home, copies should be left at the scene.

Required information Chapter 4 page 334, 335

(d) Whether a motion for an EPO is being filed and the reason why, including why the suspect is believed to be a further danger to the victim upon release from jail. (e) The CPS Call ID number in the event a CPS notification is made as outlined in this policy. (f) A description of any evidence seized or photographs taken. (g) Names of EMS and/or AFD personnel on scene that cares for any person, if applicable. (h) Name of any medical facility that any person is transported to, if applicable.

Personal conduct Chapter 9 page 483

(d) While on-duty or wearing any item which makes one identifiable to the public as an APD employee, employees will not: 1. Sleep. 2. Engage in gambling, including lottery games. 3. Play games, including cards, dominoes, billiards, video or computer games, watch television or movies, or otherwise engage in entertainment, unless it is job related and has been approved by their commander/manager. 4. Read newspapers, magazines, books, or other material, except during approved breaks. 5. Study for promotional examinations. 6. Take an authorized break in a sexually oriented business. 7. Ride a personally owned motorcycle without a DOT approved motorcycle helmet.

Foreign nationals Chapter 3 page 174, 175

(e) After a criminal arrest, officers may detain foreign nationals for alleged undocumented presence in the U.S. if the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is contacted and can respond to take custody within a reasonable time. (f) Foreign consular officials have the right to visit their arrested or detained nationals unless the person objects to the visit. (g) Officers shall document in the narrative of the appropriate incident report the date and time Communications was notified of the foreign nationals arrest/detention and his claimed nationality.

Handling of prisoners away from jail area Chapter 3 page 186, 187

(e) Department personnel shall, whenever possible, avoid walking a prisoner who is not handcuffed through crowded hallways or other public areas. (f) Prisoners may be taken to public bathrooms only after the area has been checked for weapons and cleared of other persons. Employees shall accompany prisoners and keep them under visual observation at all times. (g) Anytime Department personnel accompany a prisoner to court and that prisoner is considered a security hazard, the judge shall be notified.

Equipment inventory control Chapter 8 page 441, 442

(e) Donated or Loaned Property This category may include items in any of the above categories, and will be included in the inventories of the division utilizing the property, but listed in a separate " donated or loaned property" section of the inventory list. Donated and loaned property is considered Department-owned property as per City purchasing policy. The employee taking receipt, having custody, or making use of these items will furnish a copy of the documentation regarding the donation or loan of the item(s) to the Equipment and Supply Section manager. (f) Converted Equipment This category includes equipment forfeited under applicable criminal laws which has a fair market value of $250 or more and a life span of one year or longer and is converted to ownership of the Police Department . The employee taking receipt, having custody, or making use of the item will furnish the commander/manager and the Materials Manager a copy of the court order and any other appropriate documentation so that the item may be added to the inventory. (g) Forfeited Funds Purchased Equipment This category includes equipment purchased with forfeited funds. Items included are valued at $250 or more and have a life span of one year or longer. The employee authorized to purchase these items will provide a copy of the receipt to the Materials Manager and will present the equipment to have an inventory number placed on it.

Investigation considerations Chapter 4 page 358

(e) Establish a perimeter for suspicious deaths/homicides or as necessary. (f) Initiate a Crime Scene Log for suspicious deaths/homicides, or as necessary, to include a list of all persons who enter the crime scene and their purpose for doing so. (g) Contact the Travis County Medical Examiners Office and advise the investigator of the circumstances of the death and the deceased persons information. 1. The investigator shall notify the officer of who will sign the death certificate and who the deceased will be released to. 2. If the deceased can be released to a funeral home, ensure the requested funeral home is notified. (h) Remain at the scene until the deceased has been removed by personnel from the Medical Examiner's Office or funeral home. (i) Document all reportable natural deaths and suspicious deaths/homicides in an incident report as outlined in this policy.

Warrantless arrest at a private residence Chapter 3 page 171, 172

(e) Officers receiving information that a felony violator is inside a private residence (courts have held that this includes but is not limited to a home, apartment, or hotel/ motel room) may only enter and search for the violator when: -They are in possession of a valid search warrant for the location; or - They have received consent from the person(s) in care, custody and control of the location. Consent can be written or recorded electronically with audio and/or video; or - They can clearly articulate that delaying entry would expose a person(s) to serious injury or death, or allow the violator to escape; or - They have personally observed the felony violator enter the residence at that time.

Reporting Chapter 4 page 367

(e) Officers should also reference all known reports made by the victim (e.g., U.S. Secret Service, credit reporting bureaus, U.S. Postal Service and Department of Public Safety, Driver License Division) with all known report numbers. (f) Officers should make a notation in the report narrative if the victim is an elderly individual, as defined by Tex. Penal Code § 22.04, since the penalty for offenses committed against an elderly individual is enhanced (Tex. Penal Code § 32.51). (g) Following supervisory review and department processing, the initial report should be forwarded to the appropriate Investigative Unit for follow-up investigation, coordination with other agencies and prosecution as circumstances dictate.

Transporting arrested person's Chapter 3 page 179, 180

(e) Once secured in the vehicle, prisoners should not be allowed to talk with anyone other than police or medical personnel. (f) While transporting a prisoner in a vehicle equipped with an MAV device, officers shall have the rear seat camera activated, or the front camera activated and faced toward the prisoner. (g) Prisoners will be transported without unnecessary delay. Officers shall use the MDC to change their status when transporting prisoners to a jail/detention facility or police station, and again upon arrival. (h) While transporting prisoners, officers shall not respond to any calls for service or initiate any enforcement action unless it is a situation where risk of serious bodily injury or death to a third party is imminent and the risk to the prisoner is minimal. Officers shall notify the dispatcher of any incident that may require a police response.

Service animals Chapter 4 page 376

(e) Providing physical support by assisting people with physical disabilities with stability and balance. (f) Doing work or performing tasks for persons with traumatic brain injury, intellectual disabilities or psychiatric disabilities, such as reminding a person with depression to take medication or to wake the person. (g) Alerting a person with anxiety to the onset of panic attacks; providing tactile stimulation to calm a person with post traumatic stress disorder; assisting people with schizophrenia to distinguish between hallucinations and reality; and helping people with traumatic brain injury to locate misplaced items, to find places or to follow daily routines.

Abuse

(e) Sexual conduct harmful to a child's mental, emotional or physical welfare, including conduct that constitutes the offense of continuous sexual abuse of a young child or children under Tex. Penal Code § 21.02, indecency with a child under Tex. Penal Code § 21.11, sexual assault under Tex. Penal Code § 22.011 or aggravated sexual assault under Tex. Penal Code § 22.021. (f) Failure to make a reasonable effort to prevent sexual conduct harmful to a child. (g) Compelling or encouraging a child to engage in sexual conduct as defined by Tex. Penal Code § 43.01. (h) Causing, permitting, encouraging, engaging in or allowing the photographing, filming or depicting of the child if the person knew or should have known that the resulting photograph, film or depiction of the child is obscene as defined by Tex. Penal Code § 43.21 or pornographic. (i) The current use by a person of a controlled substance as defined by Tex. Health and Safety Code Chapter 481, in a manner or to the extent that the use results in physical, mental or emotional injury to a child. (j) Causing, expressly permitting or encouraging a child to use a controlled substance as defined by Tex. Health and Safety Code Chapter 481, or causing, permitting, encouraging, engaging in or allowing a sexual performance by a child as defined by Tex. Penal Code § 43.25.

Prohibited speech, expression and conduct Chapter 9 page 670, 671

(e) Speech or expression that is contrary to the canons of the Law Enforcement Code of Ethics as adopted by the Austin Police Department. (f) Use or disclosure, through whatever means, of any information, photograph, video or other recording obtained or accessible as a result of employment with the Department for financial or personal gain, or any disclosure of such materials without the expressed authorization of the Chief of Police or designee (Tex. Penal Code § 39.06(a)(1)). (g) Posting, transmitting or disseminating any photographs, video or audio recordings, likenesses or images of department logos, emblems, uniforms, badges, patches, marked vehicles, equipment or other material that specifically identifies the Austin Police Department on any personal or social networking or other website or web page, without the express written permission of the Chief of Police. (h) Failure to take reasonable and prompt action to remove any content that is in violation of this policy and/or posted by others from any web page or website maintained by the employee (e.g., social or personal website).

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

(e) The suspect's photo will be grouped with at least five other subject photos (fillers). The showing of a single photograph for identification purposes is prohibited, unless the subject is positively known by the victim and the photograph is shown only to confirm the identity. 1. Photos shall be of similar characteristics (i.e., hair color, length, facial hair, age, weight and general appearance). 2. Avoid using fillers that so closely resemble the suspect that a person familiar with the suspect might find it difficult to distinguish the suspect from the fillers. 3. Do not mix color and black and white photographs. All color or all black and white photos shall be used. Photo copies are not permitted. 4. Cover any portions of mug shots or other photographs that provide identifying information about the subject. 5. If there is more than one suspect, include only one suspect in each line-up. 6. Always place a filler in the first position of a - sequential lineup (if not using the folder shuffle method).

Scope of information subject to release Chapter 3 page 199, 200

(f) Arrest Information - By law, the public and/or media has access to the following arrest information: - Arrestee's name, age, race, and sex; - Location of arrest; - Names of the arresting officers; and - Charges filed. (g) Internal Affairs (IA) Investigations - Information regarding an internal investigation is confidential and will be released through PIO only after authorization by the Office of the Chief. Premature and/or unauthorized statements made concerning confidential information is a violation of Department policy and may have an adverse effect on, or seriously jeopardize, an investigation. Only the IA Commander, and/or PIO personnel may confirm: -An internal investigation is being conducted; - The name of the employee involved; and - The nature of the allegation or incident. (h) Statistical Information - Media requests for statistical data should be coordinated and released through PIO. (i) Media Riders - Media riders must be coordinated as outlined in Policy 324 (Police Observer Program).

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

(f) If the witness identifies a person as the perpetrator, the witness shall not be provided any information concerning such person before the officer obtains the witness' confidence statement about the selection. (g) When showing a new suspect, avoid reusing the same fillers in line-ups shown to the same witness. (h) Identification procedures will be videotaped whenever possible. If this is not practical, an audio tape of the procedure will be done. If neither is possible, document why recording is not available.

Field identifications Chapter 4 page 283, 284

(f) If there are multiple witnesses to the offense: 1. The witness with the most complete information should participate in the field identification. 2. If a positive ID is made by the witness, the other individual(s) who witnessed the crime should be shown a photo line-up by the assigned Investigator. (g) If there are multiple suspects: 1. The suspects shall be separated; and 2. Each suspect shall go through a separate field identification. (h) Avoid requirement of any performance by the suspect during a field identification. (i) Officers should avoid actions or statement that could contaminate witness perception or judgment. Be aware that witnesses may perceive such things as unintentional voice inflection or prolonged eye contact, in addition to off-hand words or phrases, as messages regarding their identification. Avoid casual conversation comments such as "very good." (j) The Field Identification Instructions Form will be used during the administration of all such eyewitness identifications made in the field. This form includes a confidence statement. (k) Officers in the field will utilize their in-car Mobile Audio Video (MAV) recording system to record field identifications.

Initial supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 298, 299

(f) Maintaining communication with appropriate personnel to provide status updates. (g) Relaying all available information regarding the incident to succeeding supervisors and/or the Incident Commander, including: - Actions taken and anticipated. - Personnel present and needed. - Equipment present and needed. - Immediate problems.

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

(f) The necessary personnel must also be notified of the date and time in order to document by photograph and videotape the appearance of all persons used in the line-up. The viewing of the lineup by the witness(es) will be videotaped to best document what took place. (g) All physical line-ups can be coordinated with the supervisor of the Booking facility, if using TCSO prisoners as fillers. The booking supervisor can assist in: 1. Obtaining clothing, such as jail fatigues; and 2. Arranging for transfer of prisoners for use in the line-up; and 3. Having release forms signed by all prisoners used in the line-up.

Folder shuffle method Chapter 4 page 280, 281

(f) The officer will maintain the envelopes in the original order so that it can later be documented in the offense report. (g) The witness should not view the photographs in the lineup more than two times and will not compare photographs side-by-side. (h) As with all lineup presentations, the administration of the folder shuffle method will be videotaped if at all possible. If videotaping is not practical, then audio recording will be done. If the circumstances do not allow either form of documentation, then the officer will document these reasons in the offense report.

Prohibited use of department technology Chapter 10 page 675, 676

(g) Interfering with or disrupting any Department network, Internet user, program, or equipment. 1. Disruptions include but are not limited to: - Propagation of computer worms, viruses, or other debilitating programs; - Using the Department network to make unauthorized entry to any other machine accessible by the network or Internet. 2. Deliberate attempts to degrade or disrupt system performance may be considered criminal activity with possible prosecution under applicable state and federal laws. (h) Deliberately accessing pornographic or Internet gambling web sites without prior authorization from a supervisor. (i) Streaming of audio/video media from the Internet for non-business related purposes without approval of a supervisor.

Procedure for investigating and alleged hate crime Chapter 4 page 374

(g) Officers should take photographs and collect physical evidence such as hate literature, spray paint cans, and symbolic objects used by hate groups (e.g., graffiti, clothing with symbols, letters). (h) Officers will provide victims of any suspected hate crime with a Victim Assistance Information pamphlet. (i) Officers will complete an incident report and include: 1. The title code that relates to the specific offense (e.g., assault, robbery). There is no " Hate Crime" title code. 2. Specific facts (e.g., racial slurs, ethnic slurs, other derogatory slurs, signs and symbols) used during the incident to indicate the likelihood a hate crime occurred. It is important to use the exact language of any statements made by the suspects.

Citizen Observer's Chapter 3 page 191, 192

(g) Participation may be terminated by an officer at any time because of the unacceptable behavior of the observer. In such a case, the officer will notify a supervisor about the situation. (h) Members of the APD Explorer Program may ride at the age of 16 if they meet the requirements of the APD Explorer Unit SOP's as outlined below: 1. APD Police Explorer(s) must be 16 years of age or older and must be approved to participate by the Post Advisor or APD Police Explorer PAL Unit supervisor and, 2. APD Explorer(s) must have been an active member of the Explorer Program for six months and, 3. Explorer(s) must have completed a minimum of 80 hours of community service through the APD Police Explorer program, and complete all required paperwork including, a signed "Hold Harmless, Release and Medical Treatment Consent Agreement" on file. All riders must complete the APD Police Explorer "Ride-a-long form", signed by an APD Police Explorer Unit officer or advisor and,

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

(h) A minimum of six (6) people - the suspect and five fillers - shall be used in each physical line- up. For the line-up to be valid, each person must be: 1. Similar in physical characteristics; and 2. Approximately the same age, height, and weight; and 3. The same race and sex; and 4. Wearing similar clothing; and 5. Wearing no jewelry or other distinguishing items. (i) Two sets of lights for the stage area of the line-up room will be turned on prior to bringing victims and witnesses into the room. (The APD line-up room is located on the 2nd floor of the Main, next to the Municipal Court waiting area). (j) One Investigative Unit member or supervisor shall remain with the victim(s) and witness(es) during the line-up process. Victims and witnesses must not be allowed to discuss the case with each other during or immediately after the line-up process.

Investigative supervisor responsibility for crashes involving APD vehicles Chapter 3 page 228, 229

(h) Compile an electronic Supervisory Investigation Packet that includes: 1. A memorandum to the commander detailing: - The vehicle(s) involved; and - The findings of the investigation; and - Any training issues or policy violations on the part of the involved officer(s), if applicable. - A synopsis of any witness statements, if applicable. - Whether there were any injuries and if so, a description of those injuries. - Whether photographs were taken and uploaded into the Digital Crime Scene Management application. - A notation identifying the applicable DMAV files and that they have been reviewed and appropriately bookmarked. 2. An electronic copy of the CR-3, if required (the original CR-3 shall be forwarded to Highway Enforcement) 3. An electronic (scanned) diagram of the crash. (i) Create an electronic folder with the case number in the folder G:\Digital Crash Packet containing the Supervisory Investigation Packet. A physical folder is no longer required. (j) Forward the electronic link to Supervisory Investigation Packet within eight (8) working days from the date of the crash as follows: - APD Risk Management <[email protected]> - The involved employee's chain-of-command, up to the commander, for review.

Requirements of duty Chapter 9 page 485, 486

(h) Employees will not engage in any strike, work slowdown or stoppage, concerted failure to report for duty, or any other action which interferes with the efficiency or integrity of the administration of criminal justice or departmental discipline, nor will any employee encourage, coerce or conspire with any other individual to do so. (i) Employees assigned to investigate an incident where the complainant and/or suspect is considered a friend or relative will contact their supervisor; supervisors will reassign the incident to another employee. (j) Unless otherwise authorized by law, City policy, or Department directive, employees will not go outside of the Department in an attempt to resolve police-related matters until appropriate Department procedures have been followed. (k) Employees will write a memorandum to the Chief through their chain-of-command before filing claims for damages or entering into legal compromises or settlements regarding events connected with the performance of duty. (l) Employees will not serve civil process or render assistance in civil cases except when: 1. The City is a party; or 2. There is a statutory duty to do so; or 3. A court order requires assistance; or 4. Authorized by a supervisor.

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

(i) Document all persons present during the administration of the line-up. (j) The line-ups should consist of at least six (6) photos - the suspect photo and a minimum of five filler photos - separated into individual envelopes. (k) Place a filler in the lead position and the remaining five photographs in random order. (l) Place two empty folders at the end. (m) Witnesses should not be told how many photos will be shown. (n) Witnesses will not be allowed to view photographs side-by-side during a sequential lineup.

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

(k) Prior to viewing the line-up, an officer will individually administer the Live Line-up Admonition to each victim or witness viewing the line-up. (l) The person being viewed will be out of the view of the witness before the next person is brought in. (m) After each person is viewed, the officer will ask the witness if this was the person that he or she saw commit the crime. (n) If the witness answers "yes," then the officer will ask the witness to describe in his or her words how sure the witness is of the identification. (o) Document in the witness's own words how sure he or she is of the identification.

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

(o) Witnesses will be shown all photographs, even if an identification is made on an earlier photograph. Showing all photographs greater ensures the objectivity and reliability of the identification. (p) The witness should not view the photographs in the line-up more than two times. If a second presentation is conducted, then the lineup will be presented again in the same order as the original presentation. (q) The officer will document in the offense report the order in which the photographs were presented. (r) If the same suspect needs to be shown to a different witness, then the officer will remix the lineup.

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

(p) Even if the witness makes an identification, show each person one at a time until all persons have been viewed. This greater ensures the objectivity and reliability of the lineup process. (q) Only upon request of the witness will the witness view the lineup again after the first full viewing. If a second viewing is requested, then all steps involved in the first viewing will be followed. (r) A witness will not view the lineup more than twice. (s) Identification of the suspect by those viewing the line-up will be done individually in writing, rather than spoken while in the company of other witnesses. (t) No talking is allowed during the live line-up. If anyone viewing the line-up wishes to ask a question, request certain words or phrases be spoken or specific actions performed by those standing in the line-up, they should use an index card and submit the comment to the investigator.

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

(u) If a request is made for one person in the line-up to speak a certain word or phrase, then all those in the line-up will be instructed to individually repeat the same word or phrase. (v) Victims and witnesses will be interviewed separately to determine any possible identification of a suspect. (w) Personnel will take a written statement from each witness who identifies the suspect and a confidence statement obtained if an identification is made. (x) Photos and/or video of the physical line-up will be added to the original case jacket. (y) Persons administering the live line-up should avoid any unintentional overt actions that might influence the decision made by the witness.

Child/Juvenile

- 10 years of age or older and under 17 years of age, or - 17 years of age or older and under 18 years of age who is alleged or found to have engaged in delinquent conduct or conduct indicating a need for supervision as a result of acts committed before becoming 17 years of age. - the ages of children who come within various classifications of offenses may vary in each instance. Note carefully the age limitations in each situation as set forth by law.

Disqualifying circumstances Chapter 3 page 146

- A full custody arrest is called for, or the officer has reason to suspect the suspect is involved in a more serious offense and a custody arrest would serve to gather evidence to support another charge - there is a reasonable likelihood that the offense would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be imminently endangered by the release of the subject arrested. - The subject arrested demands to be taken before a magistrate or has refused to sign the citation - There is reason to believe the subject would not appear at the time and place specified in the citation. The basis for this determination shall be specifically stated. - The offense is exposure and the exposure appears to have been committed deliberately, maliciously, or with sexual motivation.

Level one force incidents and in custody death's Chapter 2 page 74

- Any force resulting in death - Any force that resulted in a substantial risk of death - Any intentional firearm discharge at a person, vehicle, or structure regardless of injury - Any unintentional firearm discharge resulting in another person's injury or death - Any force that resulted in serious bodily injury requiring admitted to the hospital, beyond emergency-room treatment and release, serious disfigurement, disability, or protracted loss or impairment of the functioning of any body part or organ, to include a loss of consciousness - Use of any impact weapon, including Kinetic energy projectiles, and improvised weapons, that strikes the head of a subject. - In custody death's: for inquiry, reporting, and review purposes, all in custody deaths occurring prior to or within 24 hours after booking shall be treated as level one incidents and require concurrent inquiries conducted by SIU and IA, regardless of whether force was used on the subject.

Level two force incidents Chapter 2 page 74, 75

- Any strike to the head by an employee with a weaponless technique - Use of any impact weapon, including kinetic energy projectiles, (other than a taser) and improvised weapons, to strike a subject and contact is made, regardless of injury. A strike to the head is a level one. - Any deployment of a police K9 resulting in a bite to a subject clothing or skin, or which results in any injury to a suspect - Any use of the Taser where the cartridges fired at a subject and causes neuromuscular incapacitation.

Assistant chief of police Chapter 1 page 24

- Assistant chiefs assume management responsibility over all matters relating to the fulfillment of the functions within their command. Assistant chiefs work in conjunction with each other to provide a unified directions to the multiple segments of the organization, assisting the chief in the management of the agency. - One assistant chief is designated as Chief of Staff. In addition to other duties incumbent upon the position of assistant chief, this person will serve in the absence or unavailability of the chief, be the Chiefs direct designee in all matters, and coordinate the activities of the other assistant chiefs. The Chief of Staff is responsible for the daily management of department operations

General guidelines for interrogating juveniles Chapter 3 page 158, 159, 160

- At a juvenile detention facility: to interview a juvenile who has been booked into Gardner Betts or the Williamson County juvenile Justice Center, APD must request the juvenile to be returned to APD custody for an interrogation or other follow-up. Gardner Betts or Williamson County juvenile justice center personnel will rule whether the request will be granted. • The investigator will call Gardner Betts or the Williamson County juvenile Justice Center in advance to arrange for a custody transfer • unless the interview occurs at the detention facility, the interview will only take place in a designated juvenile processing office that is in accordance with the code of criminal procedures • upon completion of the interview/statement the juvenile must be returned to the custody of Gardner Betts or the Williamson County juvenile Justice Center

Children in custody of arrested person's Chapter 3 page 173, 174

- Contact Child Protective Services' Law Enforcement Number (the number is available through APD Communications) and request a CAPS check be done to ensure the child/children is being placed in a safe environment with no abuse history through CPS. The CPS worker answering the phone will need the following information on the person with whom you want to place the child: (a) Name, address, and any other pertinent identifying information. (b) The CPS worker will ask you for a phone number to call in order to verify your identity and provide any history on the subject. Officers shall provide the phone number for the Communications supervisor. (This process should take approximately 10 minutes). - Fully identify the person with whom the child/children is being placed and any CPS related information in the incident report.

Designation of supervisor to conduct inquiry Chapter 2 page 78, 79

- Corporals may be designated as the inquiry supervisor as follows: • level one incident - corporals may not act as the designated supervisor to conduct inquiries for level one force incidents • level two incidents - as long as an employee is in their chain of command, corporals may conduct the initial on scene inquiry of a level two incident when serving as acting Sergeant or when the sergeant is not immediately available. The initial level two packet shall be turned over by the end of the shift to the corporals supervisor, lieutenant or other designated supervisor for final approval or further inquiry. • level three incidents - corporals may function as the designated supervisor to conduct inquiries for level three force incidents

Chain of command review of consent forms Chapter 3 page 139

- Each level in the chain will review and initial the consent to search form - After the review is completed, the form will be given to a designated administrative person for scanning into the department or record system under the appropriate report number - After the form is scanned, the original form will be routed to central records for retention unless it has been stored in the evidence room or a case jacket

Control supervisor responsibilities Chapter 2 page 101, 102

- Exercise management and control of the pursuit even if not engaged in it - Ensuring that no more than the number of required police units needed are involved in the pursuit under the guidelines set forth in this policy - Direct that the pursuit be terminated if, in his judgment, it is unjustified to continue the pursuit under the guidelines of this policy - Ensure the aircraft is requested - Ensure that the proper radio channel is being used - Ensure the notification and/or coordination of outside agencies if the pursuit either leaves or is likely to leave the jurisdiction of this agency - Control and manage APD units when a pursuit enters another jurisdiction - Prepare a post pursuit critique and analysis of the pursuit for training purposes.

Internal affairs responsibilities in level one Chapter 2 page 82

- If an administrative investigation is initiated due to alleged misconduct by an APD employee, at any stage of the inquiry or review process, the process established by policy 902 will be followed - Upon final disposition of the administrative investigation, internal affairs will notify the involved employees commander. - For in custody death and officer involved shootings, internal affairs will forward the electronic link to the force review board

Commanders review responsibilities Chapter 2 page 114

- If the initiating officers commander determines that the foot pursuit falls within policy guidelines, he shall enter a case note in the Versadex report indicating his findings - If the initiating officers commander determines that the foot pursuit violates policy guidelines, he shall ensure that appropriate corrective actions are taken - If the pursuit resulted in death or serious bodily injury the foot pursuit packet or electronic file shall be forwarded to the chairperson of the force review board

Commander reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 108

- If the initiating officers commander determines that the pursuit falls within policy guidelines, he shall enter a case note in the Versadex report indicating his findings - If the initiating officers commander determines that the pursuit violates policy guidelines, he shall ensure that appropriate corrective actions are taken. Notification of the corrective action shall be made to their assistant chief. - if the pursuit resulted in death or serious bodily injury the pursuit packet link shall be forwarded via email to the chairperson of the force review board

Patrol information sharing procedures Chapter 3 page 116, 117

- Information clipboards: Several information clipboards will be maintained in the briefing room and will be available for review by officers from all bureaus within the department. These will include, but not be limited to, the patrol check clipboard, the wanted persons clipboard in the written directive clipboard -Bulletin boards: a bulletin board will be kept in the briefing room and the investigation unit for display of suspect information, intelligence reports and photographs. New special orders will be made available for patrol supervisors and will be discussed at briefings and shift meetings. A copy of the special order will be placed on the briefing room clipboard.

Media observers Chapter 3 page 193

- Media observers must be coordinated through the APD public information office - Media observers will abide by all rules and regulations for police observers - Media observers encountering crime scenes or police incidents will be considered working members of the media concerning access to restricted areas

APD pursuits entering other jurisdictions Chapter 2 page 100

- Officer should request communications to notify the appropriate law-enforcement agency when it appears that the pursuit may enter another jurisdiction - When a pursuit enters another agency's jurisdiction, the primary officer or supervisor should determine whether to request the other agency to assume the pursuit by taking into consideration distance traveled, unfamiliarity with the area, and other pertinent factors.

General policy Chapter 3 page 161

- Officers will identify themselves when they initiate a duty related contact with a person, when practicable, unless their identity is obvious - Officers will explain the reason for the contact and the purpose of anticipating police action, when practicable - Officers will act with as much restraint and courtesy towards person's interview, detained or arrested as is possible under the circumstances - Nothing in this policy is intended to discourage consensual encounter is. Frequent in random casual contact with consenting individuals are encouraged by the Austin Police Department to strengthen our community involvement, community awareness and problem identification

Radio transmission protocol Chapter 3 page 132

- Only English shall be spoken - Employees calling or responding to dispatch shall identify themselves by their assigned unit number. They should not continue the transmission until acknowledge by the dispatcher - The employees primary talk group dispatcher shall be notified before an employee changes to another talk group - Employees shall not call for another employed by name unless the radio our unit number is unknown - Long transmissions should only be done over a secondary talk group, as an MDC message, or VA cell phone if available - Employees shall refrain from seeking advice from a dispatcher regarding a point of law, enforcement action, or department policy. Employees should consult their immediate supervisor on these matters or obtain the information from their laptop computers - Under normal circumstances, employees will not turn off or lower there in car police radios to a volume that cannot be captured by the vehicles DMAV equipment regardless if the employee is wearing an ear bud listening device on their portable radio. An exception would be under circumstances when it is deemed necessary to safeguard transmissions from a prisoner seated in the patrol car during an incident

Training for control devices Chapter 2 page 63

- Only employees trained and certified in the use of a specified control device are authorized to carry and/or use that device. Proficiency training must be monitored and documented by a certified device, weapons, or tactics instructor. - Civilian employees may use issued chemical agents for self-defense only. Recertification for chemical agents issue to civilian employees shall occur annually - Officer shall recertify annually for all control devices they have been previously approved to carry with the exception of the Taser. Recertification for the Taser shall follow the guidelines set forth in policy 208. - All formal training in proficiency for control devices shall be documented in the employees training file - Employees failing to demonstrate proficiency with a device shall be provided remedial training. Employees failing to pass remedial training shall not be permitted to carry the device and may be subject to other provisions prescribed by the training division.

Identifying response to resistance documentation Chapter 2 page 73, 74

- Response to resistance supervisor inquiry memorandum: a memorandum completed by the supervisor reviewing all level two incidents - Response to resistance case note: a note that is added to the incident report in Versadex - Response to resistance inquiry packet. A packet compiled in response to resistance inquiries to be handled by the appropriate person, unit, or chain of command. • level one inquiry packets are completed by the SIU. • level two inquiry packets are completed by the supervisor conducting the inquiry. • level three incidents do not require an inquiry packet as documentation is handled through Versidex case notes

Handcuffing detainees Chapter 3 page 162, 163

- Situations may arise where it may be reasonable to handcuff an individual who is lawfully detained - Officer should weigh the safety interest of all persons involved against the intrusion upon the detainee when deciding to place handcuffs on, or removing handcuffs from the detainee - Unless arrested, the use of handcuffs on detainees at the scene of the search warrant should continue for only as long as is reasonably necessary to ensure the safety of officers and others

Control supervisor reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 106, 107

- That any items of evidentiary value are submitted in accordance with policy - if the DMAV was operational and identify the pertinent files by the involved officers employee numbers and the DMAV file numbers - A notation whether photographs were taken of the scene, property damage or any injuries and indicate that those photographs are located in the digital crime scene application - A notation whether there was a response to resistance incident and if so, that an internal inquiry has been initiated

Units not involved in a pursuit Chapter 2 page 99

- There shall be no paralleling of a pursuit route by officers not authorized to be in a pursuit. - Officers not directly involved in the pursuit are authorized to proceed safely to controlled intersections ahead of the pursuit and use emergency equipment to warn vehicular and pedestrian traffic in an effort to protect the public. Officers should remain in their assigned area and should not become involved with the pursuit unless directed otherwise by a supervisor - Non-pursuing personnel needed at the termination of a pursuit should respond in the appropriate manner based on the totality of the circumstances and type of assistance needed

Level three force incident Chapter 2 page 75

- Use of OC/pepper spray or other chemical agent on the subject - Any taser application where there is no neuromuscular incapacitation, drive stun with or without cartridge attached - Use of any impact weapon, including Kinetic energy projectiles or any other similar objects, in an attempt to strike a subject but no contact is made - Use of a baton for a nonstriking purpose, prying limbs, moving or controlling of subject - Any force resulting in injury or a complaint of pain beyond the temporary discomfort of unresisted handcuffing, but not rising to a level one or two incident - A weaponless technique is used with or without complaint of injury or pain. A strike to the head is a level two. Examples of weaponless techniques include: • hand/palm/elbow strikes • kicks or leg sweeps • pressure points • takedowns

Loss of pursuit vehicle and subject bailing Chapter 2 page 100

- When the pursuit vehicle is lost, the primary unit should broadcast pertinent information to assist other units in locating the vehicle. The control supervisor will determine if the pursuit should be terminated and whether air support should continue searching the area - When subjects abandon the vehicle and flee on foot, the primary unit will be responsible for coordinating any further search with the permission of the control supervisor.

Foot pursuit considerations continued Chapter 2 page 110

- When the subject enters a building, structure, confined space, or a wooded or otherwise isolated area and there are insufficient officers to provide back up and containment. The primary officer should consider discontinuing the pursuit and coordinating containment pending the arrival of sufficient officers - The officer becomes aware of unanticipated or unforeseen circumstances that unreasonably increase the risk to the officers or the public - The officer reasonably believes that the danger to the pursuing officers or to the public outweighs the objective of the immediate apprehension - The officer loses possession of his firearm or other essential equipment - The officer or a third-party is injured during the pursuit, requiring immediate assistance and there are no other emergency personnel available to render aid - The subject location is no longer definitely known - The identity of the subject is established or other information exists that will allow for the subjects apprehension at a later time, and it reasonably appears that there is no immediate threat to department personnel or the public if the subject is not immediately apprehended - The officers ability to safely continue the pursuit is impaired by inclement weather, darkness, or other conditions

Extended leave, non-FM LA Chapter 9 page 641, 642

-The Chief, or his designee, may grant extended leave to any employee for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days. -All requests for more than 30 days (up to one year) will be delivered to APD-HR to be forwarded to the City Manager's office for review. APD-HR will communicate the City Managers decision on whether the request for leave was approved to the employee's immediate supervisor, who will be responsible for notifying his/her chain of command.

Taking a juvenile into custody Chapter 3 page 152, 153

1. A child may be taken into custody: - Pursuant to an order of the juvenile court - Pursuant to the laws of arrest - By a law-enforcement officer, if there is probable cause to believe that the child was engaged in: • Conduct that violates a penal law of the state or a penal ordinance of any political subdivision of the state or • Delinquent conduct or conduct indicating a need for supervision - By a probation officer if there is probable cause to believe that the child has violated a condition of probation imposed by a juvenile court - Pursuant to a directive to apprehend. 2. In place of taking a child into custody, state law allows a peace officer to issue a field really citation for a traffic offense or an offense, other than public intoxication or possession of marijuana, punishable by fine only

Leg restraint device authorized to use Chapter 2 page 60, 61

1. Authorized use A. Only those officers trained in the use of the leg restraint device are authorized to employ it on any subject B. The leg restraint device shall only be used after a subject has been handcuffed C. In determining whether to use a leg restraint device, officers should consider the following: - If the officer and/or others are subject to harm due to the assaultive behavior of a violent, resisting, and/or attacking subject. - If it is objectively reasonable to protect the subject from his own actions, such as hitting his head against the interior of the patrol unit, running away from the arresting officer while handcuffed, kicking at objects or officers.

The order of command authority in the absence or unavailability of the chief of police is as follows... Chapter 1 page 26

1. Chief of Staff 2. An assistant chief, in order of seniority. 3. A commander, in order of seniority.

Juvenile dispositions and required documentation when detaining or arresting a child for conduct indicating a need for supervision Chapter 3 page 154, 155

1. Class C misdemeanors: are punishable by fine only and fall under the jurisdiction of Municipal Court. Juveniles who commit class C misdemeanor's shall be issued citations. 2. Curfew violations: - Daytime • if the juvenile/child is in AISD student, they shall be returned to school, issued a citation and release to school authorities • if the child/juvenile is not an AISD student, or cannot be returned to the appropriate school district and release to school authorities, they shall be issued a citation. The officer shall attempt to contact a custodial parent or guardian to respond to the scene and take custody of the child/juvenile. If the officer is not able to contact a custodial parent or guardian, the officer shall follow the guidelines for "releasing a juvenile from custody "as outlined in this policy. - Night time Children/juveniles violating the nighttime curfew ordinance shall be issued a citation. The officer shall attempt to contact a custodial parent or guardian to respond to the scene and take custody of the child/juvenile. If the officer is not able to contact a custodial parent or guardian, the officer shall follow the guidelines for "releasing a juvenile from custody "as outlined in this policy

Radio use compliance Chapter 3 page 132

1. Employee shall comply with FCC regulations relating to the use of radio communication systems, as well as the establish guidelines outlined below: - Communications involving the protection of life and property shall be afforded priority - False calls, false or fraudulent distress signals, unnecessary an unidentified communications in the transmission of unassigned call signals are specifically prohibited - Employee shall monitor the talk group on which they intend to transmit for a sufficient period to ensure their transmissions will not interfere with others - Duration of radio transmissions must be restricted to the minimum practical transmission time 2. Employee shall comply with the greater Austin/Travis county, Texas, regional radio system. GATRRS

Department issued body worn digital recording Chapter 3 Page 123

1. Employees equipped with a department issued BWDR System must be trained in the operation of the equipment prior to its use. BWDR equipment will be used in accordance with the BWDR operation manual. 2. Employees who discover an operational defect with the BWDR system will attempt to correct the system following the received training on the device, reseating cables, cycling the power. If the BWDR is found to have a physical defect or malfunction, The employee will notify the supervisor, and write up the device for service describing the events leading up to the failure 3. Employees shall not: - Bypass or attempt to override the equipment - Erase, alter, or delete any recording produced by the BWDR

Status changes Chapter 3 page 133

1. Employees shall make changes in status, arrival at scene, Neil periods, in-service through the MDC system when safe and practicable. - If MDC use is not safe or practical, employee shall advise the dispatcher of status changes using proper radio codes - Employees responding to in progress calls shall advise changes in status over the radio to assist other employees responding to the same incident 2. An employee status shall be made code for when it is determined that no other units are needed. Any additional units still responding to the incident shall change their status to available.

Required classification of DMAV recordings Chapter 3 page 129

1. Employs should ensure that all DMAV recordings are accurately classified upon stopping the recording. All recordings, except those classified as non-event, must also include the nine digit incident number when available. 2. Employees shall ensure that all incident recordings have the required information is signed prior to the completion of their next scheduled tour of duty 3. For purposes of the section, a nonevent video generally refers to a recording that meets all of the following criteria: - Video where no investigatory stop is made - Video that does not include any call for service - Video were no person has been detained or arrested and - Video were no enforcement action is documented

Consent Chapter 3 page 137, 138

1. Entry into a location or vehicle for the purpose of conducting a search for any item reasonably believed relevant to any investigation is permitted once valid consent has been obtained. Officers should be aware that overuse of the consent search can negatively impact the departments relationship with our community and only request a consent search when they have an articulable reason why they believe the search is necessary and likely to produce evidence related to an investigation. A search by consent is only allowed if the following criteria are met: - Unless assigned to a specialized unit that has received a specific training on consent searches, the officer has explained the reason for the consent search request to their supervisor, or their Corporal/detective if their supervisor is unavailable, and received their approval prior to requesting consent - Consent is voluntary, clear specific and unequivocal - Consent is obtained from a person who has the authority to give the consent, care, custody and control of the location or vehicle - The search does not exceed the scope of the consent given

Fingerprints and photographs Chapter 3 page 160

1. Except as listed in section 4 below, juveniles may be photographed her fingerprinted only under the following circumstances consistent with provisions of the family code: - With consent of the juvenile court via court order - If the child is taken into custody for conduct that is a felony, or a misdemeanor punishable by confinement in jail - If the child is not in custody and the child's parent or guardian voluntarily consents in writing to the photographing or fingerprinting of the child 2. Fingerprints of a juvenile suspect in a criminal case were latent prints were obtained maybe used for comparison purposes only if the prints were obtained in a manner allowed by the family code 3. The photograph of the juvenile suspected in connection with the criminal case where it is believed the photograph will help in the identification of the offender, a photo lineup, may be used only if it was obtained in a manner allowed by the family code unless it is publicly available, such as in high school yearbook.

Detaining foreign nationals Chapter 3 page 163

1. Federal courts have consistently held that undocumented presence is not a crime but a federal civil violation only enforceable by federal officers - Officer shall not detain persons solely for determining immigration status - After a lawful detention, officers may continue to detain foreign nationals for alleged undocumented presents in the US if the US immigration and customs enforcement is contacted and can respond to take custody within a reasonable time 2. Officers detaining a foreign national shall notify the appropriate consular official upon request or when the detention exceeds two hours. The communications division will maintain a current telephone list of foreign embassies and consulates and a list of mandatory notice countries - Officer shall document in the narrative of the appropriate incident report the date and time communications was notified of the foreign nationals detention and his claim nationality 3. The following additional policies cover handling foreign nationals - Policy 319, custody arrest, outlines procedures for arresting foreign nationals who do not claim to have immunity - Policy 330, foreign officials claiming immunity, outlines procedures for detaining interesting foreign officials you claim to have immunity.

Field photographs Chapter 3 page 165

1. Field photographs should only be used for: - Identification of a subject or a subject automobile - Identification of a subject condition, such as injuries, tattoos, evident stains on clothing, jewelry, distinctive clothing, shoe patterns - Documenting evidence 2. Access to field photographs shall be strictly limited to law-enforcement purposes 3. Force shall not be used to obtain photos in a detention situation

Additional considerations about harassment and discrimination Chapter 9 page 558

1. Harassment is abusive, obscene or threatening conduct or communication that is intended to harass, annoy, alarm, torment, embarrass or injure another. 2. Employees who engage in such conduct while on duty or on City premises will be subject to immediate discipline. 3. Discrimination and harassment does not include actions that are in accordance with established rules, principles or standards, including the following: 4. Acts or omission of acts based solely upon bona fide occupational qualifications under the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. 5. Bona fide requests or demands by a supervisor that an employee improve his work quality or output, that the employee report to the job site on time, that the employee comply with City or Department rules or regulations, or any other appropriate work-related communication between supervisor and employee.

Released records that should be documented Chapter 1 page 38

1. Hardcopies, CD, or flash drive: Release form identifying the individual to hang the records were released and who release the records shall be attached to a cover letter listing all records released. 2. Email of records: Release form shall be completed with an attached copy of the email detailing who the records are being released and listing all records released.

Calls for Service Chapter 4 page 257

1. Hot shot calls are incidents: - Involving physical harm or injury to a person or property; and - That is in progress and/or all involved parties are still on scene. Officers responding to Hot Shot calls should operate Code 3. 2. Urgent calls are incidents: - Involving physical harm or a perceived threat to any person or property; and - That just occurred and/or suspects may still be in the area; and - Where a quick response might aide in apprehension. Officers responding to Urgent calls may operate Code 2. 3. Priority 2 calls are incidents: - That pose either a minimal or no immediate threat; and - That are in progress or just occurred; and - Warrant a rapid police response. Officers responding to Priority 2 calls shall operate Code 1.

Report of an unintentional firearm discharge at the APD firearms range Chapter 2 page 56, 57

1. If the result is death or injury to another and the incident will be handled as a level one force incident. 2. If there is no injury or the injury is only to self: A. Employees will report the discharge immediately to range personnel and request emergency medical assistance if needed - The learned skill Sergeant will be notified immediately - Employees may be immediately disqualified and placed on restricted duty depending on the severity of the incident. B. The learned skills Sergeant will: - Complete an internal affairs complaint and forward it to internal affairs - Notify the involved employees immediate supervisor regarding the incident - Prepare a memorandum addressed to the employees immediate supervisor regarding the incident and send a copy to the learned skill lieutenant. C. The incident will be handled as a class B investigation: - The employer may be required to submit a memorandum detailing the events surrounding the discharge after being given a 48 hour notice - The employees immediate supervisor has investigated responsibility for the incident. If the immediate supervisor is not available, and on-duty lieutenant from the employees assigned area will designate and on-duty supervisor to investigate the incident. - The employees chain of command will determine what, if any, corrective action is needed. D. The incident will be reviewed by the force review board after the internal investigation is complete.

Report of an unintentional firearm discharge while off duty Chapter 2 page 56, 57

1. If the result is death or injury to another than the incident will be handled as a level one force incident. 2. If there is no injury: A. Employees will report the situation immediately and request an on duty supervisor to respond to the scene B. Employees may be placed on restricted duty C. The incident will be handled as a class B investigation - An incident report will be completed and witness statements taken. Digital photos will be taken and downloaded into the digital crime scene management system - The employees immediate supervisor has investigated responsibility for the incident. If the immediate supervisor is not available, and on-duty lieutenant from the employees assigned area will designate and on-duty supervisor to investigate the incident. - The employees chain of command will determine what, if any, corrective action is needed D. If the incident occurs out of the city, the proper law-enforcement authority having jurisdiction must be notified. The employees supervisor will coordinate the investigation with the responsible agency. E. The incident will be reviewed by the force review board after the internal investigation is complete

Report of an unintentional firearm discharge while on duty Chapter 2 page 56, 57

1. If the result is death or injury to another than the incident will be handled as a level one force incident. 2. If there is no injury: A. Employees will report the situation immediately and request their immediate supervisor to respond to the scene B. Employees may be placed on restricted duty C. The incident will be handled as a class B investigation - An incident report will be completed and witness statements taken. Digital photos will be taken and downloaded into the digital crime scene management system - The employees immediate supervisor has investigated responsibility for the incident. If the immediate supervisor is not available, and on-duty lieutenant from the employees assigned area will designate and on-duty supervisor to investigate the incident. - The employees chain of command will determine what, if any, corrective action is needed D. The incident will be reviewed by the force review board after the internal investigation is complete

Recovered stolen vehicle incident report guidelines Chapter 4 page 365

1. If the vehicle was originally reported stolen to APD, the responding officer shall write a supplement to the original incident report. 2. If the vehicle was originally reported stolen to another law enforcement agency, the responding officer will generate a new incident report titled "OOC Auto Theft". The originating agency case number should be documented in the narrative.

Juvenile dispositions and required documentations for juveniles detained or arrested for delinquent conduct Chapter 3 page 155, 156

1. Juveniles taken into custody for delinquent conduct, class B misdemeanor you're above, shall be processed and booked as follows: - Travis County: the juvenile shall be transported to the APD ID section for processing, followed by booking at Gardner Betts. An accompanying paperwork shall be turned into the Gardner Betts intake officer. If a juvenile is being combative and it is unsafe to bring them to the APD ID section, officers may request an APD ID technician to meet them at Gardner betts to process the juvenile there. - Williamson County: the juvenile shall be transported to the Williamson County juvenile Justice Center for processing and booking. Any accompanying paperwork shall be forwarded to the appropriate area command investigative unit for disposition - Hays County: upon taking a juvenile into custody in Hays County, officers shall call the 24 hour intake number for the Hays County juvenile detention center at (512)393-5220, extension 11201 for approval prior to transport. If the officer is denied approval for intake, the officer shall notify his immediate supervisor and follow the guidelines for "releasing a juvenile from custody "as outlined in this policy. The juvenile shall be transported to the APD ID section for processing, followed by booking at the Hays County juvenile detention center. Any accompanying paperwork shall be turned into the Hays County juvenile detention center intake officer.

Interaction with community Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

1. Officers are reminded that photography, including videotaping, of places, buildings, structures and events are common and normally lawful activities - If a person is taking photographs or recording from a place were he or she has a right to be, officers are reminded that this activity by itself does not constitute suspicious conduct.

Miranda warning Chapter 3 page 164, 165

1. Officers will administer the Miranda warning to a subject during a custodial interview/interrogation when questioning begins to focus on the person stopped, becoming accusatory regarding a specific offense 2. The Miranda warning will be administered by audio/video recording such as in car mobile auto video recording system using the following process: - Read the Miranda card to the subject in its entirety and - Ensure the subject acknowledges, understands, involuntarily waived his rights by • write the officers name and the date, time, and incident number on the face of the card and • if practicable, request the subject to initial next to each Miranda right and sign the card. If the subject has verbally acknowledged understanding and waving his right but does not sign the card, the interview/interrogation may still continue. - Officer safety should not be compromised during a field interview/interrogation in order to record acknowledgment of rights

Search protocol Chapter 3 page 136, 137

1. Officers will conduct person searches with dignity and courtesy 2. Officers will conduct property searches in a manner that returns the condition of the property to its pre-search status as nearly as reasonably practicable 3. Officers should attempt to acquire keys to locked property when a search is anticipated and the time and effort required to gain the keys makes it a practicable option 4. It is the responsibility of each individual officer to search a prisoner for weapons or contraband anytime he gains custody of that prisoner, regardless of whether the prisoner was previously search by another officer 5. When safety permits: - Officer should explain to the person being searched the reason for the search and how the search will be conducted - Officers needing to search a person of the opposite gender should do so in front of a MAV recording system, if available. Otherwise an officer of the same gender as the person should be requested - If a MAV Recording system or an officer of the same gender as the person being searched is unavailable, a second officer or supervisor should be present - Officers will use the backside of their hands and fingers to frisk/search sensitive areas of the opposite gender to include the breast, crotch, and buttocks

When DMA V deactivation is authorized Chapter 3 page 128

1. Once the DM AV system is activated it shall remain on until the incident has concluded. For purposes of this section, conclusion of an incident has occurred when: - All arrests have been made and arrestees have been transported and - All witnesses and victims have been interviewed Recording may cease if an employee is simply waiting for a tow truck or a family member to arrive, or in other similar situations were no further law-enforcement action is likely to occur 2. Employees may deactivate the audio portion by engaging the mute button on the wireless microphone, for administrative reasons only, as follows: - The reason for the audio deactivation must be recorded verbally prior to audio deactivation and - After the purpose for audio deactivation has concluded, employees will reactivate the audio track. 3. For purposes of the section, and administrative reason refers to: - Personal conversations unrelated to the incident being recorded - Officer to Officer training, when a FTO wishes to speak to a probationary officer about a training issue - The conclusion of an incident - Any reason authorized by supervisor. The identity of the supervisor granting the authorization shall also be stated prior to the audio deactivation.

Probable cause Chapter 3 page 140

1. Person: - When officers have probable cause to believe that evidence or contraband is located on a person they are permitted to conduct a search of that person 2. Vehicles: - officers may conduct a warrantless search of a readily movable vehicle, automobile, mobile home, boat or airplane, if there is probable cause to believe that evidence or contraband is inside and the search cannot safely be delayed in order to obtain a warrant. - Officers must have probable cause that contraband is in the vehicle - A search of an automobile based on probable cause lawfully extends to all parts of the vehicle in which evidence for contraband could be concealed, including close compartments and trunks - Lock containers found within the vehicle may be seized and a search warrant obtained in a timely manner - The scope of a warrantless search of a lawfully stopped vehicle based on probable cause is no narrower and no broader than the scope of a search under the authority of a warrant

Community involvement in recruitment programs Chapter 3 page 119

1. Police - community cooperation can be obtained through open channels of communication, thus allowing for the discussion of concerns and problem areas within the community. All avenues must be utilized in promoting the respect and cooperation of the public with the police including, but not limited to: - Establishing liaisons with existing community organizations or establishing community groups where they are needed - Assisting in the development of community involvement policies for the agency - Publicizing agency objectives, community problems, and successes - Conveying information transmitted from citizens organizations to the agency - Improving agency practices bearing on police community interaction - Developing problem oriented or community policing strategies 2. Employees should actively conduct or participate in the Austin Police Department's recruitment program. Employees should encourage all qualified individuals to seek a career with the department and direct them to contact the Austin Police Department's recruiting or human resources division

Use of force to seize evidence Chapter 2 page 66

1. Pressure point techniques are the maximum amount of force authorized to seize evidence when there is probable cause to believe it is being held or hidden in the mouth of a subject. 2. Soft/empty hand control is the maximum amount of force authorized to seize blood from a subject pursuant to a mandatory blood draw

Media access Chapter 3 page 198

1. Reasonable effort should be made to provide a safe staging area for the media that is near the incident and that will not interfere with emergency or criminal investigation operations. All information released to the media should be coordinated through PIO or other designated spokesperson. 2. Whenever the presence of media or other aircraft pose a threat to public or officer safety or significantly hampers incident operations, the field supervisor should consider requesting a Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR). All requests for a TFR should be routed through the Watch Lieutenant. The TFR request should include specific information regarding the perimeter and altitude necessary for the incident and should be requested through the appropriate control tower. If the control tower is not known, the Federal Aviation Administration should be contacted (14 CFR § 91.137).

Review of DMA AV system recordings Chapter 3 page 129, 130

1. Recordings may be reviewed in any of the following situations: - By an employee to make sure the DM AV system is working during required checks - By an employee to assist with the writing of a report, supplement, or memorandum - By a supervisor investigating a specific act of employee conduct - By authorized department personnel participating in and official investigation, such as a personnel complaint, administrative inquiry, or a criminal investigation - By authorized persons for the purpose of reviewing evidence - Recordings may be shown for the purposes of training value. If an involved employee objects to showing a recording, his objection will be submitted to his commander to determine if the training value outweighs the employees objection. 2. In no event shall any recording the use or shown to ridicule or embarrass any employee 3. Employees shall not obtain, attempt to obtain, or convert for their personal use or for the unauthorized use of any person, any information from department video files or the confidential files of any other agency

Residences, open fields, and abandon property Chapter 3 page 142, 143

1. Residences: every person has a reasonable expectation of privacy inside his home and a search of a residence will not be conducted without a valid search warrant, exigent circumstances, or valid consent. Individuals do not, however, generally have a reasonable expectation of privacy in areas around the home where the general public, mail carriers and solicitors, would reasonably be permitted to go. Once lawfully inside the residence, officers may conduct a protective risk of a subject if the officer has a reasonable belief that the person is armed and dangerous. In addition, the fourth amendment permits a limited protective sweep of the residence when the searching officer possesses a reasonable belief that the area to be swept harbors an individual posing a danger to those on scene. This sweep should not last longer than is necessary to dispel the reasonable suspicion of danger 2. Open fields: Open fields do not provide the privacy expectation that is unique to the fourth amendments safeguards of a "persons, houses, papers and effects." Officers must be mindful of the requisite of curtilage. The following are the factors the officers need to assess: - The proximity of the area to the home - Whether the area is included within an enclosure surrounding the home - The nature of the uses to which the area is put - Steps taken by the resident to protect the area from observation by people passing by

Spit hoods Chapter 3 page 181

1. Spit hoods are safety hoods used to prevent contaminants from being transmitted by a prisoner or detainee. 2. Spit hoods should be used when dealing with prisoners or detainees that have attempted or threatened to bite or spit. 3. Officers shall ensure that the spit hood is properly fitted and secured. 4. Medical personnel may remove the spit hood as needed.

DMA V recorder operation Chapter 3 page 126

1. The DMA the system is designed to turn on automatically when any of the following or detected: - Emergency lights - Siren - Drivers door opening - crash sensor - Speed in excess of 90 mph - Activation of a wireless body microphone - Manual activation by pressing the record button on the camera, the mobile data computer, or the video processing unit 2. Employees shall turn off the vehicles AM/FM radio and/or personal music devices while the DMAV is recording and there is a subject sitting in the backseat of the unit 3. Employees shall not: - Bypass or override the automatic activation of the equipment - Erase, alter, or delete any recording produced by the DMAV 4. Absent legal cause or lawful order, no member of the department may surreptitiously record any other member of the department without the express knowledge and consent of all parties.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 9 page 490, 491

1. The Department must have accurate information to facilitate the issuing of subpoenas and to locate personnel and their Chain of Command in a timely manner. Supervisors have been granted the access to make changes in the new Master Work Schedule System and should notify the Help Desk if they do not have this access. Supervisors will have 10 working days from the time an employee transfers into their unit or assignment to update the following information: (a) Assigned and Working Division/Unit (b) Assigned Supervisor (c) Roster Variable Information (e.g. Call Sign, Radio Emergency ID, Beat/District, Vehicle) if applicable (d) Skills and Capabilities (i.e., FTO, MHO, Bike, etc.)

Mobile data computer use guidelines Chapter 3 page 131

1. The MDC shall be used for official police communications only 2. There is no expectation of privacy concerning sending or receiving messages via the MDC system. Messages may be reviewed by supervisors at any time without prior notification 3. The MDC will remain docked and the docking switch will be in the locked position when the vehicle is in motion or if the MDC is left unattended unless otherwise approved by supervisor 4. Employees will not intentionally disrupt the GPS signal

General guidelines for interviewing juveniles Chapter 3 page 158

1. The department encourages officers to adjust their interviewing style to be sensitive to each person's age and experience, remaining consistent with the departments commitment to treat all people with respect. The more approaches an officer can use, the more corroboration they can achieve with each child 2. Interviews: an interview takes place when a juvenile witness or victim of a crime is question. It is not necessary to administer rights or to have The parents or guardians present. If a child implicates themselves during the interview, the interview shall be stopped in the procedures for interrogation followed. 3. Age considerations: - If the child is too Young or mentally incompetent to render a decision, the parents or guardians should be present - Interviewing children under the age of 13 should be done at the Center for Child protection, especially when the child is the victim of a violent offense

Misdemeanor citation considerations Chapter 3 page 145

1. The following shall be considered when making the determination to issue a misdemeanor citation: - The subject has sufficient identification and - The officer has no substantial reason to believe the subject will fail to appear and - The officer has reason to believe that release by citation will result in termination of the violation and - The subject did not resist attention, assault anyone during the offense, or appear to be combative or violent. 2. For a misdemeanor offense that can be enhanced due to prior convictions, a criminal history check should be performed to determine if they custody arrest is more appropriate

Types of juvenile statements Chapter 3 page 157, 158

1. The following types of statements made by juvenile suspects are visible as evidence under the family code: -Res Gestae: spontaneous statements made by children may be used as if they were made by an adult - Statements leading to the discovery of evidence: defined as oral statements of fact or circumstances that are true, which tend to establish the child's guilt, such as finding secreted or stolen property or the instrument with which the child states the offense was committed. - Custodial statements: an oral or written statement by child in custody, detention or confinement is admissible if, for giving the statement, the child has been given the Miranda warning by magistrate. This warning must be given out of the presence of police officers are prosecutors. An exception would be under circumstances when it is deemed necessary to have an officer present for the magistrates protection. • oral statements: the statement must be recorded by an electronic recording device and, before making the statement, the child receives the Miranda warning by a magistrate as described above and the warning is made part of the recording • written statements: the written statement must be reviewed with the juvenile, &, in front of the magistrate and out of the presence of police officers or prosecutors unless necessary for the magistrates protection.

Report of intentional firearm discharge against an injured animal Chapter 2 page 55, 56

1. The humane destruction of a seriously injured animal. A. Employees who need to destroy a seriously injured animal for humane reasons shall first request approval from a supervisor B. Employee shall complete an incident report entitled Injured Animal Firearm Used. The incident report should detail the circumstances requiring the animals destruction. The authorizing supervisor should be identified in this report. C. Supervisors who approved the distractions shall: - Add a comment in the CAD call notating there notification and approval - Send an email notifications with the incident report number prior to the end of tour duty to the involved employees chain of command up to the commander - Review the primary reporting employees incident report and add a Versedex case note to the report to document they were notified, if they responded to the scene, and whether they have reviewed the incident D. Each level of the chain of command, up to the commander, shall review the incident and complete a case note to document their review E. The chain of command shall determine what, if any, corrective action is needed F. Employees are not required to be placed on restricted duty

Search warrant reporting procedures Chapter 4 page 293

1. The officer obtaining the search warrant is responsible for writing the original incident report 2. All other involved officers will write a supplement detailing their participation and actions during the warrant service

Secondary unit responsibilities Chapter 2 page 101

1. The second officer in the pursuit is responsible for the following: - Immediately notify the dispatcher of entry into the pursuit - Broadcast the progress of the pursuit unless the situation indicates otherwise 2. The secondary unit should remain a safe distance behind the primary unit unless directed to assume the role of primary unit, such as when the primary unit is unable to continue in the pursuit.

Special deployment considerations of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 69

1. The use of the Taser device should generally be avoided in the following situations unless the totality of the circumstances indicate that other available options reasonably appear ineffective, impractical, or would present a greater danger to the officer, the subject or others, and the officer reasonably believes that the need to control the individual outweighs the risk of using the Taser device. - Obviously pregnant females - Elderly individuals or obvious juveniles - Individuals who are handcuffed or otherwise restrained - Individuals whose position or activity may result in collateral injury, such as, falls from height, operating vehicles. 2. Individuals suspected of being under the influence of drugs/alcohol or exhibiting symptoms of excited delirium may be more susceptible to collateral problems and should be closely monitored following the application of the Taser device until they can be examined by paramedics or other medical personnel. 3. Because the application of the Taser device in the drive stun mode relies primarily on pain compliance and requires close proximity to the subject, additional caution should be exercised. The application in drive stun mode should be limited to brief applications in which pain compliance would reasonably appear necessary to achieve control.

Criminal trespass notice report Chapter 4 page 371

1. Use the offense title "Criminal Trespass Notice" (title code 2730). 2. Use the Trespass Notice template when writing the narrative. 3. The narrative should contain the following information: (a) Location of occurrence. (b) Date and time of occurrence. (c) Witnesses to the incident. (d) Type of notice issued (e.g. oral, written, posted sign). (e) Name and identifying information on the owner/agent who issued notice. (f) Reason the owner/agent wants to issue the notice. 4. Under no circumstances will "Criminal Trespass Warning" or "CTW" be used in the body/narrative of the report. Refer to it as a criminal trespass notice, not a warning.

Report containing any of the items listed below will not be released Chapter 1 page 35, 36

1. Victim information - victims of crimes who have requested that their identifying information be kept confidential, victims who are minors and victims of certain offenses shall not be made public. It is a misdemeanor to release confidential victim information to unauthorized persons. 2. Confidential information - information involving confidential informants, intelligence information, information that would endanger the safety of any person involved or information that would endanger the successful completion of the investigation or a related investigation shall not be made to the public. - Analysis and conclusions of investigating officers may also be exempted from disclosure - If it has been noted in any report that an individual wishes to protect his rights to privacy, such information may not be subject to public disclosure - Information on the actual identity of any victim who has filed a pseudonym form. 3. Specific crimes - certain types of reports involving, but not limited to, child abuse, child neglect, minors and juveniles, and elder abuse shall not be made public. 4. General information - absent statutory exemption to the contrary or other lawful reason to deem information from reports confidential, information from unrestricted agency reports shall be Mage public.

Control devices and techniques overview Chapter 2 page 62, 63

1. When a device may be used: when a decision has been made to control, restrain or arrest a violent, threatening or escaping subject, an approved control device may only be used when he when its use appears objectively reasonable under the circumstances. 2. Reporting use of control devices and techniques: any application of a control device and/or technique shall be documented by policy 211 3. Approved control devices: only department issued or approved control devices and munitions shall be carried. Only department approved modifications may be made to any control device. The control devices approved by the department are - Baton and/or impact weapon, long, short, side handle or expandable. - Chemical agents, OC spray - Kinetic energy projectiles and their delivery systems - Taser device Every Control device shall be periodically inspected by the employees supervisor or the designated instructor for a particular control device. All daily inspections, routine maintenance, charging and cleaning shall remain the responsibility of the employee assigned the device. All damaged, inoperative, or expended control devices shall be returned to the property control office for disposal, repair and/or replacement.

Supervisors initiating a pursuit Chapter 2 page 99

1. When a supervisor initiates a pursuit, another supervisor working in the same area should acknowledge the pursuit over the radio and assume responsibility as the control supervisor. - If a supervisor in the same area is unavailable, and no supervisor volunteers as control supervisor, communications shall notify the nearest available field supervisor that a control supervisor is needed. Corporals serving as acting Sergeant may not assume responsibility as the control supervisor in the situation. - Acknowledgment by the appointed control supervisor must be made by radio 2. The supervisor who initiates the pursuit may continue pursuing the subject vehicle until such time as patrol units are able to assist, or the pursuit is terminated. - As authorized patrol units engage the pursuit, the initiating supervisor will allow those units to take up the first and subsequent positions behind the subject vehicle and call the pursuit. - The initiating supervisor shall move to the last position behind the authorize units and assume the role of control supervisor

Handling consent documentation Chapter 3 page 138, 139

1. When consent to search is documented by a MAV recording system: - The MAV media will be submitted to the evidence room for retention or - The digital recording will be uploaded to the appropriate APD computer/server for storage - When an incident report is written, employees will document where the recording is stored 2. Consent to search forms will be handled as follows: - If contraband is discovered during the search, officers will submit the completed and signed consent to search form, to the evidence room to maintain the chain of custody. A copy of the form will be submitted to their supervisor at the end of the shift to be routed through the chain of command. - If no contraband was discovered during the search, officers will submit the original signed consent to search form, to their supervisor at the end of the shift to be routed through the chain of command. 3. When consent search is used by detectives or officers assigned to specialize units, Metrotac: - Employees will maintain the original consent to search form and MAV recording in their case jacket - A copy of the consent to search form will be submitted to their supervisor at the end of the shift to be routed through the chain of command

Highway enforcement Chapter 3 page 221

1. When on-duty, Highway Enforcement shall assist with traffic incident management when a freeway is blocked. 2. A Highway Enforcement supervisor should be notified anytime patrol operations will be negatively impacted by: (a) A collision that will block a freeway for more than 60 minutes; or (b) A commercial motor vehicle crash involving a hazardous material spill occurring on a roadway. 3. The Vehicular Homicide Unit shall be promptly notified of vehicle crashes involving: (a) Life threatening injury or death. (b) Serious bodily injury involving a Department employee.

Releasing a juvenile from custody Chapter 3 page 153, 154

1. When releasing a juvenile from custody, officer should take reasonable steps to release him to his custodial parent or guardian 2. If a custodial parent or guardian is not available an officers need to release the juvenile to someone else, the following guidelines should be followed: - Run a check for any protective order regarding the adult with him placement of the juvenile is being considered - Complete warrant and criminal history checks to ensure the juvenile is not being place with a wanted or dangerous felon - Contact Child protective services law-enforcement number and request a CAPS check be done to ensure the juvenile is being placed in a safe environment with no abuse history through CPS. The CPS worker answering the phone will need the following information on the person with whom you want to place the child: • name, address, and any other pertinent identifying information • The CPS worker will ask you for a phone number to call in order to verify your identity and provide any history on the subject. Officer shall provide the phone number for the communication supervisor. This process should take approximately 10 minutes. - Fully identify the person with whom the juvenile is being placed and any CPS related information in the incident report.

The number of employees under the immediate management of a single supervisor should not normally exceed... Page 26 Chapter 1

15

Consent Chapter 3 page 137, 138

2. Consent must be obtained as the product of a free will. It cannot be obtained through submission to authority, either express or implied 3. Although officers are not required to conduct searches within the Plainview of suspects, those who have the authority to grant or revoke consent should be in a position to communicate a withdrawal of consent should they so desire. If consent was obtained by telephone from a person who has authority to grant the consent, the person should be provided with contact information to revoke the consent 4. Absent other legal justification, any related search should be discontinued at any point that consent is withdrawn, even if the withdrawal is made by a different party who is at the scene and who also has authority over the area being searched

Levels of immunity Chapter 3 page 204

2. Consular officers are the ranking members of consular posts who perform various formal functions on behalf of their own governments. Typical titles include consul general, consul and vice consul. These officials are immune from arrest or detention, except pursuant to a felony warrant. They are only immune from criminal and civil prosecution arising from official acts. Official acts immunity must be raised as an affirmative defense in the court of jurisdiction, and its validity is determined by the court. Under this defense, the prohibited act itself must have been performed as an official function. It is not sufficient that the consular agent was on-duty or in an official capacity at the time of the violation. The family members of consular officers generally enjoy no immunity, however, any family member who enjoys a higher level of immunity is issued an identification card by the Department of State (DOS) enumerating any privileges or immunities on the back of the card. Examples are consular officers and family members from Russia or China. 3. Honorary consuls are part-time employees of the country they represent and are either permanent residents of the U.S. or U.S. nationals (unlike career consular officers, who are foreign nationals on temporary assignment to the U.S.). Honorary consuls may be arrested and detained; limited immunity for official acts may be available as a subsequent defense. Family members have no immunity. There are less than 100 honorary consuls in Texas.

Control supervisor reporting responsibilities continued Chapter 2 page 106, 107

2. Create an electronic folder with the case number in the G Drive containing: - incident and supplement reports from all involved officers - CAD call history - Crash report and diagrams, if applicable - Copies of all audio and/or video media of the pursuit. If I recording includes audio/video media from a DMAV in car system, supervisors shall state in the supplement report that the video is located on the DMAV system. Supervisors are not required to provide a physical copy of the audio/video media from DMAV in car system. 3. Complete the share point pursuit log and include the following items in the comments section: - Pursuit direction, minutes and seconds - Policy violations, specific violation - Training issues, specific issue - Tactical issues, specific issue - DMAV files bookmarked - Audio files - Photographs - Injuries, officer or suspect 4. Provide a debriefing to the primary officer shifts within 10 days. The supervisor may forward the debriefing to the other involve officer supervisors.

Parking department vehicles Chapter 8 page 473, 474

2. Employees receiving a parking citation at a metered parking space while on all other official City business will: - Legibly write their name, employee number, and the type of City business they were on in the margin of the parking citation itself; and - Submit the citation to their immediate supervisor or the Court Liaison Unit supervisor. - Supervisors receiving a citation from employees that fit the criteria for dismissal will legibly write their initials and employee number on the parking citation and the statement, "Recommend Dismissal - On City Business." 3. All citations requesting dismissal that have been reviewed by the employee's supervisor or a Court Liaison will be turned in to the Court Liaison Unit supervisor. The Court Liaison Unit supervisor is responsible for delivering citations requesting dismissal to the Municipal Court Hearings officer.

When DMA V uses required Chapter 3 page 127, 128

2. Examples of when the DM AV system must be activated include, but are not limited to - Traffic stops - Pursuits, until completion of enforcement action - DWI investigations including field to Bridie test - Warrant service - Investigatory stops when the subject is on foot or in a vehicle - Any contact that becomes adversarial in an incident that would not otherwise require recording. In those situations, it may be impractical or unreasonable for officers to activate their DMAV system before taking police action. It is expected that once the immediacy of the situation is over, officers will activate their DMAV system to record the remainder of the incident. 3. In addition to the required situations, employs my activate the system anytime they believe it's used would be appropriate and/or valuable to document an incident.

Handling minors Chapter 3 page 238, 239

2. Field Release Citation 1. Along with the citation, issue a DIC-25 and turn the minor over to a responsible adult. 2. A minor shall not be allowed to drive the vehicle from the scene if issued a citation. Disposition of the vehicle shall be made in one of the following ways: - Release the vehicle at the scene to a licensed, sober passenger. - Contact a parent or other adult to come to the scene and assume custody of the minor/vehicle. - If none of the above options are available (e.g., the minor is from out- of-town), the vehicle may be impounded and the minor arrested and transported to a Juvenile Detention Facility or County booking facility, as appropriate. If the detention facility will not accept custody of the minor due to the category of offense, officers shall follow Policy 317.2.5 Releasing a Juvenile from Custody

Use of department vehicles to push/pull other vehicles Chapter 8 page 474, 475, 476

2. If the damage is a result of pushing or pulling the vehicle: - Digital images will be taken and downloaded into the Digital Crime Scene Management System using the incident number. - The employee who pushed the vehicle will: • Initiate an incident report titled Damage to City Property Other. • Describe the incident and apparent damage in detail in the incident narrative. - Reviewing supervisors shall: • Send e-mail notifications with the incident report number prior to the end of the tour of duty to the Involved employee's chain of command up to the commander, and APD Risk Management • Review the primary reporting employee's incident report and add a Versadex case note to the report to document they were notified, if they responded to the scene, and whether they have reviewed the incident. - Each level of the chain-of-command, up to the commander, shall review the incident and complete a case note to document their review.

Detention and custody arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 206, 207

2. If the violator appears to have been driving while under the influence, field sobriety tests should be offered. The subject shall not be permitted to drive and alternative transportation should be arranged: - All facts of the incident shall be documented in accordance with this policy in a Driving While Intoxicated (DWI) Incident Report and/or any other relevant report form. Prosecution is still appropriate and should be pursued. - The DWI Unit shall contact the Department of State, as soon as practicable, to verify the violator's status and immunity. Within five working days of the stop, the DWI Unit shall send to the Bureau of Diplomatic Security Office of Foreign Missions of the Department of State a copy of the citation and/or any accident or other written report documenting the incident (Tex. Transp. Code § 543.011 et seq.). The Department of State will take appropriate sanctions against errant foreign service personnel, even where prosecution is not undertaken by the agency. (d) Foreign consular officials have the right to visit their arrested or detained nationals unless the person objects to the visit. (e) Officers and supervisor will adhere to the reporting procedures outlined below in this policy.

Interaction with community Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

2. In areas open to the public, officers shall allow bystanders the same access for photography as is given to members of the news. Officers shall be aware that: - A bystander has the same right to take photographs or make recordings as a member of the media, as long as the bystander has a legal right to be present where he or she is located - A bystander has the right under the first amendment to observe and record officers in the public discharge of their duties - Public settings include parks, sidewalks, streets, and locations of public protest, but that protection extends also to an individual's home or business, common areas of public and private facilities and buildings, and any other public or private facility at which the individual has a legal right to be present - The fact that a bystander has a camera or other recording device does not, however, entitled the bystander to cross the police line, to enter an area that is close to the public, Or to enter any areas designated as a crime scene.

Juvenile dispositions and required documentations for juveniles detained or arrested for delinquent conduct Chapter 3 page 155, 156

2. In certain instances, processing of a juvenile is not required. Juveniles may be transported directly to the appropriate juvenile detention facility and booked when: - Any warrant or directive to apprehend issued by TYC or juvenile court such as probation violation warrant, escape warrants - Any warrant or directive to apprehend a child where the child was already processed for the original charge - any offense that occurred prior to January 1, 1996 3. If juvenile is taken into custody for DWI, the juvenile shall be transported directly to an Intoxilyzer room and requested to perform any test prior to processing and booking. 4. If an officer is booking a juvenile for delinquent conduct and also chooses to file a class C charge, the officer shall issue the juvenile a misdemeanor citation for the violation. Class C charges shall not be placed on the booking sheet. 5. The juvenile taken into custody for delinquent conduct shall not be released to a parent/guardian until the child has been processed and booked at the appropriate juvenile detention facility.

Report of intentional firearm discharge against an attacking or dangerous animal Chapter 2 page 55, 56

2. In defense against an attacking or dangerous animal. A. Employees who destroy an attacking or dangerous animal will notify their supervisor or another on-duty supervisor in the absence of their immediate supervisor, as soon as practical. B. The supervisor, or designated acting supervisor, will respond to the scene and conduct an on-site investigation of the incident, interview witnesses, and ensure digital photographs are taken and downloaded into the digital crown same management system. C. The involved employee is required to complete an incident report and titled Dangerous Animal - Firearm Used detailing the event and the reasons for selecting deadly force over other force options. D. Investigating supervisors will complete a supplement to the incident report detailing their investigation and findings. E. The investigating supervisor will notify, via email, each member of the involved employees chain of command up to the assistant chief when the investigation is ready for review. This notification will include the incident report number. Each member of the chain of command through the system and chief shall add a Versadex case note to the incident report indicating they have reviewed the incident. F. The chain of command will determine what, if any, corrective action is needed G. Employees are not required to be placed on restricted duty.

Code 3, emergency operation Chapter 4 page 254, 255, 256

2. In operating an authorized emergency vehicle, the officer may: - Park or stand; - Proceed past a red or stop signal or stop sign, after stopping or slowing as necessary for safe operation; - Exceed a maximum speed limit, as long as the officer does not endanger life or property; - Disregard a regulation governing the direction of movement or turning in specified direction. Officers will adhere to Policy 214.3.4 PURSUIT DRIVING CONSIDERATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. 3. This section applies when an officer is: - Responding to an emergency call; - Pursuing an actual or suspected violator of the law; - Directing or diverting traffic for public safety purposes; or - Conducting a police escort as defined by 546.003 Transportation Code.

General guidelines for interrogating juveniles Chapter 3 page 158, 159, 160

2. Non-custodial interrogations: - Juveniles are not in custody when they are voluntarily brought in by a parent or guardian. Therefore, no magistrates warning is required prior to taking a confession under the circumstances - Officer should be aware of any factor that might negate the noncustodial status of the interrogation and affect the admissibility of the statements obtained. For example, giving a child a ride to the station, even if the child accompanied the officer voluntarily and with the consent of the parents, could be interpreted by the courts as an indication of the juvenile was in custody. - Juveniles who have given voluntary noncustodial confessions will not be immediately taken into custody. They will be released to a parent/guardian. If probable cause for rest is developed through the confession or otherwise, juvenile wore it may be obtained. Failure to follow this procedure could take the voluntariness of the confession.

Detentions Chapter 3 page 162

2. Officers May detain persons they lawfully stop for a reasonable length of time in an attempt to: - Verify their identity. Persons are not required to identify themselves unless they are under arrest, however, if they are legally detained and choose to identify themselves they must do so accurately - Account for their conduct and/or their presents - Discover whether a crime occurred - Determine the persons involvement. 3. Officer shall release a person from an investigative stop if: - The person illuminates the officers reasonable suspicion of criminal involvement or - The officer fails to develop the probable calls necessary to Arrest within a reasonable time

Warrant service guidelines Chapter 3 page 168 169

2. Officers receiving information that a person with an arrest warrant is inside a third party private residence may NOT enter and search for the violator. Courts have held that this includes, but is not limited to a home, apartment, or hotel/motel room. The exception to this rule is when: -The officer is in possession of a valid search warrant for that specific residence/ location. (There is no requirement for a search warrant of PUBLIC areas of a commercial establishment); or - The officer has received consent from the person/s in care, custody and control of the location. Consent procedures are outlined in Policy 306 (Search and Seizure); or - The officer can clearly articulate exigent circumstances that delaying entry would expose a person to serious injury or death or allow the violator to escape.

Execution of a search warrant Chapter 4 page 292, 293

2. Personnel assigned to Organized Crime will use the Operational Briefing & Threat Assessment forms as specified in their Operations Procedure Manual. 3. If the search warrant is for computer equipment, the seizing officers should be familiar with the document Seizing Computers and Computer Related Evidence.

Leg restraint device procedure Chapter 2 page 60, 61

2. Procedure: the leg restraint device is designed to reduce the likelihood of injury to the restrain subject or others, and to reduce the likelihood of property damage caused by the restrain subject by preventing him from using his legs in a manner likely to result in injury or damage. The following guidelines shall be used when applying a leg restraint device: A. If practicable, Officer should notify supervisor of the intent to apply the restraint. In all cases, a supervisor shall be notified as soon as practicable after the application of the restraint and the name of that supervisor should be noted in the report or supplement. B. This device shall not be used to hogtie. Once the subject legs have been bound, the safety clip of a restraint shall not be attached to the chain of the handcuffs. C. Absent a medical emergency, the subject being restrained shall remain restrained until the officer arrives at the jail or other facility or the subject no longer poses a threat

Control supervisor reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 113, 114

2. Provide a debriefing to the primary officer shift within 10 days. The supervisor may forward the debriefing to the other involved officer supervisors 3. Incident and supplement reports from all involved officers 4. CAD call history 5. Copies of all audio and/or video media of the foot pursuit. If a recording includes audio/video media from DMAV in car system, supervisor shall state in the supplement report that the video is located on the DMAV system. Supervisors are not required to provide a physical copy of the audio/video media from DMAV in car system.

Failure to qualify with duty weapons Chapter 8 page 466, 467

2. Qualification While Off-Duty - No overtime or compensation time will be given for a second qualification relay. - If an off-duty officer can not spend the extra time to qualify, or fails the second qualification relay, the Learned Skills Unit supervisor shall immediately notify the officer's supervisor - The officer's supervisor will be responsible for: • Changing the officer's duty status to a non-enforcement capacity; and • Assigning the officer to a remedial training class designed for the type of weapon the officer failed to qualify with; and • Ensuring the officer's duty hours are changed, if needed, to attend the remedial class. 3. Removal of Weapon from an Officer's Registered List Instead of being placed on remedial status for failure to attain a passing score, the following options are available: - An officer failing to qualify with a Secondary/Backup weapon has the option of removing the weapon from his registered list of handguns provided he has qualified with another handgun that is approved as a primary duty weapon. This will be done before the officer leaves the firearms range. - An officer failing to qualify with a City-issued handgun does not have this option.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 9 page 490, 491

2. Supervisors do not have the ability to create or update employee's schedules however they will review their employees schedule upon a transfer into their unit and will notify a scheduler if the information is not accurate. Schedulers are designated by the Department Managers. Schedulers will be responsible for the following: (a) Creating New schedules (b) Editing existing schedules (c) Applying schedules to employee records (d) Updating/Editing schedules applied to employee records Additional Unit assignments (usually referred to as a Specialty Unit (i.e., SRT, CAST etc.) are maintained on the employee's record under Skills. Specialty Unit Supervisors are responsible for ensuring those assignments are accurate in the new Master Work Schedule.

Types of juvenile statements Chapter 3 page 157, 158

2. The family code does not preclude the admissibility of other types of statements, including those that do not stem from custodial interrogation. The admissibility of such statements will depend upon the circumstances surrounding the taking of the statement and the facts of the case

Family violence involving strangulation/suffocation Chapter 4 page 327, 328

2. Type/Method - Ligature - Involves the use of a weapon (e.g., belt, telephone cord, shoe string, rolled up shirt) to impede breathing or cause air restriction. - Manual - Involves the use of the suspects' hands to impede breathing or to cause air restriction. Describe in detail the position of the suspect in relation to the victim (e.g., grabbed from the front or from behind) and what body part was used by the suspect (e.g., one hand, both hands, arm using choke hold). 3. Specific Questions - What did you think was going to happen? - What did the suspect say? - How did it stop? - What did you say during the assault? - How did you feel? 4. Additional Observations - If the victim has trouble swallowing, breathing or any pain or tenderness in neck area. - Any changes in the victim's voice during interview (e.g., hoarseness, raspy, loss of voice).

Primary unit responsibilities Chapter 2 page 100, 101

2. Unless relieved by supervisor or secondary unit, the officer in the primary unit shall be responsible for the broadcasting of the progress of the pursuit. Unless circumstances reasonably indicate otherwise, the primary unit should relinquish the responsibility of broadcasting the progress of the pursuit to a secondary unit or aircraft joining the pursuit to minimize distractions and allow the primary unit to concentrate foremost on safe pursuit tactics.

Frisk, Pat down, for weapon Chapter 3 page 140, 141

2. Vehicles: - A protective risk may include the passenger compartment of an automobile, limited to those areas in which a weapon may be placed or hidden, if the officer possesses reasonable belief that the suspect is dangerous and may gain control of a weapon at any time during the encounter.

Search incident to arrest Chapter 3 page 139, 140

2. Vehicles: - A search of a vehicle interior may be made when the arrestee is unsecured and within reaching distance of the passenger compartment at the time of the search. - A search of a vehicle interior may be made when it is reasonable to believe that the vehicle contains evidence of the offense of arrest - If officers do not have a valid reason to search a vehicle after making an arrest, probable cause, inventory, a search warrant will need to be obtained - Officers may examine the contents of any open or closed container within the passenger compartment, provided the container is within reaching distance of the arrestee and the arrestee is unsecured at the time of the search - Lock containers found within the vehicle passenger compartment may be seized and a search warrant obtained in a timely manner

Residences, open fields, and abandon property Chapter 3 page 142, 143

3. Abandon property: abandonment occurs when a person discards or denies ownership of property in a public right of way or public spaces. To ensure admissibility of evidence, the following factors should be considered: - When making a trash run officers need to consider curtilage factors that fall within open fields - Officers need to have an affirmative link to create probable cause between the discarded property and the target of the investigation - The abandonment must be voluntary and not a result of police misconduct

Initiating officer responsibilities Chapter 2 page 111

3. Absent extenuating circumstances, any officer unable to promptly and effectively broadcast this information should terminate the pursuit. If the pursuit is discontinued for any reason, immediate efforts for containment should be established and alternatives considered based upon the circumstances and available resources 4. When a foot pursuit terminates, the officer shall notify communications of his location and the status of the pursuit termination, subject in custody, lost sight of subject, and shall direct further actions as reasonably appear necessary.

Authorized weapons Chapter 8Page 462

3. All test weapons will undergo a thorough inspection. It will be test fired and evaluated for reliability and examined to see if it conforms to existing safety standards (e.g., night sights, ambidextrous thumb safety [if required], functioning grip safety). The test weapon will be left at the Academy Range until all testing and evaluation are completed. 4. Consideration will only be given to weapons with improved design, function, or applicability to the job over those weapons currently on the list. 5. APD will not provide reimbursement for rejected weapons. 6. Final approval to add the weapon to the current list will be made by the Training commander.

Interaction with community continued Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

3. As long as the photographing or recording takes place in a setting at which the individual has a legal right to be present and does not interfere with an officer safety or lawful duties, officers shall not inform or instruct people that photographing or recording of police officers, police activity or individuals who are the subject of police action is not allowed; requires a permit; or requires the officers consent. Additionally officers shall not: - Order that person to cease such activity - Demand that person's identification - Demand that the person state a reason why he or she is taking photographs or recording - Detain that person - Intentionally block or obstruct cameras or recording devices or - In any way threaten, intimidate or otherwise discourage an individual from recording officers enforcement activities. 4. Nothing in this policy prohibits officers from questioning or detaining individuals they reasonably suspect have committed, are committing, or are about to commit any crime.

Evidence/property handling procedures Chapter 9 page 653, 64

3. Blood or body fluid contaminated equipment - Any Non-disposable item, when contaminated with blood/body fluid, will be treated as if the item has been exposed to a communicable disease. It should be cleaned with a disinfectant agent (i.e. Chlorine bleach-water solution of 1:10; as recommended by the CDC- Center for Disease Control) followed by a thorough washing with soap and water. Metal items, such as handcuffs or service weapons, require drying and lubrication/oil treatment afterwards to prevent rust. - Officer's Clothing contaminated with blood or body fluid should be removed evaluated by EMS or AFD and decontaminated at the scene or bagged as hazardous materials and disposed of per AFD Hazardous Materials policy or EMS Biohazard policy. 4. Evidence with blood or body fluids should be packaged in accordance with methods outlined in evidence handling procedures available at evidence drop off locations. Items with blood or body fluid must be packaged to prevent any cross contamination of other evidence/property and must be clearly marked as "Biohazard". (Policy 618.4.3 Submitting Biohazard material).

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents continued Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

3. Complete a response to resistance inquiry memorandum. The inquiry memorandum shall include: - The incident number of the involved employees response to resistance incident report - A description of any injury to the subject and/or APD personnel including the medical assistance that was provided - Any relevant information revealed in interviews with personnel, subjects involved, and witnesses at the scene - Information on the digital images or photographs that were taken. If none were taken in the reasons why. - Whether statements were taken and in what format. If a statement was not taken, or if the statement was not captured on video or audio, the reason should be documented - Detailed information on any circumstances that delayed or prevented response to the scene - Identify department or individually equipment, training, and tactical issues and make recommendations for corrective action, when appropriate - Whether the response to resistance was objectively reasonable and within department policy

Impound procedures Chapter 3 page 233, 234

3. Complete an incident report entitled Impounded/Moved Vehicle identifying the vehicle, location, time, registered owner, wrecker service, and show justification for the impound when: (a) The operator of the vehicle has been arrested, or (b) It is an abandoned vehicle or junked/nuisance vehicle as defined in the Texas Transportation Code, or (c) The vehicle is listed in the BOLO file as a "Stop, ID and Impound" (e.g., UUMV), or (d) Municipal Court has issued an order that a specific vehicle be impounded due to outstanding parking citations, or (e) When there is articulable probable cause to believe that the vehicle: - Is the instrument, fruit, or evidence of a crime, or - Contains an instrument, fruit or evidence of a crime; or - Other mea of effecting the gathering or security of evidence at the immediate location of the vehicle is not readily available, or appears futile. - The vehicle will be accompanied by APD personnel, until secured in the lot, to maintain proper chain of custody. - The Crime Scene Section will be notified if the vehicle is to be secured inside the Vehicle Processing Facility

General guidelines for interrogating juveniles Chapter 3 page 158, 159, 160

3. Custodial interrogations: the Miranda warning administered by a magistrate must proceed all custodial confessions. Prior to conducting a custodial interrogation of a juvenile, employees will confirm with the juvenile and parents or guardians to explain agency and juvenile justice system procedures. The custodial interrogation of a juvenile may take place in two types of situations, the exact procedures to be followed very depending on the situation. - At a juvenile processing office: the interrogation of a juvenile may take place at the juvenile processing office of the juvenile is transported there immediately after the juveniles taken into custody. While at the juvenile processing office the guidelines of the family code must be strictly adhered to: • The child may not be left unattended • The child is entitled to be accompanied by a parent, guardian, or attorney • The child may not be detained in the juvenile processing office for longer than six hours • under normal circumstances, no more than two detectives should be actively engaged in the interrogation of the child

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

3. Ensure a perimeter is established if needed 4. Locate injured subjects and ensure medical services have been requested as needed 5. Assess the need for additional resources and make appropriate notifications 6. Identify the number of subjects involved. Coordinate the apprehension of subjects outstanding. 7. Personally interview the subjects upon him the force was used, or alleged to have been used, and obtain a statement. The statement should be captured using eight MAV recording system. If the statement is not obtained by video or audio, the supervisor shall thoroughly document the information in their inquiry memorandum and explain the circumstances that prevented the recording.

Warrantless arrest at a private residence Chapter 3 page 171, 172

3. Except as noted above, when a violation occurs in a private home or the person flees into a private home, it is preferable for the officer or a citizen to file a complaint and have warrants issued for the person's arrest. 4. Persons should not be arrested and charged with being intoxicated if they are on their own property. Subjects may be arrested if they are creating a disturbance on their own property and can be viewed by other persons, and the disturbance cannot be ended in any other manner. However, if they are not creating a disturbance and no other violation exists, no arrest shall be made.

Reportable and nonreportable natural death's Chapter 4 page 359, 360

3. Hospice Death (a) An apparent natural death at a qualified Hospice facility is not considered a reportable death. (b) Although a private residence hospice death is a reportable death, by agreement with the Travis County Medical Examiner's office, the responding officer does not need to initiate an incident report. A private residence hospice death is one that meets the following criteria: 1. The deceased has been diagnosed by an attending physician as having a terminal illness with no expectation of cure. 2. A "Directive to Physicians" has been signed and witnessed in accordance with the " Texas Natural Death Act". 3. A registered nurse is present at the home at the time the death, or shortly thereafter, to assess the condition of the deceased. 4. The nurse notifies the attending physician immediately of the death. 5. The attending physician states a willingness to sign the death certificate. 6. The attending physician notifies the appropriate funeral home to have the deceased removed from the residence.

Level three incident inquiry, reporting, and review requirements Chapter 2 page 86, 87

3. If the Taser device is used in the force incident, the data report shall be downloaded and a copy scanned into the image section of the Versidex incident report or submitted into evidence with the spent cartridge for retention 4. Supervisor shall conduct a thorough review of all documents including the response to resistance incident report and any supplements to ensure completeness, accuracy, and quality. Each level of the chain of command, up to the commander, shall review the incident and complete a case note to document their review 5. Level III incidents that involve the use of OC, Taser, or weaponless strikes on restrain subject will be forwarded to the force review board for their review

When department issued BWDR system use is required Chapter 3 page 123, 124

3. In addition to the required situations, employees may activate the system anytime they believe it's use would be appropriate and/or valuable to document an incident 4. There may be instances in which an officer is required to take immediate action to an event that occurs directly in front of them which may not allow time to activate their system. In these circumstances, the officer shall activate their system as soon as practical that allows the officer to safely contain the situation

Supervisors initiating a pursuit Chapter 2 page 99

3. Once the initiating supervisor is in a position to assume the role of control supervisor, they shall advise communications via radio that they are now control supervisor and the previous control supervisor shall be relieved 4. The supervisor acting as control supervisor at the conclusion of the pursuit shall complete all appropriate paperwork. - Any other supervisor who acted as control supervisor, or became involved in a supervisory capacity at any time during the pursuit, shall write a supplement documenting his involvement.

Report of use of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 70

3. Photographs of probe site should be taken, anti-felon identification tags should be collected and the expended cartridge along with both probes shall be submitted into evidence for future reference. The cartridge serial number should be noted and documented on the evidence paperwork. The evidence packaging should be marked "biohazard "if the probes penetrated the subject skin.

Unauthorize use of a motor vehicle Chapter 4 page 365, 366

3. Provide the complainant with the UUMV form letter and incident number. 4. Inform the complainant it is his responsibility to send the UUMV form letter to the last known address of the person who has possession or control of the vehicle, by certified mail with return receipt requested. This will serve as an official notice demanding return of the vehicle within 10 days of receipt of the letter. 5. Inform the complainant the incident will remain a civil matter until the return receipt has been received and the 10 days have passed. 6. Inform the complainant that once the 10 days have passed he should contact the Auto Theft Interdiction Unit at5265 to schedule an appointment. 7. Inform the complainant to notify 3-1-1 or 9-1-1 if the vehicle is returned or if he recovers the vehicle. 8. Inform the complainant the assigned Auto Theft investigator will notify him if the vehicle is impounded / recovered. 9. If the UUMV Affidavit is completed and signed, request Communications to enter a BOLO on the vehicle to "Stop, ID and Impound." Do not request the vehicle to be entered as stolen.

Pursuit guidelines Chapter 2 page 98

3. Pursuit communications shall be handled as follows: - If a pursuit is confined within the city limits, radio communications will be conducted on the primary channel unless instructed otherwise by a supervisor or communications dispatcher. - If a pursue contains multiple agencies and/or leaves APD jurisdiction, communications will determine the appropriate radio channel to use

Leaving the scene in failing to stop and render aid Chapter 3 page 224, 225

3. Required Information For Follow-up: If no enforcement action is made at the scene of an LTS crash and any of the following criteria is missing, there will not be enough evidence needed to file criminal charges. The officer shall notify the victim there will not be a follow-up investigation when there is: - Lack of a suspect driver description; or - Lack of a suspect vehicle description; or - Lack of a suspect license plate number. FSRA crash follow-up shall be handled by the Vehicular Homicide Unit. 4. Follow the reporting guidelines outlined in the "Crash Reports and Incident Reporting" section of this policy.

Juvenile dispositions and required documentation when detaining or arresting a child for conduct indicating a need for supervision Chapter 3 page 154, 155

3. Runaways: when an officer establishes that a juvenile as a runaway, every attempt should be made to transport the runaway home for release to a custodial parent or guardian, or have the custodial parent or guardian meet the officer at the scene for release. If the officer is not able to contact a custodial parent or guardian, the officer should follow the guidelines for "releasing a juvenile from custody" as outlined in this policy. If a juvenile cannot be released to an appropriate adult, the following guidelines should be followed: - Transporting • if the initial runaway report was generated by any agency with Travis County, the juvenile shall be taken to life works. Any forms required by the facility shall be completed • if the runaway report was generated by an agency outside of Travis County, the juvenile shall be taken to gardener/bets. A booking sheet shall be completed - Reporting • if the original report was generated by APD, a supplement shall be written to the original report • if the original report was generated by any other agency, an incident report shall be initiated and titled, recovered run away.

Taking a juvenile into custody Chapter 3 page 152, 153

3. State law does not require that a warrant be issued to take a child into custody for a past offense, as long as there is probable cause to believe that the child committed the offense. In making warrantless arrests, patrol officers will follow the direction of an investigative unit and/or their supervisor. 4. Officers will apply the same probable cause standard for juveniles as that used for adult offenders 5. Officers are encouraged to contact their sector detective unit for advice regarding the probable cause for arrest, the type of charge, disposition of the juvenile, or to provide any other assistance needed.

Title code reclassification Chapter 4 page 274, 275

3. The Central Records Manager (CRM) will review all approved title code reclassification requests and make a ruling on whether the requested change is appropriate. The determination shall be based on UCR reporting guidelines for the incident reported rather than what state charge could or will be filed. - If the Central Records Manager agrees with the decision of the unit supervisor, the CRM will make the title code change in Versadex. - If the Central Records Manager does not agree with the decision of the unit supervisor, the issue may be brought to the commander/manager of the unit. The commander/manager shall indicate "Approved" or "Denied" in the "notes" section. The CRM will then make the change in accordance with the commander/manager of the unit's decision.

Control supervisor responsibility Chapter 2 page 111, 112

3. The control supervisor is responsible for the following: - Upon becoming aware of a foot pursuit, immediately ascertaining all reasonably available information to continuously assess the situation and risk factors associated with the foot pursuit in order to ensure that the foot pursuit is conducted within established department guidelines - Proceed to the area of the foot pursuit and provide on scene supervision - Exercise management and control of the foot pursuit even if not on scene - Ensure that a perimeter is established by responding officers to ensure containment of the suspect - Direct that the foot pursuit be terminated if, in his judgment, it is unjustified to continue the foot pursuit under the guidelines of this policy - Ensure that aircraft and canine assistance is requested - Prepare a post foot pursuit critique and analysis of the foot pursuit for training purposes

Employee reporting guidelines for all force level incidents continued Chapter 2 page 77, 78

3. The following information shall be included in each report and supplement. - The original reason for police presence on the scene - The name and employee number of the supervisor notified of the incident - A detailed description of the circumstances and subject actions that resulted in the use of force - A detailed description of the force used. Include specific details regarding any weapon used on the subject, when OC spray is used, you document the number of bursts, duration of each burst, the approximate distance from the subject, the location of spray contact. - Subject and witness information - Report shall not contain "boilerplate" or "Pat "language, "furtive movement" or "fighting stance" without descriptive details of the action. - Involved employees shall also complete the force section of the details page in their report/supplement. 4. All incident reports and supplements shall be completed separately and without discussing the details of the incident with other personnel. "Group reporting" is prohibited. Debriefing after an incident and/or the necessary discussions to further the training requirements of officers in FTO program are allowed. 5. A copy of the response to resistance incident report, Any supplements, and any documents should be submitted to the reviewing supervisor prior to the end of the employees tour of duty.

Handling prisoners Chapter 3 page 178, 179

3. The use of an authorized waist chain, waist belt, or travel belt is authorized: - At a prisoner processing center, which includes transport from the center to the booking facility; - By officers in a specialized unit, if the use is authorized by Standard Operating Procedures; - When the use is specifically authorized as part of an operations plan, or - When authorized by a supervisor in cases where an officer feels an arrested subject may: 1. attempt to escape, 2. resist transport to any location, 3. or the transport involves an unusual length of time or distance. 4. The supervisor's name shall be noted in the offense report or supplement. For this section, Corporals may grant approval. 5. Officers shall adhere to Policy 204 (Leg Restraint Device) for guidelines on using an authorized waist chain, waist belt, or travel belt. 6. Officers may purchase, at their own cost, a waist chain, waist belt, or travel belt that has been approved by the Equipment Committee. 7. Restraints should be drawn to a secure fit but not so tight as to cause a restriction in blood flow. (b) Officers shall not: 1. Use restraints to punish, display authority, or as a show of force. 2. Secure a person to any part of a vehicle.

Handling juveniles purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 150

3. To provide for the care, protection, and the wholesome moral, mental, and physical development of children coming within its provisions 4. To achieve these purposes in a family environment whenever possible, separating the child from the child's parent only when necessary for the child's welfare or in the interest of Public Safety and, when the child is removed from the child's family, to give the child care that should be provided by parents 5. To provide a simple judicial procedure through which the provisions of this title are executed and enforced and in which the parties are assured a fair hearing in their constitutional and other legal rights recognized and enforced

Warrant service guidelines Chapter 3 page 168 169

3. Warrant service attempts that did not result in the arrest of a subject shall be documented immediately by DIRECT ENTRY of a supplement to the original incident report in Versadex. The following information is required in the supplement: -Date/time of each attempt; and -Address(s) and/or location(s) of attempt(s); and -Identity of person(s) contacted; and -Information relating to the search of a location (e.g., was permission granted or refused, vacant); and -Useful information relating to a subject (e.g., new location, vehicles, employment, acquaintances); and -Identification of all officers involved in warrant service. 4. Warrant service resulting in an arrest of the wanted subject shall be documented immediately by DIRECT ENTRY of a supplement to the original incident report into Versadex. The following information is required: - "CANCEL CANCEL CANCEL" in the subject line and at the top of the supplement; and - Date/time of service; and - Address(s) and/or location(s) of service; and - Information relating to search of location (e.g., was permission granted or refused, vacant); and - Identification of all officers involved in warrant service.

Execution of a search warrant Chapter 4 page 292, 293

4. A meeting will be held with all participating personnel. - A sufficient number of officers will be assigned to execute the search warrant safely and to conduct a thorough search. - One officer will be assigned as the seizing officer for all evidence seized and is responsible for properly tagging all evidence. - One officer will be assigned to draw an accurate diagram of the premises. The diagram will be used to assign officers' positions for the entry to the location. - One officer will be assigned the responsibility of seizing personal papers to show an affirmative link between the defendant(s), premises, and evidence. - The supervisor or designee shall prepare the inventory and receipt of items seized. (c) The supervisor of the Investigative Unit obtaining the search warrant shall be responsible for notifying the Communications supervisor of the location and approximate time of the warrant service unless it is determined that such notification would compromise the case or jeopardize officer safety.

Impound procedures Chapter 3 page 233, 234

4. An incident report is not required, however detailed notes identifying reasons for the offcier's presence (officer initiated, call for service, etc.), reason for impound (special event, hazardous violation, etc.), and authority for impound (citation, city ordinance, emergency, etc.) when: (a) Due to any catastrophe, emergency or unusual circumstances the safety of the vehicle is imperiled and it cannot be moved to a safe place by other means. (b) The vehicle (including non-motorized) is an immediate and substantial hazard to persons or property because of the vehicle's location and/or condition. (c) The vehicle (including non-motorized) is unattended and parked, stopped or left standing upon any alley, highway, street, sidewalk, or other thoroughfare within the City in apparent violation of state law or City ordinance and the vehicle: - Has been ticketed for illegal parking at least ten (10) minutes before beginning the impound process and the vehicle is in: (a) A commercial delivery zone; or (b) Any area on a public roadway or alley marked "No Parking/ Tow-Away Zone." - Is obviously obstructing the safe and orderly flow of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic and it is impractical to move the vehicle to a nearby location

Recovering stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 364, 365

4. Confirmed stolen vehicles may be returned to the registered owner if he is present at the scene, however, they shall still be processed for latent prints. 5. If the registered owner is not present, confirmed stolen vehicles shall be impounded by the City contracted impound wrecker, regardless of its involvement in other incidents, collisions, or its condition.

Required classification of DMAV recordings Chapter 3 page 129

4. Employees who do not have the ability to add incident numbers to recordings or who share a common case number across multiple videos shall ensure that reports and citations reflect the time of recording exactly as shown in the DMAV system 5. Detectives are responsible for verifying the classification of recordings for assigned incidents within 30 days of the recording. Detectives are also responsible for reclassifying records when necessary to ensure proper retention. 6. Supervisors, including corporals, are responsible for verifying the classification of recordings made by their officers for all direct file charges that are a third-degree felony or higher.

Body armor Chapter 8 page 438

4. Equipment and Supply Section will make arrangements to have the employee measured for new body armor. 5. The employee will turn in the temporarily issued body armor at the time the new body armor is issued. 6. If the determination is made that the body armor is not defective, Equipment and Supply Section will notify the employee to return the temporarily issued body armor and pick up the originally issued body armor.

Fingerprints and photographs Chapter 3 page 160

4. Exceptions: restrictions on finger printing/photographing juveniles do not apply in the following situations: - If the Photograph/fingerprints are obtained as part of the registration process for a juvenile required to register as a sex offender - If the child is a victim or witness, in the photographs are needed for evidentiary or documentary purposes, photographs of injuries or videotape statement of a child witness/victim - If a child has had access to a crime scene but is not a suspect, and their prints are needed for comparison to latents for elimination purposes

Protective orders and bond conditions Chapter 4 page 336

4. Going to or near the residence, child care facility, or school of a child protected under the order where the child normally attends or in which the child normally resides. 5. Engaging in conduct directed specifically toward the protected person or a member of the family or household, including following the person, that is reasonably likely to harass, annoy, alarm, abuse, torment, or embarrass the person. 6. Possessing a firearm unless the person is a peace officer, as defined by Penal Code 1.07, actively engaged in employment as a sworn, full-time paid employee of a state agency or political division.

When to terminate a pursuit continued Chapter 2 page 96, 97

4. Hazards to uninvolved bystanders or motorist 5. If the identity of the offender is known and it does not reasonably appear that the need for immediate capture outweighs the risks associated with continuing the pursuit, officers should strongly consider discontinuing the pursuit and apprehending the offender at a later time 6. Directed by a supervisor 7. Pursuit speeds - Have become unreasonably unsafe for the surrounding conditions - Have exceeded the driving ability of the officer - Are beyond the capabilities of the pursuit vehicle that's making its operation unsafe

Supervisor responsibilities in level one and - custody incidents Chapter 2 page 79, 80, 81

4. Involved personnel subject to a potential criminal investigation shall be able to speak with an APA union representative and/or their attorneys prior to speaking with a supervisor. If necessary, the supervisor may administratively order any officer from this department to immediately provide public safety information to secure the scene and pursue subjects. Public safety information shall be limited to such things as outstanding subject information, number and direction of shots fired, parameters of the incident scene, identity of no witnesses, and similar information. 5. Ensure a crime scene is established: - Ensure a crime scene security log is maintained to record the time and identifying information of all persons entering and exiting the scene - Ensure the crime scene security log is delivered to the S IU investigator.

Positive test results Chapter 9 page 566, 567

4. Officers must provide the DTC with a copy of the independent test results, as well as a signed release authorizing the independent firm/laboratory to provide the DTC with a copy of all documents related to the drug test. 5. Verified, confirmed, positive test results in random drug testing are for administrative purposes only and will not be used against officers in any criminal proceeding. (c) Officers may request the urine sample be stored in case of legal disputes. The urine sample will be submitted to the designated testing facility where a sample will be maintained for a period of one (1) year.

Confidentiality continued Chapter 3 page 151, 152

4. Physical files and records concerning juveniles shall not be open to public inspection, and shall be open to inspection only by a juvenile justice agency or criminal justice agency. 5. If an investigator believes obtaining a warrant for the arrest of a juvenile offender is necessary the investigator will present the probable cause affidavit and arrest warrant to a magistrate for approval and signature. - The municipal court clerk currently issues the warrant a "J" number but will not retain the affidavit or warrant on file - The investigator will provide the original arrest affidavit and warrant to the warrant office to be entered. The original warrant an affidavit will be retained by the warrant office until the juvenile is taken into custody - Upon apprehension of the juvenile the original affidavit and warrant will be forwarded to Gardner/Betts. Copies of the affidavit and warrant will be retained in the investigative file 6. An affidavit for a search warrant on a juvenile offender should be submitted to a juvenile court judge to obtain the search warrant. Record of the search warrant will be retained by the juvenile court 7. All juvenile arrest files and records, when not in use, shall be secured. Under no circumstances will juvenile arrest records be mingled with adult records

Juvenile dispositions and required documentation when detaining or arresting a child for conduct indicating a need for supervision Chapter 3 page 154, 155

4. Possible custody situations: the following situations are typically considered conduct indicating any for supervision though sometimes circumstances dictate that transport to a detention facility may be required. If a juvenile is transported to a detention facility for any of the following offenses, the officer is required to complete the booking sheet. - Driving under influence DUI: officer shall adhere to the guidelines outlined in policy 355 for how to handle juvenile DUI arrests. - Family violence assault by contact/threat: if necessary to preserve the peace and illiminate the possibility of further violence, juvenile may be taken into custody and transported to the appropriate juvenile detention facility if they are involved in a family violence situation and commit a class C misdemeanor offense such as assault by contact or assault by threat in the presence or view of the peace officer.

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents continued Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

4. Prepare a response to resistance inquiry package that includes the following documents: - A level two inquiry control sheet - Supervisor inquiry memorandum - CAD sheet of the incident - Any ancillary documentation, Taser download an audio wave files 5. Electronically store the response to resistance inquiry packet in the level two response to resistance inquiry folder in the G drive within a folder titled by the case number. A physical folder is no longer required 6. Complete and forward the response to resistance inquiry packet link via email to the next level in the chain of command under which the involved employee was working when the incident occurred, within for work days from the time of the incident occurred

Calls for Service Chapter 4 page 257

4. Priority 3 calls are incidents: - Where protection of life or property is not at risk; and - An immediate police response will not likely prevent further injury, loss of property, or adversely impact an investigation. Officers responding to Priority 3 calls shall operate Code 1. 5. Information calls are incidents requiring information to be documented and/or disseminated to law enforcement personnel but do not require a police response.

Hospital guidelines Chapter 3 page 183, 184, 185, 186

4. Prisoners not authorized or approved for release and admitted to the hospital shall be guarded until they are magistrated as follows: (a) 10 PM until 7 AM (Monday-Friday)- By an officer from the patrol area in which the arrest was made. The on-duty lieutenant or designee for that area is responsible for scheduling patrol officers to guard the prisoner during these hours. (b) 7 AM until 10 PM (Monday-Friday)- By the Investigative Unit responsible for the highest arrest charge of the case. - The Investigative Unit supervisor is responsible for scheduling detectives to guard the prisoner during these hours. - The responsible Investigative Unit will have the prisoner magistrated as soon as possible and notify the appropriate jail facility so they can begin guarding the prisoner.

Citizen Observer's Chapter 3 page 191, 192

4. The Explorer must have passed the "Explorer Observer" written test. The test will consist of questions on APD Policy and Procedures, 10 codes, phonetic alphabet, arrest and handcuffing techniques, and other law enforcement topics. 5. The Explorer may participate in a maximum of one patrol shift per month; a maximum of ten (10) hours per day. An APD Police Explorer officer or advisor and the Explorer PAL Unit supervisor both must approve any additional requests. 6. APD Police Explorers will accompany the officer to whom he or she is assigned. Whenever possible the officer and the APD Police Explorer should be of the same gender.

Firearm discharge situations, to stop a dangerous and aggressive animal Chapter 2 page 53, 54

4. With the approval of a supervisor, an officer may euthanize an animal that is so badly injured that human compassion requires removal from further suffering and were other dispositions are impracticable. 5. Where feasible, a warning should be given before an officer resorts to deadly force. A specific warning that deadly force will be used is not required by this policy, only that a warning be given it feasible.

When a residence or business can be secured after forced entry Chapter 4 page 265

401.6.1 WHEN A RESIDENCE OR After making a forced entry into a residence or business and there is no further action to be taken, and the residence or business can be secured just as it was prior to the forced entry, the employee may secure the property without notifying an owner, resident, or an agent of the business. When there is no contact made and there is no further action to be taken, the supervisor who approved the forced entry will leave a note with the following information: 1. A brief message stating why the Department made entry. 2. The incident number for the call. 3. The employee's name and employee number. 4. The employee's office or other contact number.

Obedience to orders continued

5. Employees who are given an order which they believe violates a provision of a meet and confer agreement, constitutes a safety hazard, or is in some other way improper, respectively inform the supervisor issuing the order of such believe. A. If the supervisor does not alter or retract the order, the order will stand it will be obeyed B. The employee may initiate a formal grievance to seek redress.

Mobile data computer use guidelines Chapter 3 page 131

5. Employs driving vehicles equipped with an MDC shall: - Except all updates to the MDC prior to logging on and while at a hotspot, however, employees reporting to duty from a location that is not a hotspot shall ensure the updates are downloaded as soon as practicable - Log on at the start of a shift with complete and accurate information - Log off at the end of the shift 6. Employees granted access to the watch list should limit the number of additional sectors they are watching to two unless needed for an official reason, monitoring a significant event that could impact all sectors 7. When an MDC is utilized in an area where the public might be able to view the screen, the user will take reasonable measures to ensure any information is not viewable by unauthorized persons, lower the screen, lock the computer.

Interaction with community continued Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

5. Officers are reminded that a person commits an offense if the person with criminal negligence interrupt, disrupts, impedes, or otherwise interferes with a peace officer while the peace officer is performing a duty or exercising authority imposed are granted by law - If a person is photographing or recording police activity from a position that impedes or interferes with the safety of officers or their ability to perform their duties, an officer may direct the person to move to a position that will not interfere. However, an officer shall not order the person to stop photographing a recording. - If a person is photographing or recording police activity from a position that impedes or threatens the safety of members of the public, the officer shall direct the person to move to a safe position. However, officers shall not order the person to stop photographing a recording. - A person's recording of officers activity from a safe distance, and absent any attendant action that obstructs the activity or threatens the safety of the officers, does not constitute interference. - A person has the right to express criticism of the police activity being observed. As long as that expression does not jeopardize the safety of any officer, suspect or bystander; and so long as that expression does not violate the law or inside others to violate the law, the expression does not constitute interference.

Tire deflation device continued Chapter 2 page 104, 105

5. Prior to deploying tire deflation devices officer shall consider the following: - The need to continue pursuit versus terminating the pursuit in the event the deployment of tire deflation devices are ineffective - The risk to the public or pursuing law-enforcement vehicles caused by the deployment of the tire deflation device and - The hazard to the occupants of the pursuit vehicle 6. After a deployment site has been established, the control supervisor may authorize other units to operate code 3 in order to channel the fleeing vehicle to this location. - Channeling may include blocking freeway exit and/or major sidestreets - Police unit shall not attempt to make a fleeing vehicle take any action other than continuing straight on the road upon which it is already traveling - Police units shall activate all emergency lighting while blocking exits or streets

Political affiliation and legislative testimony Chapter 9 page 484, 485

6. Coercing any employee to provide anything of value to any individual or organization for political purposes. 7. Using any authority of the position to gain support for, or to oppose, any candidate, party, or issue in a partisan election. 8. Taking an active part in another person's political campaign, including attending fund-raising events, making speeches, writing letters, signing petitions, or actively soliciting votes while in uniform or on-duty. 9. Displaying political campaign literature in work areas.

Supervisor responsibilities in level one and - custody incidents continued Chapter 2 page 79, 80, 81

6. Ensure an appropriate size perimeter is established, if needed 7. Assess the need for additional resources and notify the watch Lieutenant and appropriate Lieutenant 8. Identify the number of subjects involved and coordinate the apprehension of subjects who are unaccounted for 9. Assign employees who were not involved with the force incident to conduct a reasonable canvas in an effort to identify witnesses in the proximity of the incident. Witness information should be provided to on scene investigators as soon as practical and shall be documented in the employee supplement. 10. Assign employees who are not involved with the force incident to identify any possible sources of video of the scene, such as security cameras, and determine if they contain any pertinent video. Any information regarding sources of pertinent video should be provided to on scene investigators as soon as practical and shall be documented in the employee supplement. 11. Coordinate the preliminary inquiry with SIU and IA investigators to include, but not limited to: - Identifying employees either involved in or witness to the incident - Designating the primary reporting officer for the response to resistance incident report - Ensuring the preservation of evidence - Assisting investigators to ensure statements are taken

Interaction with community continued Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

6. Evidence on a camera or recording device. A. If an officer has probable cause to believe that a camera or other recording device contains images or sounds that are evidence of criminal acts, the officer shall request that the person either: - Allow the officer to listen to or view the recording - Voluntarily provide the device or recording medium to the officer or - Where possible and practicable, and in the presence of the officer, voluntarily transmit the images or sound via electronic mail to the officers official government electronic mail account. - Consent to view or take possession of a recording device or medium must be given voluntarily and in accordance with APD policy B. If the person provides the device or recording medium to the officer, the officer shall: - Exercise due care and caution with any of the individuals property or electronic devices - Enter the item into evidence - Document the officers request and the individuals response in the narrative of the report - Contact the on-call detective responsible for the highest charge and notify them of the media evidence. Officer shall not attempt to view, download, or otherwise access any material contained on the device

Reporting requirements for all exposures Chapter 9 page 651, 652

6. Fax only the signed and notarized Sworn Affidavit Requesting Testing Following an Exposure and addendum to the following: (For All and any type of exposures Blood, TB, Hepatitis, etc) to: The HHSD Surveillance Program at (512) 972-5772 and The APD Physician at (512) 974-6655. 7. Fax all the above forms and discharge paperwork to the APD Workers's Compensation Office or scan and email the forms from any XEROX network printer to [email protected]. 8. Forward all original documentation to the APD Workers' Compensation Office via interoffice mail.

Recovering stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 364, 365

6. Recovered stolen vehicle incidents at a wrecker company other than the City contracted impound wrecker shall be handled as follows: (a) The vehicle should remain at the storage lot except under unusual circumstances (e.g., investigative purposes). 1. Supervisor or Investigative Unit approval is required to move the vehicle. 2. If there is no need to move the vehicle: - The vehicle shall be confirmed and processed at its current storage location. - A hold can be placed on the vehicle for the Investigative Unit involved, if needed. (b) When a recovered stolen vehicle has been processed and no hold is placed, the wrecker company may release the vehicle to the owner, lien holder or insurance company and collect accumulated fees.

Impound guidelines Chapter 3 page 232, 233

6. The vehicle (including non-motorized) is unattended and parked, stopped or left standing upon any alley, highway, street, sidewalk, or other thoroughfare within the City in apparent violation of state law or City ordinance and the vehicle: - Has been ticketed for illegal parking at least ten (10) minutes before beginning the impound process and the vehicle is in: (a) A commercial delivery zone; or (b) Any area on a public roadway or alley marked "No Parking/Tow-Away Zone." - Is obviously obstructing the safe and orderly flow of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic and it is impractical to move the vehicle to a nearby location. 7. Municipal Court has issued an order that a specific vehicle be impounded due to outstanding parking citations. 8. When there is articulable probable cause to believe that the vehicle: - Is the instrument, fruit, or evidence of a crime; or - Contains an instrument, fruit or evidence of a crime; or - Other means of effecting the gathering or security of evidence at the immediate location of the vehicle is not readily available, or appears futile. - The vehicle will be accompanied by APD personnel, until secured in the lot, to maintain proper chain of custody. - The Crime Scene Section will be notified if the vehicle is to be secured inside the Vehicle Processing Facility.

Obedience to orders continued

6. Unlawful orders are prohibited. A. Supervisors will not knowingly or willfully issue any order which is a violation of any law B. Employees will not obey and order that is a violation of any law. -Responsibility for refusal to obey rests with the employee and he will be strictly required to justify the action. -Obedience to an unlawful order is not considered a defense for an unlawful action. C. If in doubt as to the legality of an order, employees will either request clarification of the order or confer with higher authority. -An employer receiving an unlawful order will notify the issuing supervisor that compliance with the order is unlawful. -If the supervisor does not resend the order, the employer will request the presence of the next level supervisor in the chain of command. -The supervisor will contact the next level supervisor and request his presence at the scene. D. An employer receiving it all unlevel order will report the fact in writing to the chief by memorandum through the next level supervisor in the chain of command as soon as practical. This memorandum will contain the fax of the incident in the actions taken.

Citizen Observer's Chapter 3 page 191, 192

7. APD Police Explorers must report fifteen (15) minutes prior to the scheduled shift time. The Explorer must be in a clean and pressed Explorer uniform. 8. APD Police Explorer must be equipped with flashlight, traffic vest, notebook and pen before reporting for duty. 9. The APD Police Explorer must follow the officer's directions at all times regardless of his or her personal feelings unless said direction is contrary to the law. 10. Each Explorer shall maintain a log of events during their observation period that will be turned into his or her post officer or advisor at the next regular meeting. 11. When possible APD Police Explorers will be assigned to Field Training Officers (FTO's) while participating in the Observer program. 12. All APD Police Explorers that are participating in the "Observer Program" must have the "Explorer Observer/Rider Form of Understanding" signed by the Explorer, Sergeant and Field Training Officer of the Unit that he will be riding along with. 13. If for any reason the assigned officer feels it is in the best interest of the APD Police Explorer or the department, they can terminate the observation period at any time. Any early release of an APD Police Explorer should be reported as soon as practical to the post officer or advisor.

Factors to consider before initiating a pursuit Chapter 2 page 95, 96

7. Pursuing officers familiarity with the area of the pursuit, the quality of radio communications between the pursuing units and the dispatcher/supervisor and the driving capabilities of the pursuing officers under the conditions of the pursuit 8. Weather, traffic, and road conditions that unreasonably increase the danger of the pursuit when weighed against the risks resulting from the subjects escape 9. Performance capabilities of the vehicles used in the pursuit in relation to the speeds and other conditions of the pursuit 10. Vehicles speeds 11. Other subjects in or on the pursuit vehicle, passengers, co-offenders and hostages 12. Availability of other resources such as aircraft assistance

Recovering stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 364, 365

7. Recovered out-of-city stolen vehicles where a suspect is present, and no local charges exist, shall be handled as follows: (a) The request for confirmation shall include: 1. All pertinent information regarding the vehicle and suspect; and 2. Authorization to hold the suspect for that agency before officially arresting the suspect. (b) The suspect shall be detained until the confirmation is received.

Tire deflation device continued Chapter 2 page 104, 105

7. The officer calling the pursuit shall broadcast the identity of the target vehicle to the tire deflation device unit when the pursuit approaches the deployment site. The information should include details of the vehicle such as license plate, color, make and model. - The target vehicle should be visually confirmed by the tire deflation device unit to reduce errors and deployment - All pursuing units should maintain at least a 3 to 5 second gap behind the target vehicle to allow sufficient time for the set up and retrieval of the tower deflation device - Pursuing vehicle should proceed cautiously upon approaching and crossing the tire deflation device site.

Chain of command review responsibilities in level one and in custody death incidents Chapter 2 page 81, 82

7. Upon completion of the review, and the final disposition of any administrative investigation, if applicable, the commander shall: - Forward all approved inquiry packet links via email to a PD training - document any identified individual, command or department wide training issues: • if an individual or command training issue is identified, the commander shall ensure training is conducted and a training memorandum is completed and forwarded to the commander of the training division for review and appropriate additional action, if any: &/or • request department wide training from the training division • Scan the final sign the memorandum into the electronic folder

Interaction with community continued Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

7. Viewing/listening to evidence on a camera or recording device. - Absent exigent circumstances, officers shall obtain a search warrant before viewing photographs or listening to recordings on a camera or memory chip that has been seized as evidence - In exigent circumstances, where there is reason to believe that an immediate search of the seized material is necessary to prevent death or injury, officers shall contact a supervisor for authorization to review photographs or recordings without a warrant - Photographs or recordings that have been seized as evidence and are not directly related to the exigent purpose shall not be reviewed. 8. Officer shall not, under any circumstances, erase or delete, or instruct or require any other person to erase or delete, any recorded images or sounds from any camera or other recording.

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents continued Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

8. Assign employees who are not involved with the force incident to conduct a reasonable canvas in an effort to identify witnesses in the proximity of the incident. Witness information should be provided to on scene supervisor as soon as practical and shall be documented in the employee supplement. Witness information shall also be documented in the supervisor inquiry memorandum. Witness statements should be captured using AMAB recording system. If a statement is not obtained by video or audio the supervisor shall thoroughly document the information in their inquiry memorandum and explain what circumstances prevented the recording. 9. Assign employees who are not involved with the force incident to identify any possible sources of video of the scene, such as security cameras, and determine if they contain any pertinent video. Any sources of pertinent video should be provided to on scene supervisor as soon as practical and shall be documented in the employee supplement. 10. Ensure digital images or photographs are taken of: - The physical condition of the subject and involved personnel to record the presence or lack of injuries - The scene where the response to resistance incident occurred - Other relevant evidence 11. Supervisor shall ensure all MAV media is turned in as evidence if it contains any information or statements related to the incident.

Command post selection and activation Chapter 4 page 300, 301

A Command Post is established for all unusual occurrences that require a major commitment of Department resources for an extended period of time. A Command Post may be established by the supervisor at the scene for any event or occurrence, regardless of the size of the operation. (a) The creation of a Command Post helps the Incident Commander on scene with the vital tasks of commanding the operation, maintaining a system of communications, acquiring additional personnel and equipment, accumulating, utilizing and disseminating intelligence information, and coordinating efforts with law enforcement and other agencies. (b) The location for a Command Post should be: 1. In the vicinity and strategic to the occurrence; and 2. Readily accessible to responding personnel; and 3. Large enough to accommodate personnel and vehicles; and 4. Connected to public services (e.g., telephone, electrical, water, restrooms); and 5. Secure and defensible.

Administrative leave Chapter 9 page 642

A Department director may grant an employee administrative leave at full pay and benefits for a purpose approved by the City Manager (e.g., blood bank donations, pre-termination hearings, power failure, reduced work day by administrative directive). (a) Employees may be placed on administrative leave pending an internal investigation (e.g., IA, SIU). (b) Time off, when necessary, to vote in national, state, county and municipal elections shall be considered administrative leave. (c) Employees who refer an applicant who successfully attends at least the first full day of the police academy will be given one (1) day of administrative leave. 1. Employees assigned to the Training or Recruiting Divisions, and all assistant chiefs, are excluded from receiving administrative leave for recruiting an applicant. 2. No more than two (2) days of administrative leave for recruiting an applicant may be accrued or used in a calendar year. 3. The Recruiting Unit will be responsible for maintaining the necessary information for implementation of the program.

Patrol crash investigator Chapter 3 page 222

A Patrol Crash Investigator is an officer assigned to a patrol shift and who has been to specialized training with the Highway Enforcement Command. (a) Patrol Crash Investigators shall be called to all vehicle crashes involving: 1. Life threatening injury or death 2. Serious bodily injury in which impairment of the driver due to alcohol or drugs is suspected. 3. Serious bodily injury when APD, AFD, or EMS vehicles are involved. (b) A Patrol Crash Investigator shall be promptly notified of, and may respond to crashes involving serious bodily injury. (c) When responding to a crash scene, Patrol Crash Investigators shall: 1. Determine if other resources are needed at the scene 2. Review the completed CR-3 3. Ensure the scene and evidence are processed as needed if the Vehicular Homicide Unit is not responding, to include: - Marking evidence positions with paint - Photographing the scene and evidence - Collecting key evidence - Confirming that witnesses are identified and interviewed

Blood exposures Chapter 9 page 650

A blood exposure can occur when an external source of blood comes into contact with another person's mucous membranes (eyes, mouth, or nose) or an opening in the skin. The highest risk for contamination is with hepatitis. (a) Notify a supervisor and proceed immediately to any hospital. It is recommended, but not required, to use a hospital that is familiar with blood exposure protocol (e.g., Brackenridge, Seton Main, St. David's). (b) Upon arriving at the hospital employees should: 1. Explain to the intake nurse that they have been exposed to blood. 2. Review the circumstances of how the exposure occurred with the doctor. The ER doctor will make an initial determination on whether a blood exposure has occurred.

Social media

A category of Internet-based resources that integrate user generated content and use your participation. This includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites such as Facebook, MySpace, microblogging sites such as Twitter, Nixle, photo and video sharing site such as Flickr, YouTube, Wikipedia, blogs in news sites.

Custody

A child is considered "in custody" when they would be considered "under arrest" if the child was an adult

Missing child

A child whose whereabouts are unknown to the child's legal custodian, the circumstances of which indicate that: (a) The child did not voluntarily leave the care and control of the custodian, and the taking of the child was not authorized by law. (b) The child voluntarily left the care and control of his legal custodian without the custodian's consent and without intent to return (e.g., runaway). (c) The child was taken or retained in violation of the terms of a court order for possession of, or access to, the child (e.g., Interference with Child Custody, Enticing a Child, Harboring a Runaway).

Working with parents Chapter 3 page 158

A child's parent or guardian has personal legal responsibility for the child's welfare and behavior. The department recognizes this responsibility and police officers will work with parents as closely as possible when interviewing children. Examples of procedures that help parents are: - Explaining a child's illegal or suspicious behavior as soon as possible - Responding with patience and understanding to questions that are defensive or reflect the parents fear about police procedures in the court system - When reasonable, giving parents advance notice that their child will be interviewed or interrogated

Citable offenses Chapter 3 Page 205

A citation shall be issued at the scene for all violations warranting such action regardless of the violator's immunity status. The issuance of a citation is not considered an arrest or detention under current Department of State guidelines. Whenever a citation is issued to a subject claiming immunity, these additional procedures shall be followed by the arresting officer: (a) Supervisors shall be promptly notified and should respond to the scene when possible. Supervisors shall ensure the Watch Lieutenant is notified of the incident. (b) Identification documents are to be requested of the subject. (c) The title and country represented by the subject are to be recorded on the back of the officer's copy of the citation for later reference. Do not include this information on the front of the citation.

Disqualifying circumstances Chapter 3 page 146

A citation shall not be issued if the following situations are present: - The subject is so intoxicated that he could be a danger to himself or others. Release may occur as soon as this condition no longer exist - The subject requires medical examination or medical care or is otherwise unable to care for his own safety. And arrestee shall not be released from custody for the sole purpose of allowing that subject to obtain medical care and with the intention of immediately rearresting the same individual upon discharge from the hospital unless it can be determined that the hospital can bill and collect from a third-party payment source. - There are one or more outstanding arrest warrants for the subject - The subject could not provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification

Citizens arrest authority Chapter 3 page 176

A citizen may arrest another under the following circumstances: (a) When the offense is committed in the citizen's presence or view and the offense is one classified as a felony or a breach of the peace (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 14.01). (b) When there are reasonable grounds to believe property is stolen, a citizen may seize the stolen property and the person suspected of committing the theft and bring the person and the property before a magistrate or to a peace officer for that purpose (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 18.16).

Clandestine labs Chapter 4 page 314

A clandestine lab can be either a cooking lab in the process of producing an illegal drug, or it can be a boxed-up or dismantled lab. (a) Clandestine Labs can be found in, but are not limited to, the following places: 1. Residential structures (e.g., houses, motel rooms). 2. Vehicles, boats, and travel trailers. 3. Self-storage units. 4. Wooded areas. (b) Clandestine labs are dangerous due to the threat of explosion, fire, and chemical contamination to officers and civilians who are close to a lab. (c) Except in emergency situations, no employee, other than members of the CLT, will enter any room or structure known to contain or reasonably suspected to contain a clandestine laboratory. (d) Officers should be aware that clandestine laboratories may also be established for the production of biological or chemical agents to be used in weapons of mass destruction (WMD). If a WMD lab is suspected, notification should be made to the APD Bomb Squad as well as the CLT.

Detention

A detention situation exist when an officer detains a child for a short period for investigative purposes

Tire deflation device, TDD

A device that extends across the roadway designed to puncture the tires of the pursuit vehicle. These are also known as spikes or tack strips

Criminal justice agency Chapter 1 page 39

A federal or state agency that is engaged in the administration of criminal justice under a statute or executive order and that allocates a substantial portion of its annual budget to the administration of criminal justice, or a non-governmental railroad or campus police department that has obtained and originating agency identifier from the FBI.

Field interview Chapter 3 page 237

A field interview should be conducted to document the following: - Any characteristics of intoxication exhibited by the driver (e.g., odor of alcoholic beverage on the breath, bloodshot or glassy eyes, impaired speech). - Interview answers given by the driver (e.g., originating location, destination, alcohol consumption).

Final protective orders Chapter 4 page 337

A final protective order is designed to protect victims of violence by stopping violent and harassing behavior for a longer period of time (Tex. Fam. Code § 85.021). (a) Final protective orders issued by a court may be effective for the following time periods: 1. A period not to exceed two years; or 2. If a period is not stated in the order, until the second anniversary of the date the order was issued; or 3. If the respondent is in prison on the date the protective order is set to expire, the expiration date is extended for one year from the date the respondent is released. (b) A violation of a final protective order is included in Penal Code § 25.07.

Foreign official

A foreign national serving in the capacity of ambassador, united nations representative, consular officer, or other diplomatic agent who may be entitled to certain immunity. In certain cases, immediate family members of a foreign officials are also entitled to certain immunity

Frisk, Pat down, for weapon Chapter 3 page 140, 141

A frisk is a mere pat down of the outer clothing, area, vehicle or container to which a detained person may have immediate access. The purpose of a limited weapons frisk after an investigatory stop is not to discover crime, but to allow the officer to pursue the investigation without fear of violence. An officer does not need to be absolutely certain that an individual is armed, the issue is whether a reasonable prudent person would justifiably believe that he or others were in danger. 1. Persons: - A frisk is a limited patting of the outer surfaces of a person's clothing in an attempt to find weapons. A frisk can only be used by officers when they justifiably stop someone and have a reasonable fear for their safety, the safety of the public, or when a cautious and prudent officer under the same or similar circumstances would conduct a pat down. - Normally, officers cannot put their hands under the suspects outer clothing until they feel something they reasonably believe is a weapon. If the outer clothing is too bulky to allow officers to decide if a weapon is concealed underneath, outer clothing such as over coats and jackets may be opened to allow a pat down of the inner clothing, such as shirts and trousers - Packages, purses, briefcases and other containers may be frisked during the stop - The scope of a protective frisk is limited to persons and places within arms reach of a concealed weapon or toward which the subject might lunch

Crisis intervention team officer CIT

A licensed peace officer with a minimum of two years of law-enforcement experience who has successfully completed the TCOLE prescribe certification course. This includes certified officers assigned to patrol and the CIT unit

Emergency protective orders Chapter 4 page 336, 337

A magistrate may issue an emergency protective order (EPO) against a defendant at the defendant's initial appearance before the magistrate, if the defendant is under arrest for family violence, sexual assault, aggravated sexual assault, or stalking. The order may be issued on the magistrate's own motion, or on request of the victim, the guardian of the victim, a peace officer, or the attorney representing the State (Tex. Code of Crim. Proc. art 17.292). (a) An EPO may be effective for a period: 1. Between 31-61 days; or 2. Between 61-91 days if the suspect used or exhibited a deadly weapon during the assault. (b) A violation of an EPO is included in Penal Code § 25.07. (c) EPO's for victims of family violence shall be filed by officers as outlined in Policy 418 (Family Violence).

Emergency response Chapter 4 page 305

A major civil disorder will require the Department to devote a large portion of its resources to restore order. When circumstances indicate that such a response is required, the Incident Commander will announce the mobilization of the MFF and will give the location of the assembly area. Once this has been initiated, all specified personnel will respond to the designated location. The ranking supervisor will refer to the instructions in the Mobile Field Force Supervisor Instructions and Scribe Log (PD0239) and should perform the prescribed tasks.

Limited duty

A medical designation that an employee may return to work with specific and detailed limitations or restrictions

Full duty

A medical determination that an employee can safely perform all of the essential functions of his job with no limitations or restrictions

No duty

A medical determination that and employee is unable to return to work

Texas military personnel Chapter 3 page 175

A member of the Texas military forces in route to or from active state military duty may not be arrested except for treason, a felony or an offense involving breach of the peace. For all other offenses, these persons may be issued a citation that does not conflict with the members duty hours as specified was in this policy

Missing persons located Chapter 4 page 355

A missing persons investigation may be concluded when the missing person is located or when another agency accepts the case and formally assumes the investigative responsibilities. (a) Runaways 1. Refer to Policy 317.3.1.c (Handling Juveniles) on how to properly recover juvenile runaways.

Missing person

A person 18 years of age or older who cannot be located in the circumstances surrounding the disappearance are unknown.

Hostage

A person held by one party in a conflict as security, so that specified terms will be met by the opposing party

Custody

A person is in custody only if, under the circumstances, a reasonable person would believe that his freedom of movement was restrained to the degree associated with a formal arrest. Custody can be construed as actual or constructive, therefore it is incumbent upon the officer to be conscious of the subjects belief about whether or not he is free to leave

Child

A person under 18 years of age (for purposes of federal law, a child is considered any person under 21 years of age)

High risk missing person

A person who is missing (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 63.051(5)): (a) As a result of an abduction by a stranger; or (b) Under suspicious or unknown circumstances; or (c) More than 30 days; or (d) Less than 30 days if there is reason to believe that the child or person is in danger of injury or death.

Child

A person who is under 18 years of age

Barricaded subject

A person who takes a position of cover or concealment or maintains a position in a structure and who resists captured by law-enforcement personnel. A barricaded subject may be armed, suspected of being armed, threatening violence and/or have demonstrated the potential to commit violence against others or themselves.

Dependent adult

A person with a mental, physical or developmental disability that substantially impairs the person's ability to provide adequately for the person's own care or protection, and he was 18 years of age or older

Protective services agency

A public or private agency, corporation, board, or organization that provides protective services to elderly or disabled persons in the state of abuse, neglect or exploitation

County or district court Chapter 4 page 297

A recommendation to dismiss a case in County or District Court will be handled as follows. With the approval of the appropriate commander, the employee will: 1. Prepare a detailed supplement or appropriate documentation (memorandum or letter) setting out the facts or circumstances that lead them to believe the case should be dismissed. 2. If the employee requesting the dismissal is not part of the Investigative Unit assigned the case, an employee from the assigned Investigative Unit will review the case with the appropriate prosecutor. 3. The final decision to dismiss a case must be made by the prosecuting attorney. 4. No case may be dismissed without the consent of the presiding judge.

Municipal Court Chapter 4 page 296, 297

A recommendation to dismiss a case in Municipal Court will be handled as follows: (a) With the approval of the appropriate commander, the employee and supervisor will sign the Request for Dismissal form in municipal court. 1. The employee will take the form to a prosecuting attorney and explain the reasons for recommendation; and - If an incident report has been written, a supplement will be prepared by the employee setting out the reasons for recommending dismissal. - If there is no incident report the employee will write a memorandum or letter, as appropriate. 2. A copy of the supplement, memorandum, or letter will be forwarded to the appropriate commander.

Mental retardation

A significantly sub average intellectual function that is concurrent with deficits in adaptive behavior and which originates during the development period.

Confident statement

A statement in the witness' own words, articulating their level of confidence in the identification. The officer documenting the confidence statement should record verbatim the words used by the witness to describe their level of certainty as to the identification of the suspect

Investigative supervisor responsibility for crashes involving APD vehicles Chapter 3 page 228, 229

A supervisor shall be notified of all crashes involving APD vehicles and respond to the scene if within the city limits or if directed by a Commander or above. Additionally the supervisor will: (a) Conduct an assessment of the situation and determine the appropriate reporting parameters. (b) Complete all required Workers' Compensation forms as outlined in Policy 956 (On Duty Injury and Illness) for each APD employee who was an occupant in the APD vehicle AND has an injury, suspected injury, or any complaint or statement of pain or injury, regardless of the level of complaint or statement. Supervisors will submit the completed forms to the APD Workers' Compensation Office no later than 24 hours from the crash. During the supervisory investigation of the crash, if there are no reports of injury, complaint/statement of pain; but the supervisor believes the totality of the incident or the mechanism of the crash could have resulted in injury to any occupant, the supervisor should complete all necessary Workers Compensation forms. (c) Initiate an IA investigation if they reasonably believe there is credible evidence a violation of law or policy may have occurred concerning the officer's operation of an APD vehicle.

Execution of a search warrant Chapter 4 page 292, 293

A supervisor will be present and in charge when any search warrant is executed. (a) Narcotic based search warrants will not be executed by any personnel other than those assigned to Organized Crime unless an Organized Crime supervisor has been consulted. The Organized Crime supervisor will determine whether the search warrant would damage any on-going investigation and whether prior approval has been obtained from the appropriate commander, assistant chief, or the Chief of Police. (b) Prior to execution of any search warrant: 1. The supervisor in charge will ensure that a Search/Arrest Warrant Threat Assessment Form (APD Form #11) is completed, and: - Review the form for accuracy and sign the completed form in the space provided. - Follow the provided line on the form to determine the level of threat to personnel and refer the warrant service to SWAT if required. - Contact the on-call SWAT supervisor for consultation for assistance in completing the form or as needed. - Ensure the form is added to the case file.

Channel

A tactic designed to cause a violators vehicle to follow a particular path by blocking sidestreets and/or exit ramps with a patrol unit that has its emergency lights on

Household

A unit composed of persons living together in the same dwelling, without regard to whether they are related to each other

Crisis intervention team unit

A unit of specially trained CIT officers within APD who act as liaisons between the CIT officers assigned to patrol in the facilities, providers, and consumers was in the middle health community. CIT unit officers also respond to calls for service as outlined in this policy.

Drug test

A urine, breath, hair, fingernail, toenail, or blood test for the presence of prohibited drugs or alcohol, conducted at a facility designed by APD management

Breath alcohol testing bus, BAT bus

A vehicle deployed by the DWI unit at various locations around the city of Austin to process and obtain breath and/or blood samples from drivers arrested for DWI

Taser verbal warnings Chapter 2 page 67, 68

A verbal announcement of the intended use of the Taser device should proceed its application unless it would otherwise endanger the safety of officers or when it is not practicable due to the circumstances 1. The purpose of the warning is for the following: - Provide individual with a reasonable opportunity to voluntarily comply - Provide other officers and individuals with warning that a taser device may be deployed 2. The aiming laser should never be intentionally directed into the eyes of another 3. The fact that a verbal and/or other warning was given, or the reasons it was not given, shall be documented in any related reports, as well as any responses by the subject.

Water rescue guidelines Chapter 4 page 306, 307

A water rescue should not be undertaken unless a victims life is in immediate peril or conditions are rapidly deteriorating and it is unlikely that any immediate assistance will be available from a swift water rescue Special Operations Team. (a) Officers will only initiate a water rescue after a thorough risk/benefits analysis, including: 1. Life safety issues for both victim(s) and officers; and 2. Risks of initiating rescue operation versus delaying until arrival of trained Special Operations Team resources. (b) Notify communications if a rescue operation is attempted. (c) Do not attempt to swim to a victim. 1. If victim is seen struggling in water, attempt to assist with a Throw Bag from the shore. 2. Never tie a victim or yourself to the Throw Bag rope.

Notetaking Chapter 4 page 267

A well-written report can help make a case just as easily as a poorly written report can ruin a case. Employees have the responsibility to write clear, factual, and complete reports. Good reports can be achieved from accurate notes. Memory alone is not always a reliable method upon which to document detailed information. (a) Brief notations concerning specific events and circumstances recorded while fresh on the mind will be useful when preparing an incident report. (b) Notes used in court are subject to the scrutiny of the court; employees should ensure they are accurate and pertain to the case. (c) Notes should contain the following: 1. WHO - Persons involved. 2. WHAT - Type of incident(s), an accurate account of what was observed, what transpired, and the property/evidence involved. 3. WHEN - Date(s), time/s of the incident. 4. WHERE - Location(s) of the incident, persons involved during the incident, property and evidence involved. 5. WHY - What actions taken by persons involved led to the incident(s). 6. HOW - What manner, way, means, reason, purpose, effect, extent, amount, or degree.

Lineup or field identification instructions

A written document that is read out loud to the witness describing the procedures of the identification process. The witness than signs the form

Amber alert Chapter 4 page 352, 353

AMBER™ Alert is the recruitment of public assistance to locate an abducted child via a widespread media alert. Utilizing the assistance of local radio, television and press affiliates, the public will be notified of the circumstances of a child's abduction and how they can assist law enforcement in the child's recovery. The goal of the AMBER Alert program is the safe return of an abducted child by establishing an effective partnership between the community, the media and law enforcement (37 Tex. Admin. Code § 9.21). (a) Abducted Child 1. A child 17 years of age or younger whose whereabouts are unknown and whose disappearance poses a credible threat to the safety and health of the child, as determined by a local law enforcement agency (Tex. Gov't Code § 411.351(1)). 2. Abduction includes a child who is younger than 14 years of age who departed: - Willingly with someone who is more than three years older than the child; and - Without the parent or legal guardian's permission; and - With a person who is not an immediate relative of the child as defined by Subchapter B, Chapter 573, Tex. Gov't. Code.

Request for air support assistance Chapter 5 page 400

APD Air Operations shall be the primary responder for all aircraft assistance requests originating within the Department. (a) If a supervisor or officer in charge of an incident determines that the use of air support would be beneficial, a request for APD Air Operations shall be made by contacting Communications. (b) If APD Air Operations is unavailable or off-duty and an officer needs aircraft assistance to conduct law enforcement related activities, a request to another law enforcement agency or Starflight shall be made through an APD Air Operations supervisor or the Watch Lieutenant as follows: 1. When the situation involves imminent danger to officers or the public, the request for assistance must be approved by the Watch Lieutenant. The Watch Lieutenant will then immediately notify Air Operations supervisor. 2. For all other law enforcement related situations, a supervisor shall contact the on- duty or on- call Air Operations supervisor to determine the appropriate course of action. (c) Upon arrival at an incident where the officer determines medical assistance is needed, the officer shall notify Communications of the victim's age, sex and injuries and request EMS. The decision to call Starflight for medical purposes is the responsibility of EMS ground units. Officers shall be responsible for setting up and maintaining a landing zone as outlined in this policy.

Consequences of violations Chapter 9 page 562

APD has a zero tolerance standard for any violation of this policy. Employee shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including indefinite suspension or termination.

Forensic "hits " or matches Chapter 4 page 285

APD has multiple forensics capabilities that can aid in a criminal investigation, including but not limited to: (a) AFIS (Latent Prints). (b) CODIS (DNA). (c) NIBIN (Ballistics).

Release of public information Chapter 3 page 196

APD's Public Information Office (PIO) is responsible for collecting police information and then fairly, equitably and efficiently disseminating it to the public and media. PIO's primary function is to act as a liaison between the public, the news media and the Department and to coordinate all of the Department's release of public information. However, any employee may release non- protected information to the media. During regular weekday business hours, PIO personnel will respond to the scene as determined by PIO. After office hours the on-call PIO will coordinate with the ranking on-scene officer and make the determination if PIO needs to respond. If the on-call PIO does not respond to the scene, they will send pager notification to the media with information about the incident. The ranking on- scene officer will be responsible for media interviews at the scene.

When DMA V use is not required Chapter 3 page 128, 129

Activation of the DMAV system is not required unless otherwise specified by this policy. Examples of when DMAV use is not required may include: - During breaks and lunch. - When not in service and not on a call - When in-service but not on a call

When department issued BWDR system use is not required Chapter 3 page 124

Activation of the system is not required: - During break and lunch. - When not in service and not on a call - When in-service but not on a call

Specific class A and class B misdemeanor citation requirements Chapter 3 page 148

Additional reporting requirements for specific violations: - Theft and theft of service: include a description on the affidavit of the items/service stolen - Driving while license invalid: include the reason, date, and counties for current and prior suspensions, as well as the specific reason for the enhancement to a class B misdemeanor. Class C violations may be handled by issuance of a traffic citation

Unauthorized endorsements and advertisements Chapter 9 page 671, 672

Additionally, when it can reasonably be construed that an employee, acting in his individual capacity or through some unofficial group or organization (e.g. bargaining group), is affiliated with this department the employee shall give a specific disclaiming statement that any such speech or expression is not representative of the Austin Police Department. Employees retain their right to vote as they choose, to support candidates of their choice and to express their opinions on political subjects and candidates at all times while off-duty. However, employees may not use their official authority or influence to interfere with or affect the result of an election or a nomination for office. Employees are also prohibited from directly or indirectly using their official authority to coerce, command or advise another employee to pay, lend or contribute anything of value to a party, committee, organization, agency or person for political purposes (5 U.S.C. § 1502)).

Functionality check of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 71, 72.

After a response to resistance incident, supervisor shall download the firing data from an employee's taser device and comply with the reporting procedures outlined in policy 211. Officer shall download data from their assigned taser device when it is reassigned to another officer or retired from active police inventory - One copy of the data report shall be filed with the officers property inventory retained by police equipment - One copy of the data report shall be retained by the officer

When a residence or business cannot be secure after forced entry Chapter 4 page 265

After making a forced entry into a residence or business and there is no further action to be taken, employees will ensure the security of the residence or the business by notifying the owner, resident, or an agent of the property. (a) When the owner, resident or a responsible agent for the property can be located and can arrive on site within a reasonable amount of time, the employee will remain at the site until the owner, resident, or the agent has arrived. (b) When the owner, resident or a responsible agent for the property cannot be located or cannot arrive at the site within a reasonable amount of time, 1. The employee will have APD Communications contact the city's on-call service company to meet with the employee at the scene so the site can be secured. 2. The employee will remain at the site until the on-call service company representative has completed all necessary steps to secure the property.

Requesting a specimen Chapter 3 page 239

After placing a driver under arrest, officers may read the DIC-24 (DIC-55) and request a specimen of the drivers' breath and/or blood. (a) The reading of the DIC-24 (DIC-55) should be recorded using a unit equipped with an MAV recording system or a booking facility video room. (b) If the driver agrees to provide a specimen of his breath and/or blood, follow the appropriate specimen guidelines outlined below. (c) If a driver refuses to provide a specimen of his breath and/or blood, follow the booking guidelines outlined below.

Lieutenant review responsibilities Chapter 2 page 114

After receiving copies of reports, logs, and other pertinent information the lieutenant or designee shall: 1. Review the information contained in the packet and on the MAV media 2. Prepare a critique memorandum which provides the following information: - Date/time of foot pursuit - Length of the pursuit - Involve units and officers - Identity of the control supervisor - Initial reason for foot pursuit - Starting and termination points - Disposition of the subject, arrest, citation, other release. Arrestee information should be provided if applicable - Injuries and/or property damage - Medical treatment - A preliminary determination whether the foot pursuit appears to be in compliance with this policy or if additional review and/or follow up is warranted. 3. Forward the officer link to the digital foot pursuit packet to the commanders of all involved officers 4. Review the foot pursuit log on share point for completeness and accuracy and check the approved box 5. Ensure that any items of evidentiary value are submitted in accordance with policy

Lieutenant reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 107, 108

After receiving copies of reports, logs, and other pertinent information the lieutenant or designee shall: 1. Review the pursuit lock on share point for completeness 2. Review the information contained in the electronic folder, share point, and on the DMA via media 3. Prepare a critique memorandum which provides the following information: - An overview the pursuit - Notation of any procedural issues found - Notation of any policy violations - Notation of any training issues - Notation of any technical issues - A determination whether the pursuit is in compliance with this policy or if additional review and/or follow up is warranted. 4. Attach the critique memorandum to the file on the share point site 5. Notify the initiating officers commander, via email with a link and/or case management queue, that the pursuit log is ready for their review. 6. Notify the commanders of any other officers involved in the pursuit, via email with a link, that the pursuit is ready for their review.

Containment Chapter 4 page 305

After the initial response, the next most important control objective is to contain the spread of disorder. Through the use of perimeter control, officers will limit access to the affected area. The three basic concepts of perimeter control are linear strategy, cordoning, and sectoring. (a) Linear Strategy - Deploys police as a blocking force along a roadway or geographic barrier perpendicular to access routes into the impacted area. (b) Cordoning - Surrounds a particular problem area by using the linear strategy to seal off access on all sides. These two maneuvers allow the police to prevent outsiders from being drawn into the unrest as victims or participants and, at the same time, limit the spread of violence from inside the affected area. (c) Sectoring - Divides the cordoned area into smaller sized units. Order can be restored one sector at a time as sufficient police resources are assembled to begin the process of regaining control.

Alcoholic beverage

Alcohol, or any beverage containing more than one half of 1% of alcohol by volume which is capable of use for beverage purposes, either alone or with diluted.

DMAV recording retention schedule Chapter 3 page 130

All DMAV recordings shall be retained for a period of time that is consistent with the city of Austin's record management ordinance

Report of use of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 70

All Taser device discharges shall be documented in the related incident report/supplements and notification made to a supervisor in compliance with policy 211. 1. Specific information on the use of a taser device should include, but is not limited to, the following - Articulable reasons for the use of the Taser device - Information on the type of individual who was subject to the Taser device, age, sex, health conditions. - any special circumstances surrounding the use of the Taser device, handcuffed prisoner. - Whether one or both of the Taser device darts penetrated a subjects clothing and/or skin - How many applications/cycles of the Taser device were used - Whether the Taser device application was successful - How many cartridges were used - Serial number of any use cartridges - Whether multiple officers use the Taser device - Any pain compliance use of the Taser device, Drive stun. 2. The onboard taser device memory will be downloaded through the data port by a supervisor and saved with related incident reports.

Documenting statements and confessions Chapter 4 page 277

All attempts to obtain an incriminating statement/confession, whether successful or not, shall be documented fully by supplement(s) to the incident report. This shall include: (a) Date, time and location of the attempt; and (b) Identity of the person being interrogated/interviewed; and (c) The identity and role of all persons involved in the attempt to obtain the statement/ confession; and (d) Any unusual circumstances or occurrences surrounding the attempt or taking of a statement/ confession; and (e) A brief synopsis of any statement/confession obtained from the person.

Identification Chapter 3 page 204

All diplomatic and consular personnel who are entitled to immunity are registered with the Department of State and are issued distinctive identification cards by the Department of State Protocol Office. These cards are the best means of identifying foreign service personnel. They include a photograph, identifying information, and, on the reverse side, a brief description of the bearer's immunity status. Unfortunately, these identification cards are not always promptly issued by the Department of State. In addition to the Department of State identification card, Foreign Service personnel should also have a driver license issued by the Department of State Diplomatic Motor Vehicle Office (DMVO), which in most circumstances replaces the operator's license issued by the state.

Email right of privacy Chapter 10 Page 683

All email messages, including any attachments, that are transmitted over Department networks are considered Department records and therefore are the property of the Department. (a) Employees using the Department email system shall have no expectation of privacy concerning communications transmitted over the system. (b) The Department reserves the right to access, audit, or disclose, for any lawful reason, any message, including any attachment, that is transmitted over its email system or that is stored on any Department system without notification to the employee. However, it is a violation of this policy for any user, including the system administrator or supervisor, to access the email system or message of another employee merely to satisfy curiosity about the affairs of others. (c) The email system is not a confidential system and therefore is not appropriate for confidential communications. If a communication must be confidential, an alternative method to communicate the message should be used instead of email.

Employee responsibilities while on injury leave Chapter 9 page 647

All employees placed on injury leave for a compensable injury or illness shall adhere to the following guidelines: (a) Employees shall be placed on FMLA, if eligible. Employees shall be notified of their FMLA status by APD-HR. (b) Employees shall attend all doctor appointments as scheduled by their physician. Employees shall be required to schedule a monthly medical appointment if no follow-up appointment is scheduled by the physician. (c) Employees shall obtain a copy of the completed Texas Workers' Compensation Work Status Report (DWC-73) for each doctor appointment and submit it to the APD Workers' Compensation Office within 24 hours of an appointment. 1. It is the employee's responsibility to ensure each DWC-73 is received by the APD Workers' Compensation Office. 2. Completed forms can be scanned and emailed to "APD Workers' Compensation" or faxed directly to the Workers' Compensation Office (974-6647). 3. No employee shall return to work or change their duty status until the DWC-73 form has been received by the APD Workers' Compensation Office indicating the employee can return to work.

Radiological testing Chapter 4 page 309

All explosions should be assumed to have disbursed radiological material. Testing for signs of radiation should be conducted by trained APD officers or AFD hazmat personnel as soon as possible after an incident

Felony case management Chapter 4 page 274

All felonies direct filed by an arresting officer require follow-up investigation by the appropriate Investigative Unit. The assigned investigator shall be responsible for completing any further investigative steps necessary. (a) Assigned investigators shall prepare a case jacket for the prosecutor's office with copies of all paper documents. 1. Photographic evidence will be made available through the Department's Digital Crime Scene Management System Web Client. 2. The presence of audio/video media evidence will be documented in the report but does not need to be copied unless requested by a prosecutorial agency. (b) The case jacket will be forwarded to the prosecutor's office within two (2) weeks of the date the individual is booked into jail and an investigator assigned the case. 1. The case jacket will contain DA Control Sheet [PD0050 - PD0055] specific to the type of crime being investigated to document the evidence contained in the jacket and to make notation about any evidence that is pending (e.g., DNA and Print comparison results). 2. Assigned investigators shall notify their supervisor if the case is not completed within the two- week guideline. Supervisors will monitor the progress of the case to ensure it is forwarded to the prosecuting agency in a timely manner.

Prohibited record keeping Chapter 3 page 166

All field photographs must be downloaded to the electronic database or turned in as evidence Officers shall not: 1. Keep a personal or shift level copy of any photograph taken during a field stop for nonlaw enforcement purposes 2. Post a field photograph of any person not currently wanted by a law-enforcement agency

Officers initial response Chapter 4 page 344

All incidents involving actual or suspected elder and dependent abuse shall be fully investigated and appropriately documented. Officers may be called upon to make a forced entry as the first responders to the scene of a suspected elder abuse case. Entry should be immediate when it appears reasonably necessary to protect life or property. When the need for an emergency entry is not evident, officers should seek supervisory approval. Officers must be prepared to provide emergency care pending the arrival of medical personnel, if medical personnel not already present.

Public request for service in another jurisdiction Chapter 3 page 246

All incoming calls from the general public requesting police assistance at a location not within the geographical jurisdiction of the Austin Police Department shall be immediately routed or referred to the proper agency

Confidentiality Chapter 9 page 480

All information relating to an employee's suspected criminal act or policy violation is confidential. Except as required in reporting the incident: 1. Employees will not disclose or discuss such information with anyone except investigators assigned to the case, the employee's attorney, employee's chain-of- command or other persons specifically designated by the Chief. 2. Investigators of such cases will not disclose or discuss information about any such investigation with anyone except other investigators assigned to assist with the investigation, the investigator's chain-of-command, officers of the court, or other persons specifically designated by the Chief.

Random testing of sworn employees Chapter 9 page 562, 563

All officers are subject to unannounced and random drug testing at any time. Random tests will occur at unpredictable times and create the possibility any name(s) may be selected one or more times in a year, or not at all. The City will contract with a qualified and independent firm to operate and certify a non- discriminatory, computerized program, to generate an automated random list of officers to be tested, upon request by the Drug Testing Coordinator (DTC). (a) The random list will be delivered to the DTC or designee by FAX, email, or hand delivered letter. (b) Acting under the authority of the Chief, the DTC will issue a written directive to each officer on the list ordering them to submit to drug testing at the specified date, time, and location. (c) Except when in actual use, the list of names will be limited to the DTC and employees approved by the Chief.

Involved officer reporting responsibility Chapter 2 page 105

All officers involved in the pursuit will write a detailed incident report or supplement and submit their MAV media as evidence. This includes the primary officer initiating the pursuit, any secondary officers, and any additional officers who assisted with the pursuit, officers using a tire deflation device, air support.

Annual inspection and inventory Chapter 5 page 397

All personnel shall assist and cooperate with the Inspections Unit when conducting staff inspections as well as the Police Equipment Unit when conducting an annual inventory. Discrepancies and or deficiencies noted during these inspections will be corrected in a timely manner by the appropriate responsible party.

Responsibility to the community purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 118

All persons deserve protection by fair and impartial law-enforcement and should be able to expect similar police response to their behavior wherever it occurs. Employees will serve the public through direction, counseling, assistance, and protection of life and property. Employees will be held accountable for the manner in which they exercise the authority of their office or position. Employees will respect the rights of individuals and perform their services with honesty, sincerity, courage, and sound judgment.

Records retention Chapter 1 page 38

All records will be maintained in accordance with the retention schedule for records are public safety agencies prescribed by the Texas State Library and archives commission. A copy of the retention schedule may be obtained by contacting the Texas State Library and archives commission. No employee shall dispose of any record maintained by this department without proper authorizations and not before the expiration of his retention period.

Training Chapter 3 page 201

All sworn members of this department will complete all Texas commission on law-enforcement mandated training on the subject of bias based profiling

Active duty call up Chapter 9 page 643, 644

Although reservists called to active duty are not required to request leave or even notify the employer prior to responding to a call-up, notification should be given to the Department as soon as practical. (a) Notification of active call-up of less than 30 days may be done verbally to the employee's immediate supervisor and to APD HR. Employees who are scheduled to be activated for more than thirty (30) days will be required to meet with APD HR. (b) The immediate supervisor shall complete any needed paperwork and make the proper notations on weekly timesheets. (c) When a copy of the orders becomes available, a set should be sent to the immediate supervisor and APD HR to retain with other paperwork relating to the absence. (d) Employees called to active duty may qualify for a military pay supplement in accordance with City Personnel Policy. (e) Upon release from military orders and pending return to the Department, the employee must contact APD HR.

Traffic crash report Chapter 1 page 36

Among those who may legally obtain a traffic crash report are the following persons and entities: 1. The court in which a case involving a party involved in the crash is pending, if the report is subpoenaed. 2. The department of transportation 3. A person who provides two or more of the following... - The date of the crash - The specific address or the highway or street where the crash occurred - The name of any person involved in the crash.

Requesting assistance from other agencies Chapter 3 page 249

An APD supervisor shall coordinate any assistance needed from outside agencies

Termination of alert Chapter 4 page 354

An Alert system activation should be terminated with respect to a particular missing person if: (a) The missing person is located or the situation is otherwise resolved; or (b) It is determined that the AMBER Alert system is no longer an effective tool for locating and recovering the missing child; or (c) The Silver Alert notification period ends.

Unauthorized use of a motor vehicle Chapter 4 page 365, 366

An Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle (UUMV) occurs when a complainant has allowed another person to use their vehicle and the person has not returned it. Officers responding to a possible stolen vehicle incident need to determine if the complainant is aware of who is in possession of the vehicle and if the person had been given permission to use the vehicle at one point. This is a matter of current or prior permission to use the vehicle, not a matter of familiarity with the suspect. Officers responding to a UUMV incident shall take the following steps: 1. Determine if the vehicle has been impounded or repossessed by running the license plate and/or VIN. 2. Require the complainant to complete, initial, and sign the UUMV Affidavit - Verify the complainant's identity and the information in the UUMV Affidavit is complete and accurate. - If the complainant refuses to sign the affidavit, the officer will inform the complainant that the vehicle will not be entered into the BOLO file. Thus, not impounded by officers if located. - UUMV Affidavits shall be scanned into the Xerox Workflow Scanning "Auto Theft / UUMV Affidavit" folder by the end of an officers tour of duty. - The original UUMV Affidavit shall be tagged and turned in as evidence.

Family violence

An act by a member of a family or household against another member of the family or household that is intended to result in physical harm, bodily injury, assault or sexual assault or that is a threat that reasonably places the member in fear of imminent physical harm, bodily injury, assault or sexual assault. However, family violence does not include actions taken in self defense (Tex. Fam. Code § 71.004). • Family violence also includes the term dating violence (Tex. Fam. Code § 71.004).

Vehicle pursuit

An active attempt by a law enforcement officer in a motor vehicle to apprehend the occupant of another moving motor vehicle when the driver is not merely failing to stop at the direction of an officer using emergency lights and siren, but is actively attempting to evade apprehension or is continuing to commit further violations of the law.

Criminal justice purpose Chapter 1 page 39

An activity that is included in the administration of criminal justice, or screening of applicants for employment with a criminal justice agency.

Personal holiday Chapter 9 page 638

An employee in a regularly budgeted position who has completed six months of service is eligible for sixteen (16) hours of personal holiday per calendar year. A part-time employee in a regularly budgeted position is allowed personal holiday hours on a prorated basis. Failure to utilize any part of these hours by December 31st of the year accrued will result in forfeiture of the accrued personal holiday hours.

When medical release to return to work is required Chapter 9 page 639, 640

An employee may be required to provide a completed Medical Release to Return to Work Off the Job Illness or Injury Form (PD0119) in either of the following situations: (a) Whenever an employee is out for five or more consecutive work days for their own health condition. (b) Anytime (regardless of length of absence) an employee has an injury/illness that requires medical treatment that would lead the employer (supervisor/manager) to believe the employee may have a serious medical situation such as when the employer becomes aware that: - the employee was transported to the hospital, - admitted into the hospital, or - had surgery, whether in or out patient. (c) The employee may be required to submit the completed Medical Release to Return to Work Off the Job Illness or Injury Form (PD0119) prior to or upon return to work to one of the following - his/her immediate supervisor or - APD HR (Civilians) or - APD Risk Management (Sworn) (d) If the Medical Release to Return to Work Form indicates the employee may return to work in a Limited Duty capacity, the employee may be placed on Limited Duty as outlined in Policy 958 (Limited Duty, Extended Limited Duty, and Pregnancy).

Reporting requirements for all exposures Chapter 9 page 651, 652

An employee who believes that he/she has been exposed to any communicable disease shall notify his/her immediate supervisor (at least within 24 hours) or at the start of the next shift in order to be eligible for wage continuation benefits. To safeguard the employee's rights to workers' compensation, any required blood test should be done within 10 days to test for HIV and Hepatitis. (a) The employee's supervisor shall ensure the following forms are completely filled out. These forms are located in the Workers' Compensation Packet or can be printed from the "Workers' Comp Folder" in the public drive. 1. Employers First Report of Injury or Illness (DWC-1) 2. Supervisor's investigation report 3. Letter of Rights for Employees 4. Employees Request for Wage Continuation (WC-800) 5. Texas Workers Compensation Work Status Report (DWC-73). This is filled out completely by the treating physician; however emergency room physicians are not required by law to complete the DWC-73. In these cases the discharge paperwork will suffice.

Military leave Chapter 9 page 643

An employee who is responding to orders of the US Armed Forces will be granted up to fifteen (15) working days of paid military leave per federal fiscal year (October 1 through September 30). (a) Military leave is used for time in which the employee is required to attend military functions during regularly scheduled work hours. Authorized military functions include regularly scheduled "weekend drills" and meetings, physical examinations for selection or admission into the military, physical examinations to maintain a selective service rating or reserve status, travel time, etc. 1. Employees shall provide notice to the Department prior to the dates when military leave, with or without pay, or any other approved leave method is used to attend required military drills or training. 2. The appropriate leave request form will be completed, designating the type of leave to be used. It is not required that copies of written training orders be attached before approval may be given. Copies should be attached or forwarded to the immediate supervisor as soon as possible.

Return to work Chapter 9 page 571

An employee who seeks to return to active employment while undergoing treatment or after completing treatment must sign and fully comply with a written "Return to Work Agreement" containing at least the following provisions: (a) The employee must submit to a drug test and obtain a negative test result before returning to work; and (b) APD's physician must determine that the employee is capable of returning to full duty status; and (c) The employee must comply with all APD policies and procedures; and (d) The employee must agree to unscheduled, periodic drug tests for a period of not less than one (1) year. The failure of a subsequent drug test shall result in immediate termination or indefinite suspension of the employee.

Local emergency orders Chapter 4 page 305

An essential component of the Department's strategy for responding to a civil disorder is the issuance of emergency orders. The Mayor has the authority to issue and enforce rules, regulations, orders, and directions necessary to maintain Life Safety, Incident Stabilization, Property Conservation, and Societal Restoration (e.g., establish a curfew).

Simultaneous lineup

An identification procedure in which a group of photographs are displayed simultaneously and presented to one witness. This procedure will only be utilized in child abuse investigations and require the approval of a child abuse unit supervisor

Field identifications

An identification procedure in which a single subject is shown to an eyewitness and asked to identify or reject the subject as an actual perpetrator

Sequential lineup

An identification procedure in which lineup photos are displayed one by one sequentially. Only sequential lineups are authorized for investigative use. With an exception for certain child abuse investigations that may sometimes require a simultaneous lineup

General guidelines Chapter 4 page 266

An incident number will be assigned and all required fields completed during documentation anytime an employee observes or receives any information concerning the following, but not limited to: (a) Criminal or suspected criminal offenses, regardless of the victim's level of cooperation. (b) Citizen complaints of non-criminal incidents requiring action by the police. (c) Self-initiated stops (d) When Crime Scene personnel are assigned to an incident that was first initiated or responded to by sworn personnel and no tele-serve report has been made. (e) Any other situation where documentation is required by law or another section of departmental policy. If in doubt as to whether an incident should be documented, employees shall confer with a supervisor. For the purpose of this policy, Corporals may function as the designated supervisor.

Live lineups Chapter 4 page 281, 282, 283

An independent administrator will be the administrator for live line-ups. Only sequential live line- ups are authorized for investigative use. (a) The investigating officer will arrange for an Assistant District Attorney to be present to assist in coordinating the live line-up. (b) The suspect's attorney will be notified of the date and time for the line-up. (c) If the suspect is unable to retain an attorney, the court must appoint an attorney. (d) The suspect's attorney and assistant district attorney will view the persons in the line-up prior to the start of the line-up. (e) Victim(s) and witness(es) will be notified of the date and time of the line-up and where they are to wait prior to the viewing. They should remain separated prior to the viewing.

Sequential lineups Chapter 4 page 279, 280

An independent administrator will be used for all sequential line-ups unless an extraordinary circumstance(s) necessitates using the same officer to both compile and administer the line-up. If this occurs, the extraordinary circumstance(s) shall be documented in the incident report. No other person should be present during the lineup presentation who knows the suspect's identity. (a) Independent administrators should avoid actions or statement that could contaminate witness perception or judgment. Be aware that witnesses may perceive such things as unintentional voice inflection or prolonged eye contact, in addition to off-hand words or phrases, as messages regarding their selection. Avoid casual conversation comments such as "very good." (b) Photographic or live line-ups will only be conducted when a specific suspect is developed during an investigation, or when a suspect has been narrowed down to a specific group of individuals. Random suspect line-ups are not permitted. (c) The Photographic or Live line-up Instructions Form (PD0163) will be used during the administration of all such line-ups. These forms include a confidence statement which will be completed on each administered line-up.

Illiterate person

An individual who speaks and understands English but cannot read or write in English

Person with limited English proficiency

An individual who was unable to communicate effectively in English with a level of fluency that is typical of native English speakers. Such a person may have difficulty speaking, reading, or writing in English and includes persons who can comprehend English, but are physically unable to talk or write

Compensable injury/illness

An injury or illness suffered by an employee in the course and scope of his employment as determined by the City of Austin's Third Party Administrator. This may include an injury or illness suffered: (a) During an employee's regular duty hours. (b) During authorized Department overtime. (c) Taking law enforcement action as a peace officer while off-duty.

Hate crimes

An intentional criminal act committed in whole or in part because of a bias or prejudice against a person or group's (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 42.014): (a) Disability (b) Gender (c) National origin or ancestry (d) Race, ethnicity or color (e) Religion (f) Sexual orientation (g) Age

Vehicle inventory Chapter 3 page 140

An inventory is a legitimate law enforcement activity that is not a search and that sometimes, incidentally, results in the discovery of evidence. Vehicle inventories will be conducted in accordance with policy 350

Joint investigative task force Chapter 3 page 248

An investigative task force may be established when normal resources are unable to cope with a problem or would aid in the investigation of certain types of offenses. (a) To request establishment of a joint task force a written memorandum of understanding or task force agreement must be completed and agreed to by the involved agency or agencies. (b) The decision to establish any joint task force must be approved by the Chief or designee. (c) Planning and Analysis will track the number and type of ongoing joint task forces. This will be accomplished in accordance with any prescribed security or confidentiality clauses established in each task force agreement.

Objectively reasonable

An objective standard viewed from the perspective of a reasonable officer on the scene, without the benefit of 2020 hindsight, and within the limitations of the totality of the circumstances presented at the time of the incident.

Independent administrator/double-blind testing procedure

An officer administrating a lineup who did not compose the lineup and has no knowledge of the actual suspect or the location of the suspect within the lineup

Deadly force applications Chapter 2 page 50

An officer has no duty to retreat and is only justified in using deadly force against another win and to the extent the officer reasonably believes the deadly force is immediately necessary to: 1. Protect himself or others from what he reasonably believes would be an imminent threat of death or serious bodily injury. 2. Make an arrest or to prevent escape after arrest when the officer has probable cause to believe that - The subject has committed or intends to commit an offense involving the infliction or threatened infliction of serious bodily injury or death or - The officer reasonably believes that there is an imminent or potential risk of serious bodily injury or death to any other person if the subject is not immediately apprehended.

Assisting medical professionals Chapter 2 page 52

An officer he restrains a patient to assist medical personnel, with an amount of force which does not rise above the level of holding the patient down, arms legs foot torso, is not required to report a response to resistance or notify their supervisor as outlined above. Medical personnel are - Medical staff at a medical facility - Licensed EMS in performance of their official medical duties If an officer uses a level of force greater than merely holding a limb or applying bodily weight on the patient the officer will adhere to APD response to resistance policies by - Notifying their supervisor and - Completing an incident report including the title code 8400

Use of force to affect a detention, and Arrest, or to conduct a search Chapter 2 page 50, 51

An officer is justified in using reasonable force when the officer reasonably believes that the use of such force is immediately necessary: 1. To make or assist in a detention or arrest, or to conduct a search that the officer reasonably believes is lawful 2. To prevent or assist in preventing escape after an arrest, provided the officer reasonably believes the arrest or search is lawful 3. To make an arrest or conduct a search under a warranty that the officer reasonably believes is valid. If it is not already reasonably known by the subject to be search or arrested, or it is not reasonably impractical to do so, Officers should make clear their intent to arrest or search and identify themselves as a peace officer before using force.

Taking possession of a child in emergency or other situations Chapter 4 page 347, 348

An officer may take possession of a child without a court order on the voluntary delivery of the child by the parent, managing conservator, possessory conservator, guardian, caretaker or custodian who is presently entitled to possession of the child (Tex. Fam. Code § 262.004). The officer should contact a supervisor as soon as practicable upon taking possession of a child under this authority. An officer may take possession of a child when, during a criminal investigation relating to the child's custody, the officer believes that someone may flee or conceal that child (Tex. Fam. Code, § 262.007). The officer should contact a supervisor as soon as practicable upon taking possession of a child under this authority. Supervisors who have been made aware that a child has been taken into an officer's possession should make reasonable inquiries to ensure the possession is lawful and that the Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) will be contacted when appropriate.

Drug recognition expert DRE

An officer trained and certified by the international Association of Chiefs of police to recognize impairment and drivers under the influence of drugs other than, or in addition to, alcohol using the 12 step drug evaluation and classification process

Hostage negotiator

An officer who has been selected, trained and certified by the CINT coordinator

Juvenile dispositions and required documentation Chapter 3 page 154

An officer who has detained or arrested a child for conduct indicating a need for supervision, delinquent conduct, or a traffic offense will use the following guidelines for disposition of the child. The paperwork and procedures for taking custody of a juvenile varies depending on the type of conduct.

Foot pursuit considerations Chapter 2 page 110

An order by a supervisor to terminate a foot pursuit shall be promptly obeyed. Officers should consider alternatives to engaging in or continuing a foot pursuit under the following conditions: - When the officer is acting alone - When two or more officers become separated, lose visual contact with one another or obstacles separate them to the degree that they cannot immediately assist each other should a confrontation take place. In such circumstances, it is generally recommended that a single officer keep the subject insight from a safe distance and coordinate the containment effort - The officer is unsure of his location and direction of travel - When pursuing multiple suspects in the pursuing officers do not reasonably believe that they would be able to control the subject should a confrontation occur - When the physical condition of the officers renders them incapable of controlling the subject of apprehended - When the officer loses radio contact with communications or with backup officers

Jumper situations

An unarmed suicidal subject who is threatening to jump from an elevated position which is capable of causing death

Unarmed suicidal subject

An unarmed suicidal subject who presents no immediately apparent danger to officers or the public

Live lineup

And identification procedure in which a group of persons our display to a witness in a controlled environment in an effort to identify or reject the individual as the actual perpetrator

Mental illness

And illness, disease or condition other than epilepsy, senility, alcoholism or mental deficiency that substantially impairs a person's thoughts, perception of reality, emotional process or judgment, or grossly impairs behavior as demonstrated by recent disturbed behavior.

Interpreter

And interpreter is a person who is fluent in English and the language of the witness and who facilitates communication between two parties into different languages. The term includes persons who facilitate communications with persons who are deaf, hearing-impaired, or speaking impaired

General guidelines for interrogating juveniles Chapter 3 page 158, 159, 160

And interrogation is the questioning of a juvenile who is suspected of a status or criminal offense 1. On scene interrogation: Street interrogations should be avoided until after the juvenile can be processed unless it is absolutely necessary for the preliminary investigation. However, street interviews often present exigent circumstances that demand immediate action from the responding officer. Suspects, weapons and evidence may be lost if information is not immediately obtained. Officer safety, safety of the public, and the need to obtain basic information or considerations that patrol officers must deal with in making decisions regarding the street interrogation of a juvenile. The general rules of interrogation and admissibility of evidence apply to juveniles, with additional requirements existing for custodial interrogations.

Non-deadly force

Any application of force other than deadly force

Approved pursuit intervention and terminations tactics Chapter 2 page 103, 104

Any approved tactic, depending on the conditions and circumstances under which it is used, may present dangers to the officers, the public, or anyone in the vehicle being pursued. It is imperative that officers act within the bounds of legality, good judgment, accepted practices, and policy 1. Certain applications of intervention and termination tactics may be construed to be a use of force, including deadly force, and are subject to department policies guiding such use and reporting 2. In deciding whether to use an approved tactic, officers and supervisors should balance the risks of allowing the pursuit to continue with the potential hazards arising from the use of each tactic to the public, the officers, and subjects in or on the pursuit vehicle. With these risks in mind, the decision to use any tactic should be reasonable in light of the circumstances apparent to the officer at the time of the decision. 3. Unless exigency exists, the use of intervention tactic should be employed only after approval of a supervisor

Special circumstances Chapter 2 page 87

Any deviation from the above reporting requirements must be approved by an assistant chief and only for special circumstances, mass arrests situations, emergency crowd control. Commanders may approve a level three incident to be documented in an after action report for tactical situations arising from a search warrant, SWAT call out, or other incident requiring an approved operations plan. The after action report must comply with the reporting and review requirements for a level three incident. An electronic copy of the after action report shall be forwarded to the inspections unit.

Privacy policy Chapter 10 page 674

Any employee utilizing any computer, electronic storage device or media, Internet service, phone service, information conduit, system or other wireless service provided by or funded by the Department expressly acknowledges and agrees that the use of such service, whether for business or personal use, shall remove any expectation of privacy the employee, sender, and recipient of any communication utilizing such service might otherwise have, including as to the content of any such communication. (a) The Department expressly reserves the right to access and audit any and all data, communications, and Internet usage, including content that is sent, received, and stored through the use of Department systems. Periodic audits may be conducted by the: 1. Police Technology Unit (PTU). 2. CTM. 3. Internal Affairs/Risk Management Division. (b) All data, communications, and Internet usage by employees may be saved for an indefinite period and may be retrieved and reviewed without notice as needed.

Arrest warrant pick up supplement Chapter 4 page 288, 289

Any employee wishing to obtain an arrest warrant for a person will first complete a "PICKUP" supplement in Versadex using the " PICKUP" supplement template. (a) Completely fill out the "PICKUP" supplement to include the following information: 1. Name, date of birth, race, and sex of the wanted person. 2. Any known aliases. 3. Identification numbers (e.g., Texas DL/ID, SSN, DPS SID, FBI, APD). 4. Any other state identifiers (e.g., handgun/firearm permit). 5. Residence address(es). Clearly notate in this field if a subject is currently in custody at any detention facility and advise the Central Records/Warrant Unit staff when dropping the warrant off. 6. Employer(s). 7. Vehicle(s) information (e.g., license plate number, make, color, style, year model) 8. Any other vehicle identifiers (e.g., collision information, bumper stickers). 9. Charge being filed. 10. Clearly state if the person is violent, has a history of resisting arrest, any history of previous weapons charges or is licensed to carry a firearm. 11. Name and phone number of the District Attorney contacted for NCIC extradition purposes. (b) After the warrant has been signed by a Magistrate, the employee will update the "PICKUP" supplement with the warrant number, bond amount, and issuing Magistrate.

Documenting DMAV system use Chapter 3 page 130

Any incident that was recorded with either the video or audio system shall be documented in the employees report. If a citation was issued, a notation shall be placed on the back of the records copy of the citation that the incident was reported

Determining the objective reasonableness of force Chapter 2 page 49, 50

Any interpretation of objective reasonableness about the amount of force that reasonably appears to be necessary in a particular situation must allow for the fact that police officers are often forced to make split-second decisions in circumstances that are tense, uncertain and rapidly evolving, and the amount of time available to evaluate and respond to changing circumstances may influence their decisions. The question is whether the officers actions are objectively reasonable in light of the facts and circumstances confronting him.

Media request guidelines Chapter 3 page 196, 197

Any media request for information or access to a law enforcement situation shall be referred to the designated PIO representative, or if unavailable, to the ranking on-scene officer. Prior to releasing any information to the media, employees shall consider the following: (a) Employees releasing information will ensure that the information is releasable and sheds a positive light on the City, APD and the law enforcement community. Information of a controversial nature will be directed to the PIO. (b) In situations involving multiple law enforcement agencies, every reasonable effort should be made to coordinate media releases with the authorized representative of each involved agency prior to the release of any information by this department. (c) Under no circumstance should any member of this department make any comment(s) to the media regarding any law enforcement incident not involving this department without prior approval of the Chief of Police. Media personnel are not exempt from any federal or state law, or any local ordinance and will be treated in the same manner as any other person violating the law. Employees who encounter issues with the media should initiate a memorandum through their chain-of-command to the PIO Commander clearly outlining the situation and identifying, if possible, those involved.

Officer Responsibility to report Chapter 9 page 543

Any officer employed by the Department must report any arrest, charge or indictment for a criminal offense above the grade of a Class C misdemeanor, or for any Class C misdemeanor involving the duties and responsibilities of office or family violence to TCOLE within 30 days as mandated by 37 Tex. Admin. Code § 211.27. In addition, an officer must report any of the above mentioned arrest, charge, or indictment for a criminal offense to the Austin Police Department.

Duty to intercede Chapter 2 page 49

Any officer present and observing another officer using force that is clearly beyond that which is objectively reasonable under the circumstances shall, when in a position to do so, intercede to prevent the use of such excessive force. Such officer should also probably report these observations to a supervisor.

Bias based profiling

Any pattern or practice that includes, but is not limited to, stopping, detaining, frisking, or searching of subjects by police officers based on an individual's race, ethnicity, nationality, religion, gender, sexual orientation, economic status, age, cultural group, disability, or affiliation with any other similar identifiable group rather than on the individual's behavior or on information identifying the individual as having engaged in criminal activity.

Elder

Any person 65 years of age or older

Authorized recipient Chapter 1 page 39

Any person or agency authorized by court order, statute or case law to receive criminal history record information.

Force

Any physical contact with the subject by an officer using the body or an object, device, or weapon, not including unresisted escorting her handcuffing a subject.

Reporting the response to resistance Chapter 2 page 51, 52

Any response to resistance by a member of the department shall be documented properly, completely and accurately in an appropriate report as prescribed by policy 211. Supervisor notification shall be made as soon as practicable following any force incident or allegation of use of force Prior to booking or release, medical assistance shall be obtained for any subject who has sustained visible injury, expressed a complaint of injury or continued pain or who has been rendered unconscious. Based upon the officers initial assessment of the nature and extent of the subjects injuries, medical assistance may consist of examination by fire personnel, paramedics, hospital staff or medical staff at the jail. A subject who exhibits extreme agitation, violent irrational behavior accompanied by profuse sweating, extraordinary strength beyond their physical characteristics and impervious to pain, sometimes called excited delirium, or who requires a protracted physical encounter with multiple officers to be brought under control, may be at an increased risk of sudden death and should be examined by qualified medical personnel as soon as practicable. Any individual exhibiting signs of distress after such an encounter shall be medically cleared prior to booking. If an individual refuses medical attention, such a refusal shall be fully documented in related reports and, whatever practicable, should be witnessed by another officer and/or medical personnel. If an audio recording is made of the contacts or an interview with the individual, any refusal should be included, if possible.

Subpoena duces tecum Chapter 1 page 37

Any subpoena duces tecum or discovery request should be probably provided to a supervisor for reviewing and processing. While a subpoena duces tecum may ultimately be subject to compliance, it is not an order from the court that will automatically require the release of the requested information. All questions regarding compliance should be promptly referred to the departments legal counsel so that a timely response can be prepared

Criminal trespass enforcement action or follow up Chapter 4 page 372

Any time an incident leads to an arrest or requires follow-up by an Investigative Unit where the owner/agent wishes to file charges, officers shall complete an incident report. (a) Use the offense title "Criminal Trespass" (title code 2716). (b) The following information must be documented in the narrative section of the report: 1. Location of occurrence. 2. Date and time of occurrence. 3. Witnesses to the incident. 4. Name and identifying information on the owner/agent who issued notice and whether or not that person still has authority to issue the notice. 5. History of prior notices including any applicable incident report numbers. If history exists between the owner/agent and the suspect, the court prefers to have this information prior to acceptance of PC affidavit. Include it in both the narrative of the report and in the PC affidavit.

Foreign national

Anyone who is not a citizen of the United States. A person with dual US and foreign citizenship is not a foreign national

Kinetic energy projectile deployment Chapter 2 page 65

Approved munitions are justified and maybe used in an effort to compel individuals to seize their actions when such munitions present a reasonable option for resolving the situation at hand - Officers are not required or compelled to use approved munitions in lieu of other reasonable tactics if the involved officers determined that deployment of these munitions cannot be deployed safely - The safety of hostages, innocent subjects and officers takes priority over the safety of subjects engaged and perceive criminal or suicidal behavior.

Arrest reports Chapter 1 page 36

Arrestee information shall be subject to release in the same manner as information contained and other reports as set forth above In addition to the restrictions stated above all request from criminal defendants and their authorized representatives, including attorneys, shall be deferred to the district attorney, city attorney or the courts. Local criminal history information including, but not limited to, arrest history and disposition, fingerprints and booking photos shall only be subject to release to those agencies and individuals as prescribed by law.

Reporting of employee arrests and police involvement purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 540

Arrests and convictions of certain offenses may restrict or prohibit an employee's ability to properly perform official duties. All employees shall report any arrest, charge, or indictment of a: (a) Class B Misdemeanor offense or higher; or (b) Class C Misdemeanor involving the duties and responsibilities of office.

Scene of incident Chapter 4 page 320, 321

As in any other crime scene, step should be immediately take into preserve the scene. The scene could extend over a long distance. Evidence may be embedded in nearby structures or hanging in trees and bushes. The initial perimeter at an explosion scene should be set at 1.5 times the distance from the side of the explosion to the farthest found piece of debris if possible.

Compliance with CTM policies and remote access training Chapter 10 page 679

As part of the APD readiness program all employees will complete Securing the Humans Cyber-Security Awareness Training for Police. This will ensure that during an unplanned event, employees will be able to access a city computer from home or other remote location if directed by a supervisor. It will also ensure that that employees and supervisors are aware of the requirements for tele-working (i.e., reporting for time and attendance, overtime usage, computer security etc.) (a) Cadets will complete the training during the Police Academy and prior to any ride out. (b) Civilian personnel will complete the training within the first 90 days of being hired. (c) Employees will not access any computer remotely, including Mobile Office without having completed the CTM Telework Training.

Use of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 68

As with any law-enforcement equipment, the Taser device has limitations and restrictions requiring consideration before its use. The Taser device should only be used when it's operator can safely approach the subject within the operational range of the Taser device. Although the Taser device is generally effective in controlling most individuals, Officers should be alert to the potential for failure and be prepared with other options. Generally, and assisting officer should be present with lethal cover in the event the Taser device is ineffective or defective in the subject initiate say potentially life-threatening confrontation. Officers should never hold both a firearm and a taser device at the same time. Authorized personnel may use the Taser device when circumstances known to the officer at the time indicate that such application is objectively reasonable to control a subject in any of the following circumstances: - Apprehend a subject playing lawful arrest or detention - A violent or physically resistant subject - There is reasonable expectation that it will be on site for officers to approach within contact range of the subject - A subject who by words or actions has demonstrated an intention to be violent or to physically resist and who reasonably appears to present the potential to harm officers, himself, or others. Officers should give a verbal warning of the intended use of the Taser device followed by a reasonable opportunity for the subject to voluntarily comply, when practicable. Officers must be able to articulate their use of the Taser device in an incident report.

Privacy and security of records Chapter 1 page 38

Austin Police Department employees shall not access, view, distribute, or allow anyone else to access, view, or distribute any hard copy or electronic record, file, or report, except in accordance with the department policy it was a legitimate law-enforcement or business purpose, or is otherwise permissible by law. All reports including, but not limited to, initial, supplemental, follow-up, evidence and property reports, shall be maintained in a secure manner accessible only two authorized APD personnel.

Media access Chapter 3 page 198

Authorized members of the media shall be provided access to scenes of disasters, criminal investigations, emergencies and other law enforcement activities subject to the following conditions: (a) The media representative shall produce valid press credentials that shall be prominently displayed at all times while in areas otherwise closed to the public. (b) Media representatives will not be allowed to interfere with emergency operations and criminal investigations. Media personnel may not resist, obstruct or otherwise interfere with an officer in the lawful execution of his duty. However, the mere presence of a member of the media, the taking of pictures or the asking of questions does not, in itself, constitute unlawful interference.

Firearm discharge situations, to stop a dangerous and aggressive animal Chapter 2 page 53, 54

B. To stop a dangerous and aggressive animal: 1. In circumstances where officers encounter any animal which reasonably appears, under the circumstances, to pose and imminent threat of bodily injury to officers or others, officers are authorized to use objectively reasonable force up to and including deadly force, when lesser means would be impractical, to neutralize the threat. 2. In circumstances in which officers have sufficient advance notice that a potentially dangerous domestic animals may be encountered, such as in the serving of a search warrant, officers should develop reasonable contingency plans for dealing with the animal without the use of deadly force such as, fire extinguisher, Taser, OC spray, animal control. Nothing in this policy shall prohibit any officer from resorting to deadly force to control a dangerous animal if circumstances reasonably dictate that a contingency plan has failed or becomes impracticable. 3. In the event force is used against an animal by an officer and the animal is injured or there is a reasonable belief the animal was injured, regardless of whether visible injury exist, Officer shall make a reasonable attempt to ensure the animal receives care for its injuries. This may include but is not limited to: - contacting the owner to arrange private treatment in an appropriate time frame - Contacting animal control to have the animal collected and treated - Arranging transport of the animal to the vet nary facility - Transporting the animal to the vet nary facility

Chain of command review responsibilities and level to force incidents Chapter 2 page 85, 86

B. Upon completion of the review, the commander shall: 1. Forward all approved angry packet links via email to a pretty training 2. Document any identified individual, command or department wide training issues: - If an individual training issue is identified an employ success plan may be implemented. If a command training issue is identified, the commander shall ensure training is conducted and/or - Request department why training from the training division - Scan the final signed memorandum into the electronic folder

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents continued Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

B. What's the scene has been cleared, supervisor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Send email notifications with the incident report number prior to the end of the tour of duty to the - Involved employees chain of command up to the commander - Reviewing supervisors chain of command up to the commander, if not already included - Commander of the area where the incident took place, if not already included - Internal affairs if the inquiry indicates there is any credible evidence a violation of law or policy may have occurred concerning the officers use of force that may reasonably lead to formal discipline 2. Supervisor shall review the primary reporting employees response to resistance incident report and change the 8400 title go to 8402 four level to force incidents

Plainview Chapter 3 page 141

Because an individual does not have an expectation of privacy as to items that are in Plainview, no search has taken place in a constitutional since when an object is viewed from a location where the officer has a right to be. An item in Plainview may generally be seized when all of the following conditions exist: - The object must be in Plainview and - Officers conducting the seizure must lawfully arrive at the position from which the object is plainly scene and - Officers must have a lawful right of access to the object itself, apart from lawfully viewing the object and - The objects incriminating character must be so immediately and sufficiently apparent that officers have probable cause to believe the object is contraband or evidence of a crime.

Additional deployment considerations Chapter 2 page 65

Before discharging projectiles, the officer should consider the following factors: - The subjects capability to pose an imminent threat to the safety of officers or others - Whether the subject is actively resisting arrest or attempting to evade arrest by flight - The credibility of the subject threat as evaluated by the officers present, and the subjects physical capability/capacity to carry out the threat. - The availability of other force options and their possible effectiveness - Distance and angle to target - Type of munitions employed - Type in thickness of subject clothing - The subject actions dictate the need for an immediate response and the use of control devices appears appropriate

Training and preparedness Chapter 4 page 303, 304

Being prepared for incidents of civil unrest can be the key to reducing the potentially catastrophic consequences associated with these incidents. All sworn personnel are responsible for maintaining a level of proficiency in MFF training and tactics. (a) Patrol commanders shall ensure that all lieutenants and sergeants under their command are familiar with the Unified Tactical Response Plan (UTRP) and MFF implementation. (b) Patrol and support lieutenants are responsible for: 1. Ensuring that personnel under their command are proficiently trained in MFF tactics, procedures, and commands; and 2. Verifying personnel attend training in MFF procedures and tactics on a regularly scheduled basis. (c) Sergeants are responsible for ensuring that members of their squad attend MFF training.

Racial profiling

Bias based profiling specifically dealing with initiating a law enforcement action based on an individuals race, ethnicity or nationality

Bicycle operations purpose and scope Chapter 5 page 394

Bicycle operations have been shown to be an effective way to increase officer visibility, accessibility, and response in congested areas. The purpose of this policy is to provide uniform guidelines regarding the use of bicycles by Austin Police Department personnel.

Repair and maintenance Chapter 5 page 396

Bicycles shall have scheduled maintenance conducted throughout the year as outlined in the Bicycle Maintenance Contract. (a) Repair of flat tires shall be the responsibility of each individual Bicycle Officer. (b) For all other repairs, Bicycle Officers should complete a repair work order and transport the bicycle to the designated Department bicycle repair location. Bicycle Officers may be issued a temporary spare bicycle, if one is available, until the primary bicycle is repaired.

Serious bodily injury

Bodily injury that creates a substantial risk of death or that causes death, serious permanent disfigurement or protracted loss or impairment of the function of any bodily member or organ.

Bomb threats Chapter 3 page 134

Bombs and other explosive devices can be detonated by radio waves, mobile phones, radio, MDC, transmitted in close proximity to the device - When responding to bomb threats, employees should be conscious of the location of any suspected devices, parking lot, inside a building, open field and park there patrol unit accordingly - When investigating reports of a bomb threat, employee shall follow policy 414

Search and seizure purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 136

Both the federal and state constitutions provide every individual with the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. This policy provides general guidelines for Austin police department personnel to consider when dealing with search and seizure issues

Reporting the active targeting of a firearm at a person Chapter 4 page 270

By the nature of their duties, officers may be required by policy and training to point their firearm, including impact munitions, and actively target at a person. This section does not create an additional requirement for officers to initiate an incident report; however, officers that actively target their firearm at a person shall properly document the incident as outlined below.

Interaction with community continued Chapter 3 page 120, 121, 122

C. If the individual declines to voluntarily provide the device or recording medium, or to electronically transmit the sound and/or images where possible and practicable, and the officer believes that exigent circumstances exist insofar as the evidence of criminal activity will be lost absent an immediate seizure of the device, the officer shall take control of the device and contact a supervisor. - The supervisor shall, in consultation with the officer, determine whether exigent circumstances permit the seizure of the device without a warrant. Warrantless seizure is permissible only when: • there is probable cause to believe that the property hold contraband or evidence of a crime and • The exigencies of the circumstances demand it or some other recognized exception to the warrant requirement is present

Supervisor responsibilities in level one and - custody incidents continued Chapter 2 page 79, 80, 81

C. What's the scene has been cleared, supervisor shall be responsible for the following: - Completing a supplement to the response to resistance incident report detailing their actions. SIU may direct a supervisor to complete a supplement to the SIU inquiry report as well - Review the primary reporting employees response to resistance incident report and change the 8400 title go to 8401 to indicate a level one force incident - Identifying department or individual equipment, training, and tactical issues - Making recommendations for corrective action when appropriate. Recommendations shall be documented in a memorandum forwarded through the chain of command.

Support personnel remote access Chapter 10 page 677

CTM personnel may have to access employee computers from time to time for support reasons. (a) When CTM personnel remotely connect into a computer, a small square notification announcement will pop up in the bottom right of the computer screen to indicate that someone has connected to the computer. This notice will contain that person's user name and the remote computer they are using. (b) It is the employee's responsibility to close down any applications or documents that contain confidential or sensitive data prior to allowing any support personnel to connect to the computer. (c) Employees who observe a remote session and believe it is not appropriate or authorized will report this session to the Police Technology Unit immediately. (d) If a virus or other potentially harmful program is detected and CTM personnel are required to shut down a computer, they are authorized to remote into that computer immediately without first contacting the user. This can occur when time is a factor or when the primary computer user is not known. Employees should keep this in mind when leaving work at the end of the day and should shut down all sensitive or confidential software applications.

Exigent mobile phone ping request purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 356

Case law has determined that pinging a mobile phone is the equivalent of conducting a search; therefore, probable cause must exist prior to obtaining ping results. A court order, signed by a district judge, must be obtained prior to pinging a mobile phone, except under exigent circumstances. This policy outlines the procedure for officers wishing to use a mobile phone ping in emergency (exigent) situations.

Incident command system Chapter 4 page 300

Certain large-scale incidents requiring multi-agency coordination will adhere to the Austin-Travis County Multi-Agency Incident Command System (ICS). When ICS is implemented, command protocol will be as follows: (a) Incident Commander: 1. The Special Operations commander or other on scene commander will serve as the Department's overall "Incident Commander." 2. Duties of the APD Incident Commander: - Work with other agencies at the command post; and - Identify and prioritize principle hazards which concern law enforcement; and - Ensure that legal responsibilities are upheld; and - Develop overall law enforcement objectives; and - Give objectives to the APD Operations Chief. 3. Operational control will remain with the Incident Commander unless relieved from duty. (b) Operations Chief: - The APD Incident Commander may appoint a designee to serve as APD's ICS "Operation's Chief." - The Operation's Chief will develop and implement specific tactical plans in response to the stated objectives of ICS.

Reporting gang affiliation Chapter 4 page 271

Certain offenses may be enhanced when committed by subjects who are documented gang members. Only employees assigned to the Gang Suppression Unit may designate a subject as affiliated with a gang in the report writing system. Employees who interact with a subject that may be affiliated with a gang should initiate an incident report titled "Gang Information" and include specific details that give rise to the belief the subject is affiliated with a gang. This includes, but is not limited to, subjects who: (a) Wear known, gang-related clothing (i.e., specific colors, designs). (b) Have known, gang-related tattoos. (c) Associate with documented gang members.

Chemical agent guidelines Chapter 2 page 63, 64

Chemical agents are devices used to minimize the potential for injury to employees, offenders, or other subjects. They should be used only in a situations where such force reasonably appears necessary. Authorized employees may use chemical agents when the application of the chemical agent is objectively reasonable to subdue or control: 1. A violent or physically resisting subject 2. A subject who by words or actions has demonstrated an intention to be violent or to physically resist and who reasonably appears to present the potential to harm employees, himself, or others - Employees should give a verbal warning followed by a reasonable opportunity to voluntarily comply when practical - Employees must be able to articulate their use of the chemical agent 3. Apprehend a subject fleeing lawful arrest or detention 4. There is a reasonable expectation that it will be unsafe for employees to approach within contact range of the subject.

Emergency medical treatment of juveniles Chapter 3 page 153

Children taken into custody that are believed to suffer from a serious physical condition or illness and requires prompt treatment should be seen by EMS and/or transported to a medical facility

Citation accountability Chapter 3 page 211

Citation books are stored and secured in PCO. Officers shall: (a) Sign for all issued citation books by legibly printing their name, employee number and signing on the designated form or log book. (b) Be accountable for all citations issued. (c) Return all outdated citation books to PCO.

Annual inventory Chapter 8 page 442, 443

City of Austin policies require that each Department conduct a physical inventory of fixed assets and reconcile that inventory annually. APD will conduct its inventory in July of each year. (a) A computerized listing of all equipment assigned to a unit will be provided to the supervisor when the inventory has been completed. (b) Each employee will be provided a copy of his issued clothing and equipment record in July. 1. The employee and immediate supervisor will account for all equipment shown as issued and sign and return the inventory form within 10 days after receipt. 2. The employee will attach a Lost/Stolen/Damaged Report on any items not found and comply with the requirements of this policy on handling lost, stolen and damaged property.

Mobile field force purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 302

Civil disorders may arise from a number of contributing factors and the event may be triggered by a single cause or a combination of causes. The Department is dedicated to utilizing the most effective techniques and procedures when dealing with civil unrest. The initial response to emergency and disaster incidents by patrol officers is outlined in Policy 407 (Emergency and Disaster Operations). This policy covers the activation and mobilization of on- duty personnel to handle civil disorder situations when it has been determined to use the Mobile Field Force (MFF) concept.

Civilian responsibilities Chapter 3 page 251

Civilian personnel should not become involved in any law-enforcement incident while off duty except to notify the local law enforcement authority and remain at the same, if safe and practicable. This policy does not prevent a civilian employee from taking action as a private citizen as authorized by state law

Clandestine lab purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 314

Clandestine laboratory enforcement actions are complicated by the presence of hazardous and/ or explosive chemicals. Clandestine laboratories often house substantial quantities of highly toxic, corrosive and explosive chemicals posing serious human health and environmental risks. To ensure that issues concerning health, officer safety, and safety of the environment are properly handled, the following procedures will be followed when an employee discovers apparatus they suspect may be used to manufacture narcotics. There are strict federal and state guidelines for the dismantling, removal, and transporting of clandestine lab chemicals and apparatus.

Closing the channel Chapter 3 page 134

Closing a radio channel, holding the air, is done for the safety of officers involved in a call or event that requires the radio remain silent. Events that require a channel be closed will follow these guidelines: - Any supervisor, including a dispatch supervisor, may close the channel to ensure officer safety. If the dispatcher does not apply the channel marker, units involved in the event may request that it be applied - The dispatcher will broadcast the channel is closed and should enable the channel marker on that channel so that a low audible beep will occur every 8 to 10 seconds. The beep is a clear indication that the channel is closed to all non-emergency radio traffic - When safe and practical, the dispatcher will then broadcast the channel is open and remove the channel marker

Code 1, routine operation Chapter 4 page 256

Code 1 is used to describe the normal operation of a vehicle without the use of emergency lights or sirens

Code 2, limited emergency operation Chapter 4 page 256

Code 2 is used to describe the operation of a vehicle while the emergency lights are activated, but without use of the siren. (a) When operating Code 2, officers shall obey all traffic laws and regulations. (b) Officers may temporarily operate Code 3 in order to pass through traffic control devices or heavy traffic congestion when normally authorized to operate Code 2, as necessary. Officers will revert back to operating Code 2 when Code 3 is no longer needed. (c) Officers may be allowed to drive Code 2 as a patrol technique with the approval of a lieutenant or higher.

Code 3, emergency operation Chapter 4 page 254, 255, 256

Code 3 is used to describe the operation of a vehicle while the emergency lights and siren are activated. (a) When operating Code 3, officers may: 1. Exceed the speed limit but must regulate their speed so as not to endanger life or property. 2. Proceed with caution through traffic signals and stop signs after slowing and, if necessary, stopping to ensure the intersection is safe/clear. 3. Disregard laws governing direction of movement and turning when it can be done safely. (b) Unmarked vehicles equipped with a siren and emergency lights may be operated Code 3 in compliance with this policy. (c) Officers should only respond Code 3 when so dispatched or when circumstances reasonably indicate an emergency response is required. 1. Unless otherwise required by Department policy (e.g., pursuits), the decision to operate Code 3 in authorized situations is at the discretion of the officer 2. If, in the officer's judgment, roadway conditions or traffic congestion causes an unreasonable risk to operate Code 3, the officer may elect to respond to the call without the use of lights and siren at the legal speed limit. In such an event, the officer should immediately notify Communications. 3. Officers shall discontinue Code 3 operation when directed to do so by a supervisor.

Sample collection and results reporting procedures Chapter 9 page 566

Collection of the necessary samples and analysis will be conducted by a contracted firm/laboratory certified by the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA). Scientifically accepted screening and confirmation tests will be employed in the analysis of the collected samples. After arriving at the specified collection location, officers will comply with instructions received from screening personnel. Screening will only be done for prohibited drugs and/or alcohol. (a) When a drug test is required of employees, it will be collected by a vendor contracted with by the City or a person selected by the Chief or DTC who is qualified to administer such a test. Any employee involved in the collection of samples shall be trained in collection and chain of custody protocols. Drug test samples from police cadet applicants will be collected by the contracted vendor. The vendor will deliver the samples to the laboratory for testing. (b) Collection dates for random testing will not be announced in advance. (c) Three (3) samples of hair will be collected for hair follicle testing. Samples collected will be: 1. Cut as close to the scalp as possible. 2. Taken from the same body area, preferably the head or face, or if necessary the body. Samples will not be taken from the pubic area. 3. If an employee does not have sufficient head, face, or body hair, then a nail sample from the fingers or toes will be taken for analysis.

Commander Chapter 1 page 24

Commanders exercise line command over the employees assigned to them and assume staff responsibility over matters relating to the operations within their assigned command.

Communications notification Chapter 4 page 351, 352

Communications will enter missing person's information into NCIC at the time the report is taken if the disappearance involves a missing child, any person under the age of 21, and/or is under suspicious circumstances. (a) Officers must provide the following information: 1. Name, race, sex, date of birth; and 2. Physical description; and 3. Clothing description; and 4. Physical/Mental disabilities/infirmities; and 5. Unusual circumstances; and 6. Vehicle information, if applicable. (b) Central Records personnel shall notify the U.S. Department of Justice and the National Crime Information Center within two hours after accepting the report (42 U.S.C. § 5779(a) and 42 U.S.C. § 5780(3)).

Computer access and destruction of criminal history record information Chapter 1 page 41

Computer terminals capable of providing access to automated criminal history record information are located at various locations throughout the department. - No employee shall be authorized to operate computer terminal equipment with access to the criminal history record information until the operator has completed the appropriate training. - All computers will have a hard copy log that shall be completed when accessing criminal history record information. Employees are responsible for destroying criminal history records information documents they receive once they document has serve the purpose for which it was obtained. Document shall be destroyed by shredding. Hardcopy logs of access criminal history record information records shall be kept for a period of three years. All personnel authorized to process, view and/or release criminal history records information shall be required to maintain certification as required by DPS.

Delinquent conduct

Conduct, other than a traffic offense, but if committed by an adult is punishable by imprisonment or confinement in jail

Conduct indicating a need for supervision

Conduct, other than a traffic offense, that is punishable by a fine only or would not be a criminal offense if committed by an adult, runaway, curfew violation.

How to document consent Chapter 3 page 138

Consent requests and authorization for all vehicle and subject stops shall be documented on the department approved consent to search form and should also be recorded by audio and/or video when possible. 1. After the subject consents to the search by signing the consent to search form, the officer can proceed with the search - If it anytime after the search has begun the person revokes their consent, the officer will immediately stop and search no further unless sufficient probable cause has already been developed to warrant continuing with the search - If consent is revoked the officer will mark the search suspended box on the consent to search form 2. Officers unable to document a subject voluntary consent to search by audio and video recording will document in the CAD history why they were unable to document the consent on audio and video For consent searches not involving a vehicle or subject stop, an officer with supervisory approval may document the voluntary consent using only video and/or audio recording Employees will document in the report or supplement anytime a consent searches used

Post

Content an individual shares on a social media site or the active publishing content on a site

Responsibility to coworkers Chapter 9 page 488, 489

Cooperation among employees of the Department is essential to effective law enforcement. (a) Employees are expected to treat each other with respect. 1. Employees will be courteous and civil at all times in their relationships, perform their duties in a cooperative and supportive manner, and not threaten, display physical aggression toward, or use insolent or abusive language with one another. 2. Employees will address one another by proper use of rank or title when on-duty and in the presence of the public. (b) Employees will not discuss the identity or assignment of any employee serving in a confidential or covert assignment unless required to do so as a direct result of their official duties. (c) Employees will not covertly record the conversations of other employees unless all persons being recorded are aware that they are being recorded and agree to be recorded. This does not apply to Department authorized criminal or administrative investigations, training modules, or MAV recordings from equipped APD vehicles.

Copies of DMAV system recordings Chapter 3 page 130

Copies of a DMAV media recording will be used for official APD business only. This may include public information request after the recording has been reviewed by the department legal advisor. Copies of the DMAV system recordings will not normally be made unless the person requesting the copy is authorized to view the recording and does not otherwise have access to view the recording using the DMAV system. When a copy is made, it is the responsibility of the person receiving the copy to comply with records retention as outlined in this policy

Corporal/detective Chapter 1 page 25

Corporals/detectives are responsible for: 1. Ensuring service delivery, employee compliance with policy, and making recommendations to the sergeant for operation improvements. 2. Conducting criminal investigations, interviewing witnesses and suspects, and assisting crime victims and filing complaints for criminal acts committed against them. 3. Serving as training instructors and another nonenforcement roles for the department. Corporal/detectives will exercise line command over the employees of their assigned unit in the absence of the sergeant due to approved leave, training, or a special assignment. Corporal/detectives may be given limited supervisory authority to support the role of the sergeant. Corporals may not be hard to work overtime in a supervisory role.

Enforcement procedures Chapter 4 page 337, 338

Court orders that are enforceable by law enforcement are (a) Emergency protective orders. (b) Final protective orders. (c) Temporary ex-parte orders after they have been served to the person named in the order. (d) Certain bond conditions. (e) Valid out-of-state and tribal court protective orders (Tex. Fam. Code § 88.004).

Follow up investigations purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 272

Criminal investigations are a complex, multi-step process that require employees to be aware of, operate within and comply with federal, state, and local regulations so as not to prejudice the case or jeopardize the prosecution of the defendant. It is the policy of the Department to comply with the highest standards of legal and professional conduct when performing a criminal investigation. This policy provides guidelines to ensure that criminal investigations are conducted under legal authorization using extraordinary safeguards to protect innocent persons from unauthorized invasions of privacy.

Crossing physical barrier

Crossing physical barrier When crossed concrete, grass or other physical object. Does not apply to crossing solid lines

Cut through private drive

Cut through private drive to avoid light/sign Cite if Cut through in deliberate attempt to avoid traffic control device

Leg restraint device procedure Chapter 2 page 60, 61

D. One secured, the subject should be placed in a seated or upright position. Subjects shall not be placed on their stomach for an extended period as this may potentially reduce their ability to breathe. -The restrained subject should be constantly watched by an officer while in the restraint. The officer is to ensure the subject does not roll onto and remain on his stomach. - The officer should look for signs of labor breathing and, where practical, take appropriate steps to relieve and minimize any obvious factors contributing to this condition - In the event that it appears reasonably necessary to restrain a subject in such a position that the subjects ability to sit upright is restricted, an officer should monitor the subject in an effort to minimize restricted breathing. The subject should be placed in an upright position as soon as it reasonably appear safe and practicable.

Dating relationship

Dating Relationship - A relationship between individuals who have or have had a continuing relationship of a romantic or intimate nature. A casual acquaintanceship or ordinary fraternization in a business or social context does not constitute a dating relationship. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined based on consideration of the (Tex. Fam. Code § 71.0021(b & c)): (a) Length of the relationship; and (b) Nature of the relationship; and (c) Frequency and type of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship.

Dating violence

Dating Violence - An act by an individual that is against another individual with whom that person has or has had a dating relationship and that is intended to result in physical harm, bodily injury, assault or sexual assault or that is a threat that reasonably places the individual in fear of imminent physical harm, bodily injury, assault or sexual assault. However, dating violence does not include actions taken in self defense. (Tex. Fam. Code § 71.0021).

Terminate

Deactivate lights and siren, and cease pursuit

Investigation considerations Chapter 4 page 358

Death investigation cases require certain actions be taken. Officers responding to the scene of a death incident shall adhere to the following guidelines: (a) Paramedics shall be called in all suspected death cases unless the death is obvious (e.g., decapitated, decomposed). Officers are not authorized to pronounce death. (b) A supervisor shall be notified in all death investigations. (c) Gather as much information regarding the incident and deceased as possible. 1. Identify the name, DOB, address and social security number of the deceased, if possible. 2. Identify the attending physician and whether he will sign the death certificate, if applicable. 3. Identify any witness(es) to the incident. Attempt to detain witness(es) until the Homicide Unit determines if any witnesses need to be interviewed. (d) Notify the Homicide Unit to determine if the death is reportable and whether an investigator from the Homicide Unit will respond.

Vehicle pursuits philosophy Chapter 2 page 94

Deciding whether to pursue a motor vehicle is a critical decision that must be made quickly and under difficult and unpredictable circumstances. In recognizing the risk to Public Safety created by vehicle pursuits, no officer or supervisor shall be criticized or disciplined for deciding not to engage in a vehicle pursuit due to the risk involved. This includes circumstances where department policy would permit the initiation or continuation of the pursuit. It is recognized that vehicle pursuits are not always predictable and decisions made pursuant to this policy shall be evaluated according to the totality of the circumstances reasonably available at the time of the pursuit. Officers must remember that the most important factors to the successful conclusion of a pursuit are self-discipline and sound professional judgment. Officers conduct during the course of a pursuit must be objectively reasonable; that is, what ever a reasonable officer would do under the same circumstances. An unreasonable desire to apprehend a fleeing subject at all cost has no place in professional law-enforcement.

Defective brakes

Defective equipment - brakes No emergency or weak foot breaks. Vehicle will not start within 30 feet at 20 mph. Or, brake on only one wheel

Defective headlights, taillights or other light violation

Defective equipment - headlight, tail light, etc. Evidence of willful neglect or multiple warning violations

Defective exhaust, mufflers, smoke, etc.

Defective exhaust/noise - smoke Evidence of willful neglect or multiple warning violations

Law-enforcement related employment LERE

Defined in policy 949.1.1

Non-law-enforcement related employment

Defined in policy 949.1.1

Authority and accountability Chapter 1 page 27

Delegation of authority is essential to the good working order of any organization. 1. Employee shall exercise their responsibility and authority of the position to which they are signed in accordance with the job specifications and work rules of that agreement. 2. Authority to complete a task shall be commensurate with the responsibility placed on employees by the supervisor. 3. Supervisors are ultimately responsible for the action of themselves and their subordinates; supervisors who delegate tasks to subordinate employees are ultimately accountable for ensuring the task is completed. 4. Employees shall be held accountable for their use, or failure to use, their delegated authority.

Authorized weapons Chapter 8Page 462

Department approved weapons and ammunition are those authorized by the Training commander for use by the Department. Contact the APD Range for the most up-to-date Department Approved Weapons list. The Department Approved Weapons list will be reviewed at least annually by the Training Division. Officers who wish to add a weapon to the Department Approved Weapons list must utilize the following procedure. 1. Officers will forward a memorandum to the Training Division requesting a new weapon be added to the current List. 2. The memorandum will contain the following information: - Information on weapon specifications (e.g., make, model, caliber, location of safety, bullet capacity); and - Justification for adding the weapon to the list.

Property and equipment accountability purpose and scope Chapter 8 page 436

Department employees are expected to properly care for City property and equipment assigned or entrusted to them. Employees may also suffer occasional loss or damage to personal or City property while performing assigned duties. This policy outlines the procedures for the handling, accountability and replacement of City and personal property used for official duties.

Responsibility for reporting legal drug use Chapter 9 page 561

Department employees who use prescription or over-the-counter medication during work hours shall not allow such medication to impair their ability to perform their work. (a) Employees who take any medication with side-effects which might impair their ability to fully and safely perform all requirements of their position shall report the need for such medication to their immediate supervisor. (b) Supervisors will consult with the next level in the chain-of-command and make a determination whether to limit, suspend, or modify the employee's work activity, or otherwise reasonably accommodate such adverse effect. (c) Employees may be requested to provide medical documentation of their ability to safely and effectively perform the essential functions of their position. (d) Employees shall not be permitted to work on or drive a Department-owned or leased vehicle while taking medication that could impair their ability without a written release from their physician. (e) Any information about an employee's medical condition obtained by a supervisor or manager is confidential, and will be shared only on a need to know basis. Any documentation of such medical information must be kept in the employee's confidential file by the Drug Testing Coordinator.

Care and transport of prisoners purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 178

Department values mandate that person's taken into custody will not be abused, in the individual rights of prisoners must be protected at all times. Until arrested persons are excepted at the booking facility, their care and custody shall be the responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer

Department issued personal communication devices Chapter 8 page 437, 438

Depending on an employee's assignment and needs of the position, the Department may, at its discretion, issue a Personal Communication Device (PCD). Department issued PCDs should only be used by employees for Department business. (a) For purposes of this policy, the term Personal Communication Device (PCD) is intended to include all mobile phones, Personal Digital Assistants (PDA) and other such wireless two-way communication and/or portable Internet access devices that are owned by the Department. (b) Department owned PCDs shall remain the sole property of the Department and are subject to inspection and monitoring (including all related records and content) at any time without further notice. (c) The use of any Department owned PCD shall occur only with the understanding that any and all messages transmitted or received are subject to disclosure to, and review by, the Department without further notice.

Detentions Chapter 3 page 162

Detentions are seizures under the fourth amendment. Officers may stop and question individuals one reasonable suspicion that the person may be involved in past, present or future criminal activity exists. 1. In justifying the stop, officer should be able to point to specific facts which, when taken together with rational inferences, reasonably warrant the stop. Such facts include, but are not limited to the following: - The actions, parents or demeanor of an individual suggest that he is part of a criminal enterprise or is engaged in a criminal act. Some factors include: • The subject is carrying a suspicious object • The subjects clothing bulges in a manner that suggest he is carrying a weapon • The hour of day or night it is inappropriate for the subjects presents in the area • The subject presence in that particular area is suspicious - The subject is located in proximity to the time and place of an alleged crime - The officer has knowledge of the subject prior criminal record or involvement in criminal activity

Radio and mobile data computer use purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 131

Digital radio and data communications are extremely vital elements of effective law-enforcement. These communications will be conducted in a professional, concise, and effective manner. Employees are reminded that all digital radio and data transmissions are recorded and subject to public information request.

Firearm discharge situations, moving vehicles Chapter 2 page 54, 55

Disabling a vehicle by use of a firearm will only be attempted by unit specially trained in and equipped for this tactic and only under extraordinary circumstances. Officers who utilize a firearm against a vehicle or operator of a vehicle must meet the same standards for deadly force. 1. Officers shall exercise good judgment and will not place themselves in the pathway of a moving vehicle since doing so may increase the likelihood of having to resort to the use of deadly force 2. Unless it reasonably appears that it would endanger officers or the public, officers will move out of the path of any approaching vehicle. 3. When encountering a vehicle being operated in a threatening manner, officers may leave a position of cover only - To utilize an avenue of escape - Move to a position of better cover or - If the need to apprehend the suspect outweighs the danger that the apprehension would impose to the officer or any other person. 4. This is not intended to restrict an officers right to use deadly force directed at the operator of a vehicle when it is reasonably perceived that the vehicle is being used as a weapon against the officer or others.

Supervisors role Chapter 9 page 559

Discrimination and harassment is viewed from the perspective of the victim, not the offender. Because of differences in individual values, supervisors and managers may find it difficult to recognize that their behavior or the behavior of others is discriminatory or harassing. Supervisors should consider whether a reasonable person in the victims place would consider the conduct to be inappropriate. Supervisors and managers shall be aware of the following considerations: (a) Behavior of supervisors and managers should represent the values of the Department and professional law enforcement standards. (b) False or mistaken accusations of discrimination and sexual harassment have negative effects on the careers of innocent employees. (c) Supervisors and managers must act responsibly in the handling of such situations.

Ran warning sign/disregard of flashing amber light

Disregard posted sign When involved in collision or apparently deliberate and hazardous

Commercial vehicle equipment violations

Do not cite. All suspected commercial vehicle equipment violations will be the responsibility of HE/L&W unit

Incident reporting and documentation purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 266

Documentation is a major part of each officer's job. Reports may be used to document information to assist investigators in follow-up investigations. Field release citations, warnings, field observation (FO) cards and electronic street checks are used to document law enforcement actions and/or contacts with the public. Sufficient information should be included in any form of documentation to: (a) Assist in prosecution. (b) Refresh an officer's memory during testimony. (c) Comply with legal requirements and Department policy.

Drove left of double yellow line or passing and no passing zone

Drove left of double yellow line or passing in a no passing zone Do not cite if operator crossed double yellow line or passed in a no passing zone in a safe manner for the sole purpose of passing a vulnerable road user

Storage of testing records Chapter 9 page 567

Drug test documentation, other than disciplinary reports, shall be maintained in a secured cabinet in the office of the DTC. I separate, confidential file will be maintained for each employee who submits to drug testing.

Order of protective custody Chapter 4 page 380

Due to special requirements, employees receiving a request to transport a subject due to an Order of Protective Custody (OPC) shall contact the Travis County Sheriff's Office (TCSO) CIT Unit to transport the person named in the order.

Use of other agency canine units Chapter 5 page 399

Due to strict APD Canine Unit policy, training, and national certification, no outside agency's Canine Unit shall be called or allowed to be utilized on an APD initiated call without authorization from the APD Canine Unit supervisor. This does not restrict an outside agency from using its own Canine Unit on any call that the agency initiates which then enters APD jurisdiction (e.g., vehicle pursuits).

Arrests Chapter 4 page 305

During acts of civil disorder, police must act quickly to arrest violators of the law. These arrests will help diffuse the unrest while also providing a break in the violence. (a) Arrests must commence from the outset and be made early, quickly, constitutionally, fairly, and reasonably. This pattern must be sustained for the duration of the unrest. (b) If mass arrests occur, the Incident Commander will request prisoner transport vehicles to the scene.

Crash investigation Chapter 3 page 222, 223

During crash investigations, officers should: (a) Identify and interview drivers and occupants. (b) Identify and interview any witnesses. Request all witnesses remain at the scene to speak with the Vehicular Homicide Unit, if applicable. (c) Provide the drivers involved with a Driver / Insurance Information Form (PD0023 / "Brown Form") to exchange information. Officers will ensure the forms are completely filled out with the correct information before the drivers exchange the forms. (d) Determine if any traffic violation(s) or crime(s) have occurred and take appropriate enforcement action. (e) Identify and protect items of apparent evidentiary value. Ensure property belonging to a crash victim is protected from theft or damage and removed to a place of safekeeping. Protection of the property may consist of securing the property in a vehicle, releasing it to a third party, or turning it into the property room for safekeeping. (f) Notify the dispatcher of any damage to the roadway, signs, or utilities. (g) Document the incident as necessary (e.g., insurance information, statements, measurements, photographs, collection of evidence and reporting) on appropriate report forms.

Warrant hit and confirmation Chapter 3 page 169

During the course of a lawful detention or arrest, an officer may run a subject for warrants. (a) When a "hit" is received on a local, TCIC or NCIC warrant inquiry, confirmation from APD or the originating agency must be obtained prior to taking official action. Confirmation shall be the authorization for placing the person in jail for the warrant. 1. The person may be detained until confirmation is made by APD or the originating agency. 2. Should circumstances make a custody arrest impractical, a person detained solely for a Class C warrant may be released with the approval of a supervisor. 3. If a warrant confirmation is not received within 10 minutes, the arresting officer may either release the subject or continue to await a response. (b) If a subject is arrested for an APD warrant, officers shall: 1. Obtain the original APD warrant from the Central Records/Warrant Unit during normal business hours; or 2. Have Communications/Teletype fax or email the warrant to the jail after confirmation. 3. Warrants from other agencies should be faxed or emailed to the jail by the originating agency after confirmation.

Department issued rifles Chapter 8 page 464

Each Patrol shift will normally be authorized two (2) Department issued rifles (i.e., AR-15). Officers that have attended a Department approved Semi-Automatic Rifle Course will be eligible to be assigned a Department issued rifle. (a) Each Department issued rifle will be issued to an assigned officer and the rifle will be tracked by serial number. (b) Officers must qualify with the rifle annually on a course designated by the Learned Skills unit. (c) If a designated officer is transferred, fails to qualify, or otherwise ceases to be approved to carry a Department issued rifle, the assigned weapon will remain with the designated shift. 1. It will be the responsibility of the shift supervisor to ensure the weapons are maintained and reassigned as needed. 2. Shift supervisors reassigning a Department issued rifle must notify Training and Police Equipment of the reassignment within 10 work days. (d) Shifts will not trade weapons unless there is a bona fide emergency. (e) The weapon must be carried in either a hard protective case or secured in the patrol vehicle weapon rack.

Accountability Chapter 5 page 396

Each authorized unit that utilizes Bicycle Officers shall be allocated a specific number of bicycles. (a) A supervisor shall be responsible for the assignment of allocated bicycles to unit personnel. (b) Officers shall not use a bicycle that is assigned to another unit without approval of a supervisor. (c) Officers shall not remove, modify, or add components to a bicycle unless approved by a supervisor or there is an emergency. (d) During prolonged periods of non-use, each unit assigned a bicycle shall periodically rotate the equipment batteries on unused bicycles in order to increase battery life.

Prevention of exposure Chapter 9 page 650

Each communicable disease has its own methods of causing infection. Each employee can limit the risk involved with any method by simply using the tools that are available to each of them. Use your (PPE's) personnel protection equipment i.e.: Rubber gloves, safety goggles and disposable filter masks to decrease the risk of exposure and becoming infected with any disease/illness.

Management of storage and back ups Chapter 10 page 680, 681

Electronic storage space limits are set by CTM based on allocated resources and the ability to maintain and back up these files, along with budget constraints. (a) Employees are allocated limited storage space and are responsible for managing the amount of data collected and stored. (b) Group folders have similar constraints set by CTM. Employees should avoid storing electronic data that is already stored elsewhere in another group folder. Employees should use alternate solutions such as links or Sharepoint to share the data. (c) Employees are reminded that audio and video files along with photos relating to police cases should only be stored on the network until that information can either be moved to the imaging database (DCMS), Versadex, or to a DVD/CD that is retained in the case jacket. Group folders and personally allocated storage space will not be used to permanently store any case related data.

Emergency leave Chapter 9 page 641

Emergency leave is for the purpose of attending funerals, making funeral arrangements, or otherwise attending to the affairs of the deceased for a death in an employee's immediate family. Immediate family includes a parent, spouse, domestic partner, child, sister, brother, grandparent, parent or grandparent of a spouse or domestic partner, or any relative who has been living in your house. (a) An employee may be requested to provide information to document the necessity of the absence. (b) The leave request form should indicate the relation of the deceased on the form and be approved by the employee's supervisor. 1. Civilian employees may use up to three consecutive days of emergency leave. 2. Officers may utilize up to forty (40) hours of emergency leave. 3. Additional time off, if approved, must be taken as vacation, exception vacation, compensatory, personal holiday, or unpaid leave.

Requirements of duty Chapter 9 page 485, 486

Employee conduct will always be consistent with the Department's values, vision, mission, and any supervisor's instructions. (a) Employees will maintain themselves in such a physical condition as to be able to handle the requirements of their assignment. (b) Employees will not exhibit cowardice or shirk their duty in case of danger. (c) Employees will consider themselves available for duty in any emergency situation. (d) Employees will report for all duty assignments, including assigned court appearances, at the time and place required by assignment or orders and be properly prepared and equipped to immediately assume their duties. (e) Employees will remain at their assignment and on-duty until properly relieved by another employee or until dismissed by proper authority. (f) Employees are considered on-duty while on authorized breaks. (g) Employees will remain alert and observant while on-duty and devote their time and attention to the business of the Department. Any exceptions require supervisor approval.

Impartial attitude and courtesy Chapter 3 page 118

Employees are expected to act professionally, treat all persons fairly and equally, and perform all duties impartially, objectively, and equitably without regard to personal feelings, animosities, friendships, financial status, sex, creed, color, race, religion, age, political beliefs, sexual orientation, or social or ethnic background. 1. Employees will not express or otherwise manifest any prejudice concerning race, religion, National origin, age, political affiliation, sex, or other personal characteristics in the performance of their duties - Employees will respect the rights of individuals and will not engage in discrimination, oppression, or favoritism whether by language, act, or omission - The use of racial or ethnic remarks, slurs, epithets, words or gestures, which are derogatory or inflammatory in nature to or about any person or group of persons is strictly prohibited 2. Employees will be tactful in the performance of their duties, control their tempers, exercise patience and discretion, and shall not engage in argumentative discussions even in the face of extreme provocation 3. Employees will make every effort to be courteous and respectful towards all persons

Dismissal of complaints and charges Chapter 4 page 296

Employees are not authorized to recommend alteration or dismissal of charges to the District Attorney, City Attorney or to any other official of the court without proper authorization. Employees will not sign any form or affidavit to obtain a dismissal of a complaint without going through the following procedure: (a) When an employee learns of facts or circumstances to suggest a case they initiated should be dismissed, the employee will discuss the case with his supervisor. (b) If the supervisor and employee both feel the case should be dismissed, they will review the case with the appropriate commander. (c) With approval of the appropriate commander, requests for dismissal of charges will be handled as outlined below.

Chain of command Chapter 1 page 27

Employees are responsible for knowing their chain of command and operating with in it except when impractical to do so. 1. If an employee bypasses the chain of command, the employer will notify his affected supervisor as soon as practical. 2. When a written directive requires an employee notify an immediate supervisor and the immediate supervisor is not readily available, the employer will: - Notify the person designated as the acting supervisor or - Notify his next level manager or - Notify another supervisor of equal rank with similar responsibilities.

Suggested employee actions in all exposures Chapter 9 page 650

Employees believing they have been involved in a blood exposure should: (a) Thoroughly flush mucous membranes with water and thoroughly wash skin with soap and water or hand sanitizer. (b) It may be appropriate for the exposed employee who has been exposed to release care & custody of the suspect or delegate other tasks to a fellow employee so that the exposed employee may take more immediate decontamination or sanitization measures.

Voluntary commitment Chapter 4 page 379

Employees encountering persons desiring to be committed to a mental health facility shall contact an on-duty CIT Officer or the CIT Unit for an assessment. The responding CIT Officer conducting the assessment shall also provide transportation to the appropriate facility, if necessary.

Privacy expectations Chapter 9 page 672

Employees forfeit any expectation of privacy with regard to anything published or maintained through file-sharing software or any Internet site open to public view (e.g., Facebook, MySpace). Additional guidelines on privacy expectations are outlined in: (a) Policy 1000 (Department Technology Use); and (b) Policy 1002 (Electronic Mail (Email) Communications).

Required reporting of violations Chapter 9 page 479, 480

Employees have an obligation and responsibility to report all facts or credible information they know regarding any criminal activity by other employees or any breach of APD written directives. (a) Suspected Criminal Activity. - Employees will report any knowledge or credible information regarding criminal activity of another employee via memorandum to IA, SIU, or any supervisor in their chain-of- command. - When a memorandum is presented to a supervisor, the supervisor will notify his chain-of-command. - When a memorandum is presented to an assistant chief/director, it will be immediately forwarded to IA and SIU. (b) Suspected Policy Violations - Employees will report any employee known or believed to be guilty of any violation of a rule, regulation, or order issued by the Department to their immediate supervisor. - Supervisors will immediately take action as outlined in Policy 902 (Administrative Investigations) when a violation of a directive comes to their attention, regardless of the supervisor's or violator's assignment or rank within the Department.

Incidents occurring outside the city of Austin Chapter 2 page 87

Employees involved in a level one, two, or three force incident while taking police action outside of the city of Austin shall notify the proper law-enforcement authority having jurisdiction, contact their supervisor, and follow the reporting procedures outlined in this policy.

Exception vacation leave Chapter 9 page 637, 638

Employees may accrue exception vacation leave for City-observed holidays as outlined below. As many employees as possible will be given each City- observed holiday off. (a) Civilian employees: 1. Accrue up to eight (8) hours of exception vacation for each City-observed holiday when: - The employee works on the holiday; or - The holiday falls on an employee's regularly scheduled day off. 2. Do not accrue exception vacation when taking off on a City-observed holiday the employee is normally scheduled to work. (b) Sworn employees accrue up to eight (8) hours of exception vacation for each official City- observed holiday regardless of whether or not the employee works on the holiday. (c) The maximum allowable amount of exception vacation any employee may accrue is 160 hours.

Extended leave, non-FM LA Chapter 9 page 641, 642

Employees may be granted an extended leave (leave approved without pay or with pay via use of accrued leave) for a legitimate purpose (e.g., illness, disability, pregnancy, political activity, educational purposes, military duty). (a) Employee must request an extended leave using APD Extended Leave Request form (PD0019) in accordance with Policy 955.3 General Leave Guidelines. The completed form must be routed through the chain-of-command for appropriate approval and must include: 1. The reason or need for the leave; and 2. Duration of the leave; and 3. Anticipated date to return to work; and 4. Whether the approval being sought is for paid or unpaid leave; and, 5. Any additional documentation to support the need for the request (e.g., medical). - Medical documentation can be submitted to APD HR in lieu of sending it through the chain-of- command. - The employee's immediate supervisor is responsible for routing the completed request form through the chain-of-command for review and the forwarding of the original form, with appropriate signatures, to APD-HR for final disposition.

Leave without pay Chapter 9 page 641

Employees may be granted leave without pay when the employee has exhausted all other leave balances. (a) The Chief or designee may grant up to one week (40 hours) of leave without pay to an employee. (b) An employee on leave without pay who exceeds the 40 hour allowance may be granted a leave of absence.

Hazardous material response Chapter 4 page 308

Employees may encounter situations involving suspected hazardous materials, such as at the scene of a traffic crash, chemical spill or fire. When employees come into contact with a suspected hazardous material, certain steps should be taken to protect themselves and citizens. The Austin Fire Department is the agency trained and equipped to properly respond and mitigate most hazardous substances and biohazards. In an effort to increase efficiency and effectiveness, AFD and APD will communicate and coordinate activities in accordance with an Incident Command System. Responders entering the area may require decontamination before they are allowed to depart the scene and should be evaluated by appropriate technicians and medical professionals for signs of exposure. The following steps should be considered at any scene involving suspected hazardous materials:

Personally owned BW DR systems Chapter 3 page 125

Employees may purchase and use their own BWDR system though its usage is not required by policy. However, employees choosing to use a personally owned BWDR system shall adhere to this policy. 1. Employees will notify their supervisor that they have a personally owned recording device and will surrender the device upon demand of a supervisor 2. Employees will not knowingly record other employees without their consent 3. All recordings made while working in any capacity as an Austin police employee are subject to review by the Austin Police Department 4. Employees only need to submit recordings of an evidentiary value as evidence when using a personally owned BWDR system. Recordings will be copied onto a DVD or CD and submitted as outlined above.

Lost, stolen, and damage to personal property Chapter 8 page 440, 441

Employees may request restitution for lost or damaged personal equipment if the loss or damage was suffered while on duty and in performance of official business. Employees shall not be reimbursed if they contributed to the loss or damage through negligence. (a) To request restitution, the employee shall complete Form PD-0021 and route it through his chain- of-command. The employee's commander/manager shall determine whether or not the employee exhibited reasonable care and indicate the amount to be reimbursed, if any, within the established maximum amounts. The maximum reimbursement amounts are as follows: 1. Prescription glasses is $150. 2. Contact lenses is $75 per lens. 3. Any other personal equipment (e.g. clip board, watch, sunglasses, telephone, personal firearm) is $100 per item. (b) Commanders/managers will review the circumstances of the claim and complete Form PD-0021 to indicate whether reimbursement is approved or denied. 1. One (1) copy will be filed in the employee's personnel file and one (1) copy will be provided to the employee. 2. If approved, a third copy will be routed to Finance for processing. Commanders/ managers must also complete a PRF for the reimbursed item and submit it with the claim copy to Finance.

Checking out equipment and supplies for my property control office Chapter 8 page 436, 437

Employees must acknowledge in writing receipt of all equipment and supplies received from a PCO. (a) Expendable supplies are items which do not have to be returned to PCO (e.g., flares, pager batteries). (b) Non-expendable equipment is any item that is reusable on a continual basis and must be returned to PCO at the end of each shift (e.g., radar, car keys, digital cameras). 1. Employees must acknowledge in writing the return of all non-expendable equipment and supplies to a PCO. 2. Any non-expendable item not returned at the end of the duty shift or on the expected return date will be flagged by PCO. - PCO will immediately notify the employee's commander/manager of the situation by email, phone, or in writing. - Commanders/managers are responsible for ensuring that the property is returned by the employee.

Issuance of city property and equipment Chapter 8 page 437

Employees must acknowledge receipt of all property, equipment, and clothing issued from the Equipment and Supply Section by signing a Department Receipt Form. (a) The Equipment and Supply Section will assemble the initial issuance of equipment for cadets. Distribution of equipment to the cadets will be conducted by the Training Division. (b) New non-sworn employees will process through the Equipment and Supply Section within five (5) workdays after beginning work to establish an equipment issue record. Non-sworn employees required to wear uniforms will be issued the appropriate items by the Equipment and Supply Section or will be furnished a clothing requisition form in order to draw clothing from the City Clothing Store. (c) All employees who are transferred into or out of a position which requires the issuance of specialized equipment are required to process through the Police Equipment and Supply Section within five (5) work days after the effective date on the personnel directive.

Reporting procedures Chapter 4 page 381

Employees responding to any incident involving a mental health individual shall comply with the following reporting requirements: (a) Responsibility 1. CIT officers responding to a scene shall complete the incident report. If the primary officer is not a CIT officer, he shall complete a supplement detailing his observations. 2. When a CIT officer does not respond, the primary officer shall complete the incident report. 3. When a mentally ill person is arrested, detained, and/or released for an offense, the arresting officer shall complete the incident report. (b) Guidelines 1. Officers completing an incident report shall use the appropriate EDP title code; and 2. Not include any reference to the mental health of a person in a report synopsis that is available for public disclosure (e.g., "press release"). All such information shall be documented in the narrative section, as needed.

Handling lost, stolen, and damaged property Chapter 8 page 439

Employees shall be responsible for the safekeeping, serviceable condition, proper care, use, and replacement of City property assigned or entrusted to them. (a) An employee's intentional or negligent abuse or misuse of City property may lead to discipline including, but not limited to, the full or partial cost of repair or replacement. For the purpose of this policy, negligence is the failure to use such care and prudence as would be expected of a reasonable person. (b) The Equipment and Supply Section Manager will determine whether damaged City property is to be repaired or replaced. If the cost of repair is greater than the cost of replacement, the Equipment and Supply Section Manager will replace the property.

Personal identifying information Chapter 1 page 37

Employees shall not access, use or disclose personal identifying information, including an individual's photograph, Social Security number, drivers identification number, name, address, telephone number and the individuals medical or disability information, which is contained in any drivers license record, motor vehicle record or any department record except as authorized by the department and only when such use or disclosure is permitted or required by law to carry out illegitimate law-enforcement purpose.

Title code reclassification Chapter 4 page 274, 275

Employees shall not delete or change a title code from a Part I UCR crime to a Part II UCR crime on any incident report, once the report comes out of report review, without the signed approval of the appropriate unit supervisor. (a) This policy is only intended to prevent serious Part I UCR crimes from being dropped to a less serious Part II UCR crime without proper review after a report comes out of report review. (b) This policy does not prevent title code(s) being changed: 1. From one Part I UCR crime to a different Part I UCR crime; or 2. From a Part II UCR crime to a Part I UCR crime; or 3. To any UCR classification, prior to the report coming out of report review (i.e. a dispatcher may, upon request, correct/update the title code on a dispatched call if an officer discovers the incident is different from the original call). (c) Nothing in this policy prevents adding title codes to a report at any time if the investigation supports the need for additional title codes.

Initial medical treatment Chapter 9 page 646

Employees shall seek immediate medical attention when necessary and as required by the nature of the injury or illness. Employees who do not seek medical attention shall be considered on Full Duty status until otherwise determined by a physician as outlined in this policy. (a) At the time of initial treatment, the employee shall have the attending physician complete a Texas Workers' Compensation Work Status Report (DWC-73). 1. The DWC-73 shall include the following information, whether the employee should be placed on a No Duty, Limited Duty, or Full Duty status; and - If the employee is not cleared to return to work, a follow-up appointment date or return to work date. - If the employee is cleared to return to work, any medical restrictions or limitations, and a follow-up appointment date. 2. In the event the employee is seen at a hospital ER and the attending physician will not complete the DWC-73, the employee shall obtain all medical discharge paperwork. (b) It is the employee's responsibility to ensure the DWC-73 form (or medical discharge paperwork if a DWC-73 is not completed) is received by the APD Workers' Compensation office no later than 24 hours after the initial treatment. Forms or paperwork can be scanned and emailed to "APD Workers' Compensation" or faxed directly to the Workers' Compensation Office (974-6647).

Telephone guidelines Chapter 10 page 685

Employees should adhere to the following guidelines when using the Department telephone system: (a) Employees will be professional, polite, civil, and orderly when speaking on the telephone and treat all persons with fairness, dignity and respect. (b) Telephone calls to Department phones will be answered promptly (within three (3) rings). (c) Employees should answer the phone with the name of the Department, the work location, and employee name. (d) When making phone calls on Department business, employees will identify themselves as members of the Department and clearly state the purpose of the call. (e) Collect telephone calls should not be accepted by employees except in an emergency or with the approval of a supervisor.

Safety Chapter 9 page 670

Employees should consider carefully the implications of their speech or any other form of expression when using the Internet. Speech and expression that may negatively affect the safety of the Austin Police Department employees, such as posting personal information in a public forum, can result in compromising an employee's home address or family ties. Employees should therefore not disseminate or post any information on any forum or medium that could reasonably be expected to compromise the safety or privacy of any employee, an employee's family or associates.

Sick leave Chapter 9 page 638

Employees start to accrue sick leave immediately upon employment and may take it once hours have been actually accrued. Sick leave may be used for doctor appointments, personal illness, maternity purposes, physical incapacity of an employee, or when an employee is required to care for a family member who is ill or incapacitated. (a) Employees accrue sick leave for 24 pay periods in a calendar year as regulated by City Personnel Policies (civilian) and the Meet and Confer Agreement (sworn). (b) Sick leave may be accumulated without limit. (c) Employees who have a serious health condition, or are caring for a parent, spouse, or child with a serious health condition may apply for FMLA by contacting APD HR and/or request a medical leave of absence in accordance with City Personnel Policy.

Vacation leave Chapter 9 page 637

Employees start to accrue vacation leave immediately upon employment with the City; however, a civilian employee is not eligible to use it until completing at least six (6) months of service and a cadet is not eligible to use it until after graduating from the police academy. (a) Employees accrue vacation leave for 24 pay periods in a calendar year as regulated by City Personnel Policies (civilian) and the Meet and Confer Agreement (sworn). (b) The maximum allowable amount of vacation leave an employee may accrue and retain at any time is 400 hours.

Responsibility for reporting passive drug exposure Chapter 9 page 562

Employees subjected to the passive inhalation or exposure of a drug (e.g., marijuana) must immediately notify an on-duty supervisor. (a) The supervisor should document in a memorandum: 1. The substance the individual was exposed to; and 2. The period of exposure; and 3. A brief statement explaining the circumstances surrounding the exposure. (b) The memorandum will be forwarded to the Drug Testing Coordinator who will maintain this documentation for use if needed in the drug testing program.

Reporting exposures Chapter 4 page 309

Employees who believe they have been exposed to a hazardous material shall immediately report the exposure to a supervisor. 1. Supervisors informed of an employee exposed to a hazardous material shall ensure that immediate medical treatment is obtained and appropriate action is taken to lessen the exposure. 2. Each exposure shall be documented by the employee in an employee memorandum that shall be forwarded via chain-of-command to the employee's Commander. 3. Should the affected employee be unable to document the exposure for any reason, it shall be the responsibility of the notified supervisor to complete the memorandum. 4. Supervisors shall complete the required Workers' Compensation forms as outlined in Policy 956 (On-Duty Injury or Illness).

Program agreement Chapter 9 page 571

Employees who seek to participate in the Voluntary Rehabilitation Program must agree to the following: (a) Actively participate in an appropriate drug or alcohol treatment program of a licensed, accredited treatment facility, and follow all rules, guidelines, and recommendations of that program or facility, including but not limited to after-care recommendations; and (b) Complete the treatment program, not reject any treatment or recommendations of the program or facility, and not leave or discontinue the treatment program before being properly discharged; and (c) Upon completion of the treatment program, agree to unscheduled, periodic drug tests for a period of not less than one (1) year to be administered by the contract vendor. The failure of a subsequent drug test shall result in immediate termination or indefinite suspension of the employee; and (d) Sign all necessary authorizations and consents to allow the treatment facility to furnish copies of the employee's treatment records to APD's physician so that APD can monitor the employee's treatment program.

Report completion Chapter 4 page 268

Employees will complete and download all reports written during their shift. (a) Prior to downloading reports, employees should: 1. Proofread reports to ensure they are sufficiently detailed for their purpose; and 2. Check reports for IBR errors and fix them. (b) Unless authorized by a supervisor, reports shall be downloaded as follows: 1. Reports written from incidents that lead to an arrest shall be completed and downloaded prior to the employee going back in service. 2. All other incident reports shall be downloaded by the end of the employee's tour of duty.

Body worn digital recordings as evidence Chapter 3 page 124, 125

Employees will download all recordings of an evidentiary value captured on any BWDR system they are carrying by the end of their tour of duty. 1. Employees will also copy the following recordings onto a DVD or CD and submit them as evidence - Any criminal investigation, regardless of whether an arrest was made or - Any critical incident or - Any level one or level two response to resistance incident 2. Downloaded incidents not needed as evidence or other official APD business will be a raced after 45 days from the date of the recording.

Crime scene processing and evidence collection Chapter 4 page 262, 263

Employees will ensure that items identified as evidence are not tampered with in any way prior to being photographed and collected. (a) Weapons at crime scenes will only be moved if they pose a threat to persons at the scene. If the scene has been properly secured, a weapon will not generally pose a threat and can be left where it is found. (b) At major crime scenes: 1. Employees will only handle evidence at the direction of a supervisor, the investigator in charge, or a Crime Scene Unit member at the scene. 2. If an employee is requested to handle evidence, employees should be given explicit instructions on handling the evidence; employees will document who instructed them to handle the evidence and the instructions given. (c) At all other crime scenes: 1. If a crime scene technician responds to the scene, the technician will be responsible for processing the scene. 2. If a crime scene technician is not available or is not requested, the primary officer or designee will be responsible for: - Processing the crime scene as outlined in this policy; and - Evidence collection as outlined in Policy 618 (Property and Evidence Guidelines).

Maintaining required licenses and certifications Chapter 9 page 486, 487

Employees will maintain all required licenses and certifications in good standing including, but not limited to, a Texas driver's license and required licenses and certifications issued by TCOLE. (a) It is the responsibility of the employee to notify his immediate supervisor in the event of any suspension, revocation or cancellation of a license or certification necessary to the performance of job assignments. (b) TCOLE Rules, Section 217.88 Reporting Responsibilities of Individuals, Subsection (b) requires an officer to report to TCOLE in writing within 30 days if the officer is arrested, charged, or indicted for a criminal offense above the level of Class C misdemeanor or for any Class C misdemeanor involving the duties and responsibilities of office. 1. The written notice must include the name of the arresting agency, the style, court, and cause number of the charge or indictment, if any, and the address to which notice of any TCOLE action will be mailed. 2. The required TCOLE forms for reporting under this section are available through IA. IA will assist the officer in completing and submitting the forms; however, it remains the responsibility of the officer to ensure that written notification is completed within the designated time periods.

General attendance guidelines Chapter 9 Page 632, 633

Employees will not be absent from work without prior approval from an immediate supervisor. 1. Unless a different notification is required by a Unit SOP, employees have the responsibility of notifying an immediate supervisor at least one (1) hour prior to the scheduled work start time if they are going to be absent. 2. Employees who fail to report to work at the assigned place and time, or who leave work or an assignment without proper authorization will be subject to disciplinary action. 3. Employees may not work in excess of 76 hours of any combination of regular duty, department overtime or LERE assignments within a work week without the approval of a Lieutenant or above. 4. Employees may not work any more than 16 hours of any combination of regular duty, department overtime, or LERE assignments within a consecutive 24 hour period without approval of a Lieutenant or above. 5. Employees will advise their immediate supervisor when they will exceed or have reason to believe they will exceed 16 hours in a workday no later than 2 hours prior to reaching the end of the 16th hour.

Insubordination Chapter 1 page 29

Employees will not be insubordinate. The willful disobedience up, or deliberate refusal to obey any lawful order of a supervisor is insubordination. Defined the authority of any supervisor by obvious disrespect, arrogant or disrespectful conduct, ridicule, or challenged orders issued is considered insubordination weather done in or out of the supervisors presents.

Recommendation of attorney or agent Chapter 9 page 485

Employees will not suggest or recommend the services of an attorney, bail bondsman, towing agency, physician, or other business service to any person with whom they have had contact as a result of departmental business, except in the transaction of personal business with family and friends.

Retaliation prohibited Chapter 9 page 480

Employees will not, in any way, cause or conspire to cause retaliatory action against any individual who has been involved in any such investigation or subsequent proceeding as a defendant, complainant, witness, victim, investigator, or any other capacity. While the Department wishes to avoid reassigning an employee while a complaint or grievance is being investigated, this policy does not prohibit the Department from doing so, including the complainant/victim, while the complaint or grievance is under investigation should an assistant chief determine that a reassignment is in the best interest of the Department and/or the employee.

Neglect of duty Chapter 9 page 487, 488

Employees will satisfactorily perform their duties. Examples of unsatisfactory performance include, but are not limited to: (a) Lack of knowledge of the application of laws required to be enforced. (b) Unwillingness or inability to perform assigned tasks. (c) Failure to take appropriate action on the occasion of a crime, disorder, investigation or other condition deserving police attention. (d) Failure to respond to any call or to perform any police duties assigned to them by appropriate authorities. (e) Absence without approved leave. (f) Repeated poor evaluations. (g) Written record of repeated infractions of rules, regulations, directives or orders of the Department. (h) Failure to follow department standardized training and tactics when it was objectively reasonable to do so. (i) Employees are expected to be truthful at all times in the performance of their duties. However, there may be instances where, initially, the employee has not been truthful; but, before the investigation is complete, the employee provides an accurate and detailed accounting of their true culpability in a situation, and accepts full responsibility for their actions. In those cases, the Chief may consider each case on a fact-specific basis.

Department hardware and software Chapter 10 page 677

Employees wishing to have any piece of hardware or software installed on a Department computer will get approval from the Police Technology Unit prior to it being installed. (a) Upon approval of any hardware/software request or change, the Police Technology Unit will notify CTM for installation. (b) When required for legal compliance, all software installed on Department computers will be registered or licensed with the software manufacturer. Copies of the registration and/or license agreement will be forwarded and maintained by CTM or designee. (c) Shareware software will not be used on Department computers for a time period in excess of that allowed by the manufacturer for trial purposes unless it has been purchased and properly registered. (d) Freeware software will only be installed on Department computers when it has been ascertained that such software is usable by government organizations free of charge.

Requesting recorded transmissions Chapter 3 page 132

Employees with a legitimate need to hear or copy a radio or telephone recording may do so by making a request to the communication supervisor on duty

Privately owned computer use chapter 10 page 677, 678

Employees with proper authorization may utilize privately owned personal computer equipment for Department business. (a) Employees will adhere to Department and CTM policies when using privately owned computers for Department business. (b) Privately owned computers will not be connected directly to the Department network. (c) Personal hardware components (e.g., printers, external modems, external drives) will not be connected to Department equipment. (d) Technical support on privately owned computers for Department business will be considered on a case by case basis.

Required DMA V testing Chapter 3 page 126, 127

Employs driving DMAV equipped vehicles during field duty assignments where the required use of the DMAV is likely, patrol, Metro tac, traffic enforcement, must be trained in the operation of the equipment prior to its use. 1. Employees will test the vehicles DMAV equipment: - At the commencement of their tour of duty - Anytime they switch cars during a shift - When the DMAV media has been replaced for an approved reason 2. Employees will classify the video as equipment check 3. The DMA V equipment test will consist of employees recording the following: - Employee name and - Employee number and - The current date and time 4. Employees will review the recording to verify the in car and body microphone is operational, and the date and time is accurate. 5. Employees discovering a defect with the DMAV will remove that police unit from service and complete a vehicle and equipment repair form. Vehicles with non-operational DMAV systems will not be used unless an emergency situation exist and a lieutenant approved its use. If this occurs, the unit will be removed from service as soon as the emergency subsides

Productive time for civilian personnel

Established by City of Austin Personnel Policy

Elder abuse reporting Chapter 4 page 345

Every allegation of elder abuse shall be documented. When documenting elder/dependent abuse cases, the following information should be included in the report: • Current location of the victim • Victim's condition/nature and extent of injuries, neglect or loss • Names of agencies and personnel requested and on-scene • Any information that indicates a victim or critical witness may suffer from a health condition that may warrant an expedited investigation/prosecution or the preservation of testimony under Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. Art. 39.02 Reporting of cases of elder/dependent abuse is confidential and will only be released in accordance with the Security and Release of Records and Information Policy.

Storage locations Chapter 5 page 397

Every bicycle storage location must have at least two tire pumps, first aid kit, repair tool kits, tire tubes, equipment information, and use manuals

Bias based documentation guidelines Chapter 4 page 266, 267

Every member of the Department is required to document any detention, frisk, search, non- consensual stop and/or arrest of a subject or vehicle. (a) Officers shall document the following information in the appropriate fields of an incident report, field release citation, warning, FO card or electronic street check: 1. The reason for the contact/stop; and 2. The race and ethnicity of the subject(s) of the contact/stop; and 3. Whether the officer knew the race or ethnicity of the subject(s) before conducting the contact/stop; and 4. Whether a subject or vehicle was searched and, if so, the reason for the search; and 5. Whether any contraband or other evidence was found during the search and, if so, a description of it. (b) Officers shall include those facts giving rise to the officer's reasonable suspicion or probable cause for the contact/stop in the report narrative or appropriate documentation field of a citation, warning, FO card or electronic street check.

Evidence/property handling procedures Chapter 9 page 653, 64

Evidence or other materials coming into the custody of the Police Department and suspected of being contaminated should be treated with extraordinary care. General procedures are as follows; 1. All materials contaminated with blood or other body fluids, whether wet or dry, will be handled with disposable rubber gloves. 2. Hypodermic needles and other sharp objects will be packaged in puncture resistant containers. To prevent needle stick injuries; employees SHOULD NOT cap, bend, break, or remove needles from the syringe, or otherwise manipulate the needle by hand. The needles placement in the protective container is of more importance.

Circumstances appropriate for deployment Chapter 2 page 65

Examples include, but are not limited to, the following types of situations where the subject: - Is armed with a weapon and the tactical circumstances allow for the safe application of approved munitions - Has made credible threats to harm himself or others - Is engaged in riotous behavior or is throwing rocks, bottles or other dangers projectiles at people and/or officers, creating a risk for injury - There is reasonable suspicion to believe that the subject has already committed a crime of violence and is refusing to comply with lawful orders.

Exigent circumstances Chapter 3 page 137

Exigent circumstances permitting entry into premises without a warrant or valid consent generally include any of the following: - The reasonable belief that a person within is in need of immediate aid - The need to protect or preserve life or avoid injury - Imminent escape of a suspect - The reasonable belief that contraband is about to be removed or destroyed - Public Safety And exigency created by the officers own conduct as an excuse for a warrantless entry is not permitted

Drivers license violations, expired

Expired DL Citations may be issued upon expiration

Expired motor vehicle inspection registration

Expired MVI or LP Allow six day grace period from expiration date

Speech

Expression or communication of thoughts or opinions and spoken word, in writing, by expressive conduct, symbolism, photographs, videotape, or related forms of communication

Expunction of files Chapter 1 page 41, 42

Expunge means to remove all data or materials relating to a particular rest from all files in such a manner that there is no indication that such data or materials ever existed or have been removed. Expunction is done by physically destroying such data or materials, or by sending all such material to district court pursuant to court order. Expunction of files will be done in compliance with the CCP and will include any records, arrest and identification files from any section which would have such files. Expunction procedures may relate to - Arrest records which are indexed, accessed and filed by individual name, and which are retrieved by reference to name - Any data or materials identifying individual, such as fingerprints, fingerprint classifications, photographs, or other items contained in information systems that are accessible by name, and which indicate any arrest or criminal offender information including, but not limited to, that contained in an arrest index cards or computer databanks known a offender files. The AP legal advisor is designated as the recipient of request for expunction. Any employee receiving a request for expunction of department records shall immediately hand-deliver the request of the legal advisor.

Failed to yield right-of-way to pedestrian

FTYROW to pedestrian in marked crosswalk Cite if pedestrian in marked crosswalk had to move/run to avoid being hit

Altered or fictitious MVI

Fact specific

Altered or fictitious vehicle registration

Fact specific

Drivers license violation, fail to change address

Fail to change drivers license Site

Following too closely

Failed to maintain an assured clear distance Willful or sustained, or involved in collision. Use common sense regarding enforcement during peak traffic. When congestion exists

No insurance, first and second offenses

Failed to maintain financial responsibility Site

Right of way

Failed to yield ROW, left turn, right turn, no left turn, no right turn on red etc. If involved in collision or causes serious interference to another, pedestrian or bicyclist

Flying while armed Chapter 8 page 468, 469

Failure to use the NLETS message in lieu of the Original Letter of Authority (Commonly referred to as the "Chief's Letter") will result in denial to the sterile area for failure to comply with the "Letter of Authority" requirement delineated in 49 CFR 1544.219. (d) Officers must have completed the mandated TSA security training covering officers flying while armed. The training shall be given by the Department appointed instructor. (e) Officers are responsible for notifying the air carrier in advance. This notification can be accomplished by early check-in at the carrier's check-in counter. (f) Discretion must be used to avoid alarming passengers or crew by displaying a firearm. Officers must keep the firearm concealed on their person at all times. Firearms are not permitted in carry-on luggage and may not be stored in an overhead compartment. (g) Officers should not surrender their firearm but try to resolve any problems through the flight captain, ground security manager or other management representative of the air carrier. (h) Officers shall not consume alcoholic beverages while aboard an aircraft or within eight hours prior to boarding an aircraft.

Family violence purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 324

Family violence is alleged criminal conduct and it is the policy of the Austin Police Department to stress enforcement of criminal laws related to family violence, the protection of the victim and the availability of civil remedies and community resources.

Field photographs taken with consent Chapter 3 page 165

Field photographs may be taken when the subject of the photograph knowingly and voluntarily gives consent. The officer shall document the consent in the appropriate incident report, supplement or FO card

Feel photographs taken without consent Chapter 3 page 165

Field photographs may be taken without consent only if taken during a detention that is based on reasonable suspicion of criminal activity in the photograph serves a legitimate law-enforcement purpose related to the detention 1. The officer must be able to articulate fax that reasonably indicate that the subject was involved in, or was about to become involved in, criminal conduct 2. Mere knowledge or suspicion of gang membership or affiliation is not a sufficient justification for taking a photograph without consent 3. If, prior to taking a photograph, the officers reasonable suspicion of criminal activity has been dispelled, the detention must cease and the photograph should not be taken.

Field release citations and warnings Chapter 4 page 270

Field release citations and warnings Shelbie completed as outlined in policy 308 and policy 342

Firearm discharge situations, display of firearms Chapter 2 page 55

Firearms may be ready for use in situations where it is anticipated they may be required. Firearms shall not be displayed or pointed in a threatening or intimidating fashion unless it is objectively reasonable to believe there is a substantial risk that the situation my escalate to the point where deadly force would be permitted. Firearms shall be secured or re-holstered as soon as reasonably practicable when it is determined that deadly force is no longer necessary.

Flextime Chapter 9 page 630 for

Flex time is an adjustment of work hours on an hour-for-hour basis within a work week or pay week, as authorized. (a) All flex time adjustments must be approved in advance by the employee's supervisor; employees may not make his own decisions pertaining to scheduled work hours or adjustments to them. (b) The weekly timesheet should reflect the actual hours worked each day to ensure accurate attendance records. (c) For non-exempt civilian personnel, flex time must be used within the same work week they are accrued. Flex hours cannot be carried over to another week. Productive hours that exceed the 40-hour work week are required to be recorded as authorized overtime or compensatory time. (d) For exempt civilian and sworn personnel, flex time must be used within the same pay period it was accrued. Flex hours cannot be carried over to another pay period.

Follow up investigations Chapter 4 page 272

Follow-up investigations may include, but are not limited to: (a) Reviewing and analyzing preliminary reports. (b) Reviewing Department records and databases. (c) Seeking additional information from complainants, witnesses, neighbors, informants, officers and Department employees. (d) The incident may require contact with the victim(s) and witness(es) by the assigned personnel to obtain information not uncovered during the preliminary investigation. (e) Upon request and without jeopardizing case security, the assigned personnel or designee shall advise the victim(s) of the status of the case. (f) Conducting interviews and interrogations. Arranging for the dissemination of information, as appropriate. (g) Soliciting assistance and/or information from other Units within the Department and/or outside law enforcement agencies. (h) Planning, organizing and conducting searches. (i) Collecting physical evidence. (j) Identifying and apprehending suspects. (k) Follow-up on emergency mobile phone request court orders and related paperwork within 48 hours of first request. (l) Checking suspects' criminal histories. (m) Determining the involvement of suspects in other crimes. (n) Reviewing the results of laboratory examinations. (o) Preparing cases for court presentation. (p) Assisting in the prosecution.

Foot pursuit purpose and scope Chapter 2 page 109

Foot pursuit are inherently dangerous and require common sense, sound tactics, and heightened officer safety awareness. This policy sets forth guidelines to assist officers and making the decision to initiate or continue the pursuit of subjects on foot. It is the policy of this department when deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit that officers must continuously balance the objective of apprehending the subject with the risks and potential for injury to department personnel, the public, or the subject Officers are expected to act reasonably based on the totality of the circumstances. Absent exigent circumstances, the safety of the department personnel and the public should be the primary consideration when determining whether a foot pursuit should be initiated or continued. Officers must be mindful that immediate apprehension of a subject is rarely more important than the safety of the public and department personnel.

Investigation guidelines Chapter 4 page 368

For a violation to have occurred: (a) A subject must enter (or remain) in or on the property without consent of the owner/agent and the subject received notice that entry was forbidden (within one year prior to the current date); or (b) A subject had consent to be on the property but the owner/agent has withdrawn consent and the subject fails to leave.

Report of intentional firearm discharge against a person Chapter 2 page 55

For any intentional farm discharge against a person, regardless of whether the person is hit, the incident shall be handled as a level one force incident in the employee shall comply with reporting procedures.

General policy Chapter 8 page 436

For purposes of this policy, Department property is synonymous with City property. (a) Willful damage to City property by an employee is prohibited. (b) Negligent or incorrect use of City property is prohibited. (c) Employees are responsible for the ordinary care and cleaning of City equipment in their custody and control, and will maintain it in the best possible condition. (d) Each employee will, by practical means, secure all equipment from unauthorized access or use. (e) Lockers, desks, computers, and other such items that have been assigned for the use of an individual employee remain the property of the City of Austin and are subject to inspection or examination by a supervisor at any time. Employees should not store personal information or belongings at these locations with an expectation of privacy.

Minor

For purposes of this policy, any person under 21 years of age

Productive time for sworn personnel

For the purposes of computing overtime all approved paid leave other than sickleave, shall be calculated as hours worked as established by the meet and confer agreement

Determining the correct force level Chapter 2 page 74, 75

Force levels are broken up into three types: level one, level two, and level III. Each level is defined below by the response to resistance use in the incident. These levels are established for inquiry, reporting, and review purposes only. If there is uncertainty about which level to designate a particular incident then the higher level shall be used.

Deadly force

Force that is intended or known by the officer to cause, or in the manner of its use or intended use is known to be capable of causing death or serious bodily injury.

Status offender

Generally, a child who is accused, adjudicated, or convicted for conduct that would not, under state law, be a crime if committed by an adult.

Case assignment and responsibility Chapter 4 page 273

Generally, follow-up investigations shall be the responsibility of the Investigative Unit assigned to the case. Report routing to an Investigative Unit is an automated process that is controlled by the title code(s) used. Unit ownership of a title code is programmed into the current reporting system and updated as needed. (a) With supervisor approval, first responders should conduct limited follow-up investigations when there is a reasonable chance of apprehending the suspect, a need for obtaining additional information for the preliminary investigation report, or when there are other compelling circumstances. (b) Once a report is routed to an Investigative Unit, the supervisor or designee of that Unit will assign each case to appropriate employee. The assigned employee will be responsible and accountable for any additional investigation. When assigning cases, a supervisor or designee should: 1. Take into account the level of expertise, specialized skill, knowledge and abilities of the employee. 2. Provide direction and guidance to employees by periodically reviewing their supplements and affidavits. 3. Record and maintain the following information to ensure a timely and complete investigation: - Incident number. - Personnel assigned. - Date assigned. - Clearance type. - Date cleared.

Decision to intervene Chapter 3 page 250, 251

Generally, off-duty officers should consider waiting for on-duty uniformed officers to arrive and gather as much accurate intelligence as possible instead of immediately intervening. Officers should take into consideration the following factors when making a decision on whether or not to intervene: 1. The tactical disadvantage of being alone and the fact there may be multiple or hidden suspects. 2. The inability to communicate with responding units. 3. The lack of equipment, such as handcuffs, OC or baton. 4. The lack of cover. 5. The potential for increased risk to bystanders if the off-duty officer were to intervene. 6. Unfamiliarity with the surroundings. 7. The potential for the off-duty officer to be misidentified by other peace officers or members of the public.

Williamson County guidelines Chapter 4 page 386

Guidelines for using defendant informants are different for Williamson County and must be followed. When a subject is being considered for use as a defendant informant in Williamson County, and OCD supervisor shall be contacted before using the informant

Hazardous material response purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 308

Hazardous substances present a potential harm to employees resulting from their exposure. This policy outlines the Department's response when dealing with hazardous materials. Hazardous material - A substance which, by its nature, containment and reactivity, has the capability of inflicting harm during exposure. It is characterized as being toxic, corrosive, flammable, reactive, an irritant or strong sensitizer and thereby poses a threat to health when improperly managed (Tex. Health and Safety Code § 501.002).

Honesty Chapter 9 Page 480, 41

Honesty is of the utmost importance in the police profession. Employees are expected to be truthful at all times in the performance of their duties. (a) Employees will speak the truth at all times and reflect the truth in all reports and written communications. Any statement or omission of pertinent or material information which intentionally misrepresents facts or misleads others through an official statement will be considered a false official statement. The following are examples of an "official statement": 1. Documents prepared by an officer in connection with their official duties, including but not limited to incident reports or supplements, sworn affidavits, and citations. 2. Verbal or written statements made by an officer in connection with their official duties to: - An investigator conducting an administrative or criminal investigation of the officer or another person's conduct. - A supervisor conducting an inquiry into the officer's use of force. - A fact finder in an administrative, civil, or criminal proceeding in which the officer testifies.

Hostage, barricaded, and suicidal subject incidents purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 310

Hostage situations and barricaded suspects present unique problems for law enforcement. The protection of the public and law enforcement personnel is of the utmost importance. Proper planning and training will tend to reduce the risks involved with these incidents. The Critical Incident Negotiation Team's (CINT) sole purpose is to facilitate the professional resolution of hostage and/or barricaded subject incidents. For purposes of this document, "professional resolution" means utilizing nationally recognized law enforcement negotiation techniques which focus on saving human life during critical times involving emotionally disturbed persons and/or criminal subjects. Professional resolution further means recognizing the importance of safety and inter-unit communication and cooperation with regard to the overall success of critical incident resolution.

Identity theft purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 367

Identity theft is a growing trend that frequently involves related crimes in multiple jurisdictions. This policy is intended to provide guidelines for the reporting and investigation of such crimes.

Communicating with the traffic violator Chapter 6 page 413

If a person without a hearing impairment would be issued a traffic citation without the need of being questioned, then a person with a hearing impairment in the same situation does not need to be provided an interpreter. If an officer has stopped a subject for a traffic violation and is unable to convey the nature of the infraction, the officer should use discretion about whether to call an interpreter or to issue a warning rather than a citation.

Procedures Chapter 9 page 628, 629

If a sworn supervisor will be absent for an entire day or longer (e.g., vacation, sick leave, FMLA leave, injury leave, training), the next higher supervisor in the chain-of-command is authorized to designate an officer to temporarily serve as an acting supervisor. (a) The consideration should be based on the following criteria: 1. If it is in the best interests of the Department for an acting supervisor to be temporarily assigned. 2. If there is another on-duty supervisor who can assume the supervisory duties within the Department's established span of control. (b) In order to initiate pay differential, a "Pay Differential Assignment Form" must be completed by the employee's supervisor and submitted to the APD-HR office. (c) The calculation for pay differential is based on years of service with the Department. 1. Employees will be compensated as if they were at the higher rank with the same years of service. 2. If years of service do not equal the minimum number of years required before attaining the higher rank, the base salary of that rank will be used for the calculations.

Interrogating in Arrestee Chapter 6 page 413

If an officer cannot inform the arrestee of the Miranda warnings without the use of an interpreter, then the officer must secure an interpreter before any interrogation. (a) Hearing impaired suspects must be provided an interpreter before any interrogation whenever one is needed for effective communication. If exigent circumstances do not allow a delay in the interrogation of the arrestee and an interpreter cannot respond within a reasonable period, the officer may go on with the interrogation only if: 1. The arrestee can understand the Miranda warnings as given; and 2. The arrestee specifically declines the opportunity to have an interpreter present. (b) If written communication becomes ineffective, the officer must stop the interrogation and wait until an interpreter is present.

Interviewing a subject to establish probable cause Chapter 6 page 412, 413

If an officer needs to interview a subject with a hearing impairment to determine if there is probable cause to make an arrest, an interpreter must be provided if written communication is ineffective. When an officer cannot wait until an interpreter arrives, the following procedures apply: (a) Minor Offenses 1. If possible, postpone the interview until an interpreter is available. If an interpreter is not available in a reasonable period of time, the officer must document the investigation as completely as possible for later follow-up by the appropriate investigative unit. (b) Serious Offenses 1. If an interpreter is not available in a reasonable period of time, a supervisor shall be contacted to decide if an investigator should be called in to wait for an interpreter. If the supervisor decides that an investigator should not respond, the officer must document the investigation as completely as possible for later follow-up by the appropriate investigative unit.

Medical treatment from Tayser device Chapter 2 page 70, 71

If any individual refuses medical attention, such a refusal should be witnessed by another officer and/or medical personnel and shall be fully documented in related reports. If an audio recording is made of the contact for the interview with the individual, any refusal should be included, if possible. The transporting officer shall inform any person receiving custody or any person placed in the position of providing care that the individual has been subjected to the application of the Taser device. All subjects shall be evaluated by the jail nurse prior to booking.

Decision to pursue Chapter 2 page 109, 110

If circumstances permit, surveillance and containment are generally the safest tactics for apprehending fleeing subjects. In deciding whether to initiate or continue a foot pursuit, an officer should continuously consider reasonable alternatives to pursuit based upon the circumstances and resources available, such as the following: - Containment of the area - Canine search - Saturation of the area with patrol personnel - Air support - Apprehension at another time when the identity of the subject is known or there is information available that would likely allow for later apprehension, and the need to immediately apprehend the subject does not reasonably appear to outweigh the risk of continuing the pursuit

Filing of criminal charges Chapter 9 652, 653

If criminal charges are to be filed against an individual for attempting to expose an officer to blood, or to cause alarm or harass an officer by putting them in fear of being infected, regardless if the individual is carrying a communicable disease, the officer should proceed with the filing of Harassment of a Public Servant (Tex. Penal Code § 22.11). (a) The individual need not be infected with a communicable disease to meet the elements of Harassment of a Public Servant and therefore no blood draw from the individual will be performed for the purpose of filing criminal charges. (b) Under no circumstances will any suspect or person be requested to submit to any blood and/or saliva sample for testing. Only the Travis County Health and Human Services has such authority.

Elevation of a force level incident Chapter 2 page 75

If information is uncovered during a response to resistance inquiry to indicate that the original force level falls into a higher category, the fourth level should be elevated to conduct the appropriate inquiry - Supervisors have the discretion to elevate any level three force incident to a level two in order to conduct a more extensive inquiry and review the incident - An employees Lieutenant, with the approval of the commander or duty commander, may elevate any response to resistance incident to a level one force incident.

Intervention procedure Chapter 3 page 251

If involvement is reasonably necessary, an officer should call or have someone else call 9-1-1 to request immediate assistance if possible. (a) The operator should be informed that an off-duty officer is on-scene and provided a description of the officer if possible. (b) Officers should clearly identify himself as a police officer to those involved in the situation, if practicable. (c) Officers should fully cooperate with the agency having jurisdiction in providing statements or reports as requested or as appropriate.

Extension of Allert Chapter 4 page 354

If it is determined that an extension beyond the initial 24 hours as needed, the investigative unit supervisor should contact the state operation center during the 23 hour reminder

Interviewing a victim or critical witness Chapter 6 page 413, 414

If officers can communicate effectively in writing with a hearing impaired person, they may proceed with an interview using a notepad. However, if an investigating officer is unable to communicate effectively with a victim or a critical witness, the officer must utilize an interpreter. If the officer cannot wait until an interpreter arrives, the following procedures apply: (a) Minor Offenses 1. Have an interpreter dispatched to the victim's or critical witness's location and request APD Communications re-contact the officer when the interpreter arrives; or 2. The officer may ask the victim or critical witness to come voluntarily to the station when an interpreter is available. When the victim/witness arrives, the investigating officer may then return to the station to complete the investigation or make arrangements for follow-up by the appropriate investigative unit. (b) Serious Offenses When the victim or witness with a hearing impairment is critical to establishing probable cause for an arrest or for completing the investigation, the investigating officer must contact the appropriate supervisor before leaving the scene. The supervisor will decide if an investigator will be called in to wait for an interpreter. If the supervisor decides that an investigator should not respond, the officer must document the investigation as completely as possible for later follow-up by the appropriate investigative unit.

Communicating with the suspect before Arrest Chapter 6 page 413

If probable cause exists for the arrest of a hearing impaired person and the same standard would apply to a suspect without a hearing impairment, then no interpreter would be required before arrest unless the officer is unable to convey the nature of the criminal charges. If the arrestee does not decline the opportunity to communicate through an interpreter, the arrestee should be transported to the Central Booking facility. Either the arresting officer or the transporting officer can convey the information through the interpreter upon arrival.

Emergency button activation Chapter 3 page 133, 134

If the emergency button is depressed on the MDC or radio, the dispatcher will call the unit and ask if the unit is code for. 1. If there is no emergency the employee should respond code 4 and all unit shall resume their normal activity 2. If there is no response or the employee answers in some other way, the dispatcher shall send available units to assist in locating the unit that is transmitting the emergency. Available units may self assign the call via the MDC and respond as appropriate. - Units shall refrain from transmitting on the radio until there is a code 4, unless they are themselves handling an emergency - When the situation is considered code 4, all units not on scene shall go back in service

Employee responsibilities Chapter 4 page 376, 377

If the individual explains that the animal is required because of a disability and has been trained to work or perform at least one task, the animal meets the definition of a service animal. No further question as to the animal's status should be asked. The person should not be asked questions about his disabilities nor should the person be asked to provide any license, certification or identification card for the service animal. Service animals are not pets. Employees should not interfere with the important work performed by a service animal by talking to, petting or otherwise initiating contact with a service animal.

When order is not verifiable Chapter 4 page 339

If the victim is not in possession of the protective order and/or for any reason the officer cannot verify the validity of the order, the following action shall be taken: (a) Write a report and give the report number to the victim. (b) Inform the victim of how to contact the appropriate Investigative Unit for further action.

Policy violation Chapter 2 page 76

If there is any credible evidence a policy violation may have occurred by the officer then the incident shall be handled as follows: - Level one force incidents: if the original incident would have been handled as a level one force incident, supervisor shall notify the SIU and IA of the possible policy violation and handle the response to resistance inquiry as a level one force incident. Supervisors shall document the date and time SIU and IA were notified in the supervisors supplement. - Level two and level three force incidents: if the original incident would have been handled as a level two or level III force incident, supervisor shall notify IA of the possible policy violation and handle the response to resistance inquiry as a level two force incident. Supervisors shall document the date and time IA was notified in the supervisor supplement. Internal investigations of policy violations shall be handled as outlined in policy 902

Taking possession of a child in emergency or other situations Chapter 4 page 347, 348

If there is no time to obtain a court order, a child may be taken into protective custody if an officer determines emergency circumstances described by Tex. Fam. Code § 262.104 exist. Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to taking a child into protective custody, and articulate the facts indicating why an immediate danger to the child may exist. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should contact a supervisor promptly after taking a child into protective custody. Prior to taking a child into protective custody, the officer should take reasonable steps to deliver the child to another qualified parent or legal guardian unless it reasonably appears that the release would endanger the minor or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option, the officer shall ensure the minor is delivered to the appropriate child welfare authority.

Family violence involving mental illness Chapter 4 page 326

If there is reason to believe a suspect that is still on-scene suffers from a mental illness, an on- duty patrol officer that is a certified Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) officer shall be requested to the scene. (a) A Peace Officer Emergency Commitment (POEC) may be used to remove a suspect from the scene for the purpose of a psychiatric evaluation and/or treatment in lieu of a custodial arrest. The discretion to use a POEC rests solely with the on-scene CIT officer. (b) It is recommended that a suspect in a family violence offense only be placed in protective custody pursuant to a POEC when sufficient psychiatric bed space is available and has been confirmed at the proper psychiatric facility by the CIT officer prior to transport. Under no condition will a suspect in protective custody pursuant to a POEC be transported to a hospital ER for a family violence offense when no psychiatric beds are available in lieu of filing criminal charges.

Illegal U-turn

Illegal U-turn, Crest/bottom of hill Involved in collision or interfered with another vehicle, if no interference, warn

Interpreter services purpose and scope Chapter 6 page 412

Immediate language interpretation services are available 24 hours a day by phone. Qualified interpreters for the hearing impaired are available to respond to the scene upon request.

Impeding traffic

Impeding traffic An operator drives at a speed that impedes the normal and reasonable movement of traffic for a distance of three blocks are more

Impound wrecker

Impound Wrecker - For purposes of this policy, impound of a motor vehicle means the taking of a vehicle from a street, alley, highway, sidewalk or public thoroughfare, and in some instances a public place, into actual constructive police custody. It is the removal of a vehicle from where it is initially located, and may also include continued retention of the vehicle in a garage, vehicle storage facility, or other place of safekeeping. Only the authorized impound wrecker service will be used to tow and store impounded vehicles. 1. The following are situations/circumstances which do not constitute an impound. (a) The towing/removal of a vehicle from the scene of a crash due to damage. (b) The removal of an unauthorized vehicle from a private parking lot by the person who has care, custody and control of the lot. (c) Persons engaged in construction, street repair, etc. relocating vehicles to a nearby place of safety. (d) The towing of a vehicle seized by police under applicable forfeiture proceedings.

Turn from wrong lane

Improper right/left turn, exit or approach Turn from wrong Lane, or wide right turn interfering with other traffic, if no interference, warn

Imprudent speed, collision

Imprudent speed Any vehicle at any speed when existing conditions are such as to make the speed unreasonable or imprudent

APD incident reporting Chapter 3 page 226

In addition to completing the appropriate crash report form(s), officers shall also complete a detailed incident report when crashes involve any of the following: (a) Life threatening injury or death. (b) Crime Scene Unit response (regardless if victim condition is upgraded). (c) Driver impairment due to alcohol or drugs is suspected. (d) Leaving the Scene (LTS) incident. (e) Failing to Stop and Render Aid (FSRA) incident. (f) An APD leased, owned or rented vehicle as outlined below. (g) An arrest for any offense.

Class A and class B misdemeanor citations Chapter 3 page 147

In addition to the above considerations, officers must meet all of the following requirements in order to issue a class A or class B misdemeanor citation: - The offense is eligible for release by citation and - The violator is not a juvenile and - The violator must have sufficient identification so his identity can be validated during court testimony. The violator must be able to present this identification when he appears for his court date and - The violator committed the offense in travis County in the violator resides in Travis County or Hays County and the violator resides in Hays County.

Training with the Taser device Chapter 2 page 71

In addition to the initial department approved training required to carry and use a taser device, all employees carrying a taser device shall demonstrate proficiency annually. - Employees who have not carried a taser device as part of their assignment for a period of six months or more shall be recertified by a department approved taser device instructor prior to again carrying her using the device - A reassessment of an officers knowledge and/or practical skill may be required at any time if deemed appropriate by the training commander.

Foster home locations Chapter 4 page 335

In addition to the required incident report, an officer who investigates a family violence incident, or who responds to a disturbance call that may involve family violence, shall make an oral or electronic report to the Department of Family and Protective Services within 24 hours if the location of the incident or call, or the known address of a person involved in the incident or call, matches the address of a current licensed foster home or a verified agency foster home as listed in the Texas Crime Information Center (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 5.05(a-1)).

Control devices and techniques Chapter 2 page 62

In an effort to reduce and minimize altercation related injuries to officers, the public and subjects, the department authorizes the use of selected control devices. These control devices were approved in order to control violent or potentially violent subjects. It is anticipated that the use of these devices will generally result in fewer altercation related injuries to officers and subjects. The policy below is for the use and maintenance of control devices. The use of control devices upon a subject by an officer shall only occur when the officer, while in the performance of his lawful duties, reasonably believes it is necessary to gain control the subject. The department recognizes and respects the value of all human life and dignity without prejudice to anyone. It is also understood that vesting officers with the authority to use lawful and objectively reasonable force and protect the public welfare requires a careful balancing of all human interest.

Protective orders and emergency protective orders Chapter 4 page 345

In any situation which an officer reasonably believes that an elder or dependent adult is in immediate and present danger of abuse based on an allegation of a recent incident of abuse or threat of abuse (other than financial abuse alone), the officer may contact Adult Protective Services and request that they obtain a protective order against the person alleged to have committed or threatened such abuse if that person is not in custody. Refer to Policy 418 (Family Violence) for guidelines on filing an EPO on any incident where a suspect is arrested and it is clear there has been family violence against an elder or dependent adult.

Consent withdrawn Chapter 4 page 368, 369

In cases where a subject initially enters a property with consent but fails to leave when given notice to do so by the owner/agent, officers shall adhere to the following guidelines: (a) Officers must witness: 1. The subject in/on the property; and 2. The owner/agent administer to the subject the notice to leave. (b) If the subject does not leave, officers may make an arrest for criminal trespass. (c) If the subject leaves, officers shall write a criminal trespass notice report as outlined in this policy.

Trespass notice not documented Chapter 4 page 369 370

In cases where the subject is witnessed on the property by an officer and the owner/agent claims to have previously given a trespass notice to the subject but it is not documented; and (a) The owner/agent will immediately furnish an affidavit attesting that a prior trespass notice was given to the subject, the subject may be arrested. (b) The owner/agent cannot or will not immediately furnish an affidavit attesting that a prior trespass notice was given to the subject. The owner/agent should administer another trespass notice to the subject in the officers presence and advise the subject to leave the property: 1. If the subject does not leave, officers may make an arrest for criminal trespass. 2. If the subject leaves when given notice, the officer will write a criminal trespass incident report as outlined in this policy and instruct the owner/agent to follow-up with the appropriate Investigative Unit if he wishes to file charges.

Trespass notice more than one-year-old Chapter 4 page 370

In cases where the subject is witnessed on the property by the officer but the trespass notice is more than one year old: (a) The owner/agent should administer another trespass notice to the subject in the officer's presence and advise the subject to leave the property: 1. If the subject does not leave, officers may make an arrest for criminal trespass. 2. If the subject leaves when given notice, officers will write a criminal trespass incident report as outlined in this policy and instruct the owner/agent to follow-up with the appropriate Investigative Unit if he wishes to file charges. (b) If the owner/agent provides compelling information, or the current incident contains aggravating circumstances that would substantially warrant an arrest for criminal trespass and the documented notice was given more than one year prior, the officer may make an arrest with supervisor approval. The details warranting arrest, as well as the supervisor's name, must be articulated in the incident report narrative.

Alert and mobilization of personnel Chapter 4 page 301

In certain circumstances it may be necessary for the Department to deploy additional on-duty personnel through Mobile Field Force (MFF) or to alert and mobilize off-duty personnel through the Mobilization Plan. (a) Mobile Field Force mobilization of on-duty personnel is outlined in Policy 408 (Mobile Field Force). (b) Alpha/Bravo mobilization of off-duty personnel is outlined in the UTRP.

Required parent notification Chapter 3 page 153

In contrast to detention situations, the law requires that a child's parent/guardian be promptly notified when the child is in police custody - If a child is taken to a juvenile detention facility, intake personnel will typically make the parent notification. However, at times, they may need assistance from APD when a parent/guardian cannot be contacted by phone. In that case, and take personnel may request that APD attempt to contact the parents in person by calling communications. - In the event that a child taken into custody is brought directly to an APD facility to be interviewed, it is the responsibility of the arresting officer to make parent/guardian notification or coordinate that notification with the appropriate investigator - Officers shall indicate on the juvenile facility booking form and in an incident report information regarding contact with the juveniles parent/guardian

Informants purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 383

In many instances, a successful investigation cannot be conducted without the use of informants. To protect the integrity of the Austin Police Department and the officers using informants, it shall be the policy of this department to take appropriate precautions by developing sound informant policies.

Timesheets Chapter 9 page 633

In order for the Department's payroll records to be properly and accurately maintained it is necessary that weekly timesheets be submitted to APD HR for each employee. Employees are responsible for the accurate recording of their own time on the weekly timesheet. (a) Attendance records will be based on a work week that begins at 12:00 am on Sunday and ends at midnight on Saturday. (b) Within each section, an employee may be designated as timekeeper to ensure completion and proper submission of weekly timesheets. (c) All timesheets shall be: - Completed in ink; and - Signed and dated by the employee to attest to accuracy; and - Signed by a supervisor to indicate timesheet approval.

Obtaining a search warrant Chapter 4 page 291, 292

In order to preserve the integrity of evidence seized in search warrants and for the protection of officers involved, the following procedures are mandated regarding obtaining and executing search warrants. Search warrants will not be obtained by any member of the Department without prior approval of a supervisor in the employee's chain-of-command. All search warrants will be written by an officer in the rank of detective or above. (a) Supervisors shall review and approve search warrants by placing their initials and employee number in the upper right corner on the face of the warrant application before allowing the investigator to take the warrant to a magistrate for issuance. 1. Search Warrants authored by sergeants or above must seek review and approval from a supervisor one rank higher than the author. 2. A blood search warrant for DWI enforcement is exempt from this policy and shall adhere to Policy 355 (DWI Enforcement) and DWI Enforcement Unit SOP

Speeding Chapter 3 page 209, 210

In situations where officers stop a driver for speeding only, officers may not arrest the driver solely for this violation unless (Tex. Transp. Code § 543.004): (a) The driver does not have sufficient identification; or (b) The driver refuses to sign a citation, or (c) The violation is a component of a more serious violation (e.g., reckless driving, DWI, racing). When an arrest is made for the more serious violation, officers shall not issue a citation or charge the violator with speeding.

Rotary aircraft landing zone guidelines Chapter 5 page 401

In the event a rotary aircraft needs to land, officers shall establish and maintain a landing zone. (a) Establishing a Landing Zone 1. Preferably 60 ft. by 60 ft.; and 2. Hard road surface, if possible, otherwise grass or dirt areas if a paved road is not available; and 3. No obstructions such as telephone wires, power lines, poles, structures or vehicles; and 4. No debris on the ground (remove any objects that may be blown around). Officers are also reminded to remove hats or caps which may be blown away during landing and take-off. (b) Marking the Landing Zone 1. All emergency lights, spotlights, and headlights shall be turned off during landing and take-off. 2. Vehicle parking lights may be left on for landing recognition purposes.

Alert procedures Chapter 4 page 353

In the event of a confirmed missing person that meets the criteria for an AMBER or Silver Alert, the following procedure shall be followed: (a) Employees shall notify their supervisor. (b) Supervisors shall notify the appropriate Investigative Unit supervisor to request an Alert System activation: 1. For an AMBER alert, supervisors will notify the Missing Persons or Homicide Unit to determine if the circumstances meet the criteria for an AMBER alert, as appropriate. The Missing Persons and/or Homicide Unit will handle the alert notification procedure. 2. For a Silver alert, supervisors will contact the Missing Persons Unit to determine if the circumstances fit the criteria for a Silver alert. The Missing Persons Unit will handle the alert notification procedure. (c) The Public Information Office should be notified.

Class C misdemeanor citations Chapter 3 page 148

Incident reports are generated by central records from the information on class C misdemeanor citations issued by officers. Having accurate insufficient information on the front and back of a citation is critical for central records to complete these reports Class C misdemeanor citation may only be used when the offense is a class C misdemeanor other than a traffic violation.

Member of a household

Includes a person who previously lived in a household

Department technology

Includes all computers (on-site and portable), Internet, email, hardware, software, and resources owned, leased, rented or licensed by the Austin Police Department or City of Austin which are provided for official use by employees.

Workday

Includes anytime the employee is receiving compensation from the city, such as normal, work shift, breaks, lunch hour, overtime.

Abuse

Includes the following acts or omissions by a person (Tex. Fam. Code § 261.001): (a) Mental or emotional injury to a child that results in an observable and material impairment in the child's growth, development or psychological functioning. (b) Causing or permitting the child to be in a situation in which the child sustains a mental or emotional injury that results in an observable and material impairment in the child's growth, development or psychological functioning. (c) Physical injury that results in substantial harm to the child, or the genuine threat of substantial harm from physical injury to the child, including an injury that is at variance with the history or explanation, given and excluding an accident or reasonable discipline by a parent, guardian or managing or possessory conservator, that does not expose the child to a substantial risk of harm. (d) Failure to make a reasonable effort to prevent an action by another person that causes physical injury that results in substantial harm to the child.

Drug

Includes the following: (a) Illegal drugs. (b) Prescription drugs not prescribed to the employee by a physician. (c) Non-medical Inhalants. (d) Marijuana (Regardless of legality)

Software

Includes, but is not limited to, all computer programs and applications including " shareware." This does not include files created by the individual user. (a) Freeware Software - Software freely obtained from public sources. (b) Shareware Software - Proprietary software that is provided to users without payment on a trial basis and is often limited by a combination of functionality, availability, or convenience.

Hardware

Includes, but is not limited to, computers, computer terminals, Network Equipment, modems, or any other tangible computer device generally understood to comprise hardware.

Family

Individuals who are related either by blood or by marriage. Family includes former spouses, parents of the same child regardless of the marital status or the legitimacy of the child and foster child/parent relationships

Criminal history record information Chapter 1 page 39

Information collected about a person by a criminal justice agency that consist of identifiable descriptions and notations of arrest, detentions, indictments, information's and other formal criminal charges and their dispositions.

Confidential information

Information designated as confidential by law, state, federal statute, or court decision.

Policy Chapter 3 page 250

Initiating law enforcement action while off-duty is generally discouraged, particularly when officers are outside their jurisdiction. Reporting to the appropriate law enforcement agency and safe monitoring of suspected criminal activity is favored. (a) Officers should not attempt to initiate enforcement action when witnessing minor crimes; Officers are not expected to place themselves in unreasonable peril. (b) Officers who becomes aware of an incident or circumstance that he reasonably believes poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death, or significant property damage, should take reasonable action to minimize the threat. (c) Officers must remember that their authority to arrest may be limited based upon their jurisdiction.

Injury leave guidelines Chapter 9 page 646, 647

Injury leave for Department employees shall be granted as follows: (a) Sworn employees shall receive up to 2,080 hours of injury leave per compensable injury or illness. (b) Civilian employees may receive up to 80 hours of injury leave per compensable injury or illness that qualifies for wage continuation benefits.

Department values - I. C. A. R. E. Page 6

Integrity - the cornerstone of police work; without it, public trust is lost. Courage - to make the right professional decision. Accountable - to the community, the department, and coworkers. Respect - of the community, the department, and most importantly, self. Ethical - professional actions and decision making.

Interference with emergency telephone call Chapter 4 page 329

Interference with emergency telephone call has its own arrest authority (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 14.03(a)(5)) that is separate from the arrest authority for family violence. (a) Officers should consult with their supervisor or Arrest Review to confirm there is enough probable cause for the arrest of this offense. If enough probable cause exists, officers may make an arrest. (b) When no arrest is made, officers shall write up a report and detail whether the victim wants to file charges for the offense. (c) When this offense also involves a family violence incident, officers shall make sure an Assault Victim Statement (AVS) is completed.

Internet usage Chapter 10 page 680

Internet access is only authorized for official Department business and users are expected to know the tools, rules, and etiquette of the Internet. Employees must use the Internet in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. This includes compliance with copyright and license laws governing programs, as well as data and written materials accessed, obtained, or provided to others via the Internet.

Investigative guidelines for citizen informants Chapter 4 page 385

Investigative Units within the Department wishing to utilize a citizen informant shall adhere to the following guidelines: (a) A citizen informant does not have to be documented in the Confidential Informant Database unless he wishes to be paid for the information or evidence being provided. (b) If a citizen informant wishes to be paid, the paid informant guidelines shall be followed or refer the informant to Crime Stoppers.

Arrest warrant service Chapter 4 page 291

Investigative unit personnel may serve a filed arrest warrant as outlined in policy 319. Warrants may also be turned over to the APD fugitive apprehension unit or the appropriate County sheriffs office for service

Investigative guidelines for paid and defendant informants Chapter 4 page 385, 386

Investigative units within the Department shall not deal with any paid informant or defendant informant unless policies and procedures outlined within the unit SOP and/or Operations Manual that mirror OCD's policy on informants. (a) Any potential paid informant or defendant informant shall be approved by an OCD supervisor before using the informant. The OCD supervisor will check the informant through the Confidential Informant Database. (b) When use of an informant has been approved: 1. All informant information shall be entered into the Confidential Informant Database by an OCD supervisor and issued an informant control number. 2. All employees shall forward original informant files to OCD for filing, retention, and archival. 3. A copy of an informant file may be kept by the unit controlling the informant. 4. All payments made to an informant shall be immediately communicated to an OCD supervisor so the Confidential Informant Database can be updated with the payment information.

Computer access and destruction of criminal history record information Chapter 1 page 41

It is a class B misdemeanor to obtain criminal history records information in an unauthorized manner, to use the information for an authorized purpose, to disclose the information to a person who is not entitled to the information or to violate any rules pertaining to criminal history records information adopted by DPS under state law. In addition it is a second-degree felony if the criminal history record information is obtained, use or disclosed for remuneration or the promise of remuneration.The following violations may also result in administrative penalties: - Divulging the content of any criminal record to another other than the authorized personnel - Obtaining or attempting to obtain information from department files other than that to which an employee is entitled in accordance with his official duties.

Required employee contact and emergency contact information Chapter 9 page 490

It is imperative the Department be able to immediately contact any employee for mobilization in the event of an emergency situation. The Department must also be able to identify an employee's next of kin or other designated emergency contact person in the event of a critical incident. Employees will not disclose the physical or mailing addresses, phone numbers, or pager number of another APD employee unless permitted by law.

Death notification Chapter 4 page 360

It is normally the responsibility of the Medical Examiner's Office to make death notifications to the next-of-kin. (a) At the Medical Examiners' request and when practicable, notification to the next-of-kin may be made by the Victim Services Unit or investigative personnel. (b) If the next-of-kin lives in another jurisdiction, the law enforcement agency from that jurisdiction shall be requested to make the notification.

Multiple subjects Chapter 4 page 269, 270

It is not always necessary for an officer to complete an FO card or electronic street check on every individual in a group of 2 or more persons. (a) If the passenger(s) in a car or the cohort(s) of a subject who has been detained by police is not the primary focus of the officer, it is not necessary to complete more than one FO card or street check. (b) If at any point during the contact an officer goes past the point of asking preliminary questions (e.g., detaining, frisking, searching) to determine a level of involvement for a passenger or cohort, those subjects shall also be documented.

Terrorism chapter 3 page 116

It is the goal of the Austin Police Department to make every reasonable effort to accurately and appropriately gather and report any information that may relate to either foreign or domestic terrorism. Officers should advise a supervisor as soon as practicable of any activity believe to be terrorism related and should document such incidents with a written report or field interview. The supervisor should ensure that all terrorism related reports and field interviews or forwarded to the investigation unit supervisor in a timely fashion

General conduct and responsibilities purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 479

It is the policy of the Austin Police Department that employees conduct themselves at all times in a manner that reflects the ethical standards consistent with APD written directives. This policy shall apply to all sworn and civilian members, including volunteer, part-time, auxiliary, and non- paid civilians affiliated with the Department through a Department-sponsored program while under the direction of a Department employee. This policy is intended to guide employees in conducting themselves and their affairs, both on- duty and off-duty, in a manner that reflects the professionalism required of Department personnel. Furthermore, this policy is intended for internal use only and shall not be construed to increase or establish an employee's civil or criminal liability, nor shall it be construed to create or establish a higher standard of safety or care.

Control supervisor responsibilities Chapter 2 page 101, 102

It is the policy of this department that supervisor control shall be exercised over all vehicle pursuit involving officers from this department. 1. The immediate supervisor of the officer initiating the pursuit, or if unavailable, the nearest available field supervisor shall assume the responsibility as the control supervisor 2. Corporals serving as acting Sergeants shall assume the responsibility as the control supervisor during a pursuit initiated in their area if no other sergeant is on duty or immediately available in that area, however, corporals may not be the control supervisor when a sergeant initiate a pursuit. 3. The control supervisor is responsible for the following: - Upon becoming aware of the pursuit, immediately ascertaining all reasonably available information to continuously assess the situation and risk factors associated with the pursuit in order to ensure that the pursuit is conducted within established department guidelines. - Engage in the pursuit when appropriate and provide on scene supervision

Control supervisor responsibility Chapter 2 page 111, 112

It is the policy of this department that supervisor control shall be exercised overall foot pursuit involving officers from this department 1. The immediate supervisor of the officer initiating the foot pursuit, or if unavailable, the nearest available field supervisor shall assume the responsibility as the control supervisor 2. Corporal serving as acting Sergeant shall assume the responsibility as the control supervisor during a foot pursuit initiated in their area if no other sergeant is on duty or immediately available in that area, however, corporals may not be the control supervisor when a sergeant initiates a foot pursuit.

Firearm discharge situations, deadly force Chapter 2 page 53

It is the policy of this department to resort to the use of a firearm when it reasonably appears to be necessary under the circumstances. A. An officer has no duty to retreat and is only justified in using deadly force against another when into the extent they officer reasonably believes the deadly force is immediately necessary to: 1. Protect himself or others from what he reasonably believes would be an imminent threat of death or serious bodily injury. 2. Make an arrest or to prevent escape after arrest when the officer has probable cause to believe that - The subject has committed or intends to commit an offense involving the infliction or threatened infliction of serious bodily injury or death or - The officer reasonably believes that there is an imminent or potential risk of serious bodily injury or death to any other person if the subject is not immediately apprehended.

Restricted information, General Chapter 3 page 200

It shall be the responsibility of the authorized employee dealing with media requests to ensure that restricted information is not inappropriately released to the media by this department. When in doubt, authorized and available legal counsel should be obtained. Examples of such restricted information include, but are not limited to: (a) Confidential peace officer personnel information. (b) Copies of traffic crash reports (except to those authorized pursuant to Tex. Transp. Code § 550.065). (c) Criminal history information. (d) Information that would tend to endanger the safety of any individual or jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation. (e) Information pertaining to pending litigation involving this department. (f) Information obtained in confidence. (g) Any information that is otherwise privileged or restricted under state or federal law.

Bond conditions Chapter 4 page 337

Judges and magistrates can attach conditions to a bond set in a family violence case preventing certain actions. A violation of a bond condition is included in Penal Code § 25.07.

Separation requirements Chapter 3 page 153

Juvenile shall not be transported in the same vehicle with adults who are suspected of her charged with criminal acts. Juveniles shall be separated at any and all times by sight and sound from adults detained in the same building. Separation requires that adults and juveniles in detention are unable to see each other or to converse

Juvenile dispositions and required documentation when the juvenile is detained or arrested for traffic offenses Chapter 3 page 156

Juvenile traffic violators should be handled in the same manner as adult violators

Juvenile photographs Chapter 3 page 165, 166

Juveniles may only be photographed 1. With consent of the juvenile court, via a court order 2. If the child is taken into custody for delinquent conduct that is punishable by confinement in jail, class B misdemeanor or higher 3. If the child is not in custody in the child's parent or guardian voluntarily consent in writing to the photographing of the child

Postexposure information Chapter 9 page 652

Lab results from source blood draws completed by the Austin Travis County Health and Human Services will be faxed to the Austin Police Department Physician. (a) The Department physician will contact the employee within 72 hours and inform the employee of the results. (b) Employees who have not heard from the Department physician within 72 hours of the incident should contact the physician directly.

Request for emergency assistance Chapter 3 page 247

Law enforcement agencies may request emergency assistance from the Department at any time. Such requests are categorized and handled as follows: (a) Immediate Emergency Assistance 1. These are incidents in which another agency's officers are within or immediately adjacent to our jurisdiction and have encountered a situation or incident requiring immediate assistance (e.g., officer needs assistance, major crashes). 2. Such requests are normally received by APD Communications which is responsible for: - Determining the nature of the request; and - Dispatching the appropriate APD units to assist; and - Notifying the appropriate unit sergeant and lieutenant of the request. (b) Formal Emergency Assistance 1. This type of request is normally made when another agency's resources have been overwhelmed or need to be supplemented (e.g., disasters, hostage/barricade situations, explosive devices, mass casualty incidents). 2. The affected assistant chiefs, or in their absence the Duty Commander, shall be immediately notified and will make a decision as to what extent the Department will honor such requests.

Preliminary field investigations purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 259

Law enforcement operations consist of many diverse activities which are directed toward the attainment of the Department's objectives. The purpose of this policy is to improve coordinated efforts between Patrol and Investigative Unit personnel concerning investigative procedures. Officers should review Policy 318 (Detentions, Field Interviews and Field Photographs) and Policy 319 (Arrests) for information on handling subjects during field investigations.

Injury leave

Leave that is provided to eligible employees who are unable to work due to a compensable injury or illness

Level one and in-custody inquiry, reporting, and review requirements Chapter 2 page 79

Level one force incidents and in - custody deaths occurring prior to or within 24 hours after booking require concurrent inquiries conducted by the SIU and IA. The following sections explain the responsibilities in level one force incidents and - custody death for: - Supervisors - SIU - Lieutenants - Chain of command - IA

Level three incident inquiry, reporting, and review requirements Chapter 2 page 86, 87

Level three force incidents require the involved employees to document the incident in a report and notify their supervisors. Supervisors shall conduct a review of level three force incidents as outlined below but may upgrade any level three force incident to a level two force incident in order to conduct a more extensive review. 1. Supervisor shall respond to the scene of any level III incident involving - Use of OC spray or other chemical agent on the subject - Use of a taser device - Use of an impact weapon - Any incident resulting in injury or complaint of pain beyond the temporary discomfort of unresisted handcuffing. Supervisor shall review the general circumstances of the incident with the involved personnel and ensure the reporting level is correct based on the facts 2. Supervisor shall review the primary reporting employees response to resistant incident report: - Incomplete or inaccurate report shall be returned for additional details or clarification - Supervisor shall change the 8400 title code to 8403 for level three force incidents - Supervisor shall add a Versidex case note to the report to document they were notified, if they responded to the scene, and whether they have reviewed the incident.

Supervisor responsibilities and level to force incidents Chapter 2 page 82, 83, 84, 85

Level two force incident inquiries are conducted by the designated inquiry supervisor. A supervisor shall respond to the scene of all level two force incidents unless a hostile crowd or other conditions make such a response impracticable. In such incidents, an alternate site location shall be designated by the supervisor. A. Supervisors should secure and manage the scene upon arrival and: 1. Ensure involved personnel, subjects, and witnesses are identified, separated, and advised that communication regarding the incident with other people is prohibited 2. Verbally review the general circumstances of the incident individually with involved personnel, subjects, and witnesses. Ensure the reporting level is consistent with the facts and assess whether injuries, if present, are consistent with the force applied.

Lieutenant Chapter 1 page 25

Lieutenants exercise line command and provide advice and guidance to those employees assigned to them, as well as being responsible for keeping the respective commander informed about the activities and accomplishments of those employees.

Disabled vehicles and stranded motorist Chapter 3 page 230

MECHANICAL REPAIRS Department personnel may provide minor mechanical assistance (e.g., change flat tires, provide electrical battery boost) to a disabled vehicle. PUSH/BUDDY BUMPER USE If exigent circumstances exist or with the permission of the vehicle operator, officers may push a disabled vehicle out of roadway to a safe location using their push/buddy bumpers. Refer to Policy 804 (Vehicle Use) on their proper use.

Buyer and dealer in transit tag violations

Miss use of dealer in transit/demo tag, buyers tag expired Evidence of willful neglect or multiple warning violations

Utilization and access to social media monitoring tools Chapter 4 page 389

No authorization is necessary for general research, topical information, or other law enforcement uses that do not require the acquisition of an online alias. (a) Social media may be used by Departmental personnel for a valid law enforcement purpose. The following are valid law enforcement purposes: 1. Pre-employment background investigations. 2. Crime analysis and situational assessment reports. 3. Criminal intelligence development. 4. Criminal investigations. (b) Information and/or intelligence gathered from social media will be evaluated to determine source reliability and content validity (confidence levels). (c) Employees will utilize social media, access social media websites, online aliases, and social media monitoring tools only for a valid law enforcement purpose. The on-duty utilization of an online alias or social media monitoring tool for personal use is prohibited and is considered employee misconduct.

Found explosives/suspect devices Chapter 4 page 317, 318

No known or suspected explosive device should be considered safe regardless of its size or apparent packaging. The device should not be touched or moved except by qualified Bomb Squad personnel. When officers locate a suspected explosive device, the following guidelines should be followed: (a) All equipment within 300 feet of the suspected device that is capable of producing radio frequency energy (e.g, two-way radios, cell phones, MDC, personal communication devices) should be turned off. These devices may cause a detonation. When it is necessary to communicate with a radio or cell phone, officers should place as much distance and shielding between themselves and the suspect item as possible or use a land line telephone. (b) Notify a supervisor and request additional assistance, as necessary. (c) Have Communications contact the Bomb Squad and Duty Commander. Provide the following information to Communications, as available: 1. Any stated threat(s). 2. Exact comments. 3. Time of device discovery. 4. Exact location of the device. 5. Full description of the device (e.g., size, shape, markings, construction).

Relationship with informants Chapter 4 page 383

No member of the Austin Police Department shall maintain a social relationship with a known paid or defendant informant or otherwise become intimately involved with a such an informant. Members of the Austin Police Department shall neither solicit, accept gratuities, or engage in any private business transaction with any informant.

Seatbelt violations

No seatbelt - driver/passenger Cite

Miranda warning and admissibility Chapter 4 page 276

No statement or confession made by an adult as a result of custodial interrogation is admissible as evidence unless the person has first been administered the Miranda warning and knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waives those rights. (a) To evidence that the Miranda Warning was read to the person, employees will record the following by audio/video: 1. Reading of the Miranda card to the person in its entirety; and 2. Writing the name of the employee reading the rights to the person, the date and time, and the incident number on the face of the warning card; and 3. Requesting the person to initial each right and sign the card indicating that he understands the warning and freely waives his rights; and 4. The Miranda card will become part of the original case jacket. (b) Once the person requests to speak with an attorney or indicates a desire for legal representation, the interrogation will be discontinued at that point. Should the person request to continue the interrogation after requesting legal representation, the Miranda rights will be administered again. (c) Guidelines on admissibility of statements and confessions of a person accused of an offense as evidence is outlined in Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. Art. 38.22.

Driving a non-city vehicle Chapter 3 page 232

Non-City vehicles should not be driven by police personnel unless it is necessary to move a vehicle a short distance to eliminate a hazard, prevent the obstruction of traffic or to comply with posted signs.

Fillers

Non-suspect photographs or persons

First responder assessment Chapter 4 page 311

Nothing in this policy precludes an officer from making a call inside a structure to determine what is going on, or to request that a subject come outside to speak with officers. The ranking officer may request the assistance of an on-duty hostage negotiator to aid in the initial assessment, phone call or verbal contact. As soon as it becomes apparent that a hostage/barricaded subject incident or "jumper" situation is in progress, officers shall adhere to the notification process outlined in this policy.

Juvenile records Chapter 1 page 40

Nothing in this procedure is intended to alter existing statutes, caselaw or the policies and orders of both the counties juvenile board and the designated juvenile court regarding the release of juvenile offender records. Juvenile records and information are confidential and may only be disclosed pursuant the family code.

Federal and state legislators Chapter 3 page 175

Numerous federal and state legislators have offices within the City of Austin. During official legislative sessions, including travel to and from sessions, senators and representatives are immune from citations and arrest except for felonies and breaches of the peace - Officer shall notify their supervisor when enforcement action, such as arrest or citation, is taken against the senator or representative - Supervisor shall ensure the watch lieutenant is notified

Federal and state legislators Chapter 3 page 212

Numerous federal and state legislators have offices within the City of Austin. During official legislative sessions, including travel to and from sessions, senators and representatives are immune from citations and arrest except for felonies and breaches of the peace. (a) Officers shall notify their supervisor when enforcement action (e.g., arrest, citation) is taken against a senator or representative. (b) Supervisors shall ensure the Watch Lieutenant is notified.

Organize crime division responsibilities Chapter 4 page 386

OCD shall be the Department's central repository for all informant paper files and maintain a Confidential Informant Database that will contain informant information as well as all payments made to the informant. Informant records shall be maintained indefinitely. Each confidential informant receiving a cash payment shall be informed of his/her responsibility to report the cash to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) as income. If funds distributed exceed $600 in any reporting year, the confidential informant should be provided IRS Form 1099 (26 CFR 1.6041-1). If such documentation or reporting may reveal the identity of the confidential informant and by doing so jeopardize any investigation, the safety of peace officers or the safety of the confidential informant (26 CFR 1.6041-3), then IRS Form 1099 should not be issued. In such cases, the confidential informant shall be provided a letter identifying the amount he/ she must report on a tax return as #other income# and shall be required to provide a signed acknowledgement of receipt of the letter. The completed acknowledgement form and a copy of the letter shall be retained in the confidential informant's file.

License plate bracket or mounting violations

Obscured LP Warn on first offense of partially obscured plate

Soiled or damage license plate or no front plate

Obscured LP, no front LP Evidence of willful neglect or multiple warning violations

Consensual encounter

Occurs when an officer contacted individual but does not create a detention through words, actions or other means. In other words, a reasonable individual would believe that his contact with the officer is voluntary

Reasonable suspicion

Occurs when, under the totality of the circumstances, an officer has articulable facts that criminal activity may be a foot and a particular person is connected with that possible criminal activity

Proper maintenance of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 72

Officer shall be responsible for ensuring that their taser device is properly maintained and in good working order. - The supervisor or designee will perform quarterly functionality checks. This check shall occur within the first month of each quarter of the calendar year, January, April, July, October. - The results of the check will be documented and will include all officers whose tasers were checked, whether or not the internal clock is reset and if a Taser was found defective . If defective, the supervisor shall notate corrective action. examples are: • turned into police equipment for repair or replacement • taser cartridge trapdoors replaced • Low battery replaced All Taser device deployment information shall be maintained by the department for a minimum of three years.

Use of firearms Chapter 2 page 104

Officer should exercise good judgment and not place themselves in the path of a moving vehicle since doing so may increase the likelihood of having to resort to the use of deadly force 1. Unless it reasonably appears that it would endanger officers are the public, officers are expected to move out of the path of any approaching vehicle 2. Officer shall adhere to the guidelines set forth in policy 202 in regards to the discharge of a firearm at or from a moving vehicle.

Officers responsibilities with citizens arrest Chapter 3 page 176

Officers approached by a citizen making an arrest must determine whether there is probable cause to believe that such an arrest would be lawful. Officers should not detain or restrain a subject beyond that which reasonably appears necessary to safely investigate the matter and determine the lawfulness of the arrest. (a) When officers determine there is probable cause to believe the arrest is lawful, they may exercise one of the following options as outlined by Department policy: 1. Take the individual into physical custody for booking; or 2. Release the individual pursuant to a field release citation. (b) When officers determine there is insufficient arrest authority or that there does not appear to be probable cause for a lawful arrest, they will promptly release the arrested individual. 1. Officers should advise the parties that no arrest will be made at that time and that the circumstances will be documented in an incident report. Officers will document the basis of the release in the incident report. 2. If the citizen is the victim of a crime that does not have a warrantless arrest authority and the person wants to file charges, officers should give the citizen the incident number and the phone number for the Investigative Unit that will perform any follow- up review.

Misdemeanor citation use Chapter 3 page 145, 146

Officers are authorized to use verbal or written warnings to resolve minor violations when appropriate 1. Class a and class B misdemeanor citation: - On duty officers who make the decision to take enforcement action on the subject who violates a class A or class B offense eligible for a misdemeanor citation shall issue a citation when all considerations outlined in this policy have been met - Supervisor approval is required to make a custody arrest in lieu of a citation for eligible class A or class B offenses that meet all the considerations outlined in this policy 2. Class C misdemeanor citations: Officers enforcing a class C misdemeanor, other than traffic, should use the considerations outlined in this policy for the issuance of a citation. Officers shall select the least intrusive or severe method, which will: - Stop existing criminal conduct - Remove the imminent threat of violence or criminal conduct - Prevent persons from endangering themselves or others

Consensual encounter's Chapter 3 page 163, 164

Officers are encouraged to initiate interviews with people of the community in order to gain a thorough knowledge and become an integral part of the community 1. Officers may talk to a person at any time, for any reason, in performance of their duties 2. An interview should be conversational and not confrontational 3. A consensual encounter is not a stop or arrest and there is no intent to inhibit any rights or freedoms of a person. The person has the right to - Failed to respond to the officer - Refused to identify himself - Walk away from the officer 4. Negative inferences Will not be made based on a person's refusal to cooperate in the interview 5. Photographs of persons interview during a consensual encounter shall not be taken without the person's permission.

Warrant service guidelines Chapter 3 page 168 169

Officers attempting to conduct a warrant service shall adhere to the following guidelines: 1. Before any warrant service is attempted at a private residence or place of employment (as listed in the PICKUP supplement) officers shall: -Review the incident report in its entirety to determine if and when a previous warrant service has been attempted. Officers shall not normally return to a location to serve a warrant where an attempt has been previously made unless additional information has been developed suggesting the offender has returned. -Verify the warrant status by contacting the Central Records/Warrant Unit or Teletype, either directly or through Communications. -Supervisors shall be notified and a "Threat Assessment Form" (APD Form 11) shall be completed prior to any warrant service where a forced entry is planned or anticipated.

Taking enforcement action Chapter 3 page 223, 224

Officers generally cannot make an arrest for a Class C misdemeanor which did not occur in their presence. After a thorough investigation in which physical evidence or independent witness statements indicate a violation of the Transportation Code led to the crash, officers may issue the appropriate citation(s) to the offending driver (Tex. Transp. Code § 550.041). (a) Officers shall cite for all the following violations at the scene of a crash, when applicable: 1. Failure to Maintain Financial Responsibility (FTMFR). 2. Driver's License violations. 3. Hazardous violations. (b) Driving While Intoxicated (DWI) violations shall be enforced immediately. (c) Felony violations (e.g., Intoxication Assault, Aggravated Assault, Manslaughter) shall be enforced immediately. Officers shall consult with the appropriate Investigative Unit as outlined in Department policy. (d) If a driver is subject to enforcement and admitted to a hospital, a supervisor shall be contacted to determine the best course of action.

Use of department vehicles to push/pull other vehicles Chapter 8 page 474, 475, 476

Officers have the authority to remove personal property from a roadway or right-of-way if an officer determines that the property blocks the roadway or endangers public safety (Tex. Transp. Code § 545.3051). (a) Some Department vehicles have push bars that are designed for and should be used to assist in moving disabled vehicles from the roadway when reasonable and practical. 1. Employees must use caution because improperly pushing another vehicle may cause the safety airbag to deploy in the Department vehicle. 2. Employees not assigned to the Highway Response Team or Commercial Vehicle Enforcement units will not push any vehicle that is significantly larger or significantly outweighs the Department vehicle. (b) Some Department vehicles are equipped with trailer hitches designed to pull or tow other vehicles. Employees will not pull another motor vehicle or trailer unless the Department vehicle is equipped with a hitch capable of pulling the vehicle or trailer.

Elder abuse in a care facility Chapter 4 page 345

Officers investigating allegations relating to the abuse, neglect or exploitation of an elderly or disabled person in a care facility or under the care of a facility shall notify the Texas Department of Health regardless of whether a crime report was taken (25 Tex. Admin. Code § 1.205).

Incidents during secondary law enforcement related employment. Chapter 2 page 87

Officers involved in a force incident while working secondary law-enforcement related employment shall be required to comply with this policy. Supervisors in the area where the force incident occurred shall conduct the inquiry. However, for level three force incident, should the law enforcement related employment assignment employ two or more officers and one of the officers is a supervisor not involved in the force incident, the law enforcement related employment supervisor may conduct the review.

Owner/agent not on scene Chapter 4 page 370

Officers may arrest a subject that trespasses on a property when the owner/agent is not on-scene if all of the following are met: (a) A letter is on file from the owner/agent authorizing APD to facilitate an arrest on the owner's/ agent's authority in the owner's/agent's absence; and (b) An APD incident report documenting the owner/agent's written authorization is verified prior to an arrest being made; and (c) A criminal trespass notice has previously been given to the subject in accordance with the PC 30.05.

Decision to pursue Chapter 2 page 109, 110

Officers may be justified in initiating a foot pursuit of an individual the officer reasonably believes is about to engage in, is engaging in, or has engaged in criminal activity. The decision to initiate or continue such a foot pursuit, however, must be continuously reevaluated in light of the circumstances presented at the time. Mere flight by a subject who is not suspected of criminal activity shall not serve as the sole justification for engaging in a foot pursuit without the development of reasonable suspicion regarding the individuals involvement in criminal activity. Deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit is a decision that an officer must make quickly and under unpredictable and dynamic circumstances. It is recognized that foot pursuits potentially place department personnel and the public at significant risk. Therefore, no officer or supervisor shall be criticized or discipline for deciding not to engage in a foot pursuit because of the perceived risk involved.

Crowds, events and gatherings Chapter 3 page 117

Officers may encounter gatherings of people, including to but not limited to, civil demonstrations, civic, social and business events, public displays, parades and sporting events. Officers should monitor such events as time permits in an effort to keep the peace and protect the safety and rights of those present. A patrol supervisor should be notified when it becomes reasonably foreseeable that such an event may require increased monitoring, contact or intervention. Officers responding to an event or gathering that warrants law enforcement involvement should carefully balance the speech and association rights of those present with applicable public safety concerns before taking enforcement action. Officers are encouraged to contact organizers or responsible persons to seek voluntary compliance that may address relevant public safety/order concerns Officer should consider enforcement of applicable state and local laws, when the activity blocks the entrance or egress of a facility or location and when voluntary compliance with the law is not achieved

Trespass notice documented Chapter 4 page 369

Officers may make an arrest for criminal trespass when the officer witnesses a subject on the property without the consent of the owner/agent after the subject received notice that he was not to enter and meets the following guidelines: (a) The complainant has sole or undisputed authority to restrict the subject from the location (e.g., another tenant in an apartment complex may allow others on the premises' common areas).

Private property crashes Chapter 3 page 225

Officers may only take traffic enforcement action on the following violations when the crash occurs on private property: (a) Driving While Intoxicated (DWI). (b) Leaving the Scene (LTS). (c) Fail to Stop and Render Aid (FSRA). (d) Reckless Driving. (e) Offenses related to financial responsibility.

Civil standby Chapter 4 page 333

Officers may respond to a call for service where a complainant is requesting an officer to standby while he removes some of his minor belongings from a residence. The goal of the standby is to prevent a disturbance from occurring while the complainant takes necessary items from a residence. (a) When requested to conduct a standby, officers shall: 1. Check to see if the complainant has a protective order against him for the requested address. No person, including the protected person or a law enforcement officer, can authorize any person to violate a protective order. 2. Advise the complainant that only minor belongings needed for the immediate future should be taken (e.g., clothing, child items, toiletries); arrangements should be made at another time if the complainant requires prolonged assistance for the retrieval of his additional items. 3. Advise the complainant that the determination of property ownership is not the officer's responsibility. Any contest to property ownership should be handled by the appropriate Justice of the Peace. (b) The incident may be cleared as a civil issue without an incident report as long as no disturbance occurs. However: 1. Officers are encouraged to include notes in the call log summarizing the incident and whether the complainant needs to return for more belongings. 2. Officers shall complete an incident report if a disturbance occurs.

Reason for stop Chapter 3 page 236

Officers may stop a vehicle when they: (a) Observe a traffic violation; or (b) Develop reasonable suspicion that a person in the vehicle has been, is currently, or is about to be engaged in criminal activity based on specific and articulable facts by the officer or from information provided by credible witness(es).

Preliminary DWI investigation Chapter 3 page 237

Officers must be able to articulate specific facts that lead to the development of probable cause for a DWI arrest. This can be done through observations, use of a field interview, and field sobriety tests. Units equipped with a Mobile Audio Video (MAV) recording system for which the officer has been trained shall, if possible, position the device in such a way as to record the field interview and field sobriety tests.

Arrest guidelines Chapter 4 page 338, 339

Officers must carefully read a protective order prior to taking enforcement action to verify the details of the prohibited conduct and that the order is still in effect. (a) No person can grant the subject of a protective order permission to violate any tenet of the order, including a law enforcement officer or the victim. (b) The protected person cannot be arrested for personally violating any tenet of the order. (c) If it is found that a person has violated a court order, the following arrest guidelines apply: 1. An arrest shall be made when an officer witnesses a violation of any enforceable court order. (Tex. Court of Crim. Proc. art. 14.03(b)). 2. An arrest should be made when an officer has probable cause to believe a violation of any enforceable court order has been committed (Tex. Code of Crim. Proc. art. 14.03(a) (3)). (d) In the event the suspect is no longer at the scene, officers shall document the incident in a report for follow-up investigation.

Annual qualification Chapter 8 page 466

Officers must qualify annually on a TCOLE approved course of fire with each firearm and type of ammunition he is authorized to carry. In addition, approved firearms and duty ammunition must be thoroughly inspected by firearms personnel as outlined in this policy. (a) Immediate supervisors are responsible for ensuring officers qualify when required to do so. (b) Scoring on APD qualification courses will be done on a pass/fail basis. No numerical score will be recorded for qualification purposes. (c) Nightfire Qualification Requirements 1. Officers who routinely work all or part of a normal shift under low light or night low light conditions must qualify on the nightfire course. 2. Officers who routinely work Law Enforcement Related Secondary Employment (LERE) during low light or night conditions must qualify on the nightfire course. 3. Officers that qualify on the nightfire course do not have to qualify during the day. (d) Qualification Scheduling Annual qualification will normally be done during the first quarter of the calendar year. Scheduling and signup will be done through TRAIN.

Stabilize the situation Chapter 4 page 344

Officers must quickly assess the situation to ensure the immediate safety of all persons. Officers shall also consider the following: (a) Attempt to identify the victim, suspect and witnesses as well as the roles and relationships of all parties. Parties should be interviewed separately when possible. Frequently it is wrongfully assumed that elderly persons are incapable of accurately reporting the incident. Do not automatically discount the statement of an elderly person. (b) Preserve the crime scene where evidence may be present. All persons should be removed from the scene until it has been photographed and processed. Any evidence that may change in appearance, such as injuries, should be photographed immediately. (c) Assess and define the nature of the problem. Officers should assess the available information to determine the type(s) of abuse that may have taken place or the potential for abuse in the future that may be eliminated by law enforcement intervention. (d) Make on-scene arrests when appropriate. Immediate arrest of an abuser (especially when the abuser is a family member or caretaker) may leave the elderly victim without necessary support and could result in institutionalization. The effect of an arrest on the victim should be considered and weighed against the assessed risk and the competent victim's desires. The present and future safety of the victim is of utmost importance.

Police bicycle training and certification Chapter 5 page 394

Officers must successfully complete all required Police Mountain Bike courses in order to use a bicycle during their normal course of duty. (a) Officers interested in becoming a Certified Bicycle Officer by attending the initial Police Mountain Bike course must meet each of the following requirements: 1. Have two or more years of police service with the Department unless otherwise approved by a supervisor; and 2. Get supervisor permission prior to signing up for the Police Mountain Bike course; and 3. Pass a prerequisite Fitness Assessment conducted by the APD Wellness Office or pass a Physical (for strenuous activity) by your personal physician within 6 months prior to the first day of class. (b) Priority for acceptance into the Police Mountain Bike course shall go to officers assigned to a full-time Bicycle assignment (e.g., Downtown Patrol). (c) Certified Bicycle Officers shall complete a Department-approved Police Mountain Bike Refresher course as required.

Firearms Chapter 3 page 250

Officers of this department may carry firearms while off-duty in accordance with federal and state law and department policy. All firearms and ammunition must meet guidelines as described in Policy 803 (Duty Firearms). (a) Officers shall carry their Department issued badge and identification card when carrying firearms off-duty. (b) Firearms shall not be carried by any officer who has consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage, or taken any drugs, that would tend to adversely affect the officer's senses or judgment.

CIT officer referrals Chapter 4 page 379

Officers receiving a mental health request for assistance from a complainant will refer the individual to an on-duty CIT officer or the CIT Unit. An incident report will be completed as outlined in this policy. (a) If the person about whom the call is made poses any threat to safety, the responding officer will remain at the scene until contact is made with an on-duty CIT officer or the CIT Unit to determine the appropriate action to be taken. (b) When deemed necessary by a CIT officer or the CIT Unit, a Victim Services Crisis Team will be called to the scene to assist with: 1. Assessment of the client (including suicide assessments). 2. Assessment of the situation. 3. Linking the client with existing mental health services in the community. 4. In-depth counseling for the client and family. 5. Transportation of the client, when appropriate.

Exigency requirements Chapter 4 page 350

Officers requesting a mobile phone ping in emergency situations shall adhere to the following guidelines. Exigent mobile phone ping request must meet all of the following requirements: (a) An immediate threat of serious injury or loss of life of another person; and (b) Reason to believe a criminal offense is, or will be, involved; and (c) There is no time to obtain a court order; and (d) Belief that the phone number is subscribed to or is in possession of the suspect or victim and/or is likely to determine the location of the suspect or victim; and (e) Other means to locate suspect have been attempted and were unsuccessful and/or employing other means would create a substantial risk of serious injury or loss of life to the officer or another if attempted.

Booking guidelines, securing weapons Chapter 3 page 188

Officers shall abide by all policies, procedures and any required security safeguards regarding weapons or implements of escape when conducting any type of business (e.g., booking, prisoner transport, interview) at any correctional/detention facility. (a) Firearms, ammunition, TASER Devices, batons, flashlights, knives, OC spray and any other personal equipment that could be used as a weapon shall be secured in the police vehicle or the provided lock boxes prior to entering the booking facility. (b) Officers shall ensure the shotgun in the police vehicle is securely locked in the rack or trunk of their police vehicle.

Blood specimen guidelines Chapter 3 page 242

Officers shall adhere to the following guidelines if requesting a blood specimen from a driver after reading the DIC-24 (DIC-55) and the driver: (a) Refuses to give a specimen but meets the conditions for a mandatory blood draw (with DWI Supervisor approval); or (b) Refuses to give a specimen but meets the requirements for obtaining a blood search warrant; or (c) Voluntarily consents to give a blood specimen.

Initial interview with the victim Chapter 4 page 340

Officers shall adhere to the following guidelines when conducting an initial interview of a victim involved in a sexual assault. (a) The physical well-being of the victim takes precedence in the initial response by officers. If the victim requires medical attention, the officer will summon EMS to the scene. (b) Officers shall contact a Victim Services Unit. (c) Officers shall conduct the interview of the victim with dignity and respect, being mindful that the victim has experienced a traumatic event. 1. Officers should make every attempt to maintain the victim's privacy and protect the integrity of the investigation. 2. Officers should not interview a victim 12 years of age or younger; these interviews shall be done by an investigator from the appropriate Investigative Unit. However, if the victim made an "outcry" statement to an adult, the officer should identify and interview the adult, if possible. 3. Officers will not ask a victim if they want to prosecute (the suspect / crime); this inquiry is premature.

Mentally ill persons requiring medical attention Chapter 4 page 380

Officers shall call EMS to treat and/or transport the person to a medical facility when a mentally ill person needs medical attention. (a) If the subject is transported, a Mental Health Transport Form shall be completed and given to EMS personnel. (b) If the subject is not transported, officers shall request an on-duty CIT officer to respond to the scene.

Ammunition Chapter 8 page 465

Officers shall carry only department authorized ammunition. Officers shall not modify or alter any approved ammunition. See the department approved weapons and ammunition list for specific ammunition requirements.

Requesting and exigent mobile phone ping Chapter 4 page 356, 357

Officers shall contact their supervisor when requesting an exigent mobile phone ping that: (a) has originated from a non-911 source and (b) meets all the exigency requirements: 1. The Watch Lieutenant shall be contacted and briefed on the incident. 2. The Watch Lieutenant shall notify the unit ultimately responsible for investigation of this incident (ie. Homicide for Kidnappings, Missing Persons for endangered missing, Robbery, etc.) to get permission/approval from its designated detective (a detective who has been authorized by the Travis County District Attorney's Office) to determine if the request shall be approved. 3. Once approved, the Watch Lieutenant shall assist with completing and, if necessary, signing the Exigent Request form to be sent to the cell phone provider. 4. The Watch Lieutenant will scan the faxed exigent request document and e-mail it to assigned investigating detective who will be responsible for having it placed in the case jacket. 5. Personnel from the Real Time Crime Center (RTCC) may assist with the logistics of locating the phone, and relaying the location information to involved units.

Required information Chapter 4 page 334, 335

Officers shall document the following information in an incident report: (a) Specific facts that lead to the probable cause for an arrest, including a detailed description of injuries sustained and threats made by the victim and/or suspect. (b) Information supporting, and the name of the supervisor approving, a decision to: 1. Not make an arrest when a suspect is on-scene of a family violence incident; or 2. Make multiple arrests in a family violence incident. (c) The identity of all children witnessing or residing at the location of an incident. This includes the child's full name, date of birth, race, and sex in the "Persons" section of the incident report. 1. List as witness if the child was present in the household during the disturbance. 2. List as observed/seen if the child was not present in the household during the incident of family violence.

Traffic enforcement, purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 209

Officers shall enforce traffic regulations in a uniform, impartial manner. It is imperative for public acceptance that individuals committing identical offenses under similar conditions/circumstances be accorded the same treatment by an officer. To cite one person for an offense and warn another for the same offense committed to the same degree, under similar conditions and circumstances, is improper. The guidelines established in this policy are applicable to both adults and juveniles.

Storage of firearms Chapter 8 page 462

Officers shall ensure that all firearms and ammunition are secured in a manner that will keep them in accessible to children and irresponsible adults while in the officers position, home, vehicle, or any other area under the officers control

Refusal to sign a citation Chapter 3 page 210

Officers shall explain the consequences when a violator refuses to sign a citation. If the violator continues to refuse, the officer shall request a supervisor at the scene. The supervisor shall confirm that the violator understands the consequences of refusing to sign the citation and may order the violator taken into custody if the violator continues to refuse to sign the citation.

Reporting guidelines Chapter 4 page 360, 361

Officers shall include the following information when an incident report is required: (a) Deceased persons information (e.g., name, DOB, race, sex). (b) How the body was discovered and by whom. (c) A description of the body and scene as it was found at the officers arrival. (d) Any alterations to the body or the scene made by the officer or any other person (e.g., EMS, AFD). (e) Time of death. (f) Name of physician who will sign the death certificate. (g) Name of witnesses. (h) Name and employee number of Homicide Investigator. (i) Name(s) of Medical Examiner's personnel. (j) Next of kin information

Incident report Chapter 4 page 351

Officers shall initiate an incident report for all individuals alleged to be missing. (a) If the missing person does not meet one of the special circumstances listed above, officers shall: 1. Initiate an incident report titled Request to Locate if the missing person is an adult; and 2. Initiate an incident report titled Runaway Child if the missing person is a runaway. (b) If the missing person does meet one of the special circumstances, officers shall initiate an incident report with the appropriate title related to the circumstance.

UUMV incident report guidelines Chapter 4 page 366

Officers shall initiate an incident report titled "unauthorized use of a motor vehicle" with the vehicle listed as involved or victim.

Control of police observer Chapter 3 page 195

Officers shall maintain control over observers and instruct them in the conditions that will limit observers' activity. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: (a) Observers shall follow the officer's directions. Officers may return observers to the original APD facility if observers interfere with the performance of any duties. (b) Observers shall not become involved in any investigation, handling of evidence, or discussions with victims or subjects. (c) Observers shall not handle any police equipment unless instructed to do so by an officer. (d) Observers may be allowed to continue riding during the transportation and booking process provided this does not jeopardize their safety. Officers and observers shall follow all booking facility (e.g., TCSO, WILCO) guidelines. (e) Officers shall not allow any observer into a private residence without consent of the individual in control of the property unless there is an emergency or exigent circumstances exist. (f) Officers shall not allow observers to be present in any situation that would jeopardize their safety or cause undue stress or embarrassment to a victim or any other citizen.

Direct filing charges Chapter 3 page 188, 189

Officers shall not circumvent this process when booking a subject into jail. All required arrest paperwork (e.g., direct file probable cause affidavits/complaints, EPO) shall be reviewed by Arrest Review. Except when at Travis County Central Booking, this review may be made by phone, email or fax from the jail facility where booking occurs. (a) Travis County 1. Officers shall prepare the required arrest paperwork and direct file each misdemeanor and felony charge unless directed not to by a Detective. In those instances, the Detective shall follow-up and file appropriate charges within 24 hours (misdemeanors) and 48 hours (felonies). The arresting officer shall note the Detective's name in the incident report and advise Arrest Review of the Detective who has taken responsibility for filing charges. (b) Williamson or Hays County 1. Charges must be filed when the prisoner is booked.

Modifications of handguns Chapter 8 page 463

Officers shall not make any unapproved modifications to any firearm carried on duty. Approved modifications and additions will be made in compliance with the approved weapons and ammunition list.

Arrest requiring supervisor approval Chapter 3 page 167

Officers shall obtain supervisor approval on the following types of arrests prior to booking the subject into jail: (a) Any arrest where an officer is the victim (e.g., assault on a police officer, resisting arrest or search). (b) Evading arrest. (c) Arrest for multiple traffic. (d) Refusal to sign a citation. (e) Failure to identify. (f) Any full custody arrest for an offense meeting the criteria for a Class A or Class B Misdemeanor Citation as outlined in Policy 308 (Misdemeanor Citations). (g) Any Class C warrant arrest inside a private residence. (h) Any arrest where a foreign official is claiming immunity as outlined in Policy 330 (Foreign Officials Claiming Immunity).

Emergency protective orders Chapter 3 page 332, 333

Officers shall offer all victims of family violence the opportunity to file an EPO. (a) Officers shall file a motion for an EPO on the victim's behalf in all felony family violence arrests, including felony enhancements. (b) Officers shall file a motion for an EPO on the victim's behalf in all other family violence arrests when: 1. The victim wishes to have an EPO filed; or 2. The victim is unable or refuses to file and the officer has sufficient reason to believe it is imperative to the safety of the victim to file an EPO. (c) The reason why the suspect will be a further danger to the victim shall be documented on a motion for an EPO and included in the incident report. (d) Completed motions shall be turned in at Arrest Review.

Request additional resources Chapter 4 page 259, 260

Officers shall request the assistance of additional resources as necessary or required. (a) The Special Investigations Unit (SIU) shall be notified anytime an incident involves a commissioned peace officer as a suspect, regardless of that officer's agency or jurisdiction. (b) Personnel from the appropriate Investigative Unit shall be requested during the initial investigation of all: 1. Homicides and suicides. 2. Extortions. 3. Officer-involved shootings. 4. Officer-involved serious injury incidents. 5. Certain crashes as outlined in Policy 346 (Crash Investigation and Reporting). 6. Suspected bombs and explosive devices. 7. Clandestine laboratories. 8. Exigent mobile phone requests.

Submission of traffic citations Chapter 3 page 210

Officers shall submit all court copies of issue traffic tickets to a Municipal Court drop box by the end of their tour of duty. Drop boxes are located at the various substations

Reportable and nonreportable natural death's Chapter 4 page 359, 360

Officers should assume that an apparent natural death is reportable until the officer can determine that all qualifications for a non-reportable natural death are met and approved by the Homicide Unit. Officers shall always initiate a report entitled "Deceased Person" when responding to a reportable natural death. 1. Reportable Natural Death A reportable death is a death that requires a law enforcement agency or a medical examiner to be notified and an incident report to be written. (a) Any death at a private residence is a reportable death unless the death meets the requirements of a "hospice death" as explained below. (b) Any death of a child 17 and under is a reportable death and investigated by the Homicide Unit and reviewed by the Travis County Child Fatality Review Team. 2. Nursing Home Death (a) An apparent natural death at a nursing home is not always reportable; nursing homes are considered 24 hour health care facilities. A death that occurs at a nursing home is reportable if it meets any of the conditions set forth in the Texas Code of Criminal Procedure (Art. 49.25, Sec 6 (a)). (b) An apparent natural death that occurs at an Assisted Living facility is considered an at home death and shall be reported.

Secure and identify witnesses Chapter 4 page 264

Officers should attempt to locate any witnesses to an offense when warranted by the seriousness of the case. Since potential witnesses to an incident may be lost or the integrity of statements compromised with the passage of time, officers should take reasonable steps to promptly coordinate the following tasks with on-scene personnel: (a) Separate witnesses from the public, media and other subjects on-scene as the situation and personnel allow. (b) Obtain necessary identification from witnesses and an account of what they observed. 1. Any potential witness who is unwilling or unable to remain available for a formal interview or who refuses to be identified should not be detained absent reasonable suspicion to detain or probable cause to arrest. 2. When feasible, a recorded statement should be obtained from witnesses present at the time the incident occurred, regardless of whether they actually saw something.

Arrest authority Chapter 4 Page 368

Officers should be familiar with Texas Penal Code 30.05 (PC 30.05) when enforcing criminal trespass offenses. Criminal trespass is not considered a breach of the peace, therefore: (a) Residents may not legally arrest for this offense (e.g., citizen's arrest). (b) No arrest for criminal trespass will be made unless the violation occurs in the officer's presence and meets the guidelines outlined in this policy.

Family violence related child abuse Chapter 4 page 347

Officers should follow the guidelines outlined in Policy 418 (Family Violence) on the proper investigation and notification procedures for allegations of child abuse and/or excessive discipline.

Sexual assault related child abuse Chapter 4 page 347

Officers should follow the guidelines outlined in Policy 420 (Sexual Assault) on the proper investigation and notification procedures for sexual assaults involving children.

Shot placement and appointment distances Chapter 2 page 66

Officers should generally follow their training instructions regarding minimum deployment distances and target areas. The need to immediately incapacitate the subject must be weighed against the risk of causing serious injury or death. The head and neck should not be intentionally targeted, however any target area or distance may be considered when it's reasonably appears necessary to accomplish immediate incapacitation in order to prevent serious injury or death two officers or others

Officer responsibilities Chapter 4 page 322

Officers should treat an aircraft crash site as a crime scene until it is determined that such is not the case. If a military aircraft is involved, additional dangers, such as live ordnance or hazardous materials, may be present. The scene may require additional security due to the potential presence of confidential equipment or information. (a) Officers arriving on scene of an aircraft crash should: 1. Determine the nature and extent of the crash. 2. Request additional personnel and other resources to respond as needed. 3. Provide assistance for the injured parties until the arrival of EMS, AFD and/or other emergency personnel. 4. Cordon off and contain the area to exclude unauthorized individuals as soon as practicable. 5. Provide crowd control and other assistance until directed otherwise by a supervisor. (b) Entering an aircraft or tampering with parts or debris is only permissible for the purpose of removing injured or trapped occupants, protecting the wreckage from further damage or protecting the public from danger. If possible, the investigating authority should first be consulted before entering or moving any aircraft or any crash debris. Photographs or sketches of the original positions should be made whenever feasible.

Personally owned rifles Chapter 8 page 464, 465

Officers that meet the following criteria may be authorized to carry personally owned rifles while on-duty. Personally owned rifles are for the exclusive use of the weapon owner and will not be loaned or distributed for use to any other officer unless there is a bona fide emergency. (a) To carry a personally owned rifles, officers must: 1. Receive approval through the chain-of-command up to the assistant chief or designee to carry the rifle; and 2. Successfully complete a Department approved semiautomatic rifle course; and 3. Meet requirements listed in the Department Approved Weapons and Ammunition List. (b) Officers must qualify with the rifle annually on a course designated by the Learned Skills unit. (c) Officers who fail a qualification or who have lost the approval of the chain-of-command will no longer be authorized to carry the rifle on-duty. (d) Officers authorized to carry a rifle on-duty will be subject to monthly inspection by an immediate supervisor. (e) The weapon must be carried in either a protective case or secured in the patrol vehicle weapon rack.

Field sobriety tests Chapter 3 page 237, 238

Officers trained and certified in the administration of the SFST (e.g., Horizontal Gaze Nystagmus (HGN), Walk and Turn, One Leg Stand) shall conduct the tests during a DWI interview. 1. Officers not trained and certified in the SFST should request a trained and certified officer to the scene. 2. Officers should go through the instructions for each SFST and give the driver an opportunity to complete the test, even if the driver does not wish to perform any of the requested tasks. 3. As a last field sobriety test, when reasonably available, officers should request the driver to submit to a preliminary alcohol screening test. This test is to be performed by an officer who has been trained in the use of the device. The officer will administer the admonishment listed in the training manual. 4. Officers are not required to conduct the SFST when: - Physical limitations of the driver preclude its use; or - The safety of the officer and/or driver may be compromised; or - The tests are impractical for some other articulable reason. 5. Other field sobriety tests (e.g., Romberg Balance Test, Finger to Nose) may be conducted to further develop probable cause but should not be used as a substitution for the SFST, unless necessary.

Requesting A DWI enforcement officer Chapter 3 Page 236, 237

Officers who encounter a driver exhibiting characteristics of intoxication may request a DWI Enforcement Officer to conduct the preliminary DWI investigation as outlined below: (a) A request for a DWI officer requires the approval of a DWI supervisor when: 1. The requesting officer has less than 2 years APD patrol experience; or 2. The driver is physically combative; or 3. The driver is under arrest, or will be arrested, for another offense.

Registration of weapons Chapter 8 page 463

Officers will not carry a weapon until all the requirements of this policy have been met. The Training Division will maintain a record of any weapon(s) an officer is authorized to carry. (a) Personally owned firearms carried on-duty or for law enforcement purposes must be registered with the Department by the officer requesting to carry them. 1. Officers may have a maximum of three handguns and one rifle to include any city issued weapons. 2. Handguns/rifles can be registered (added or deleted) at any time during the calendar year; however, officers may only register (add or delete) two handguns/rifles per year from his registered weapons list. Exceptions may be considered by the Training commander. 3. All handguns added to an officer's registered weapons list are required to be equipped with night sights. 4. Officers who desire to carry a personally-owned AR-15 while on-duty must meet the requirements listed in the personally-owned Long Rifles section of this policy and register the weapon with the Department. 5. All weapon registration forms must be approved by the Learned Skills Supervisor.

Restrictions on vehicle pursuits Chapter 2 page 95

Officers will not engage in a pursuit under any of the following circumstances: 1. The subject evades after having committed only - Any class c offense, including traffic or - A nonhazardous traffic violation, regardless of the class of offense 2. The subject is committing, or has committed, only a misdemeanor other than suspected DWI/DUI, and his identity is known to the officer. 3. The officer has a prisoner, subject, or other non-police passenger who has not signed a liability release 4. The road surface is wet or otherwise slippery, unless the violator has committed a felony involving violence, and then only went all considerations for safety have been taken into account in the pursuit is still deemed reasonable.

Medical treatment from Tayser device Chapter 2 page 70, 71

Officers will remove taser device darts as trained once the subject is in custody. Used taser device darts shall be considered a sharp biohazard, similar to a used hypodermic needle. Universal precautions should be taken accordingly. All subjects who have been struck by taser device darts or who have been subjected to the electric discharge of the device shall be medically assessed prior to booking. Additionally, an individual who falls under any of the following category should, as soon as practicable, be examined by paramedics or other qualified medical personnel: - The subject is suspected of being under the influence of controlled substances and/or alcohol - The subject may be pregnant - The subject reasonably appears to be in need of medical attention - The Taser device darts are lodged in a sensitive area, groin, female breast, near the eyes. - The subject request medical attention. Subjects who exhibit extreme agitation, violent irrational behavior accompanied by profuse sweating, extraordinary strength beyond their physical characteristics, imperviousness to pain, excited delirium, or who require a protracted physical encounter with multiple officers to be brought under control, may be at an increased risk of sudden death and should be examined by qualified medical personnel as soon as practicable.

Citizen informants Chapter 4 page 383, 384

Officers working patrol and patrol related assignments normally encounter citizen informants. (a) Information regarding criminal activity obtained in this manner shall be handled as follows: 1. Where exigent circumstances exist, the officer should take appropriate action and document the source of information in an incident report. 2. Where no exigent circumstances exist, the officer shall refer the informant to the appropriate Investigative Unit. (b) Occasionally officers will encounter individuals who want to provide information but do not desire to be identified. 1. Officers shall not enter into any agreement promising that the individual's involvement in a particular incident will remain confidential. The individual could be required to testify in court or provide additional information to other law enforcement entities. 2. Informants still desiring to remain confidential should be referred to the appropriate Investigative Unit or to Crime Stoppers for follow-up. (c) If a citizen informant wishes to be paid, officers shall follow the paid informant guidelines.

Defendant informants Chapter 4 page 385

Officers working patrol and patrol related assignments who arrest an individual that wishes to provide information or evidence will be handled in the following manner: (a) Officers shall not enter into any agreement to accept information in lieu of filing charges. (b) Informants should be referred to the appropriate Investigative Unit. 1. Officers should contact or email the appropriative Investigative Unit supervisor with the informants' identity, a brief explanation of the situation, and the incident number. 2. Investigative Unit supervisors will determine whether to use the informant. Informant use must be approved by OCD as outlined in this policy.

Paid informants Chapter 4 page 384

Officers working patrol and patrol related assignments who encounter individuals wishing to provide information in exchange for compensation or some other benefit (other than dismissal of arrest charges - see Defendant Informants below) will be handled in the following manner: (a) The officer's supervisor must be notified that a person is attempting to provide information. (b) The supervisor and officer should determine whether or not exigent circumstances exist. 1. Where exigent circumstances exist (e.g., a crime is in progress or imminent): - The officer should attempt to obtain the information and take enforcement action as needed. - Any monetary compensation will be determined after the fact by the appropriate Investigative Unit following the Organized Crime Division (OCD) Confidential Informant Payment Guidelines. 2. Where no exigent circumstances exist (e.g., a crime has already occurred or is an on-going long- term situation): - The informant should be referred to the appropriate Investigative Unit or to Crime Stoppers for follow-up. - If the informant wishes to work with an Investigative Unit: •The officer should contact or email the appropriate Investigative Unit supervisor with the informants' identity, a brief explanation of the situation, and the incident number. • The Investigative Unit's supervisor will determine whether to use the informant. Informant use must be approved by OCD as outlined in this policy.

Lieutenants responsibilities and level one and in custody death incidents Chapter 2 page 81

On-duty lieutenants responsible for the area in which the response to resistance incident has occurred will respond to the scene to assume scene management and ensure the assigned supervisor coordinates and assists with a thorough and proper preliminary inquiry. When appropriate, lieutenants may place the involved employees on restricted duty with the approval of the employees commander or the Duty commander.

Report corrections, changes in alterations Chapter 4 page 268

Once a report has been downloaded into the reporting system queue, report corrections, changes and alterations shall be handled as follows: (a) Minor corrections (e.g., location, business name) shall be accomplished by notifying Central Records. (b) Corrections that need to be done to a narrative shall be accomplished by writing a supplemental report.

Hospital guidelines Chapter 3 page 183, 184, 185, 186

Once at a hospital, prisoners will be guarded by the transporting officer until treated and released by a physician or admitted for medical attention. Under NO circumstances will officers release and/or leave unguarded prisoners who are violent or who officers have reason to believe may become violent. (a) Medial Release from Hospital 1. Once released from the hospital, prisoners will be transported to the jail along with the proper discharge documentation. 2. The jail will require documentation to show that prisoners have received/refused medical attention from the hospital. 3. The jail nurse/medical officer should be briefed on prisoners' injuries and subsequent treatment/refusal.

Air support responsibilities Chapter 2 page 103

Once the air unit has established visual contact with the pursuit vehicle and is capable, it should start calling the actions of the pursuit to allow ground units to focus on driving. The primary and secondary ground unit should consider the participation of aircraft assistance when determining whether to continue the pursuit. 1. The air unit should coordinate the activities of resources on the ground, report progress of the pursuit and provide officers and supervisors with details of upcoming traffic congestion, road hazards or other pertinent information to evaluate whether to continue the pursuit. If ground units are not within visual contact and the air unit determines that it is unsafe to continue the pursuit, the air unit should recommend terminating the pursuit 2. Once a vehicle pursuit has been terminated, the tactical flight officer may request permission from the control supervisor to allow the air unit to track the subject. If permission is granted to track, the air unit will advise location and any pertinent information relative to the safety of the public. If the air unit indicates that the subject vehicle has stopped, the control supervisor may authorize ground units to proceed to the vehicle location. The control supervisor shall determine the manner in which the units respond - if the control supervisor denies permission to track, the air unit will break off all contact with the subject - If the air unit determines, in the interest of safety, that it can no longer assist or continue tracking the subject, the air unit shall notify the control supervisor

Joint task force manager Chapter 3 page 248, 249

Once the decision to establish an investigative task force has been approved, a joint task force manager will be appointed. Selection of the joint task force manager will be based upon work experience, management skills, the overall reputation of the candidate and the type of investigation. (a) The joint task force manager will be of the rank of lieutenant or higher, depending on the scope of the problem or investigation, and requires final approval by the Chief or designee. (b) The joint task force manager will be responsible for: 1. Establishing accountability for all facets of the operation. 2. Identifying all available resources required. 3. Briefing the Chief or designee periodically, or as requested, on the progress of the task force. 4. Preparing an after-action report to be presented to the Chief or designee detailing: - Expenditures (e.g., overtime, equipment, travel). - Staff-hours used. - Arrests and prosecutions. - Property and contraband recovered or seized. - Effectiveness of task force. - Recommendations. 5. Forwarding a copy of the after action report to Planning and Analysis for archiving.

When department issued BWDR system deactivation is authorized Chapter 3 page 124

Once the system is activated it shall remain on until the incident has concluded. 1. For the purposes of this section, conclusion of an incident has occurred when: - All arrests have been made and arrestees have been transported and - All witnesses and victims have been interviewed 2. Recording may cease if no further law-enforcement action is likely to occur, waiting for a tow truck or a family member to arrive

Crowd control Chapter 4 page 320

Only authorized personnel with a legitimate need shall be permitted access to the same. Spectators and other an authorized individuals shall be excluded to a safe distance as is reasonably practicable given the available resources and personnel

Procedures after the discovery of the laboratory or laboratory apparatus Chapter 4 page 314, 315

Only certified, trained CLT members or an APD Chemist will be involved in the dismantling, removal and transportation of clandestine lab chemicals and apparatus. (a) Officers who discover any item(s), which may resemble a clandestine lab and/or chemicals, will notify APD Communications immediately. 1. Communications will contact the Fire Department if any clandestine lab, chemical spill, or chemical situation presents an immediate threat of fire, 2. Communications will immediately notify the on-call CLT sergeant. In the absence of the CLT sergeant, the CLT lieutenant will be notified. (b) Officers will not attempt to disconnect any apparatus, except in extreme circumstances where taking no action would lead to more serious consequence (e.g., fire, explosion).

Mobile fingerprinting device use guidelines Chapter 3 page 144

Only officers that have been trained in the use of a mobile fingerprinting device may use the device. 1. The device may be used in an attempt to positively identify a person in the field when an officer has: - Lawfully detained a person based on reasonable suspicion that the person may be involved in past, present, or future criminal activity or - Probable cause to arrest the person or - Arrested the person, custody arrest, field release or - Obtained a person's consent at any time. 2. The device shall not be used on a juvenile or a person that is suspected to be a juvenile 3. Consent to submitting to the taking of a subject fingerprints is implied when the subject is deceased or unconscious. Under implied consent circumstances, officers must receive supervisor approval prior to taking fingerprints 4. Officers shall not physically force a person to be fingerprinted

Multiple applications of the Taser device Chapter 2 page 69, 70

Only one officer shall deployed his Taser device on an individual unless it is obvious the deployment was not effective 1. If the first application of the Taser device appears to be ineffective in gaining control of an individual and if circumstances allow, the officer should consider the following before additional application of the Taser device: - Whether the probes or darts are making proper contact - Whether the application of the Taser device is interfering with the ability of the individual to comply - Whether other options are tactics maybe more effective 2. This does not preclude an officer from multiple, reasonable applications of the Taser device on an individual.

Authorization to carry firearms Chapter 8 page 461

Only sworn personnel who have met all state standards, required Department training, and have been authorized by the Chief of Police shall be able to carry a firearm both on- and off-duty. (a) Nothing in this directive shall be construed to prevent: 1. Officers from using any weapon at their disposal for protection from death or serious bodily injury in a bona fide emergency; or 2. Any employee with a Concealed Handgun License (CHL) from carrying a firearm off-duty. On written approval of the DPS director, the Department may issue to an officer an alias license to carry a concealed handgun to be used in supervised activities involving criminal investigations (Tex. Gov't Code § 411.198(a)).

Open door to traffic

Open vehicle door into traffic Involved in collision or interferes with movement of another vehicle

Department technology use purpose and scope Chapter 2 page 674

Operation of all Department computers, software, and systems will be in accordance with City of Austin Communications and Technology (CTM) policies. This policy provides guidance on the use of Department computers, software, and systems and is not meant to supersede established CTM policies. Questions on this policy should be referred to a supervisor or the Police Technology Unit.

Speeding tolerance

Over limit - posted speed zone (radar) - May allow at least 9 mph in excess of the specified speed. Site at 10 mph or greater over the limit Officers may site at any speed if the facts, circumstances or conditions would justify enforcement at a lower speed. Examples can be, but are not limited to: wet, icy, or slick road conditions, residential area, construction zones, and special events involving pedestrian and/or bicycle traffic. Officers must be able to articulate why the speed was not reasonable or prudent for the circumstances

Department website Chapter 3 page 200

PIO is responsible for the APD website (www.ci.austin.tx.us/police). PIO will coordinate requests for information to be included on the website and develop and/or assist in the development of page layout for any additions to the APD website.

Vehicle towing and impound purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 231

PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides the procedures for towing a vehicle by or at the direction of the Austin Police Department.

Disabled vehicles and stranded motorist Chapter 3 page 230

PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to Department personnel to check on and offer to provide assistance to disabled or stranded motorist on all roadways within the City of Austin. The safety of the vehicle occupants, the officer, and other motorists is the first priority. Removal of vehicles posing a hazard or blocking traffic is essential to continuous safe and efficient traffic movement. OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY When an on-duty officer observes a disabled vehicle on the roadway, the officer should make a reasonable effort to provide assistance. If that officer is assigned to a call of higher priority, the dispatcher should be advised of the location of the disabled vehicle and the need for assistance. The dispatcher should then assign another available officer to respond for assistance as soon as practicable. EXTENT OF ASSISTANCE In most cases, a disabled motorist will require assistance. After arrangements for assistance are made, continued involvement by department personnel will be contingent on the availability of department resources and the vulnerability of the disabled motorist.

Paint compliance techniques Chapter 2 page 66

Pain compliance techniques may be effective in controlling a passive or actively resisting individual. Officers may only apply those pain compliance techniques for which the officer has an objectively reasonable belief that the use of such techniques appears necessary to further a legitimate law-enforcement purpose. 1. Officer should consider the following when using pain compliance techniques: - The potential for injury to the officers or others if the technique is not used - The potential for serious injury to the individual being controlled - Whether the pain compliance technique is effective in achieving an appropriate level of control - The nature of the offense involved - The level of resistance of the individual involved - The need for prompt resolution of the situation - If time permits other reasonable alternatives 2. The application of any pain compliance technique shall be discontinued once the officer determines that compliance has been achieved or other more appropriate alternatives can reasonably be utilized

Patrol function, purpose, scope and function Chapter 3 page 116

Patrol will generally provide the following services within the limits of available resources: - Patrol that is directed at the prevention of criminal acts, traffic violations and collisions, the maintenance of public order and the discovery of hazardous situations or conditions - Crime prevention activities such as residential inspections, business inspections and community presentations. Dash calls for service, both routine and emergency and nature - Investigation of both criminal and noncriminal ask - The apprehension of criminal offenders - Community oriented policing and problem-solving activities such as citizen assists and individual citizen contacts of a positive nature - The sharing of information between the patrol and other bureau within the department, as well as other outside governmental agencies - The application of resources to specific problems or situations within the community, which may be improved or resolved by community oriented policing and problem-solving strategies - Traffic direction and control

Incidents involving emergency detained subjects in possession of firearms Chapter 4 page 381, 382

Peace Officers have authority to seize firearms from a person who is being detained for mental health services under the Texas Health and Safety Code § 573.001(g). This seizure is for the safety of the detained individual and community. (a) Officers may seize any firearm found in possession of a person being detained into custody under an Emergency Detention (Health and Safety Code 573.001).

Military personnel Chapter 3 page 212

Personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States (including National Guard) are exempt from state driver's licensing requirements while operating an official motor vehicle in the scope of that service. While operating a private vehicle, active duty non-resident military personnel are not required to hold a Texas driver's license; however, they must possess a current driver's license issued by another state.

Personal records Chapter 1 page 36

Personnel records, medical records and similar records which would involve personal privacy shall not be made public. Peace officer personal records are deemed confidential and shall not be made public or otherwise released to an authorized individuals or entities absent a valid court order.

Special mail services Chapter 10 page 687

Personnel requiring overnight delivery service for documents or other items will: (a) Contact the Mail Room and have a determination made as to which type of overnight delivery service is to be used. (b) Obtain necessary forms and packaging from the Mail Room. (c) Complete forms, including the complete physical address of recipient. (d) Return packaged item and forms to Mail Room before 2:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

Taser device policy Chapter 2 page 67

Personnel who have completed department approved training may be issued a taser device for use during their current assignment. Personnel leaving a particular assignment may be required to return their issue device to the departments inventory. Officer shall only use the Taser device and cartridges that have been issued by the department. If an officer is issued a taser, the device must be carried as a part of a uniformed officers equipment in an approved holster. - When the Taser device is carried as a part of a uniformed officers equipment, the Taser device shall be carried on the side opposite from the duty weapon. - All Taser devices shall be clearly and distinctly marked to differentiate them from the duty weapon and any other device. - Whenever practicable, Officers should carry a total of two or more Taser device cartridges on their person while carrying a taser device.

Owner/agent

Persons designated as the owner or with apparent authority to act on behalf of the owner, manager, custodian.

Traffic collisions chapter 3 page 207

Persons involved in a traffic crash who possess a Department of State OFM Diplomatic Driver License issued by the DMVO, shall have "D" coded in the license "class" box of the Traffic Crash Report. The actual driver license class (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or A, B, C, M) shall be entered on the traffic report. If subsequent prosecution of the subject is anticipated, the subject's title, country and type of identification presented should be recorded for future reference. (a) Supervisors shall be promptly notified when a foreign official claiming immunity is involved in a crash and respond to the scene when practicable. Supervisors shall ensure the Watch Lieutenant is notified. (b) Issuance of a citation or arresting a subject claiming immunity at a crash scene shall be handled as outlined in the previous section of this policy.

Bodily injury

Physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition

Policy Chapter 3 page 201

Police action must be based upon credible information known to the officer, which leads them to believe that an individual is, has been, or is about to be engaged in activity that is in violation of the law. Any other motivation for such actions is strictly prohibited. (a) The practice of bias-based profiling shall not be tolerated by the Department. (b) Officers shall ensure that the stopping, detaining, frisking, and/or searching of residents is based upon solid legal principles that conform to their training in arrest, search, and seizure. (c) While the practice of racial profiling is strictly prohibited, it is recognized that race or ethnicity may be legitimately considered by an officer in combination with other legitimate factors to establish reasonable suspicion or probable cause (e.g., subject description is limited to a specific race or group).

Preemployment drug testing of police cadets Chapter 9 page 562

Police cadet applicants ("applicant") shall submit to pre-employment drug testing after a conditional offer of employment has been extended. The following procedures will be followed for pre-employment drug testing: (a) Applicants shall provide a drug test sample to the designated vendor. (b) Test results shall be forwarded from the analyzing laboratory to the APD Wellness Office. (c) The Wellness Office shall notify the commander over the Recruiting Unit or designee, in writing, of the test results. (d) Applicants are not eligible for hire if they: 1. Refuse to sign the consent form. 2. Refuse to be tested. 3. Do not provide an adequate specimen. 4. Fail the drug test.

Police motorcycles and unmarked unit Chapter 2 page 98

Police motorcycles and unmarked units equipped with emergency lights and sirens may initiate a pursuit, however, those officers should terminate their involvement in the pursuit immediately upon arrival of a sufficient number of distinctively marked law-enforcement vehicles equipped with emergency lights and siren, or any law-enforcement aircraft.

Police officer Chapter 1 page 25

Police officers make up the majority of the department sworn personnel and often are the first to make contact with the public. Assignments vary in content but generally include patrol and community interaction. They are responsible for keeping their respective supervisors informed about their activities and accomplishments.

Police units without emergency equipment Chapter 2 page 98

Police units not equipped with emergency lights and sirens are generally prohibited from initiating or joining a pursuit. Officers in such vehicles may become involved in emergency activities involving serious crimes or life-threatening situations, however, those officers should terminate their involvement in the pursuit immediately upon arrival of a sufficient number of distinctively marked law-enforcement vehicles equipped with emergency lights and siren, or any law enforcement aircraft.

Low-speed intervention Chapter 2 page 105

Police vehicle shall not be used to physically force a pursuit vehicle off of the roadway or to a stop, or to otherwise change its direction of travel or alter its speed unless: - The pursuit vehicle is at a stop or near stop and - The police vehicle is maneuvering at a low speed and - Doing so would reduce or eliminate the risk associated with the pursuit continuing Before engaging in such actions, officers must consider the unintended consequences of the low-speed intervention and recognize that a better course of action may be to terminate the pursuit altogether

Warning about positional asphyxia Chapter 3 page 179

Positional asphyxia occurs when the physical position of the body interferes with normal respiration. Such a position can be induced by the use of one or more restraints. Officers in control of a restrain person must be alert to the physical position of the person in order to minimize the possibility of positional asphyxia

Exempt positions

Positions exempt from the overtime provisions of the fair labor standards act. Employees in these positions are salaried and are not eligible for overtime pay or compensatory time

Non-exempt positions

Positions that meet the overtime requirements of the fair labor standards act. Employees in these positions will receive overtime pay or compensatory time for productive hours worked in excess of 40 in a work week.

Open container Chapter 3 page 210

Possession of Alcoholic Beverage in a Motor Vehicle is a Class C Misdemeanor (Tex. Penal Code § 49.031) and must be observed by the officer before a citation can be issued. (a) Officers may not arrest solely for this violation unless (Tex. Transp. Code § 543.004): 1. The violator does not have sufficient identification; or 2. The violator refuses to sign a citation.

Field photographs

Post photographs taken of a person during a contact, detention or arrest in the field. Undercover surveillance photographs of an individual and recordings captured by the normal operations of a mobile audio video system one persons are not pose for the purpose of photographing are not considered field photographs

Online alias

Profile information that a user provides about himself or herself on a social networking site for the purposes of gathering intelligence or advancing a criminal investigation

Prohibited use of department technology Chapter 10 page 675, 676

Prohibited uses of any Department Technology include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Use for private gain or profit, or to solicit for political, religious, or other non-business purposes. (b) Engaging in discriminatory or harassing behavior, including sexual harassment. (c) Downloading or installing any hardware or software without approval from the Police Technology Unit. (d) Creating an unauthorized copy of Department software. (e) Violating or invading the privacy of others by posting information on the Internet about another employee or unnecessarily viewing another employee's files or email. Employees must be sensitive to the fact that Internet news group postings, email messages, web sites, and various other communications on the Internet may be public information. (f) Placing any Department material (e.g., internal memos, bulletins) onto the Internet without prior approval of the Chief of Police or designee.

Negotiations on behalf of suspect Chapter 9 page 488

Prohibitions in this section do not relieve supervisors from their obligations to review enforcement contacts of subordinates and take appropriate action, if necessary, to prevent the filing or adjudication of improper charges. (a) Employees will not participate in any arrangement between a suspect and victim that would result in the suspect escaping the penalty of the law nor will any employee seek the continuance or dismissal of any case on behalf of the suspect in court for any reason. (b) Employees will not promise informants any immunity from or leniency in any criminal prosecution without approval of the prosecuting attorney. (c) Employees will not obstruct an investigation or legal process by interfering or attempting to interfere with any legal process. (d) Employees will consult with the investigator assigned to a suspect's original charge(s) before attempting to negotiate with that suspect to secure a more serious charge against another suspect.

Physical evidence collection Chapter 4 page 285

Property seized by personnel for processing for evidence on cases were a crime scene unit is not used will be submitted to the proper agency, department, unit, or evidence control in accordance with department policy

Protective orders and bond conditions Chapter 4 page 336

Protective orders and bond conditions set by a court may prohibit a person found to have committed family violence from (Tex. Fam. Code 85.022): 1. Committing family violence. 2. Communicating: - Directly with the protected person or a member of the family or household in a threatening or harassing manner; - A threat through any person to the protected person or a member of the family or household; - In any manner with a member of the family or household except through the party's attorney or a person appointed by the court. 3. Going to or near the residence, place of employment or business of the protected or a member of the family or household of the protected person.

Policy Chapter 9 page 670

Public employees occupy a trusted position in the community, and thus, their statements have the potential to contravene the policies and performance of this department. Due to the nature of the work and influence associated with the law enforcement profession, it is necessary that employees of this department be subject to certain reasonable limitations on their speech and expression. To achieve its mission and efficiently provide service to the public, the Austin Police Department will carefully balance the individual employee's rights against the Department's needs and interests when exercising a reasonable degree of control over its employees' speech and expression.

Pursuit guidelines Chapter 2 page 98

Pursuit units shall be limited to three vehicles, two units and a control supervisor. However, a control supervisor may request additional units to join a pursuit if, after assessing the factors outlined above, it appears that the number of officers involved would be insufficient to safely stop the pursuit and/or arrest the subjects. All other officers will stay out of the pursuit but should remain alert to its progress and location. 1. All officers involved in a pursuit shall: - Operate their police unit with emergency lights and siren activated - Ensure their mobile audio video recording system has been activated if their vehicle is equipped with one. 2. Any officer who drops out of a pursuit may, with permission of a control supervisor, trail the pursuit to the termination point in order to provide necessary information and assistance in the arrest of the subjects. - The term trail means to follow the path of the pursuit at a safe speed while obeying all traffic laws and without activating emergency equipment. If the pursuit is at a slow rate of speed, the trailing unit will maintain sufficient distance from the pursuit unit so as to clearly indicate an absence of participation in the pursuit.

When to terminate a pursuit Chapter 2 page 96, 97

Pursuits should be discontinued whenever the totality of objective circumstances known, or which reasonably ought to be known, to the officer or supervisor during the pursuit indicates that the present risks of continuing the pursuit reasonably appear to outweigh the risks resulting from the subjects escape. Officers and supervisors must objectively and continuously weigh the seriousness of the offense against the potential danger to motorist, themselves, and the public when electing to continue a pursuit.

Interpreters for the hearing impaired Chapter 6 Page 412

Qualified interpreters for the hearing impaired are available at all hours. Instructions for obtaining their services are available through APD Communications, the Booking Desk, Centralized Investigations and Municipal Court.

Documentation of activity Chapter 3 page 133

Radio and MDC transmissions are used to record and employees daily activity. To ensure the most accurate recording of these activities, the following are required: - All contacts or activity shall be documented at the time of the contact - Whenever the activity or contact is initiated by voice, it shall be entered into the computer aided dispatch system by dispatcher - Whenever the activity or contact is not initiated by voice, the employee shall record it on the MDC

Flashing red light

Ran flashing red light Same a stop sign

Red light

Ran red light When involved in collision or when vehicle has not reached the nearest stopline or crosswalk when light change.

Conditions for reasonable suspicion testing Chapter 9 page 564, 565

Reasonable suspicion must be based on facts or circumstances that lead a supervisor to believe the employee may: (a) Be under the influence of drugs or alcohol. (b) Currently have or had possession of drugs either on- or off-duty, or on or off City premises. (c) Have been associated with or involved with others who were using or under the influence of drugs, or who were in possession of same. Such association or involvement was not authorized or required in connection with any law enforcement duty, under circumstances which reasonably indicate participation or complicity with, or protection of such other individuals. (d) Have engaged in any conduct or situation involving alcohol, while on- or off-duty, which results in on-duty impairment.

Records management and reporting Chapter 5 page 397

Records will be kept on each bicycle and its associated Department issued equipment by Police Equipment and the Commander or designee of where bicycles are assigned. (a) Each Command will utilize the Department Bicycle Sign-Out Form. (b) All bicycles will be numbered with the first two initials of the bike make and last four of the serial number. (c) Maintenance records shall be kept and filed according to bicycle number and shall consist of repair requests and all documented maintenance/repairs performed. (d) An annual Department bicycle inventory and inspection shall be conducted by Police Equipment to determine the number of bikes in each chain-of-command. The inventory and inspection shall include all associated serial number(s), equipment, and personnel assignment(s).

Immunity

Refers to various protections and privileges extended to the employees of foreign governments who are present in the U.S. as official representatives of their home governments. These privileges are embodied in international law and are intended to ensure the efficient and effective performance of their official "missions" (i.e., embassies and consulates) in foreign countries. Proper respect for the immunity to which an individual is entitled is necessary to ensure that U.S. diplomatic relations are not jeopardized and to maintain reciprocal treatment of U.S. personnel abroad. Although immunity may preclude U.S. courts from exercising jurisdiction, it is not intended to excuse unlawful activity. It is the policy of the U.S. Department of State's Office of Foreign Missions (OFM) that illegal acts by foreign service personnel should always be pursued through proper channels. Additionally, the host country's right to protect its citizens supersedes immunity privileges. Peace officers may intervene to the extent necessary to prevent the endangerment of public safety or the commission of a serious crime, regardless of immunity claims.

Criminal misconduct Chapter 2 page 76

Regardless of the original force level of the incident, if there is any credible evidence that criminal misconduct may have occurred by the officer then the incident shall be treated as a level one force incident - The supervisor shall immediately notify the SIU and IA. The supervisor shall document the time and date the SIU and IA were notified in the supervisor supplement. - The chief of police shall be notified on all credible allegations of criminal conduct - SIU and IA shall handle the concurrent investigation of criminal allegations as outlined in the criminal investigations and administrative investigation's policies.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 9 page 652

Regardless of whether an ER doctor makes an initial determination that a blood exposure has occurred, supervisors will: (a) Notify the Austin Travis County Health and Human Services Department (HHSD) at (512) 972-5555 of any potential employee blood exposure incident. Only the HHSD doctor can make a final determination on whether a blood exposure has occurred. If it is afterhours, supervisors will leave a short message with the employee's name, incident number, and whether the ER doctor made an initial determination of blood exposure. (b) Fax the affidavit and addendum to HHSD and the APD physician (see 957.1.4), then fax all the above forms and discharge paperwork to the APD Workers' Compensation Office or scan and email the forms from any XEROX network printer to [email protected]

Remedial firearms training Chapter 8 page 467, 468

Remedial firearms training is specifically for APD personnel who have failed to qualify with an approved weapon. (a) Classes will be designed by the firearms range staff and conducted as soon as practical after an officer is placed on remedial status. (b) After completion of each remedial training class, the officer attending the class will fire in a qualification relay. If due to their assignment the officer is required to pass a low light qualification course, the officer must pass a low light qualification course prior to returning to duty. 1. If the officer makes a passing score, the Learned Skills Unit supervisor will notify the officer's supervisor and recommend the officer be returned to an enforcement capacity. 2. If the officer fails to make a passing score after remedial training, the officer may be subject to indefinite suspension. The Learned Skills Unit supervisor will forward the documentation through the Training commander to the officer's commander. (c) Firearms range personnel will ensure a training roster is completed and whether the officer passed the qualification relay.

Clearance status Chapter 4 page 294

Reports shall be given one of the following clearance statuses as outlined in this section: (a) Cleared Administratively. (b) Cleared Exceptionally. (c) Cleared by Arrest. (d) Field Release Citation. (e) Suspended (Not Cleared). (f) Suspended (Pending Prosecutorial Review). (g) Unfounded. (h) Warrant Issued (Suspended).

Request wrecker

Request Wrecker: An APD approved wrecker that is requested by the driver or owner of a vehicle.

Scope of information subject to release Chapter 3 page 199, 200

Requests for information shall be handled as follows: (a) Open Records Requests - Policy 116 (Security and Release of Records and Information) deals with the release of information in the form of an Open Records request. Employees receiving an open records request should contact the Open Records Coordinator in Central Records. Public and/or media requesting information not contained in the public portion of police reports may file an open records request with the Department. (b) Juvenile Information - At no time shall identifying information pertaining to a juvenile arrestee, victim or witness be publicly released without prior approval of a competent court. (c) Police Photograph (Mug Shot) - Mug shots of subjects become public after subjects are convicted of those crimes for which they are arrested. Mug Shots will only be released through PIO. A mug shot may be released prior to conviction if: - The case detective has authorized its release; - The subject has been charged; or - If the release of the mug shot will not hinder the investigation.

Dissemination Chapter 4 page 392

Retention and dissemination of social media information within an intelligence file will be treated in the same manner as an intelligence file. Information developed during the course of a criminal investigation will be located in the investigative case file and retained and disseminated in the same manner as the investigative case file.

Rotation wrecker

Rotation Wrecker: An APD approved wrecker that is on a rotation list maintained by Communications.

Sergeant Chapter 1 page 25

Sergeants exercise line command over the employees of their unit and function as the first line supervisory level within the department. They are responsible for ensuring service delivery, compliance with policy, make recommendations to their lieutenants for improvements in operations, and to guide, train, direct, and motivate those they supervise.

Supervisor inspection Chapter 3 page 130

Sergeants will conduct monthly inspections of their employees DMAV recordings to ensure they are complying with DNAV policy. These inspections will be electronically documented and sent to the lieutenant within the chain of command.

Service animals purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 376

Service animals play an important role in helping to overcome the limitations often faced by people with disabilities. The Austin Police Department recognizes this need and is committed to making reasonable modifications to its policies, practices and procedures in accordance with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) to permit the use of any animal that is individually trained to assist a person with a disability.

Mobile field force activation Chapter 4 page 302

Several different types of scenarios can utilize a MFF. These include planned events, such as a rally or protest, as well as spontaneous incidents that exceed normal response capabilities and require a MFF response. (a) The activation of a MFF should be considered when dealing with any: 1. Large scale disturbance; or 2. Disturbance where there is potential for escalation of violence if a large scale show of force is not present. (b) The following personnel have the authority to activate a MFF response: 1. Chief of Police. 2. Assistant chiefs. 3. Commanders. 4. Watch Lieutenant. 5. Patrol and support lieutenants.

Shotguns Chapter 8 page or 63, 464

Shotguns are assigned to most marked police units and to individual officers as needed. (a) At the beginning of each shift, officers are responsible for ensuring there is no shell in the chamber, the hammer is not cocked, and the weapon is secure until it is being readied for imminent use. (b) Department shotguns will be loaded to magazine capacity (four or six rounds) with authorized 00 buckshot. 1. One ounce rifled slugs may be used with supervisory approval when: - There is an immediate need or in situations that are deemed special circumstances; or - Distances to the threat are such that it is beyond the effective range of 20-25 yards for 00 buckshot. 2. The shotgun will be reloaded with 00 buckshot as soon as practicable after the incident. 3. When rifled slugs are discharged from a shotgun, officers will document in an incident report or memorandum to the chain of command why the rifled slug was used.

Speeding school zone tolerance

Should allow 4 mph in excess of the specified speed. Site at 5 mph or greater

Simultaneous lineups Chapter 4 page 278

Simultaneous line-ups require the approval of a Child Abuse Unit Supervisor. The incident report will document which supervisor provided the approval. The administration of a simultaneous line- up will adhere to the Child Abuse Unit Standard Operating Procedures.

Acts bringing discredit upon the department Chapter 9 page 481, 482

Since the conduct of personnel both on-duty or off-duty may reflect directly upon the Department, employees must conduct themselves at all times in a manner which does not bring reproach, discredit, or embarrassment to the Department or to the City. (a) Employees will not commit any act which tends to destroy public confidence in, and respect for, the Department or which is prejudicial to the good order, efficiency, or discipline of the Department. (b) Employees will refrain from being a party to any malicious gossip, rumor, report or activity, whether written or oral, that would tend to bring discredit to the Department or any member thereof. "Malicious gossip, rumor, report or activity" includes statements made with knowledge of their falsity or made without regard to whether the statements are true or false. (c) Employees will not engage in any activity in which there is a potential for conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest with the lawful duties of the employee. "Conflict of interest" includes any activity which would tend to influence a decision, create a bias or prejudice, or create a gain or loss for any person or agency which would favor one side or the other in conflict with the employee's official duties, or which conflicts with the accomplishment of the Department's mission or goals.

Social media policy Chapter 4 page 387

Social media assists the department in meeting community outreach, problem-solving, investigations, and crime prevention. Social media is a valuable tool when seeking evidence or information including missing persons, wanted persons, gang activity, crimes perpetrated online, and photographs or videos of a crime. The content of postings on personal social media sites by employees reflects on them in their official capacity. This policy provides information on the use of social media by department personnel. (a) The Austin Police Department will not utilize social media to seek or retain information about: 1. Individuals or organizations solely on the basis of their religion, political association, social views or activities. 2. An individual's participation in a particular non-criminal organization or lawful event. 3. An individual's race, ethnicity, citizenship, place of origin, disability, gender, or sexual orientation unless such information is relevant to the individual's criminal conduct or activity or if required to identify the individual. 4. An individual's age other than to determine if someone is a minor. (b) The Austin Police Department will not directly or indirectly receive, seek, accept, or retain information from an individual or nongovernmental information provider who may or may not receive a fee or benefit for providing the information if there is reason to believe that the information provider is legally prohibited from obtaining or disclosing the information.

Procedures Chapter 4 page 388, 389

Social media content shall adhere to applicable laws, regulations, and policies, including information technology and records management policies. Employees representing the department via social media outlets shall conduct themselves as representatives of the Department and shall adhere to all Department and City standards of conduct. (a) Employees will: 1. Identify themselves as members of the department 2. Observe and abide by all copyright, trademark, and service mark restrictions in posting materials to electronic media.

Exigent mobile phone Ping requests Chapter 4 page 356

Some examples of incidents that may qualify for an exigent mobile phone ping are: (a) Active kidnappings. (b) Missing or suicidal subjects who threaten another person with death or exposes another person to substantial risk of serious bodily injury. Attempted suicide or threat of suicide alone does not meet the exigency requirement established by the CCP. Officers must be able to articulate that a criminal offense has occurred or will occur, and that an "immediate life threatening situation" exists. The CCP defines an "immediate life threatening situation" as threatening another with death, or exposing another to serious bodily injury. (c) Aggravated Crime Sprees within a short amount of time (e.g., multiple robberies involving shootings within an hour of each other).

Specialized weapons Chapter 8 page 465

Specialized weapons may be authorized by the Chief for use by specific Units or persons. (a) Officers must meet the qualification standard for any specialized weapons before carrying the weapon on-duty and must qualify annually with these weapons. (b) Qualifications for authorized specialized weapons will be on a course of fire designed and supervised by the Learned Skills Unit specifically for the weapon.

Zone managers and specialized equipment managers Chapter 8 page 442

Specific responsibility for fixed assets and certain other specifically identified items will be assigned to commanders/managers who will serve as geographic "zone managers" or "specialized equipment managers." (a) Zone managers will assist in conducting the annual inventory and, upon request, reconciling any differences from prior inventories. (b) Specialized equipment managers will conduct complete inventories and, upon request, provide updated database information for reconciliation with prior inventories.

Impeding traffic

Speed under minimum, unsafe If conditions above are not met, vehicle traveling for a period of three blocks or more, will be removed from roadway

Speed over limit in a posted area. Radar and non radar

Speeding Lower to at least 1 mph less than speed. For example if going 49 in a 35 zone, lower to at least 48

Speed over limit construction area, radar and non-radar

Speeding construction zone Same as speed posted area construction workers not present but signage indicates construction zone

Speed over limit in the construction area, radar and non-radar

Speeding construction zone workers present Same as speed posted area construction workers must be present with signage indicating construction zone, finds double when workers present

Speed over limit in a school zone

Speeding school zone Lower to at least 1 mph less than speed

Other criminal offenses Chapter 9 page 541, 542

State law prohibits any person convicted of a felony from being a peace officer in the State of Texas. This prohibition applies regardless of whether the guilt was established by way of a verdict, guilty plea or nolo contendre plea. Convictions of certain violations of the Texas Transportation Code (e.g., suspended drivers license) and other provisions of law may also place restrictions on an employee's ability to fully perform the duties of the job. Moreover, while legal restrictions may or may not be imposed by statute or by the courts upon conviction of any criminal offense, criminal conduct by members of this department may be inherently in conflict with law enforcement duties and the public trust. Any person who has been convicted of a felony offense or convicted of barratry as defined by Tex. Penal Code § 38.12 may not be a telecommunicator in the State of Texas (Tex. Occ. Code § 1701.312; Tex. Occ. Code § 1701.313). In addition, telecommunicators are held to the statutory standards outlined in 37 Tex. Admin. Code § 217.2 with regard to certain misdemeanor offenses.

Strip/body cavity searches Chapter 3 page 141, 142

Strip and body cavity searches are sometimes necessary for the safety of persons and/or to secure evidence of criminal activity. However, such searches are highly intrusive and must be conducted only when the justification can be clearly articulated, and then done only with proper regard for human dignity and privacy. All cases of strip or body cavity searches will be documented in an incident report or supplement and include: - Facts known to the officer that justify a strip/body cavity search and - Name and employee number of supervisor authorizing the search and - Place that the search was conducted, bathroom of suspects residence, jail, doctors office, and - Name and employee number of all persons involved in the search and - The areas searched and results of the search

Strip/body cavity searches Chapter 3 page 141, 142

Strip searches: - Will be conducted only with the approval of a supervisor - Will be conducted in privacy, including only the number of officers necessary to maintain a safe situation - Will be conducted only by members of the same gender as the person to be search. Should an officer of the same gender not be immediately available, the prisoner will either be secured until one can arrive, or the prisoner will be secured and transported to the jail were a jailer of the same gender will conduct the search. Body cavity searches - Other than for checking the mouth area, the searches will not be conducted by officers of this department. Should the need arise for this type of search, the prisoner will be transported to the jail where proper hygienic/medical resources are available.

Internal affairs files Chapter 1 page 37

Subpoenas for documents or items from files maintained by internal affairs will be directed to the IA commander or lieutenant. No documents or items will be released pursuant to a subpoena without authorization from the APD legal advisor. 1. Any open records request for IA files will be referred to the APD legal advisor. Open records request can come directly from the general public or through the civil service commission. 2. Records will be released to the public only when authorized by law. All files that resulted in suspension of at least one day are subject to open records request: - When IA is notify than an open records request has been received for a particular file, IA personnel will review the file to ensure information that is not related to the sustained allegation, which form the basis of the disciplinary action, is redacted - The APD legal advisor will be consulted before any file is released in relation to an open records request to ensure that any unnecessary reductions have been completed. - if the request is submitted through the Civil Service Commission, The original redacted case file will be transferred to the commission as soon as possible to ensure compliance with the statutory deadline for responding to the open records request, which is 10 business days or less.

Supervisor responsibilities in level one and - custody incidents Chapter 2 page 79, 80, 81

Supervisor shall respond to the scene of all level one force incidents and in-custody deaths unless a hostile crowd or other conditions make such a response impracticable. In such incidents, an alternate safe location shall be designated by the supervisor. A. Supervisors are responsible for managing the scene until a higher ranking supervisor or the ranking S IU supervisor arrives. B. Supervisor should secure and manage the scene upon arrival and: 1. Take all reasonable steps to obtain emergency medical attention for all injured individuals 2. Ensure involved personnel, subjects, and witnesses are separated, identified and advised that communication regarding the incident with other people is prohibited. 3. Obtained a brief overview of the situation from available sources.

Responsibility of supervisors Chapter 3 page 134, 135

Supervisor shall: - Be responsible for entering complete and accurate roster information into the current electronic system, including capability codes for all qualified personnel - Use the MDC to monitor incidents and the activity of employees when practicable - Conduct periodic reviews of CAD messages sent by their subordinates and submit an electronic report, at least quarterly, to the supervisors Lieutenant - Carefully monitor and supervise the use of the radio to assist employees as needed. Supervisors may monitor additional talk groups, however, supervisor shall remain available to their primary talk group. Supervisors are responsible for the radio conduct of their subordinates and should immediately correct improper radio procedures. - Self assigned calls when practical and other units are not available - Respond to any scene when requested to the location by subordinate - Inform and update the watch lieutenant of any significant call or critical issue.

Supervisor assuming command of incidents Chapter 4 page 261

Supervisors are not normally expected to engage in law enforcement operations except in a command or supervisory capacity. Supervisors may be held accountable for failure to take command if unfavorable developments occur which could have been prevented had he assumed control of the scene. (a) Supervisors will not assume command outside their own organizational segment during the normal completion of their responsibilities unless failure to do so would adversely affect the Department's operational capability. (b) The ranking supervisor shall assume command of the scene and operations at the scene of police incidents involving more than one segment of the Department. (c) In instances of multiple crimes requiring personnel from more than one Investigative Unit, the ranking on-duty supervisor of the most serious offense will assume command (e.g., if a homicide occurs in conjunction with a burglary, Homicide Unit would be in command).

Sexual relationships between employees Chapter 9 page 489

Supervisors are not to engage in any sexual conduct with a subordinate in their direct chain-of- command. If a supervisor and a subordinate begin developing a relationship that is likely to involve sexual conduct, they are both responsible for arranging a transfer before engaging in any sexual conduct.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 9 page 646

Supervisors learning of any work-related injury or illness, or any crash involving injury or a complaint/statement of injury or pain, shall adhere to the following guidelines: (a) Ensure the following Workers' Compensation forms are completed: 1. Employer's First Report of Injury/Illness Form (DWC-1). 2. Job Related Injury/Illness Supervisor Investigation Report. 3. City of Austin Workers' Compensation Employee Letter of Rights. 4. Employees Request for Wage Continuation (WC-800). (b) Completed forms shall be scanned and emailed to "APD Workers' Compensation," or faxed directly to the APD Workers' Compensation Office (974-6647), within 24 hours. All original forms shall be forwarded to the APD Workers' Compensation Office via inter-office mail.

Violations of law or policy Chapter 2 page 75, 76

Supervisors receiving a complaint regarding a response to resistance incident will review the available information regarding the incident to determine if any credible evidence of a violation of policy or law may have occurred. Supervisors making a determination based on objective evidence, MAV shows an allegation is false, that there is no credible evidence a violation of policy or law has occurred by the officer shall complete a complainer contact form and forward it to IA. - The incident shall be closed as information and tracked in the IA database for information purposes only - The force incident shall be handled based on the normal criteria as outlined in this policy and the initiation of an IA investigation is not required Supervisors discovering during the normal course of their review, or in response to a complaint, any credible evidence a violation of law or policy may have occurred concerning the officers response to resistance shall follow the guidelines outlined below

Supervisors responsibilities Chapter 4 page 372

Supervisors shall review each criminal trespass incident report to confirm the correct title code is used. If the incident is a: (a) Criminal trespass warning only and no enforcement action is needed, title code 2730 (Criminal Trespass Warning) shall be used. (b) Criminal trespass offense that includes charges being filed or follow-up is required from an Investigative Unit, title code 2716 (Criminal Trespass) shall be used.

Supervisor responsibilities Chapter 4 page 335

Supervisors shall: (a) Contact the Family Violence Protection Team anytime there is a felony incident, regardless of whether an arrest is made. The contact should be made: 1. Prior to transporting the suspect, when an arrest is made; or 2. Prior to clearing the scene, when no arrest is made. (b) Contact the appropriate Investigative Unit when there is an arrest situation involving a juvenile victim 14 years of age or younger. (c) Determine whether to authorize the following types of family violence arrests: 1. Multiple arrest situations when the primary aggressor can not be determined; or 2. No arrest is made at the scene; or 3. Assault by contact or assault by threat arrests from inside a residence. (d) Review family disturbance and dating disturbance report to ensure the report does not meet the qualifications of a criminal offense. Should a criminal offense be reported, supervisors shall ensure the correct title code is added and the report is routed to the appropriate Investigative Unit.

Supervisory orders Chapter 3 page 167

Supervisors will not order any subordinate to arrest a person suspected of a misdemeanor violation of law witnessed by the supervisor but not witnessed by the subordinate unless: (a) The supervisor articulates the probable cause upon which the arrest is based as soon as practicable; and (b) The supervisor completes a supplement to the incident report.

Supervisory orders Chapter 3 page 146, 147

Supervisors will not order any subordinate to cite a person suspected of a misdemeanor violation of law witnessed by the supervisor but not witnessed by the subordinate unless: - The supervisor articulates the probable cause upon which the citation is based as soon as practicable and - The supervisor is listed on the citation

Observers from other law-enforcement agencies Chapter 3 page 193

Sworn and civilian employees from other law-enforcement agencies may ride with on-duty APD employees only if they are engaged in active operations with our department such as training, familiarization, and the request has been approved by an assistant chief or designee. If such officers desire to ride merely as off-duty police observers, they must comply with regulations set out in this policy as a Citizen Observer

Discretion and requirement to take action Chapter 9 page 486

Sworn employees are charged with the responsibility to enforce the law, preserve the peace, and to protect lives and property. (a) By itself, the mere fact that a minor violation of the law has occurred may not be sufficient reason to justify arrest. Laws generally serve as the tools officers use to protect residents' rights and to maintain peace in the community. (b) Officers will take immediate action, if reasonably possible, to prevent any obvious felony offense, arrest any known wanted felon they encounter, and protect all persons and property from imminent harm. (c) Officers assigned to Specialized Units or other special duty assignments are not relieved from taking enforcement action outside the scope of their specialized assignment when necessary. (d) Whether or not an officer should take immediate action to enforce any law depends on a number of things including, but not limited to, whether another more serious situation exists at the same time and needs to be addressed first. (e) When a law or policy does not provide clear guidance regarding a particular situation, employees will consult with their immediate supervisor for direction, when practicable.

Sworn employee exhaustion of injury leave Chapter 9 page 647, 648

Sworn employees not able to return to work in a Limited Duty or Full Duty capacity after the expiration of the 2,080 hours of injury leave have the following options: (a) Sworn employees may submit a written request to the Chief to request an injury leave extension: 1. At least 30 days prior to exhausting their 2,080 hours of injury leave, employees must submit a memorandum to the Chief requesting the extension. 2. The memorandum must be accompanied by a written report (DWC-73) from the employees' physician that indicates an anticipated date to return to work in a Limited Duty or Full Duty capacity. 3. The Chief shall review the request and, at his discretion, may forward the request to City Council for approval or deny the request. (b) After exhausting any injury leave extension, or if an extension is not granted, sworn employees may: 1. Exhaust all available personal leave hours. 2. Exhaust any remaining FMLA, if applicable. 3. Submit a written request for leave donations pursuant to City of Austin policies. 4. Submit a written request for a medical leave of absence pursuant to City of Austin policies. (c) Sworn employees still unable to return to work in a Limited Duty or Full Duty capacity after exhausting all the above options may have their employment with the Department terminated.

Assignment and use of department take-home vehicles Chapter 8 page 472, 473

Take home vehicles are used to maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Department by allowing personnel to rapidly respond to situations involving the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Take home vehicle assignments may be on a permanent or on-call basis. (a) Take home vehicle assignments will be determined by the Chief or designee. The Department will maintain a list of assignments authorized to have permanent and on-call take home vehicles. (b) Employees will not be allowed to utilize a take home vehicle if their residence is more than 25 miles from the city limits of Austin. (c) Take home vehicles should be safely secured when not in use and parked in secure areas when left overnight. (d) Employees who have been assigned a take home vehicle will complete an initial Take Home Vehicle Authorization (PD0003) before the employee utilizes the take home vehicle and then complete an updated form in December of each subsequent year. 1. Employees will submit the form to their immediate supervisor for chain-of-command review and assessment. 2. The chain-of-command will forward the form to Fleet Management upon completion of the review.

Temporary ex parte orders Chapter 4 page 337

Temporary ex-parte orders are issued by the court when the court finds there is a clear and present danger of family violence contained in the application for a protective order. The court, without further notice to the individual alleged to have committed family violence and without a hearing, may enter a temporary ex-parte order for the protection of the applicant or any other member of the family or household of the applicant (Tex. Fam. Code § 83.001). (a) Temporary ex-parte orders may be effective for a period not to exceed 20 days. (b) A violation of a temporary ex-parte order is included in Penal Code § 25.07 but only after it has been served to the person named in the order.

Criminal statutes Chapter 4 page 373

Tex. Penal Code § 12.47 - Penalty enhancement if an offense is committed because of bias or prejudice. Tex. Penal Code § 22.04 - Prohibits assaulting elderly or disabled individuals. Tex. Penal Code § 25.071 - Violation of a protective order preventing an offense caused by bias or prejudice.

Domestic violence convictions and restraining orders Chapter 9 page 540

Texas and federal law prohibit individuals convicted of certain offenses and individuals subject to certain court orders from lawfully possessing a firearm. Such convictions and court orders often involve allegations of the use or attempted use of force or threatened use of a weapon on any individual in a domestic relationship (e.g., spouse, cohabitant, parent, child (18 USC § 922; Tex. Penal Code § 46.04(b); Tex. Penal Code § 46.04(c)). All employees are responsible for ensuring that they have not been disqualified from possessing a firearm by any such conviction or court order and shall promptly report any such conviction or court order to a supervisor, as provided in this policy.

Service animals Chapter 4 page 376

The ADA defines a service animal as any guide dog, signal dog or other animal individually trained to provide assistance to an individual with a disability. Service animals may be of any type or breed and need not be certified by any government agency or service group. Some service animals, such as guide dogs, may be readily identifiable but many do not have a distinctive symbol, harness or collar. The following examples are just some of the ways service animals may provide assistance: (a) Guiding people who are blind or have impaired vision. (b) Alerting people who are deaf or hard of hearing. (c) Retrieving or picking up items, opening doors or flipping switches for people with disabilities that limit use of their hands, arms, or legs. (d) Pulling Wheelchairs.

Citizen Observer's Chapter 3 page 191, 192

The Austin Police Department Police Observation Program is offered to eligible citizens who desire to ride as observers in an APD police vehicle. An applicant may be declined or disqualified from participating for a number of reasons, including but not limited to the following reasons: (a) Persons under the age of eighteen (18) shall not be permitted to ride as an observer in a police unit unless prior approval has been granted by the Chief or designee; or they are participating in the APD Explorer Program and have met the requirements of the APD Explorer Unit SOPs as outlined in (h) below. (b) Persons with outstanding warrants of any type shall not ride as an observer. (c) Persons requesting to ride as an observer who are found to have a criminal history shall not be allowed to ride without the approval of an on-duty lieutenant or appropriate commander.

Customer service and community relations Chapter 3 page 118, 119

The Austin Police Department constantly works to establish direct contact with the community we serve. Without grassroots community support, successful enforcement of many laws may be difficult, if not impossible. Community involvement can be an effective means of eliciting public support, can serve to identify problems in the making, and may foster cooperative efforts in resolving community issues. Input from the community can also help ensure that agency policies accurately reflect the needs of the community. 1. The conduct of each employee reflects on the agency as a whole and the burden of achieving the agencies community relations objectives is shared. A unified, coordinated effort requires the participation, enthusiasm, and skills of all agency personnel. 2. Employees will extend reasonable assistance to the public when called upon. Employees must not neglect community services in the belief that the police function is restricted to crime control

Drug and alcohol abuse of treatment purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 568

The Austin Police Department encourages any employee who has an alcohol or other drug problem to seek treatment before the problem manifests itself into a violation of Department policy. The Department recognizes alcoholism as an illness which can be effectively treated. Early recognition of alcohol abuse and problem drinking increases the chances for successful recovery before serious personal or professional problems occur. (a) Drinking alcohol by adults is a widely practiced social activity which does not violate any law and is often considered a natural part of participating in group recreational activities. As a result, there is more social pressure to drink than to be disciplined in drinking. (b) Because of its short-term numbing effects, alcohol is also used to relax and to manage mental stress and emotional pain. As a result, people can develop a dependence on alcohol to relax or to avoid the discomfort of stressful living.

Digital mobile audio video recording purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 126

The Austin Police Department has equipped designated police units with a digital mobile audio video recording system. This DM AV system is used to record certain activities by providing a visual and/or audio recording. Recordings are intended to provide an unbiased record of the incident into supplement the employees report

Unified tactical response plan Chapter 4 page 301

The Austin Police Department has prepared a Unified Tactical Response Plan (UTRP) for use by all employees in the event of a major disaster, civil disturbance, mass arrest or other emergency event. The UTRP provides for a strategic response by all employees and assigns specific responsibilities in the event the plan is activated. (a) The Chief of Police or the highest ranking official on-duty may activate the UTRP in response to a major emergency. (b) In the event the incident has escalated to the degree requiring multiple City Departments and resources, the City of Austin will most likely implement the City's Emergency Operations Master Plan.

Remote access guidelines Chapter 10 page 678

The Austin Police Department has the capability to grant remote access to APD and City of Austin computer systems for employees that need access when not at a normal work location. Mobile Office is one form of remote access that enables employees to access a remote computer from any computer (i.e., Tough book, Home PC, or another department computer.) This remote computer includes the employees group folders, Versadex, Paging, Printers and other services only accessible from a city computer. Remote access users shall comply with CJIS requirements to ensure that CJIS data cannot be viewed by the general public.

Mandatory reporting requirements Chapter 4 page 344

The Austin Police Department is considered a mandated reporter. If during the course of an investigation an officer has cause to believe that the elderly or disabled person has been abused, neglected or exploited by another person in a manner that constitutes a criminal offense under any law, the officer shall take a report and notify the appropriate state agency (Tex. Hum. Res. Code § 48.051).

Required documentation Chapter 3 page 202

The Austin Police Department profoundly rejects the practice of bias based profiling and a chance to accurately document officer initiated contact with the public. Documentation requirements are located in policy 402

Public recording of official acts purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 120

The Austin Police Department recognizes that members of the general public have a First Amendment right to video record, photograph, and/or audio record Austin Police Department officers while they are conducting official business or while acting in an official capacity in any public space, unless such recordings interfere with police activity

Bias based profiling purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 201

The Austin Police Department strives to provide law enforcement services to our diverse community with due regard to the racial, cultural or other inherent differences of those we serve. It shall be the policy and practice of this department to provide law enforcement services and to enforce the law equally and fairly without discrimination toward any individual(s) or group. Race, ethnicity or nationality, religion, gender, sexual orientation, economic status, age, cultural group, disability, or affiliation with any other similar identifiable group shall not be utilized as the basis for providing differing levels of law enforcement service or the enforcement of the law.

Compliance Chapter 3 page 202

The Austin Police Department will investigate all complaints involving bias based profiling by any employee as outlined in policy 902 Officers are not subject to disciplinary action based solely on the statistical data collected as a result of this policy. It is the motivating actions and/or inactions of officers that will constitute the basis of any internal disciplinary action

Quarantine response Chapter 9 page 654, 655

The Center for Disease Control (CDC), Department of State Health Services (DSHS) and the Austin/Travis County Health and Human Services Department (ATCHHS) have authority to establish quarantine areas. The ATCHHS is the local health authority. The Austin Police Department will not establish a quarantine area. General Procedures: (a) Quarantine orders will be obtained by the local health authority (HA). 1. In exigent circumstances a verbal notification from the HA to law enforcement at the scene is acceptable as an official order. 2. A written or verbal notice is similar to an arrest warrant. This is not an arrest, but a detention under an Order of Protective Custody as issued under HSC 81.162. (b) Persons who try to enter or leave quarantine may be guilty of a 3rd Degree Felony under HSC 81.085. 1. HSC 81.085 authorizes "reasonable force" to secure a quarantine area and except as directed by the department (DSHS) or HA, to prevent an individual from entering or leaving the quarantine area. 2. Officers will follow the Department's Response to Resistance policy. (c) The initial officers at the site of quarantine may not have full Personal Protective Equipment, or PPE. These officers shall remain outside of the quarantine area as much as possible, avoiding the "hot zone" unless needed by AFD/EMS. They will remain on scene until relieved by better equipped and trained units. The officers may contact AFD/EMS to obtain PPE.

Sworn employee use of leave time in lieu of suspension Chapter 9 page 637

The Chief may authorize a sworn employee to use vacation leave, exception vacation leave, compensatory time, or personal holiday when the employee has been temporarily suspended without pay in accordance with the Meet and Confer Agreement.

Mental health response purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 378

The Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) Unit was created for the sole purpose of addressing and responding to any calls for police assistance related to the mental health community. This policy sets guidelines for utilizing the CIT Unit and the certified CIT officers assigned to field duty.

Sworn employee notification and reporting for random testing Chapter 9 page 563, 564

The DTC shall coordinate with the testing vendor concerning the date, time, location, and number of officers to be drug tested. The collection dates will not be announced to the affected employee in advance. (a) The DTC shall provide the respective commanders or a Special Point of Contact (SPOC) with a list of names of those officers selected for testing. The Notification to Report Form (PD0101) will be utilized. (b) The commander or SPOC shall ensure selected officers are ordered both orally, and in writing using the Notification to Report Form, to report for testing at the specified time and location. Officers shall consider this directive to be an order from the Chief. 1. The use of the Notification to Report Form serves as a direct order by authority of the Chief to provide the necessary sample at the specified location. 2. This notice also instructs the selected personnel to report to the specified collection location within one hour of being served with the notice.

Drug and alcohol free workplace purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 560

The Department believes employees have a right to work in a drug and alcohol free environment. Persons under the influence of drugs or alcohol on the job may pose serious safety, health and security risks to the public and to other Department employees. This policy provides directives concerning the use or presence of drugs and alcohol in the workplace, the use or possession of drugs while off-duty, and provides procedures for substance abuse testing. Each applicant and hired employee must agree, as a condition of employment or continued employment, to abide by the terms of this policy. (a) All potential police cadets must submit to a pre-employment drug test. (b) All sworn employees must submit to: 1. Random drug testing; and 2. Drug and/or alcohol testing if there is a reasonable suspicion the employee has violated this policy or after the occurrence of a critical incident (as defined in the Meet and Confer Agreement).

Social media for official use purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 387

The Department endorses the use of social media to enhance communication, collaboration, and information exchange. This policy establishes the department's position on the utility of social media, including management, administration, and oversight. This policy is intended to address social media in general, not a particular form of social media. This policy applies to employees who are on duty or representing the department in an official manner. See Policy 972 Employee Speech, Expression, and Social Networking for non-duty related social media.

Officer response to calls purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 254

The Department has a responsibility to protect life and property and to provide service to the residents of Austin. To fulfill this obligation it must provide an appropriate response to calls. Officers should be ever mindful that they have a responsibility to use caution, good judgment, and due care when operating vehicles in an emergency capacity to ensure the safety of motorists and pedestrians. This document describes the conditions under which an APD vehicle may be operated as an emergency vehicle.

Military enlistment Chapter 9 page 644

The Department shall grant a military leave of absence (without pay) to employees who desire to enter a military service of the United States. (a) The leave of absence will continue during the period of active military service of the officer. (b) Upon receiving an honorable discharge from the military, the employee may make an application for reinstatement in accordance with applicable federal and state law.

Critical incident drug testing of sworn employees Chapter 9 page 565, 566

The Department shall require a drug test of any sworn employee within 24 hours after the following critical incidents: (a) Discharge of a firearm, on- or off-duty, whereby a person was the intentional or accidental object of the shooting, including when no injury is caused; (b) A vehicular crash while driving an APD vehicle resulting in the death or serious injury of any person. (c) An event in which an officer, on- or off-duty, while performing a law enforcement function: - Suffers serious bodily injury and is hospitalized; or - Causes the death or serious injury of another person.

Department vehicles purpose and scope chapter 8 page 471

The Department utilizes motor vehicles operated by Department personnel in a variety of applications. In order to maintain a system of accountability and ensure vehicles are used appropriately, regulations relating to the use of these vehicles have been established. For purposes of this policy, Department vehicles are considered to be any vehicle used by Department employees for official Department business, including privately owned vehicles or vehicles owned, rented, leased, or maintained by the City.

Body armor Chapter 8 page 438

The Department will issue body armor to authorized employees. Employees will be notified by Equipment and Supply Section 60 days prior to the date of expiration to be measured for new issued body armor. All body armor will be replaced prior to the expiration date of the manufacturer warranty. Any issued body armor believed to be defective will be turned in immediately to Equipment and Supply Section: 1. Employees turning in issued body armor as defective will be temporarily issued an unexpired body armor. 2. Equipment and Supply Section will make arrangements with the vendor to have the reported defective body armor examined. 3. If the determination is made that the body armor is defective, Equipment and Supply Section will notify the employee that the issued body armor will be replaced.

Employee domestic violence Chapter 9 page 540

The Department's position is one of zero tolerance toward domestic violence. It is the policy of the Department to use early prevention strategies in order to avoid or minimize the occurrence and effects of domestic violence. This policy addresses the dynamics of domestic violence and how it impacts the employee and the Department. The purpose of this policy is to heighten awareness of domestic violence and provide guidance for employees, supervisors, and management. (a) The policy takes a continuum approach, seeking first to educate at all phases of an employee's career, then prevent or intervene in domestic abuse situations in order to reduce victimization of the family member or partner and increase the chances of employee career stability. (b) The Department will respect the confidentiality and autonomy of its employees to direct their own lives, to the fullest extent permitted by state law. The Department will provide assistance to employees, which may include, but is not limited to: 1. Resource and referral information; and 2. Safety plans for the workplace; and 3. Work schedule adjustment or leave necessary to obtain medical, counseling, or legal assistance and arrange for housing and child care; and 4. Workplace relocation.

Mobile field force equipment and supplies Chapter 4 page 303

The MFF will be equipped with Batons or PR24's (excluding ASPs), OC spray, less-lethal shotguns, and helmets with face shields. (a) Each Patrol Region will maintain an inventory of items necessary for the MFF (e.g., OC spray, less-lethal munitions, flex-cuffs). (b) The Patrol Region where the incident occurs will be responsible for resupplying the MFF. (c) When resupply is needed, the Incident Commander will have dispatch designate an available Patrol supervisor from the Region where the incident occurred to deliver these items to the MFF.

Searching dead bodies Chapter 4 page 359

The Medical Examiner is generally the only person permitted to search a body that is known to be dead. The only exception is that an officer is permitted to search the body of a person killed in a traffic collision for the limited purpose of locating an anatomical donor card. If such a donor card is located, the Medical Examiner shall be promptly notified. Should exigent circumstances indicate to an officer that any search of a known dead body is warranted prior to the arrival of the Medical Examiner, the investigating officer shall first obtain verbal consent from the Medical Examiner. Whenever possible, a witness, preferably a relative to the deceased or a member of the household, should be requested to remain at the scene with the officer pending the arrival of the Medical Examiner. The name and address of this person shall be included in the narrative of the death report. The handling officer should obtain a receipt from the Medical Examiner whenever personal effects are removed from the body of the deceased. This receipt shall be attached to the death report.

Mobile field force concept Chapter 4 page 302

The Mobile Field Force (MFF) is an organized group of specially trained and disciplined officers that can vary in size depending on the scale of the situation. The objectives of the MFF are to (a) Life/Safety. (b) Incident Stabilization. (c) Property Protection. (d) Societal Restoration.

National Transportation Safety Board Chapter 4 page 323

The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) has the primary responsibility for investigating crashes involving civil aircraft. In the case of a military aircraft incident, the appropriate branch of the military will be involved in the investigation. The NTSB is concerned with several aspects of a crash as described in this section. Every effort should be made to preserve the scene to the extent possible in the condition in which it was found until such time as NTSB or other authorized personnel arrive to take charge of the scene. Military personnel will respond to take charge of any military aircraft involved, regardless of any injury or death. If the crash did not result in a death or injury and the NTSB elects not to respond, the pilot or owner may assume control of the aircraft. Removal of the wreckage shall be done under the guidance of the NTSB or military authorities or, if the NTSB is not responding for an on-site investigation, at the discretion of the pilot or the owner.

Clandestine lab team Chapter 4 page 314

The Organized Crime Division (OCD) has a certified Clandestine Lab Team (CLT) that is specially equipped and trained for the purpose of investigating, dismantling, and transporting clandestine laboratories. This team is on call 24 hours a day, seven days a week to respond to clandestine labs.

Polygraph examinations Chapter 4 page 286

The Polygraph Unit was established to provide a useful investigative tool to support the investigative and administrative mission of the Department. Polygraph examination support is also provided to other federal, state and local law enforcement agencies on an as-needed basis. Polygraph examination used for administrative purposes require the approval of the Chief of Police.

Silver alert Chapter 4 page 353

The Silver Alert Network was developed as a statewide emergency response system for certain missing senior citizens. The network is designed to be activated when missing senior citizens with a diagnosed impaired mental condition poses a credible threat to their health and safety (37 Tex. Admin. Code § 9.31(a)). (a) Definitions 1. Diagnosed Impaired Mental Condition - A mental condition or disorder as defined by the current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual as a clinically significant behavioral or psychological syndrome or pattern that occurs in an individual and that is associated with present distress or disability or with a significantly increased risk of suffering death, pain, disability or an important loss of freedom. In addition, this individual's current condition presents a level of impairment significant enough to pose a credible threat to the individual's health and safety. The condition, e.g., Alzheimer's disease or dementia, shall be documented by a medical or mental health professional (37 Tex. Admin. Code § 9.31(b)). 2. Senior Citizen - A person who is 65 years of age or older (Tex. Gov't Code § 411.381(3)).

Taser device guidelines Chapter 2 page 67

The Taser is intended to control a violent or potentially violent individual while minimizing the risk of serious injury. It is anticipated that the appropriate use of such a device will result in fewer serious injuries to officers and suspects. The use of a taser device upon a subject by an officer shall only occur when the officer, while in the performance of his lawful duties, has an objectively reasonable belief that it is necessary to gain control of the subject. The department recognizes and respect the value of all human life and dignity without prejudice to anyone. It is also understood that vesting officers with the authority to use lawful and objectively reasonable force to protect the public welfare requires a careful balance of all human interest

Child safety check alert list Chapter 4 page 348

The Texas Department of Public Safety has created a Child Safety Check Alert List as part of the Texas Crime Information Center to help locate a family for purposes of investigating a report of child abuse or neglect (Tex. Fam. Code § 261.3022 (a)). An officer who encounters either a person alleged to have abused or neglected a child, or a child on the alert list who is the subject of a report of child abuse or neglect that the state is attempting to investigate, shall request information from the person or the child regarding the child's well- being and current residence (Tex. Fam. Code §261.3023 (a)). The officer should investigate as to whether it is appropriate to take possession of the child without a court order under Tex. Fam. Code § 262.104 and Policy § 424.6 above. The officer should inform a supervisor as soon as practicable when a child on the Texas Crime Information Center's Child Safety Check Alert List is located. The circumstances shall be documented in an appropriate report. The officer shall contact the Texas Crime Information Center and advise that the child has been located and shall provide the case number related to the incident.

Review of criminal offender record Chapter 1 page 40, 41

The Texas Department of Public Safety provides the authority and procedure whereby an individual may review his own criminal history record.

Misdemeanor citations purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 145

The Texas code of criminal procedures permits law enforcement agencies to use citation release procedures in lieu of arrest for class A, B and C misdemeanor offenses with certain exceptions. This policy does not apply to juveniles or traffic citations. Officers shall refer to the following policies regarding these topics. Policy 317 for juveniles and policy 342 for traffic citations A citation, or field release, is when the violator is released in the field without being transported to a jail facility

Flying while armed Chapter 8 page 468, 469

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has imposed rules governing law enforcement officers flying armed on commercial aircraft. The following requirements apply to personnel who intend to be armed while flying on a commercial air carrier or flights where screening is conducted (49 CFR § 1544.219): (a) Officers wishing to fly while armed must be flying in an official capacity, not for vacation or pleasure purposes. (b) Officers must carry their department identification card, which must contain a full-face picture, the officer's signature and the signature of the Chief or the official seal of the Department, and must present this identification to airline officials when requested. Officers should also carry the standard photo identification needed for passenger screening by airline and TSA officials (e.g., driver's license, passport). (c) Officers must submit a National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS) message prior to travel. The NLETS message sent by the employing agency will replace the current original letter of authority, signed by the chief or agency head, required under 49 CFR 1544.219. Once the NLETS message is received by TSA, a return NLETS message will be sent to the employing agency with an eight character Unique Alphanumeric Identifier for verification at the airport on the day of travel.

Toll road usage Chapter 8 page 477

The Vehicle Coordinator assigned to fleet operations shall maintain a list of license plate numbers for City vehicles that are authorized to traverse toll roads and furnish this list to the Texas Toll Road Authority in Austin in order to prevent toll charges from accruing on these vehicles.

Foreign officials claiming immunity purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 203

The Vienna Convention on Consular Relations sets forth certain rights of foreign officials from member countries when they are arrested, detained or imprisoned by U.S. law enforcement officials in this country. This policy provides direction to officers when considering a physical arrest or detention of a foreign officials claiming Diplomatic Immunity. As noted herein, the United States is a party to several bilateral agreements that obligate authorities to notify the consulate upon the person's detention, regardless of whether the detained person requests his consulate to be notified. A list of specific countries that the United States is obligated to notify is maintained by the U.S. Department of State. CTECC will maintain contact information for the U. S. Department of State, a current telephone list of foreign embassies and consulates, and a list of mandatory notice countries.

Administrative license revocation ALR

The administrative process to suspend the drivers license of persons who refuse or fail a breath and/or blood test

Pursuits initiated by other law enforcement agencies Chapter 2 page 100

The agency that initiates a pursuit shall be responsible for conducting the pursuit. Units from this department should not participate in, join, or assume control of a pursuit initiated by another agency unless approved by a supervisor or the watch lieutenant. As soon as practicable, a supervisor or the watch Lieutenant should review a request for assistance from another agency to determine if assistance will be provided. 1. At no time should a request to join or take over a pursuit from another agency that has entered this jurisdiction be granted if it violates the considerations and restrictions on vehicle pursuits outlined in this policy, with the following exceptions: - Authorization to participate in the pursuit may be granted for the sole purpose of ending the pursuit using tire deflation device or other approved devices and methods as outlined in this policy, regardless of the reason for the pursuit. - In the event that a pursuit from another agency terminates within the jurisdiction, approval may be given to provide appropriate assistance to officers from the allied agency including, but not limited to, scene control, containment, subject search, completion of supplemental reports, and any other assistance requested or needed. 2. Pursuit assistance to an allied agency by officers of this department should terminate at the city limits. Ongoing participation from this department may only continue with the approval of a supervisor

Follow up of hit or match Chapter 4 page 285, 286

The assigned investigator shall conduct a follow-up on all notifications of a forensics "hit" or match. The specific action(s) taken shall be documented in a supplement to the incident report. Follow- up includes but is not limited to: (a) Notifying the assigned Assistant District Attorney or Assistant County Attorney of a "hit" or match in a case that has already been referred for prosecution, whether the case was direct filed by uniformed patrol or an Investigative Unit. The name of the person notified will be included in the follow-up supplement along with the date the notification was made. (b) Documenting information that identifies if the "hit" or match belongs to the victim or some other person with legitimate access to the item or scene where the evidence was recovered. (c) Notifying the appropriate jurisdiction if the "hit" or match stems from another " Out of City" report. (d) Documenting the link to an identified "hit" or match from evidence recovered from the exterior of a property crime scene and whether filing a criminal charge can occur. (e) Filing the appropriate charges when the new forensic information assists in the identification or linking the offender(s) to the offense being investigated.

Field interviews, statements and confessions chapter 3 page 164

The basis of a statement or confession is to corroborate the elements of an incident. Written and oral statements or confessions should not be utilized as the sole basis for filing charges, any statement or confession should be corroborated by other legally obtained evidence or verified in an appropriate manner. Officers should keep in mind the following things when interviewing/interrogating a subject: 1. During a noncustodial interview, an officer will usually allow subject to leave after taking the statement or confession. A warrant can be obtained at a later time to take the subject into custody 2. There may be occasions when information is disclosed that changes the focus of the investigation towards the subject, where the facts and circumstances of the case dictate that he is no longer free to leave changing the noncustodial interview to a custodial interrogation 3. When an officer begins accusatory questioning of a subject who is not free to leave, the subject would generally be considered under arrest in the interview/interrogation would be custodial 4. Once the subject request to speak with an attorney or indicates a desire for legal representation, the interview/Interrogation will cease.

Baton and impact within guidelines Chapter 2 page 63

The baton and/or an impact weapon is authorized for use when, based upon the circumstances perceived by the officer, such force reasonably appears justified and necessary to result in the safe control of a subject. The need to immediately incapacitate the subject must be weighed against the risk of causing serious injury. The head, neck, spine and groan should not be intentionally targeted except when the officer has an objectively reasonable belief that the subject may call serious bodily injury or death to the officer or others.

Detention

The brief stopping of an individual based on reasonable suspicion for the purposes of determining the individuals identity in resolving the officer suspicions

Chain of command review responsibilities in level one and in custody death incidents Chapter 2 page 81, 82

The chain of command, up to and including the appropriate assistant chief, shall review the response to resistance inquiry packet for level one force incidents. All reviewer's shall: 1. Document their review following IA administrative procedures relating to the IA investigation of the incident 2. Review the inquiry packet and evaluate the report and supplements for compliance with law and department policy. Any reports that are incomplete or inadequate shall be returned to ensure corrections are made. 3. Order further inquiry or additional resources when necessary 4. Evaluate and comment on any training, tactical, or equipment issues 5. Document any extension approvals for report deadlines. The employees commander shall ensure S IU and IA are notified of any deadline extensions 6. Forward the response to resistance inquiry packet to the next level in the chain of command under which the involved employee was working when the incident occurred, within four work days from the time it was received for review.

Chain of command review responsibilities and level to force incidents Chapter 2 page 85, 86

The chain of command, up to and including the commander, shall review the response to resistance inquiry packet for level two force incidents. A. All reviewer's shall: 1. Review the inquiry packet and evaluate the report and supplements for compliance with law and department policy 2. Document whether the response to resistance was within department policy: - Add a notation at the end of the supervisor inquiry memorandum if you agree that the response to resistance was within department policy - If necessary, each level of the chain of command may write a supplemental memorandum to be included in the inquiry packet 3. Evaluate and comment on any training, tactical, or equipment issues 4. Order further inquiry or additional resources when necessary 5. Any reports that are incomplete or inadequate shall be returned to ensure corrections are made 6. Forward the response to resistance inquiry packet link via email to the next level in the chain of command under which the involved employee was working when the incident occurred within four work days from the time it was received for review 7. Document any extension approvals for report deadlines. The commander shall ensure IA is notified of any significant deadline extensions, when applicable.

Chief of police Chapter 1 page 24

The chief of police is the director of the department and assumes responsibility for the overall management of the organization, authorizes the institution of programs which keep APD effective in responsiveness to a wide variety of community needs, and guides the department in progress of leadership and technology arenas. The chief is responsible for keeping the city manager informed of the department activities and accomplishments.

Annual report Chapter 3 page 202

The chief of police shall submit an annual report as required by CCP to TCOLE and each governing body served by this agency. Further, unless exempt under CCP, each year prior to March 1, the chief of police shall provide to TCOLE and to each governing body served by this agency a report containing an analysis of the information required.

Instructions to cited person Chapter 3 page 147

The citing officer shall, at the time he asked the defendant to sign the notice to appear, call attention to the time and place for appearance and take any other steps he deems necessary to ensure that the defendant understands his written promise to appear.

Confidentiality Chapter 3 page 151, 152

The confidentiality of names of juveniles in the records is mandated by state law. The following guidelines will be strictly followed: 1. The names of juvenile offenders will not be released to the news media or any other person not involved in the judicial or diversion process. 2. A juvenile defendant or juvenile suspect shall not be named in any public document, including an affidavit for an arrest warrant involving an adult codefendant or in an affidavit for a search warrant. However, there may be times when an investigator believes that naming a juvenile in the affidavit is essential. In those cases, an assistant district attorney assigned to juvenile court should be contacted in order that alternatives can be explored. 3. Information on juveniles collected during the course of business may be released/disseminated under the following circumstances: - Information required to be collected for the juvenile justice information system will be forwarded to DPS - Information compiled during investigation of a criminal combination may be released to other criminal justice agencies or any court having jurisdiction over a child - Information concerning missing children may be entered into NCIC and - Information concerning children adjudicated of sexual offenses and required to register with the department as a sex offender will be forwarded to DPS.

Control strategies and considerations Chapter 4 page 304, 305

The control strategies employed by the MFF include: (a) Containment. (b) Arrest. (c) Local Emergency Orders. (d) Emergency Response.

Control supervisor reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 113, 114

The control supervisor shall complete an officer involved foot pursuit packet and forward the link to an on duty Lieutenant over the area where the pursuit was initiated. The foot pursuit packet will be completed electronically and stored on the G Drive. Additionally, the supervisor will complete the foot pursuit log on share point. The package should contain: 1. Supervisor supplement report to include the following information: - Date/time of foot pursuit - Length of the pursuit - Involved units and officers - Initial reason for foot pursuit - Starting and termination points - Disposition: arrest, citation or other release. Arrestee information should be provided if applicable - Injuries and/or property damage - Medical treatment - Acknowledgment of the foot pursuit via communications - Assumption of control supervisor duties - Any on scene response - Internal foot pursuit review initiation

Control supervisor reporting responsibilities Chapter 2 page 106, 107

The control supervisor shall promptly complete an electronic officer involved pursuit folder and follow the link by email to an on-duty Lieutenant over the area where the pursuit was initiated. Additionally, the supervisor will complete the pursuit log on share point and a supplement report for the offense. The package should contain: 1. The supervisor supplement report will include the following information: - Date/time of pursuit - Length of the pursuit - Involved units and officers - Initial reason for pursuit - Starting and termination points - Disposition: arrest, citation or other release. Arrestee information should be provided if applicable - Injuries and/or property damage - Medical treatment - Acknowledgment of the pursuit via communications - Assumption of control supervisor duties - Any on scene response - Internal pursuit review initiation - Weather conditions

Off duty law enforcement actions purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 250

The decision to become involved in a law enforcement action when off-duty can place an officer as well as others at great risk and must be done with careful consideration. This policy is intended to provide guidelines for officers of the Austin Police Department with respect taking law enforcement action while off-duty. The same standard of objective reasonableness that applies to on-duty enforcement actions shall also apply to off-duty enforcement actions. This policy does not apply to officers who are working in an undercover or approved secondary employment capacity.

Impound guidelines Chapter 3 page 232, 233

The decision to impound may be made by any officer as long as the vehicle is in violation of any City ordinance related to traffic or parking, or constitutes a traffic hazard. The following are situations/circumstances for which a vehicle may be impounded. 1. The operator of the vehicle has been arrested and the vehicle is otherwise safely operable. 2. It is an abandoned vehicle or junked/nuisance vehicle as defined in the Texas Transportation Code. 3. The vehicle is listed in the BOLO file as a "Stop, ID and Impound" (e.g., UUMV). 4. Due to any catastrophe, emergency or unusual circumstances the safety of the vehicle is imperiled and it cannot be moved to a safe place by other means. 5. The vehicle (including non-motorized) is an immediate and substantial hazard to persons or property because of the vehicle's location and/or condition.

Pursue driving considerations and restrictions Chapter 2 page 97

The decision to use specific driving tactics requires the same assessment of factors to be considered concerning pursuit initiation and termination. The following driving tactics apply to units involved in a pursuit: 1. Officers will space themselves from other involve vehicles, in consideration of their driving skills and vehicle performance capabilities, so they are able to see and avoid hazards or react safely to maneuvers by the fleeing vehicle and other police units 2. Officers should not attempt to pass the other units in a pursuit unless the situation indicates otherwise or requested to do so by the primary unit or control supervisor 3. In the event that the pursuit vehicle drives the wrong way on the roadway, the following tactics should be used: - Request air support assistance - If a divided roadway, maintain visual contact with the pursuit vehicle by paralleling on the correct side - Request other units to watch for exits available to the vehicle 4. Officers will not pursue a vehicle driving the wrong way on a: - Highway or freeway - Highway or freeway frontage/service road or - Any roadways that are directly connected to a highway/freeway entry or exit ramp, or any roadway adjacent to or running parallel to a highway or freeway. 5. Officers have an obligation to drive with a due regard for the safety of lives and property. Driving the wrong way on the roadway does not necessarily protect the officer from the consequences of a disregard for traffic and/or legal restrictions.

Obedience to orders Chapter 1 page 27, 28

The department is an organization with a clearly defined hierarchy of authority this is necessary because obedience of a superiors lawful command is essential for the safe and prompt performance of law-enforcement operations. This section also applies to orders received by an employee in the field training program for a field training officer. 1. Orders from a supervisor to a subordinate will be in a clear and understandable language, civil in tone, and issued pursuant to departmental business. 2. Employees will not publicly criticize nor comment derogatorily to anyone about instructions or orders they have received from a supervisor 3. Employees will promptly obey any lawful order from a supervisor of higher rank, regardless if the supervisor is outside of the employees chain of command. Employees will obey any lawful order from a supervisor even if the order is relayed through an employee of lower rank. 4. Employees who are given an otherwise proper order which appears to be in conflict with an existing policy or previous order will respectively inform the supervisor issuing the order of the conflict A. If the supervisor issuing the order does not alter or retract the conflicting order, the order will stand B. The supervisor issuing the conflicting order will be responsible for the consequences, if any, of the conflicting order.

Kinetic energy projectiles Chapter 2 page 64, 65

The department is committed to reducing the potential for violent confrontations when such subjects or encountered. Kinetic Energy projectiles are less likely to result in death or serious physical injury. Kinetic Energy projectiles are approved by the department and are fired from 12 gauge shotgun's that are clearly identified as less lethal shotgun. Certain munitions can be used in an attempt to de-escalate a potentially deadly situation, with a reduced potential for death or serious physical injury.

Field observation card

The documentation of a subject stop when there is not a corresponding incident report, supplement or citation for the stop

Employee contact information Chapter 9 page 490

The e-PIF (electronic personnel information on-line form) contains the employee's address, phone number, emergency contact, support contact, and religious affiliation. Employees are required to keep all information on their e- PIF current. (a) Employees will update their e-PIF within 10 days of any change. (b) If an employee has no physical address they will email a map with clear and detailed directions to the residence to [email protected]. HR personnel will then attach this map to the employees record in the Master Work Schedule. (c) Employees will list their telephone numbers to include home, pager, work, and cell (if receiving stipend). 1. Employees will maintain an operational phone capable of receiving and placing calls from their residence. 2. Employees receiving a cell phone stipend will ensure the phone is operational and available for use at all times. 3. Employees assigned a direct office phone number will use that number as their work number. 4. Employees who are not assigned a direct office phone number may use a generic phone number (e.g., 974-5000), or, with the permission of their supervisor, the supervisor's phone number.

Management of email Chapter 10 page 684

The email system is not designed for long-term retention of messages. (a) Employees are solely responsible for the management of their email mailbox. (b) Employees should purge messages at least on a regular basis. (c) Emails that employees desire to save or that become part of an official record should be printed or stored in another database. (d) Archive emails (personnel folders inside Outlook) are stored on the employee's network drive and can impact server space that is set up for the employee. (e) Employees are reminded that the Department has Records and Retention policies that must be followed when deleting or removing any files.

Employee responsibilities for all force level incident Chapter 2 page 76, 77

The following outlines the required responsibilities of involved employees, employees that witness an incident and employees designated to assist at the scene of any response to resistance incident. - Involved employees shall notify their supervisor as soon as practicable of any force incident or allegation of use of force. - Involved employees shall request EMS as soon as practicable when a subject complains of injury, has visible injuries, or the circumstances indicate that an injury may have occurred. For the purpose of this section, injury, does not include taser probe marks that are not in a sensitive area of the body. - If a person not under arrest is transported for medical treatment as a direct result of an officer's response to resistance, an officer will accompany that person to the medical facility for monitoring unless or until a supervisor believe such monitoring is no longer necessary. - Employees not involved in the force incident may be directed by a supervisor to assist at a force incident scene. This may include locating and identifying witnesses to the incident. 1. Employees shall notify a supervisor in the event a witness refuses to give a statement or provide identifying information 2. Employees shall not detain or delay a witness who refuses to remain at the scene. • The witnesses physical description, license plate, comments, or other identifiers shall be documented in the employee supplemental report • any photographs or video tape containing images of a witness who refuse to remain at the same shall be turned in with the response to resistance inquiry packet

Support personnel Chapter 4 page 344, 345

The following person(s) should be considered if it appears an in-depth investigation is appropriate: (a) Patrol supervisor. (b) Investigative personnel. (c) Evidence collection personnel. (d) APD Victim Services. (e) Adult Protective Services.

Release of criminal history record information Chapter 1 page 40

The following persons are authorized to release criminal history record information 1. Terminal agency coordinator, TAC. 2. All communications center personnel 3. All sworn law-enforcement personnel 4. Personnel specifically designated by the TAC and train to receive criminal history record information. Criminal history record information shall not generally be transmitted by radio, cell phone, or through computer terminals to field personnel or vehicles except in cases where circumstances reasonably indicate that the immediate safety of the officer or the public or at significant risk. Examples of situations where the transmission of summary criminal history information would be justified include a hostage situation or an armed suspect. A routine investigation or traffic enforcement stop would not be sufficient justification. - Personnel shall not have access to criminal history record information until a background investigation has been completed and approved - Nothing in this procedure is intended to bring Hibbett broadcasting warrant information concerning wanted persons Police cadets are authorized access to criminal history information only during their field training periods. Permission must be given by the field training officer to him they are assigned. Cadets will be required to sign the log sheet and enter the name of the officer who gave them permission.

Identifying response to resistance documentation Chapter 2 page 73, 74

The following response to resistance reports and forms are required as determined by the force level of the incident: - Response to resistance incident report: the initial incident report written by the primary reporting employee for all force level incidents. Title code 8400 shall be added to the incident report by the primary reporting employee to identify the incident as a response to resistance incident. The use of force section of the details Page shall also be completed - Response to resistance supplement: a supplement written to the primary reporting employees incident report - Response to resistance SIU inquiry report: a separate incident report written by the SIU unit for all level one incidents and in custody death. - Response to resistance level two inquiry control sheet: a cover sheet completed by the supervisor for all level two incidents

Handling police bicycles Chapter 5 page 395, 396

The following section outlines the guidelines for Police Bicycles: (a) Accountability. (b) Care and Use. (c) Repair and Maintenance. (d) Storage Locations.

Level two incident inquiry, reporting, and review requirements Chapter 2 page 82

The following sections explain the responsibilities in level two force incidents for: - Supervisors - Chain of command review

Types of informants Chapter 4 page 383

The following types of informants are considered resources of the Austin Police Department. Informants shall not be considered as personal sources of information to any individual officer. (a) Citizen Informants - Persons who provide information or evidence to assist the Department in the reduction of crime without any expectation of payment or benefit. This is normally referred to as the "concerned citizen." (b) Paid Informants - Persons who are providing information or evidence to APD in exchange for money paid by APD. (c) Defendant Informants - Persons who have been: 1. Arrested and the evidence is sufficient to support a charge; or 2. Formally charged with an offense; or 3. Indicted. (d) Juvenile Informants - Persons under the age of 17 years old may only be used as an informant with parental consent or as authorized by a court order.

Preferred hospital for forensic exam Chapter 4 page 341, 342

The gender and age of the victim shall determine the preferred hospital for the examination. However, the victim may choose a particular hospital as long as it is within the city limits of Austin. (a) The preferred hospitals are: 1. St. David's Hospital - Any adult victim. - Males who are 12 and older. - Females who have started their menstrual cycle. 2. Dell Children's Hospital: - Males under the age of 12. - Females who have not started their menstrual cycle. (b) The charge nurse at St. David's Hospital will be given the incident number upon arrival. This is to ensure the SANE (Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner) is contacted and can respond to the hospital in a timely manner.

Search incident to arrest Chapter 3 page 139, 140

The general authority to search incidental to a lawful custodial arrest is not qualified or limited by the type of arrest. Objects of the search are weapons, evidence, and/or means of escape. 1. Persons: - When officers make a lawful arrest, they are permitted to conduct a contemporaneous search of the arrestee. Such a search safeguards the arresting officer and others nearby from harm while ensuring that the arrestee will not discard or destroy evidence - It is entirely reasonable for arresting officers to search the area where the defendant might reach in order to grab a weapon or evidence.

Expunction of files Chapter 1 page 41, 42

The identification unit and central records unit are the authorized coordinating bodies for implementing expunction procedures as ordered by the court. - All department personnel will provide assistance and support to the identification section and central records section in order to ensure compliance with this policy - The identification and central records managers or designees are responsible for returning all expunge records and files to the legal advisor in a timely manner.

Exploitation

The illegal or improper act or process of a caretaker, family member or other individual who has an ongoing relationship with the elderly or disabled person, using the resources of an elderly or disabled person for monetary or personal benefit, profit or game without the informed consent of the elderly or disabled person.

Involved officer reporting responsibility Chapter 2 page 113

The initiating officer will write a detailed incident report or supplement and submit their MAV media as evidence. This includes the primary officer initiating the pursuit, any secondary officers assisting in the apprehension or detention of any subjects, and any additional officers who assisted with the foot pursuit, canine, air support.

Prisoners requiring medical attention Chapter 3 page 182, 183

The intent of the Department is to quickly provide each ill or injured prisoner with medical attention. Prisoners shall be treated for injuries before being booked into jail. This includes subjects who have been subjected to Response to Resistance (a) Officers shall either request EMS or transport a person to an appropriate medical facility when any of the following criteria are present: 1. Large lacerations (greater than one inch in length), which are less than 12 hours old. 2. Actively bleeding lacerations (greater than 3/4 inch). 3. Obvious deformity of bones of the extremities, or open fractures. 4. Swelling to the face to the extent vision/breathing is difficult or impaired. 5. Possible heart attacks. Symptoms of heart attacks would include the chest pains, pain extending down the left arm, and/or difficulty breathing. 6. Alcohol or drug intoxication to the extent that the prisoner is unconscious. 7. Any condition in which the prisoner cannot move his extremities. 8. Neck pain following an auto collision. 9. Overdoses.

Safe handling of firearms general guidelines Chapter 8 page 461, 462

The intent of this policy is to promote proper firearm safety on and off duty. Employees shall maintain the highest level of safety when handling firearms. (a) Officers shall not unnecessarily display or handle any firearm. (b) Officers shall be governed by all rules and regulations pertaining to the use of the range and shall obey all orders issued by range personnel. (c) Officers will unload all weapons prior to entering the firearm range when going for firearm practice, training, qualification, or repair. Officers will use a clearing barrel to ensure weapons are unloaded.

Entry

The intrusion of the entire body

Death investigations purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 358

The investigation of cases involving death includes those ranging from natural causes to homicide. Some causes of death may not be readily apparent and some cases differ substantially from what they appeared to be initially. The thoroughness of death investigations cannot be emphasized enough.

Eyewitness identification procedures Chapter 4 page 277

The investigation of criminal incidents includes many diverse aspects. Eyewitness identification is only one element of a successful criminal investigation. The purpose of this policy is to outline the proper protocol for eyewitness identification procedures thus maximizing the reliability of identifications, exonerate innocent persons, and establishing evidence that is reliable and conforms to established legal procedure.

Transporting arrested person's Chapter 3 page 179, 180

The law imposes a duty of care on the transporting officer to protect prisoners from injury. (a) Any vehicle used to transport prisoners shall be searched for weapons and contraband at the beginning of a tour of duty, before and after each prisoner transport, and at the end of a tour of duty. (b) All prisoners shall be seatbelted and placed in an upright position while in a police vehicle. (c) The prisoner must be under observation at all times to reduce opportunities for escape, disposal or destruction of contraband, and/or attack on the transporting officer. (d) Safety Barrier: 1. When a vehicle is equipped with a safety barrier, the prisoner shall always be transported within the confines of the safety barrier. Officers shall position prisoners in the passenger side rear seat so they can be observed through the rear view mirror. 2. If the vehicle is not equipped with a safety barrier, a single prisoner shall be placed in the front seat where the transporting officer can maintain observation and control of the prisoner.

Inventory Chapter 3 page 144

The mobile fingerprinting device will be allocated to a specific shift or unit and assigned to an officer that has been trained in the device - The device will be part of the trained officers inventory and the officer is responsible for the device - If the trained officer leaves the shift or unit, or promotes, the device shall be reassigned by the supervisor to another train officer

Mobile field force response Chapter 4 page 304

The number of officers comprising the MFF will depend on the time of day that the MFF is initiated and is at the discretion of the Incident Commander. (a) Initiation of the MFF will be broadcast citywide by dispatch. (b) The MFF activation will utilize a tiered response plan. 1. Tier I Response - This involves using two designated officers from each on-duty patrol shift to respond to a MFF call up. 2. Tier II Response - This involves using officers from the Highway Enforcement Command (Motors, L&W, and Highway Response) and can be supplemented by additional officers from patrol or other Department units as dictated by the Incident Commander. (c) Generally a Tier I Response will be utilized for most situations. At the Incident Commander's discretion, a Tier II Response can be utilized. (d) Designated MFF officers will respond to the MFF broadcast. (e) The Incident Commander will make the determination whether MFF officers will respond to the scene or to a designated staging area. In some situations, MFF officers may be directed to respond directly to the scene to support the on scene officers while others are directed to respond to the staging location to form up a MFF response.

Primary aggressor

The person who appears to be the most significant aggressor rather than the first aggressor. In identifying the primary aggressor an officer shall consider: (a) The intent of the law to protect victims of family violence from continuing abuse. (b) The threats creating fear of physical injury. (c) The history of family violence between the persons involved. (d) Whether either person acted in self-defense.

Terminal agency coordinator TAC Chapter 1 page 39, 40

The police technology lieutenant is the designated terminal agency coordinator, TAC, for the Austin Police Department. The TAC is responsible for ensuring compliance with procedure and with applicable record security regulations and requirements imposed by federal and state law, as well as resolving specific questions that arise regarding authorize recipients of criminal history record information

Polygraph guidelines Chapter 4 page 286, 287

The polygraph examiner is the only person authorized to use the polygraph equipment or administer a polygraph examination. (a) Persons with serious physical or psychological ailments are not suitable for testing. The examiner will have the responsibility of determining the suitability of all persons submitted for polygraph examinations. (b) The examiner will determine who is authorized to observe a polygraph examination. (c) Polygraph examinations will not be administered to a subject on a particular offense unless requested by the assigned investigator or his supervisor. Anytime a person is under arrest for one offense and is to be tested on another, the investigator of the original offense will be contacted. (d) Polygraph examinations will not be administered unless: 1. a specific offense has been reported and prosecution is intended, or 2. The Chief has directed the polygraph use in an administrative case. (e) The subject will be advised by the investigator that the examination will not cause pain. The investigator should not attempt to discuss the actual procedure of the examination with the subject. This will be done by the examiner before the test is given.

Inquiry

The preliminary review of the events surrounding a response to resistance incident, including the initial response to the scene and follow up investigations

Enforcement guidelines Chapter 4 page 325

The primary duties of an officer who investigates a family violence allegation, or who responds to a disturbance call that may involve family violence, are to protect any potential victim of family violence and enforce the law by making lawful arrests of violators. Officers making an arrest for any incident involving family violence shall direct file all charges as outlined in Policy 323 (Booking and Arrest Review), unless directed otherwise by the appropriate investigator.

Critical incident negotiation team response Chapter 4 page 310, 311

The primary function of the Austin Police Department Critical Incident Negotiation Team is to assist other members of the Austin Police Department and/or other law enforcement agencies who require assistance with the professional resolution of hostage/barricaded subject situations, and unarmed suicidal subjects. The CINT is a direct support unit to the SWAT Team and together comprise a component of Special Operations. As such, the CINT is on the SWAT call- up trigger page. All requests for hostage negotiators or the CINT are made through the Communications supervisor. (a) Hostage and Barricaded Subjects - SWAT and CINT shall always respond to hostage/barricaded subject incidents. (b) "Jumper" Situations - Hostage negotiators may be called to the scene of "jumper" situations. When requested, generally two (2) hostage negotiators will respond. (c) All Other Unarmed Suicidal Subjects Situations - SWAT and CINT will not normally respond to any other type of unarmed suicidal subject. In unarmed suicidal subject situations other than a "jumper," officers may request a response from crisis intervention officers or the Crisis Intervention Team (CIT).

Reporting

The process of documenting the information gathered in the inquiry of a response to resistance incident through written, oral and visual means and compiling that information into the appropriate packet for review

Review

The process of evaluating all the given information obtained in the force incident inquiry and reporting stages to determine if the response to resistance was objectively reasonable and within policy guidelines

Processing of request for records Chapter 1 page 34

The processing of request is subject to these limitations: 1. The authorized receiving employee shall determine if the requested record is available and/or subject to any exemption from disclosure. Processing of such request may take up to 10 days. 2. The requesting party shall be required to pay in advance any establish fee for each record sought. 3. The department shall not be required to create records which do not otherwise exist, however, existing records may be copied in such a manner as to provide the requesting party with unrestricted portions of any record.

Case clearance purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 294

The proper clearance of a case, regardless of whether the crime was solved, is an important part of case management and vital for accurate reporting. This policy outlines how to properly clear a case in the guidelines for dismissing charges

Leg restraint device Chapter 2 page 60

The proper use and application of a leg restraint device can reduce the potential of injury and damage to property when dealing with violent or potentially violent subjects. This policy provides guidelines for the proper use of these devices. The department recognizes and respect the value of all human life and dignity without prejudice to anyone. A leg restraint device should only be used when officers reasonably believe it is necessary to augment other restraints while performing their lawful duties, a leg restraint device is never to be used as punishment. When an officer encounter circumstances where it reasonably appears necessary to restrain the legs to prevent escape or restraining violent or potentially violent subject during the course of a detention, arrest, and/or transportation, only department approved RIPP Hobble or ankle/leg Iron restraint devices shall be used and only in the department approved manner for temporary immobilization of the legs.

What is the primary core and guiding principle of the Austin Police Department? Page 6

The protection of life is the primary core value and guiding principle of the Austin Police Department. As such, all employees will strive to preserve human life while recognizing that duty may require the use of deadly force, As a last resort, after other reasonable alternatives have failed or been determined impractical. The departments basic goal is to protect life, property, and to preserve the peace in a manner consistent with the freedom secured by the United States Constitution.

Receipt of public information, open records, requests Chapter 1 page 35

The public information act requires governmental bodies to respond promptly to written request for information Promptly means as soon as possible under the circumstances and without unreasonable delay. Failure to comply with the act may result in the mandatory release of information that otherwise could've been withheld. The statue also contains civil and criminal penalties for intentional violators. 1. Upon receipt of a written request for information, employees will hand carry the request immediately to the departments open record coordinator. 2. With the exception of booking photos, employees shall not release information until it is cleared through the department of open records coordinator or department legal advisor. 3. After reviewing the request and the information being requested, the open records coordinator and the legal advisor will decide whether the information should be released or if I ruling request should be sought from the Attorney General's office 4. An attorney general's decision must be requested within 10 business days after receiving the request.

Crash investigation and reporting purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 221

The public safety responsibilities of law enforcement include responding to crashes in order to provide aid and assistance, document the incident, and identify possible criminal activity. Therefore, officers shall be dispatched to all reported crashes except as noted. In the event that a city-wide emergency or inclement weather creates an inordinate volume of calls for service involving minor crashes, the Watch Lieutenant may authorize patrol to temporarily deviate from any portion of this policy.

Patrol function, purpose, scope and function Chapter 3 page 116

The purpose of this policy is to define the functions of the patrol unit of the department to ensure intra-department cooperation and information sharing Officers will generally patrol in clearly marked vehicles, patrol assigned jurisdictional areas of Austin, respond to calls for assistance, act as a deterrent to crime, enforce state and local laws and respond to emergencies 24 hours per day seven days per week.

Detentions, Field interviews and field photographs. Chapter 3 Page 161

The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for conducting and documenting detentions, interviews, and taking and retaining photographs of subjects in the field.

Electronic-mail communications purpose and scope Chapter 10 page 682

The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the proper use and application of the Department's electronic mail (email) system by employees of this department. Email is a communication tool available to employees to enhance efficiency in the performance of job duties and is to be used in accordance with generally accepted business practices and current law (e.g., Texas Public Information Act). Messages transmitted over the email system must only involve official business activities and contain information essential to the business, administration, or practices of the Department. Use of the email system by any employee implies both understanding and compliance with this policy. Employees using the email system will do so in an appropriate and professional manner. 1. Employees observing someone using the e-mail system inappropriately, or who receives unusual or inappropriate material, will notify their supervisor. 2. The supervisor receiving such information will review it and take appropriate action.

Canine unit purpose and scope Chapter 5 page 398

The purpose of this policy is to establish the guidelines and procedures for using the APD Canine Unit.

Discrimination and harassment purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 557

The purpose of this policy is to prevent Department members from being subjected to discrimination, harassment, or sexual harassment and to ensure full equal employment opportunity in conformance with federal, state and local law. The Austin Police Department is committed to creating and maintaining a work environment that is free of all forms of discrimination and intimidation, including sexual harassment. The Department will take preventive, corrective and disciplinary action for any behavior that violates this policy or the rights and privileges it is designed to protect.

Handling juveniles purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 150

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance and direction for processing and handling juvenile offenders within APD's jurisdiction. Juveniles are afforded equal protection under the law, however, there are differences in the manner in which juveniles are handled under Texas law. Employees are responsible for participating with and supporting the ideals set forth in the family code. These provisions are: 1. To provide for the protection of the public, and Public Safety 2. Consistent with the protection of the public in public safety: - To promote the concept of punishment for criminal acts and - To remove, when appropriate, the taint of criminality from children committing certain unlawful acts and - To provide treatment, training, and rehabilitation that emphasizes the accountability and responsibility of both the parent and the child for the child's conduct.

Swift water and flooding incident purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 306

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance and direction in responding to a swift water/ flooding incident. The objective in responding to swift water/flooding incidents is to safely remove victims from the danger of swift water or flooding while keeping the safety of responders and citizens at a premium. These situations are inherently dangerous. The possibility of a rescuer becoming a victim is ever present and should be considered at all times.

Outside agency assistance and joint task forces purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 246

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to officers when requesting assistance or answering a request for assistance from another law enforcement agency. It is the policy of this department to provide assistance whenever possible, consistent with the applicable laws of arrest and detention policies of this department, when another law enforcement agency requests assistance with an arrest or detention of any person. This department may also request an outside agency to provide assistance.

Child abuse purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 346

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines and procedures for reports of suspected child abuse and the taking of minors into protective custody.

Pay differential purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 628

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for handling temporary assignments in a higher rank classification and the associated pay differential for such assignments. (a) The Chief of Police may authorize the designation of a person from the next lower classification to temporarily fill a position in a higher classification (Tex. Local Gov't Code § 143.038). (b) The designated person is entitled to the base salary of the higher position plus the person's own longevity or seniority pay, educational incentive pay, and certification pay during the time the person performs the duties, even if the temporary position lasts only one (1) day. (c) Temporary designations will not be made for periods of less than one day unless approved by a Commander or above.

On duty injury and illness purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 645

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for reporting on-duty injuries, illnesses, and deaths to the APD Workers' Compensation Office to ensure proper medical attention is received when appropriate and to document the circumstances of the incident. Provisions contained herein shall apply to both sworn and civilian employees but only to injuries and illnesses that occur in the authorized course and scope of employment on or after the effective date of this policy. (a) Guidelines for off-duty or non-occupational injury and illness incidents are outlined in Policy 955 (Attendance and Leave). (b) Guidelines for Limited Duty status, Extended Limited Duty status and the Return to Work Programs are outlined in Policy 958 (Limited Duty, Extended Limited Duty, and Pregnancy).

Elder abuse purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 343

The purpose of this policy is to provide members of this department with direction and understanding of their role in the prevention, detection and intervention in incidents of elder abuse. It is the policy of the Austin Police Department to treat reports of violence against elderly persons as a high priority criminal activity that is to be fully investigated regardless of the relationship between the victim and the suspect(s) (Tex. Hum. Res. Code § 40.0527).

Communicable disease exposures and response protocol's purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 650

The purpose of this policy is to provide reporting guidelines for employees who believe they have been exposed to any communicable disease during the normal course of their work. This policy covers the most prevalent types of reported exposures which are Tuberculosis (TB) and Blood Exposures (HIV, Hepatitis B & C). DEFINITION OF A COMMUNICABLE DISEASE EXPOSURE When an external source of blood, body fluid or bacteria/virus from an infected person comes into contact with an employees' mucous membranes (eyes, mouth, or nose), an opening in the officers' skin or is inhaled by the officer.

News and media relations, purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 196

The purpose of this policy is to seek a balance between permitting the free flow of information to the public and the media while protecting both the prosecution's case and the rights of the accused from possible prejudicial publicity. Public information and positive media relations are an integral part of the operation of any public service agency and APD is no exception. Most citizens have little contact with law enforcement and their opinions of the police are often formed by our Department's portrayal in the media. The release of public information and maintenance of good media relations is a crucial element of APD's mission. Employees must maintain a good rapport with the public and the media and deal with them in a courteous manner. The media has a legitimate function in our society and the public trust of the police can be enhanced through media relations. APD is committed to informing the community and members of the news media of events that are handled by, or involve, the Department. Employees will cooperate fully in meeting the relevant information needs of the public and the news media. Every reasonable effort should be made to obtain requested information, so long as the release of that information conforms to federal and state laws, and follows established Department guidelines.

Statements and confessions Chapter 4 page 275, 276

The purpose or objective of a statement or confession is to take lawful and accurate statements that corroborate the elements and details of an incident. In doing so, investigators and supervisors will be cognizant of such factors as the mental and intellectual abilities of the subject being interviewed and the duration of the interview itself. Written and oral statements or confessions should not be utilized as the sole basis for the filing of charges; any statement or confession should be corroborated by other legally obtained evidence or verified in an appropriate manner. (a) Whenever possible, employees shall record all interviews and interrogations by audio and/ or video. (b) Separate statements and confessions should be taken when more than one crime has been committed. (c) Statements and confessions should be taken in the suspects own words and typed by the person taking the statement or confession. (d) Written or recorded copies of statements or confessions will not be given to the person from whom the statement or confession was obtained.

Special investigations unit responsibilities in level one and in custody death incident Chapter 2 page 81

The ranking S IU supervisor on scene of a level one incident shall assume command of the scene. S IU shall conduct a response to resistance inquiry and forward the inquiry packet to IA or the involved employees chain of command within 45 calendar days, unless extended by an assistant chief.

DWI enforcement purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 236

The responsibility to remove intoxicated drivers from the roadway extends to all sworn members of the Department. This policy establishes guidelines for the detection, arrest, and processing of drivers who are suspected of operating a motor vehicle while intoxicated. It also provides guidelines for the implementation of the Texas Administrative License Revocation (ALR) Statute for intoxicated drivers who either refuse or fail a blood or breath test.

General conduct and responsibilities purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 479

The rules of conduct set forth in this policy do not serve as an all-inclusive list of requirements, limitations, or prohibitions on employee conduct and activities; employees are required to know and comply with all Department policies, procedures, and written directives. (a) Employees will maintain a working knowledge and comply with the laws, ordinances, statutes, regulations, and APD written directives which pertain to their assigned duties. (b) Employees who do not understand their assigned duties or responsibilities will read the relevant directives and guidelines, and will consult their immediate supervisor for clarification and explanation. (c) A lack of knowledge of an APD written directive is not a defense to disciplinary action.

Web 2.0

The second generation of the World Wide Web focused on shareable, user generated content, rather than static webpages. Some use this term interchangeably with social media

Determination of seniority Chapter 1 page 26

The senior officer in a police incident shall be determined by rank, then by seniority within the rank. Seniority of civilian employees shall be determined as follows: - Competent authority will designate a person to be in charge of a particular situation or group - In the absence of designation of command, seniority will be determined by job classification, then by length of continuous service within the classification.

Levels of immunity Chapter 3 page 204

The specific degree of immunity afforded to foreign service personnel within the U.S. is directly related to their function and position in this country. 1. Diplomatic agents (e.g., ambassadors and United Nations representatives) are afforded the highest levels of immunity. They are exempt from arrest or detention and are immune from all criminal (and most civil) prosecution by the host state. The family members of diplomatic agents enjoy these same immunities. Currently there are no diplomatic agents permanently assigned to Texas; but they do occasionally visit the state.

Designation of supervisor to conduct inquiry Chapter 2 page 78, 79

The supervisor of the employee involved in the force incident shall typically be the primary supervisor conducting the force inquiry. The following exceptions apply: - If an incident involves multiple employees with different supervisors, a lieutenant from the area where the incident occurred, or the watch Lieutenant, shall assign one supervisor to be the primary inquiring supervisor. The responding supervisor will conduct the force inquiry. Additionally, the responding supervisor will notify the other involved employees supervisors of the force incident and their employees involvement. This notification will be made by email and will include the incident report number. - A supervisor involved in a force incident shall not review the incident. A supervisor who is at the scene and witnesses the incident, but is not directly involved in the force incident, may conduct the inquiry. - If an employee the rank of sergeant or lieutenant is involved in a level two or three force incident, another supervisor the rank of the involved employer or higher shall conduct the inquiry - If an employee the rank of commander or higher is involved in a level two or level three force incident, the employer will notify their immediate supervisor and the duty commander. At the direction of the duty commander, and on-duty Lieutenant may be designated to complete the inquiry.

Tire deflation device Chapter 2 page 104, 105

The use of a tire deflation device should be approved in advance by the control supervisor and deployed only when it is reasonably apparent that only the pursuit vehicle will be affected by their use. Officer should carefully consider the limitations of such devices as well as the potential risks to officers, the public and occupants of the pursuit vehicle. If the pursuit vehicle is transporting hazardous materials, or a school bus transporting children, officers and supervisors should weigh the potential consequences against the need to immediately stop the vehicle. 1. Tire deflation device shall not be used when a motorcycle is involved in the pursuit 2. The following scenarios require supervisor approval prior to tire deflation device deployment: - The fleeing vehicle has made overt attempts to strike any other vehicles, personals, or structure during the pursuit or - There is a reasonable belief that the suspect is armed, independent witness claims, self admittance, multiple vehicle statements etc. 3. Officers who are driving units equipped with a tire deflation device and are authorized to deploy, may proceed code 3 to a location likely to be in a path of the pursuit 4. Tire deflation device units shall advise communications when they have reached the deployment site and give their location

Utilization and deployment Chapter 5 page 394

The use of bicycle patrols will emphasize the mobility and visibility of the Department to the community. (a) Bicycles may be used for: 1. Regular Patrol duty. 2. Traffic enforcement and parking control. 3. Special events. (b) Bicycles may be deployed to any area at any hour of the day or night in accordance with Department needs and as staffing levels allow. (c) Requests for specific deployment of bicycle patrols may be coordinated through any chain- of- command, a specific Commander, or the Watch Lieutenant.

Body worn digital recording systems purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 123

The use of body worn digital recording system provides an unbiased audio/video recording of events that employs encounter. These recordings can be useful for the documentation of evidence, the preparation of offense reports, and future court testimony. These recordings can also protect employees from false allegations of misconduct and be of use when debriefing incidents or evaluating performance.

Use of radios/cellular phones during bomb related incidents Chapter 4 page 316

The use of equipment during bombing/bomb threat response incidents that generate radio frequency energy is a subjective matter that must balance risk versus benefit. The need for communications among responders can outweigh the risk of communication equipment inadvertently causing a detonation of an unknown explosive device. With this is mind it is permissible to leave radios and cell phones on during a bomb threat search or life saving measures at explosion scenes, but if a suspicious item is identified, do not transmit from a position near the item(National Guidelines for Bomb Technicians, Section 8.5, rev 3/10, U.S. Dept of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation).

Response to resistance, philosophy Chapter 2 page 40

The use of force by law-enforcement personnel as a matter of critical concern both to the public and to the law-enforcement community. Officers are involved on a daily basis and numerous and varied human encounters and when warranted, my exercise control over another in carrying out their duties. The department recognizes and respect the value of all human life and dignity without prejudice to anyone. It is also understood that vesting officers with the authority to use lawful in objectively reasonable force and to protect the public welfare requires a careful balancing of all human interest.

Air operations and air support purpose and scope Chapter 5 page 400

The use of the air support can be invaluable in certain situations. This policy specifies potential situations where use of your support may be requested in the responsibilities for making a request.

Death or serious bodily injury during pursuit Chapter 2 page 108

The vehicular homicide unit shall forward pursuit packet link via email to the chairperson of the force review board when the pursuit resulted in death or serious bodily injury.

Information Chapter 4 page 367

The victim should also contact the Federal Trade Commission, which is responsible for receiving and processing complaints under the Identity Theft and Assumption Deterrence Act. The victim can contact the FTC online at http://ftc.gov or by telephone at 1-877-ID Theft (877-438-4338). Additional information may be found at the United States Department of Justice (USDOJ) website, http://www.usdoj.gov.

Equipment inventory control Chapter 8 page 441, 442

There are seven categories of departmental inventory with specific employees responsible for control of each. Commanders/managers may establish additional controls within their area of responsibility. (a) Fixed Assets or "Capital Equipment" This category includes items with a purchase price of $1,000 or more and having a life span of one year or longer. The Materials Manager is responsible for Department- wide control of these assets. Geographic "zone managers" (commanders/managers), are responsible for the care and control of the assets within their area. (b) APD Numbered Equipment This category includes items issued by Equipment and Supply with a purchase price of less than $1,000 and having a life span of one year or longer.

Folder shuffle method Chapter 4 page 280, 281

There may be unavoidable situations where an independent administration is not possible. If this occurs, then the officer will attempt the folder shuffle method of presenting the lineup and attempt a blind administration. If emergency circumstances preclude an independent administrator or folder shuffle method, then the officer will document the circumstances in the offense report. The folder shuffle method is done using only sequential lineups. (a) The officer will place the suspect photograph and a minimum of five filler photographs in separate envelopes. (b) The officer will shuffle the envelopes until the officer does not know which envelope contains the suspect's photograph. (c) Place two empty folders at the end. (d) The officer will provide the witness one envelope at a time without looking at the photograph first. (e) Each time the witness has viewed a photograph, the witness will return the folder to the officer and indicate whether or not it is the suspect's photograph.

Voluntary rehabilitation program Chapter 9 page 570

These guidelines apply only to one requested leave of absence. Any request for additional leave of absence under the Voluntary Rehabilitation Program will be handled on a case-by-case basis and granted only at the sole discretion of the Chief or designee, and as required by law. The return to work agreement should be prepared by the affected employee's immediate supervisor, and a copy of this agreement should be sent to the DTC. (a) An employee who is being treated for a legal drug or alcohol problem may be placed on unpaid medical leave of absence; however, some or all of the leave of absence may be substituted with paid leave accrued by the employee. (b) While on such leave the employee will be subject to all APD policies and procedures governing such leaves of absence. (c) Nothing in this policy is intended to conflict with the provisions of the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA), and in the case of any conflict, the provisions of the FMLA prevail.

Warrantless arrest guidelines Chapter 3 page 170

These guidelines are based upon the idea that the use of an arrest, followed by prosecution, is not the primary or exclusive method available to officers and the Department. (a) Minor infractions of the law may not be sufficient to justify an arrest. Officers should be concerned with what the law says and what the law was designed to accomplish. Laws generally serve as the tools officers use to protect residents' rights and to maintain peace in the community. If enforcement of the law does not serve these purposes, arrests can rarely be justified. (b) One of our concerns is the maintenance of public order, looking toward a preventive rather than a punitive approach to crime. (c) Officers are not required to exhaust all alternatives, or go through the alternatives in succession before making an arrest, but may resort to that method that will most quickly and safely bring the situation under control.

Bomb threats, explosive devices, and bombing/explosion incidents purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 316

These guidelines have been prepared to assist officers in the initial response to incidents involving bomb threats, explosive devices, or bombing/explosion incidents. Under no circumstances should these guidelines be interpreted as compromising the safety of first responders or the public. When confronted with an incident involving explosives, safety shall always be the primary consideration.

General department technology guidelines Chapter 10 page 675

These policies apply to all employees of the Austin Police Department using any Department Technology. Use of these systems implies that employees agree to comply with all applicable laws, guidelines, and Department and CTM policies. (a) The Police Technology Unit is responsible for maintaining and approving new technology. (b) Employees are responsible for their own network account regardless of who actually uses it. Employees will log off the network upon completion of computer activity or take reasonable precautions (e.g., lock the computer screen) when stepping away from a computer. (c) Employees must use their own login and password to access the network. Disclosure of login and password, access codes, or other authentication devices to others must be kept to an absolute minimum and done only when approved by a supervisor.

Hate crimes purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 373

This department recognizes and places a high priority on the rights of all individuals guaranteed under the Constitution and the laws of this state. When such rights are infringed upon by violence, threats or other harassment, this department will utilize all available resources to see that justice is served under the law. This policy has been developed to meet or exceed the provisions of the James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Act and provides members of this department with guidelines for identifying and investigating incidents and crimes that may be motivated by hatred or other bias. The federal government also has the power to investigate and prosecute bias-motivated violence by providing the U.S. Department of Justice with jurisdiction over crimes of violence where the perpetrator has selected the victim because of the person's actual or perceived race, color, religion, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability (18 USC 245).

Hate crime reporting Chapter 4 page 374, 370

This department shall report hate crimes in the form and manner and at regular intervals as prescribed by rules adopted by the Department of Public Safety. This shall be conducted by the Central Records Manager or assigned to the Investigation Unit (Tex. Gov't. Code § 411.046(b)). The Department may request hate crime-related information or statistics from the Department of Public Safety to carry out investigations or other lawful business (Tex. Gov't. Code § 411.046(c)).

Response to resistance inquiry, reporting, and review. Chapter 2 page 73

This directive sets forth department policy and procedures for inquiring, reporting, and reviewing force incidents in response to resistance involving department personnel. The specific required inquiry, reporting, and review of these incidents is determined by the force level, as defined in the policy Personnel may delay compliance with the provisions of this order if the scene is unstable, there is unrest, or other conditions make immediate compliance impracticable. The protection of the public, department personnel, and maintenance of Public Safety shall remain a top priority. Compliance with this order shall occur as soon as practicable. The approving supervisor shall ensure the reason for the delay is documented in the supervisor supplement or inquiry memorandum.

Suspended (pending prosecutorial review) Chapter 4 page 295, 296

This is a temporary clearance status to indicate that the case is being reviewed by the Grand Jury. (a) Upon a Grand Jury decision, the status will be changed to reflect the correct final disposition: 1. "True bill" will use the status Cleared by Arrest. 2. "No bill" will use the status Cleared Exceptionally.

Warrant issued (suspended) Chapter 4 page 296

This is a temporary clerance status to indicate that a warrant is outstanding for the arrest of one or more suspects. When all suspects have been arrested the clearance status shall be changed to cleared by arrest

Notice

This may be in the following forms: (a) Oral or written communication by the owner or someone with apparent authority to act for the owner; or (b) A sign(s) posted on the property or at the entrance to a building where it is reasonably likely to come to the attention of intruders indicating that entry is forbidden; or (c) Fencing or any other enclosure designed to exclude intruders.

Folder shuffle method

This method is employed when a blind procedure is not possible. It is a method of administering a photographic lineup such that the officer cannot see or track which photograph is being presented to the witness until after the procedure is completed

Responsibilities Chapter 9 page 558

This policy applies to all Department personnel. All employees shall follow the intent of these guidelines in a manner that reflects Department policy, professional law enforcement standards and the best interest of the Department and its mission. All employees shall promptly report any observed or known violations of this policy to: 1. Any person in the employee's chain-of-command, including the Chief. If the allegation involves a person in the employee's chain-of-command, employees should feel free to report the situation to any other supervisor. 2. Internal Affairs (for sworn employees). 3. The APD-HR manager (for civilian employees). 4. City Auditor's Office. 5. The Director of City-HR or Civil Service.

Aircraft crashes purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 322

This policy describes situations involving aircraft crashes, including responsibilities of personnel, making proper notification and documenta

Missing persons purpose and scope chapter 4 page 349

This policy describes the procedure for acceptance, reporting, documenting and investigating missing persons. State law, as well as federal law under 42 USC 5779(a), specify certain requirements relating to missing persons (Tex. Code of Crim. Pro. art. 63.002 et. seq)

Emergency and disaster operations purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 298

This policy establishes procedures for the initial response, assessment, and containment of unusual occurrences that result from natural disasters, man-made disasters, acts of terrorism, and civil disturbances. These unusual occurrences are of such magnitude that they may necessitate the recall of personnel and/or the request for support from other agencies in order to maintain Life and Safety, Incident Stabilization, Property Conservation, and Societal Restoration (LIPS).

Telephone and mail protocol purpose and scope Chapter 10 page 685

This policy establishes uniform procedures for dealing with telephone inquiries and the use of Department telephone and mail systems.

Employee speech, expression, and social networking Chapter 9 page 670

This policy is intended to address issues associated with employee use of social networking sites and to provide guidelines for the regulation and balancing of employee speech and expression with the legitimate needs of the Department. Nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit or infringe upon any employee's communication, speech or expression that has been clearly established as protected or privileged. This policy applies to all forms of communication including but not limited to film, video, print media, public or private speech, use of all Internet services, including the World Wide Web, email, file transfer, remote computer access, news services, social networking, social media, instant messaging, blogs, forums, video and other file-sharing sites.

When DMA V uses required Chapter 3 page 127, 128

This policy is not intended to describe every possible situation where the system may be used. In some circumstances it is not possible to capture images of the incident due to conditions or location of the camera however the audio portion can be valuable evidence and is subject to the same activation requirements. 1. All units responding to a scene shall activate their DMAV equipment when they: - Arrive on scene to any call for service - Are attempting to detain or arrest a person - Have detained or arrested a person or - By nature of the incident, are likely to detain or arrest a person

Attendance and leave purpose and scope Chapter 9 page 632

This policy outlines employee attendance requirements, leave benefits, and the basic procedures to be followed when using leave time. The types of leave covered in this policy include vacation leave, exception vacation leave, personal holiday, sick leave, Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA), compensatory time, emergency leave, leave without pay, leave of absence, administrative leave, and military leave. (a) Guidelines for on-duty injury, illness, and crash incidents are outlined in Policy 956 (On- Duty Injury and Illness). (b) Guidelines for Limited Duty status, Extended Limited Duty status, and the Return to Work Programs are outlined in Policy 958 (Limited Duty, Extended Limited Duty, and Pregnancy).

Search and seizure Chapter 3 page 136

This policy outlines the following types of searches and seizures: - Exigent circumstances - Consent - Search incident to a lawful arrest - Vehicle inventory - Probable cause - Protective frisk based on a reasonable suspicion - Plainview - Strip/body cavity search - Residences, open field, and abandoned property

Arrests purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 167

This policy outlines the guidelines for warrant and warrantless arrests. The following policy cannot address every situation that an officer might encounter; however, in exercising arrest authority, officers should be guided by what is contained in this document. Nothing in this policy should be interpreted as authorizing or restricting an officer's arrest authority as defined by the Code of Criminal Procedure.

Criminal trespass purpose and scope

This policy outlines the procedures for handling criminal trespass situations.

Abandon, stolen, and unauthorized use of a motor vehicle purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 362

This policy prescribes the guidelines for handling: (a) Abandoned/Junked Motor Vehicles. (b) Stolen Vehicles. (c) Unauthorized Use of Motor Vehicles.

Police observer program, purpose and scope Chapter 3 page 191

This policy provides guidelines for the police observer program. The police observer program provides an opportunity for eligible citizens and civilian employees to experience how the department works first hand

Response to resistance, purpose and scope Chapter 2 page 48

This policy recognizes that the use of force in response to resistance by law-enforcement requires constant evaluation and that response to resistance is a serious responsibility. The purpose of this policy is to provide offers with guidelines on objectively reasonable response to resistance. While there is no way to specify the exact amount or type of objectively reasonable force to be applied in any situation, each officer is expected to use these guidelines to make such decisions and a professional, impartial, and objectively reasonable manner. This policy is written in terms to apply to sworn officers. In incidents where civilian employees are authorized to use force, they are subject to the same policies and procedures as officers but the test of object of reasonableness is judge from the perspective of an objectively reasonable civilian employee.

Duty firearms purpose and scope chapter 8 page 461

This policy sets guidelines on the types of authorized weapons and ammunition, as well as procedures for registration, qualification and proficiency with authorized weapons.

Sexual assault purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 340

This policy will establish a procedure by which officers shall investigate and report sexual assault related crimes.

General conduct Chapter 9 page 480

This section contains the expectations and requirements of employee conduct, both on-duty and off-duty, and causes for disciplinary action due to employee misconduct. This is not intended to cover every possible type of misconduct and does not preclude the recommendation of disciplinary action for specific action or inaction that is detrimental to efficient Department service.

Check out and return of department vehicles Chapter 8 page 472

This section covers the guidelines for checking out and returning Department vehicles that are stored and maintained at Department facilities. (a) Employees will not use a vehicle assigned to another area or unit unless prior authorization has been given by a supervisor from the affected area or unit. (b) Employees checking out a Department vehicle will: 1. Legibly sign the vehicle out on the appropriate roster. 2. Conduct an inspection before using the vehicle and contact their immediate supervisor or PCO if any issues are found; employees will : - Check for vehicle damage and cleanliness; - Check the condition of installed equipment; and - Perform standard maintenance checks including fluid levels. (c) Employees returning a Department vehicle will: - Refuel the vehicle when it has one-half (1/2) a tank of gas or less. - Park in a designated area at Department facilities. - Turn off all equipment and electronics. - Remove any personal equipment and trash from the vehicle. - Ensure all firearms are locked or turned into PCO. - Secure the vehicle and return the keys to PCO.

Mail guidelines Chapter 10 page 687

This section deals with the handling of Department and personal mail. (a) Intra-office mail envelopes are used for mail staying within the Department. (b) Inter-office envelopes should be used for correspondence to other City departments. (c) Both types of envelopes will be clearly labeled with the: 1. Date sent. 2. Name of the recipient. 3. Physical location of the recipient (e.g., North Substation, Robbery Unit, City of Austin Human Resources). (d) Employees' personal correspondence received at a police facility will be sorted and delivered to the addressee's Department mailbox. (e) Employees wishing to mail personal correspondence through the Department's mail system will pay all applicable postage.

Bicycle officer responsibilities Chapter 5 page 395

This section establishes the specialized procedures for officers that work any part of their assigned duty on a bicycle. (a) Bicycle Officers shall follow all guidelines outlined in Department policy, the Police Mountain Bike course, and any subsequent refresher courses. (b) Bicycle Officers must operate the bicycle in compliance with the Transportation Code under normal operation (Tex. Transp. Code § 551.101 et seq.). Bicycle Officers may operate the bicycle without lighting equipment during hours of darkness when such operation reasonably appears necessary for officer safety and tactical considerations. Officers must use caution and care when operating the bicycle without lighting equipment. (c) Bicycle Officers are exempt from the rules of the Transportation Code under the following conditions (Tex. Transp. Code § 546.002): 1. In the execution of daily law enforcement activities and/or tactical considerations. 2. In response to an emergency call. 3. While engaged in rescue operations. 4. In the immediate pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the law. (d) Bicycle Officers should be deployed in teams of two.

When department issued BWDR system use is required Chapter 3 page 123, 124

This section is not intended to describe every possible situation where the system may be used. In some circumstances it may not be possible to capture images of an incident due to conditions or location of the camera, however the audio portion can be valuable evidence and is subject to the same activation requirements. 1. All units responding to a scene shall activate their department issued BWDR equipment when they: - Activate the DMAV recording prior to arriving on scene or - Have detained or arrested a person or - Are attempting to detain or arrest a person or - By the nature of the call for service, are likely to detain or arrest a person 2. Examples of when the department issued BWDR system must be activated include, but are not limited to: - Traffic stops - Pursuit, until completion of enforcement action - DWI investigations including field sobriety test - Warrant service - Investigatory stops - Any contact that becomes adversarial in an incident that would not otherwise require recording. In those situations, it may be impractical or unreasonable for employees to activate their system before taking police action. It is expected that once the immediacy of the situation is over, employees will activate their system to record the remainder of the incident.

Crash report an incident reporting Chapter 3 page 225

This section outlines the appropriate TxDOT crash report(s) to use and when an APD incident report is required. (a) Crash report forms shall only be completed or printed in ink. (b) Most questions concerning how to fill out a crash report can be answered by referring to latest version of the Instructions to Police for Reporting Crashes (CR-100) available online through TxDOT. Officers shall comply with the instructions in this manual. (c) A change or modification of a crash report prepared by a peace officer that alters a material fact in the report may be made only by the peace officer who prepared the report. A supplemental report may be made by any authorized employee (Tex. Transp. Code § 550.068).

Fugitive and search warrants Arrest warrants Chapter 4 page 288

This section outlines the guidelines for employees to follow when obtaining an arrest warrant and the proper internal handling procedures to ensure the warrant is properly entered into Local, TCIC, and/or NCIC. (a) Employees will complete the investigation of an alleged offense before obtaining an arrest warrant. Exigent circumstances that supersede the completion of the investigation will be discussed with the Unit supervisor and with the appropriate County or District Attorney's office of the county where the offense occurred.

Parking department vehicles Chapter 8 page 473, 474

This section outlines the guidelines for parking Department vehicles while conducting City business. City business does not include an employee parking a vehicle when merely showing up for work at his regular work location. (a) Employees are not authorized to park a vehicle in any prohibited parking area. Employees receiving a parking citation for parking in a prohibited area are responsible for paying the citation in a timely manner, regardless of whether or not the employee was on City business at the time the citation was issued. (b) Employees on City business may park at a metered parking space without paying the meter. 1. Employees receiving a parking citation at a metered parking space while complying with a work related subpoena must adhere to the following guidelines in a timely manner to have the citation dismissed; employees will: - Legibly write their name, employee number and the court information (e.g., "County Court 3/Cause #123456") in the margin of the parking citation itself; and - Attach a copy of the subpoena to the citation, if available; and - Submit the citation to the Court Liaison over the court the employee was attending.

Review of all BWDR system recordings Chapter 3 page 125

This section outlines the review of department issued and personally owned BWDR system recordings 1. Recordings may be reviewed: - By an employee to make sure the system is working - By an employee to assist with the writing of the report, supplement, or memorandum - By authorized persons for the purpose of reviewing evidence - By a supervisor investigating a specific active employee conduct - By authorized department personnel participating in an official investigation, such as a personnel complaint, administrative inquiry, or a criminal investigation. 2. Recordings may be shown for the purpose of training. If an involved employee objects to showing A recording, his objection will be submitted to his commander to determine if the reigning value outweighs the employees objection 3. In no event shall any recording be used or shown to ridicule or embarrassed any employee 4. Employee shall not obtain, attempt to obtain, or convert for their personal use or for the authorized use of another person, any information obtained by a BWDR system. Employees shall not make personal copies or attempt to upload recordings to social networking sites.

When to terminate a pursuit continued Chapter 2 page 96, 97

This section shall not be construed to authorize a pursuit that is expressly prohibited as outlined in the restrictions of vehicle pursuits. The factors listed in this policy on when to initiate a pursuit are expressly included herein and shall also apply to the decision to discontinue a pursuit. In addition to those factors listed, the following should also be considered in deciding whether to terminate a pursuit: 1. Distance between the pursuing officers in the fleeing vehicle is so great that further pursuit would be futile or require the pursuit to continue for an unreasonable time or distance 2. Pursued vehicles location is no longer definitely known 3. Officers shall discontinue the pursuit when they become aware their vehicle has developed a mechanical malfunction. This includes, but is not limited to - Any engine warning light activates on the dash, such as brake, ABS, check engine lights - Audible warning tones - Physical damage that affect the performance, maneuverability, or the functioning of the vehicle.

Field release citation Chapter 4 page 295

This status is used in misdemeanor cases were all arrested persons are issued a field release citation instead of a custody arrest

Cleared administratively Chapter 4 page 294

This status is used to clear non-criminal reports such as the following: (a) Missing persons that are found or returned home. (Juvenile runaways are Cleared Exceptionally). (b) Found property that is returned to the owner. (c) Request to locate where the subject is found. (d) Accidental injuries when no crime is involved. (e) Suicides where no crime has occurred. (f) Dependent/neglected children when there is no criminal element.

Suspended (not cleared) Chapter 4 page 295

This status is used when approved by the Investigative Unit supervisor and: (a) When the determination is made that any further investment of time would be inefficient or unproductive; or (b) After 30 days from the date of assignment and the case has not progressed to the point that it can be cleared by any other means described in this section.

Unfounded Chapter 4 page 296

This status is used with the approval of the Investigative Unit supervisor if the investigation shows that no offense occurred or was attempted. (a) If the facts of a case indicate that an offense occurred but not the offense indicated by the title code of the report, the supervisor will change the title code. (b) This status shall not be used when a report includes multiple title codes where at least one of the offenses listed is supported by the facts of the case.

Cleared by arrest Chapter 4 page 295

This status should be used if any person involved in the report meets the following criteria, regardless of the disposition of other persons involved or the status of other offenses alleged in the same report. (a) This status is used to clear criminal cases involving adult offenders when a suspect is arrested, charges are filed, and the case is referred to court for prosecution. (b) This status is used to clear criminal cases involving juvenile offenders when: 1. The suspect is physically taken into custody and transported to a juvenile facility or home; or 2. The suspect is processed and the case referred to Juvenile Court, whether or not the suspect was actually taken into custody.

Vision statement Page 6

To be respected and trusted by all segments of Austin's diverse community

Mission statement Page

To keep you, your family, and our community safe.

Prohibited speech, expression and conduct Chapter 9 page 670, 671

To meet the Department's safety, performance, and public-trust needs, the following is prohibited: (a) Speech or expression made pursuant to an official duty that tends to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation or professionalism of the Austin Police Department or its employees. (b) Speech or expression that, while not made pursuant to an official duty, is significantly linked to, or related to, the Austin Police Department and tends to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation or professionalism of the Austin Police Department or its employees. (c) Speech or expression that could reasonably be foreseen as creating a negative impact on the credibility of the employee as a witness. For example, posting statements or expressions to a website that glorify or endorse dishonesty, unlawful discrimination or illegal behavior. (d) Speech or expression of any form that could reasonably be foreseen as creating a negative impact on the safety of the employees of the Department. For example, a statement on a blog that provides specific details as to how and when prisoner transportations are made could reasonably be foreseen as potentially jeopardizing employees by informing criminals of details that could facilitate an escape or attempted escape.

Restricted information, warrants Chapter 3 page 200

To protect the safety and rights of officers and other persons, advance information should not be provided to the news media regarding search warrant or arrest warrant actions planned by law enforcement personnel, nor should media representatives be solicited or invited to be present. Any exceptions require prior approval of the Chief of Police. At no time shall the media be brought into a private residence during the execution of a search or arrest warrant.

Violent or mentally disturbed person's Chapter 3 page 180

To reduce the risk of injury to transporting officers and other prisoners, only one violent or mentally disturbed prisoner will be transported per vehicle at a time. No other prisoner will ride in the same vehicle with a violent or disturbed person

High priority incidents Chapter 3 page 133

Transmissions regarding emergencies, high-speed pursuits, serious crimes in progress shall be given priority over all other transmissions. Units not involved in the emergency shall stay off the air until the situation has been resolved Units coming in service during an emergency shall change their status on the MDC. If unavailable to do so, the unit will switch to an adjoining sector talk group, advise that dispatcher they are in service and then switch back to their primary talk group

Tuberculosis exposure's Chapter 9 page 653

Tuberculosis is a disease that is spread from person to person through the air. It must be inhaled by the victim for it to be contracted. Almost all TB can be cured. Becoming infected with TB is more difficult than previously believed. TB is almost always contracted while indoors with an infected person for long periods of time; the suns' UV (ultra violet) light kills active TB germs including drug resistant strains. (a) The employee who suspects that they have been exposed to TB shall notify their supervisor and complete the workers' compensation packet (957.1.4) and the exposure affidavit packet (957.1.4). Follow the submittal instructions as provided in section 957.1.4 . There is no need to report to any Emergency room for possible TB exposures. (b) The exposed employee shall contact the TB Surveillance team at the Travis County Health and Human Services Department (HHSD) during normal business hours. Their offices and clinic are located at 15 Waller street, Austin TX. This is the only location where testing for the COA is conducted. The Number is (512) 972-5460.

Employee responsibilities Chapter 4 page 376, 377

Under the Americans with Disabilities Act, service animals assisting individuals with disabilities are permitted in all police facilities and areas where the general public is allowed. Employees are expected to treat individuals with service animals with the same courtesy and respect that the Austin Police Department affords to all members of the public. If an animal exhibits vicious behavior, poses a direct threat to the health of others or unreasonably disrupts or interferes with normal business operations, the employee may direct the partner/ handler to remove the animal from the premises. Barking alone is not a threat nor does a direct threat exist if the partner/handler takes prompt, effective action to control the animal. Each incident must be considered individually and past incidents alone are not cause for excluding a service animal. Removal of a service animal may not be used as a reason to refuse service to an individual with disabilities. Members of this department are expected to provide all services as are reasonably available to the individual with the disability. If it is unclear whether an animal meets the definition of a service animal, officers should ask the individual only the following questions: (a) Is the animal required because of a disability? (b) What task or service has the service animal been trained to perform?

Information needed by a juvenile detention facility Chapter 3 page 156, 157

Under the provisions of the family code, pending a hearing, the child taken into custody will be released immediately by the juvenile court to a parent unless certain designated circumstances exist. Officers should inform intake personnel of the following facts, when known: 1. The child is likely to abscond or be removed from the jurisdiction of the court 2. Suitable supervision, care or protection is not being provided to the child by parent, guardian or other person 3. The child has no parent, guardian or other person able to return them to the court when required 4. The child may be a danger to themselves or may threaten the safety of the public if released 5. The child has previously been found to be a delinquent child or has been previously convicted of a penal offense punishable by a term in jail or prison and is likely to commit an offense of released

Window tent violation - rear window

Unlawful window tent Site if light transmission is 20% or less, and vehicle does not have an exterior rear view mirror on each side

Window tent violation - windshield

Unlawful window tent Site if light transmission more than 5 inches from top of windshield is 65% or less

Window tent violation - front door windows - both sides

Unlawful window tent Warn if light transmission is 21% to 24%. Site if light transmission is 20% or less

Police observer requests Chapter 3 page 193

Unless otherwise exempted by this policy, all participants of the Police Observer Program shall complete the Request for Approval to Ride in an APD Unit section of the Police Observer Information Form [PD0094] in its entirety. This form also includes the guidelines all observers are required to follow. (a) Generally, police observer requests shall be scheduled by the administrative staff of the Region in which the person wishes to ride. (b) Employees contacted by a member of the public wishing to ride as an observer should provide the person with the administrative phone number of the appropriate Region. (c) If the observer request is denied, a representative of the Department will contact the applicant and advise him of the denial. (d) Persons participating in this program as the guest of an officer must comply with this policy and the guidelines established on the Police Observer Information Form. - Officers shall have the guest observer complete the Police Observer Information Form and forward it to their supervisor for approval. - Supervisors shall forward the form to the appropriate administrative staff for filing.

Reporting Chapter 4 page 313

Unless otherwise relieved by supervisor, the initial officer at the scene is responsible for completion of reports or coordination of reports for the hostage/barricade incident

Initiating officer responsibilities Chapter 2 page 111

Unless relieved by another officer or supervisor, the initiating officer shall be responsible for coordinating the progress of the pursuit. 1. Early communication of available information from the involved officers is essential so that adequate resources can be coordinated and deployed to bring a foot pursuit to a safe conclusion. Officers initiating a foot pursuit should broadcast the following information as soon as it becomes practicable and available: - Unit identifier - Location and direction of travel - Reason for the pursuit - Number of subjects and description - Whether the subject is known or believed to be armed 2. Officers are reminded that radio transmissions made while running may be difficult to understand and may need to be repeated

Unauthorized endorsements and advertisements Chapter 9 page 671, 672

Unless specifically authorized by the Chief of Police, employees may not represent the Austin Police Department or identify themselves in any way as being affiliated with the Austin Police Department in order to do any of the following (Tex. Local Gov't Code § 556.004(c) and (d)): (a) Endorse, support, oppose or contradict any political campaign or initiative. (b) Endorse, support, oppose or contradict any social issue, cause or religion. (c) Endorse, support or oppose any product, service, company or other commercial entity. (d) Appear in any commercial, social or nonprofit publication or any motion picture, film, video, public broadcast or on any website.

Incidence of personal interest Chapter 3 page 251

Unless there is an exigent circumstance, employees shall refrain from handling police incidents of personal interest (e.g., family or neighbor disputes). When practicable, employees should report the matter to 9-1-1 so that an on-duty officer can respond. (a) Offenses that may be committed against the employee, members of the employee's family, or a business interest of the employee will be reported to the Investigative Unit with responsibility for investigation of such offenses. Normal filing procedures will be followed to prevent any potential for abuse of authority. (b) Employees shall not maintain continued involvement in any criminal case, nor personally file any criminal charge in a court of law, against any person for criminal offenses committed against the employee, any member of the employee's family, or which involves any business in which the employee has a proprietary interest.

Unsafe change of lanes

Unsafe change of Lane from Marked lane When involved in collision or apparently deliberate and hazardous

Investigations guidelines Chapter 4 page 349, 350

Upon arrival to a missing person call, officers shall: (a) Completely identify and interview the complainant to determine the circumstances surrounding the disappearance, along with the last person to have seen or been in contact with the missing individual. (b) Verify the person is missing, especially in the case of a child, by conducting a thorough search of immediate area where the individual was last seen or known to have been. (c) Obtain a complete description of the missing individual, consisting of, but not limited to: - Full name - date of birth. - Race/Sex. - Eye color, - Hair color and length. - Height and weight. - Last known clothing description. - Scars, body markings, or tattoos.

Crash Response Chapter 3 page 221

Upon arriving at the crash scene, an officer should give immediate consideration to: (a) Proper placement of the emergency vehicle to provide protection for officers and the scene. (b) Requesting medical assistance for any injured parties. (c) Requesting additional support that may be necessary (e.g., Crime Scene Unit, traffic control, AFD, tow vehicles). (d) Clearing the crash off of the roadway as soon as possible. If it is not possible to clear the roadway in a reasonable period of time, officers may need to manually direct traffic and/or place traffic cones/flares to divert traffic around the crash scene.

Watch Lieutenant responsibilities Chapter 2 page 112

Upon becoming aware that a foot pursuit has been initiated, the watch Lieutenant should monitor and continually assess the situation and ensure the foot pursuit is conducted within the guidelines and requirements of this policy

Watch Lieutenant responsibilities Chapter 2 page 103

Upon becoming aware that a pursuit has been initiated, the watch Lieutenant should monitor and continually assess the situation and ensure the pursuit is conducted within the guidelines and requirements of this policy

Communications responsibilities Chapter 2 page 112, 113

Upon notification that a foot pursuit has been initiated, communications shall: - Assigned an incident number and log all foot pursuit activities - Coordinate communications of the involved units and personnel - Notify and coordinate with other involved or affected agencies, as needed - Broadcast updates and other pertinent information, as necessary - Ensure that the communication supervisor and appropriate Lieutenant are notified of the foot pursuit. If the lieutenant over the area where the foot pursuit initiated is available or does not respond in a timely manner, the nearest available Lieutenant shall be contacted - Notify the watch Lieutenant as soon as practicable - Dispatcher shall keep other areas of the city advised if the foot pursuit is likely to enter or cross into multiple areas - Upon verbal confirmation that a foot pursuit has been terminated, communications shall again broadcast the designated citywide alert tone signifying the foot pursuit has been terminated

Communications responsibilities Chapter 2 page 102, 103

Upon notification that a pursuit has been initiated, communications shall: - Broadcast an alert tone citywide to inform officers that a pursuit is in progress - Assign an incident number and log all pursuit activities - Coordinate communications of the involved units and personnel - Notify and coordinate with other involved or affected agencies, as needed - Broadcast updates and other pertinent information, as necessary - Ensure that the Communication supervisor and appropriate Lieutenant are notified of the pursuit. If the lieutenant over the area where the pursuit initiated is unavailable or does not respond in a timely manner, the nearest available Lieutenant shall be contacted - Notify the watch Lieutenant as soon as practicable - Dispatchers shall keep other areas of the city advised of the pursuit is likely to enter or cross into multiple areas - Upon verbal confirmation that a pursuit has been terminated, communications shall again broadcast the designated citywide alert tone signifying the pursuit has been terminated

Returning issued city property and equipment Chapter 8 page for 39

Upon resignation, termination, transfer to another City Department, or retirement, employees are required to process through the Equipment and Supply Section no later than the effective date of the action in order to turn in all APD issued equipment and uniforms. (a) When an employee turns in any property, equipment, or clothing to the Equipment and Supply Section, he will sign a receipt form countersigned by the Equipment and Supply Section employee receiving the item(s). (b) An inventory audit will be conducted and a clearance form will be completed. The employee and the Equipment and Supply Section employee will sign the form after accounting for all equipment. (c) Employees who fail to clear through the Police Equipment and Supply Section or who fail to adequately account for all APD issued equipment prior to the effective date of separation will be sent a letter demanding payment or the return of any outstanding equipment.

MDC use while driving Chapter 3 page 131

Use of the MDC by the operator should be limited to times when the vehicle is stopped. When the vehicle is in motion, the operator should only attempt to read messages that are likely to contain information that is required for immediate enforcement, investigative, or safety needs. Short transmissions, such as a license plate check, are permitted if it reasonably appears they can be done safely

Vehicle pursuits purpose and scope Chapter 2 page 94

Vehicle pursuits expose innocent citizens, law-enforcement officers, and fleeing violators to the risk of serious injury or death. The primary purpose of this policy is to provide officers with guidance and balancing the safety of the public and themselves against law-enforcement duty to apprehend violators of the law. Another purpose of this policy is to minimize the potential for pursuit related crashes. Vehicular pursuits require officers to exhibit a high degree of common sense and sound judgment. Officers must not forget that the immediate apprehension of the subject is generally not more important than the safety of the public and pursuing officers.

Towing situations Chapter 3 page 231

Vehicles shall be towed using an authorized request or rotation wrecker in the following situations: (a) Vehicles disabled due to a traffic crash that must be removed from the scene regardless of whether the driver is arrested, as outlined in Policy 346 (Traffic Crash Response and Reporting). (b) All other disabled vehicles where the driver is on-scene, officers are providing assistance and the driver is requesting the vehicle be towed.

Vehicle registration Chapter 3 page 205

Vehicles that are owned by foreign missions or foreign service personnel and their dependents are registered with the Department of State OFM and display distinctive red, white and blue license plates. Vehicles assigned to diplomatic or consular officers will generally have license plate labels with the words "diplomat" or "consul." Vehicles owned by honorary consuls are not issued OFM license plates; but may have Texas license plates with an "honorary consul" label. A driver's identity or immunity status should not be presumed from the type of license plates displayed on the vehicle. The status of an OFM license plate should be run via the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS), designating "U.S." as the state, if the officer has reason to question the legitimate possession of the license plate.

Vehicles Chapter 3 page 207

Vehicles which are owned by subjects with full immunity may not be searched, stored or impounded without the owner's permission. Such permission may be assumed if the vehicle has been stolen. These vehicles may, however, be towed the necessary distance to remove them from obstructing traffic or creating any other hazard.

Protective orders purpose and scope Chapter 4 page 336

Victims of family violence are entitled by law to protection from harm or abuse and the threat of harm or abuse. Various types of orders may be issued by various courts in family violence cases.

Department overtime

Voluntary participation in job or duty related assignments originating from within the Department, which are outside an employee's regularly scheduled 40 hours of work per week, and for which the employee normally, but not necessarily, receives overtime compensation from the City of Austin. Compensation either can be at the expense of the Department or reimbursed through outside funding (e.g. grants). This does not include Court Overtime, late calls, overtime related to workload or emergency holdovers.

Signs, signals and markings

Warning citations will be issued for a three day. After installation of new signs, signals and devices. Exceptions would be where an accident occurs or an aggravated situations

Firearm discharge situations, warning shots Chapter 2 page 54

Warning shots are prohibited

Scanning required arrest warrant documentation Chapter 4 page 290

Warrant packet items must be scanned in the following order via a Xerox scan/copy station into the G:\Xerox\Warrants folder after the arrest affidavit/complaint is signed by a judge but prior to submitting the hard copies to the Central Records/Warrant Unit. (a) Original signed warrant. (Copy if charges filed in Williamson County) (b) Copy of the affidavit/complaint signed by the magistrate. (c) Emergency Protective Order (EPO) for Family Violence offenses, if applicable. (d) Victim Notification Form for Family Violence offenses, if applicable. (e) Detective Warrant Served Notice form.

Officer response Chapter 4 page 306

Water rescue incidents may involve individuals or vehicles trapped in swift water, water evacuations involving individuals stranded by slow moving but rising water, or individuals reported under water. Water rescue is normally a technical rescue to be accomplished only by a swift water rescue Special Operations Team. (a) Officers should request the AFD Special Operations Team, if not already dispatched. (b) Upon arrival at the scene, officers will: 1. Park the patrol unit out of potentially vulnerable areas in the event rising water becomes more widespread. 2. Wear their Personal Flotation Device (PFD) at all times at water rescue incidents. 3. Keep personnel and citizens without PFD's a minimum of 15 feet away from the waters edge. 4. Assess the situation, victim status and water conditions and continually update Communications.

Wiki

Webpages that can be edited collaboratively

APD personnel in joint taskforces Chapter 3 page 249

When APD personnel are assigned to assist other agencies in either long- or short-term joint task forces: (a) APD personnel will remain under the control of a specified APD supervisor. (b) Reporting procedures shall be established by APD supervisors to ensure regular reports are received from APD employees regarding their activities. (c) The involvement of APD personnel in joint task forces will undergo regular review by the involved employee's chain-of-command. (d) Affected assistant chiefs may request periodic reports from a chain-of-command either recommending the continuation or termination of the employee's involvement.

Repair of department vehicles during an out of city assignment Chapter 8 page 476

When a Department vehicle used in an authorized out-of-city assignment becomes disabled and is in need of immediate repair to return safely to Austin, the employee using the Department vehicle will obtain minor repairs locally or coordinate by phone with Fleet Services for major repairs. (a) Minor repairs are considered repairs that can be made for less than $300. The employee should attempt to use a service that will honor the City fuel credit card. (b) Major repairs are considered repairs that can be made for $300 or more. The employee will contact Service Center #5 to coordinate major vehicle repairs. If Service Center #5 is closed, the employee will use the emergency number at (512) 974-3333.

Recovering stolen vehicles Chapter 4 page 364, 365

When a call for service indicates a stolen vehicle has been found, or a stolen vehicle hit is returned through TCIC/NCIC, confirmation shall be obtained by an officer prior to recovering the vehicle. 1. Officers shall be dispatched to all recovered stolen vehicle incidents. 2. Officers shall request Communications to have the vehicle removed from TCIC/ NCIC. 3. All confirmed and recovered stolen vehicles shall be processed for latent prints. - Vehicles should be processed by a Property Crime Technician if one is on- duty and available within a reasonable amount of time. A Property Crime technician shall not be left alone while processing a recovered stolen vehicle. - If a Property Crime Technician is not available, the responding officer shall process the recovered vehicle for prints. - If a stolen vehicle is not processed at the time it is confirmed and recovered, the reason must be explained in the narrative of the incident report/ supplement.

Leaving the scene in failing to stop and render aid Chapter 3 page 224, 225

When a driver leaves the scene of a crash where there is damage to a vehicle without exchanging information required by law, it is considered an Leaving The Scene (LTS) crash (Tex. Transp Code § 550.022). When there is very minor damage, officers should determine if a reasonable driver would have had knowledge of the damage caused. Failing to Stop and Render Aid (FSRA) crashes are LTS crashes where someone suffers an injury (e.g., complaint of pain or visible injury) as a direct result of the crash (Tex. Transp Code § 550.021). 1. Found Suspect Vehicle and/or Driver: If the suspect vehicle and/or driver is located before the original reporting officer's tour of duty ends, officers shall: - Obtain any additional information and include it in the incident report or write a supplement; and - Take enforcement action if all necessary elements can be proven and the intent to evade responsibility is shown. 2. Enforcement Action: Enforcement of an LTS crash is determined by the following: - A citation may be issued for a class C misdemeanor if the pecuniary loss is less than two hundred dollars ($200). - A custody arrest may be made for a class B misdemeanor if the pecuniary loss is two hundred dollars ($200) or more.

Compensatory time Chapter 9 page 642, 643

When a non-exempt employee is required to work in excess of a normal 40-hour work week, the employee may be entitled to receive compensatory time in lieu of overtime pay for those extra hours worked. (a) Guidelines for compensatory time accrual are outlined in Policy 950 (Overtime and Compensatory Time). (b) The maximum allowable amount of compensatory time which an employee can accrue is 120 hours. (c) Supervisors will review compensatory time balances prior to approving an employee to accrue additional compensatory time.

Department responsibility to report Chapter 9 page 543

When a peace officer or county jailer is arrested, the Chief of Police of the arresting agency must report such fact, as mandated by 37 Tex. Admin. Code § 211.28, to TCOLE within 30 business days of the arrest. In addition, the Chief of Police must report the arrest, charge or conviction of any person who is under appointment with this department to TCOLE within 30 days of the arrest, as mandated by 37 Tex. Admin. Code § 211.29.

Arrest by other agencies Chapter 3 page 177

When an arrest is made by another law enforcement agency within the confines of its geographical jurisdiction and the Department is asked for assistance, necessary assistance will be provided in compliance with Department policy governing relations with other law enforcement agencies. All follow-up investigations, booking, and filing of complaints shall remain the responsibility of the arresting agency. (a) Under CCP Article 14.03(d) and (g), peace officers have statewide arrest authority in many situations, even when outside the peace officer's jurisdiction. APD may be called upon to take custody of a subject for any arrest made in the City of Austin by a peace officer whose jurisdiction does not include the City of Austin: 1. APD officers shall handle the case complying with CCP 14.03(d) or (g). 2. The outside agency arresting officer is required to complete the necessary supplemental reports. 3. Any arrest made by an off-duty officer from another jurisdiction that does not meet the requirements of CCP 14.03 (d) or (g) shall be handled as a citizen's arrest.

Repair department vehicles Chapter 8 page 476

When an employee discovers a defect in a Department vehicle, the vehicle will not be used if the defect is such that the safety of the employee is in doubt or continued use would aggravate the defect. Before removing a Departmental vehicle from service the employee will remove and secure all weapons. (a) Vehicle defects and malfunctioning emergency lights, sirens and radios shall be reported on the Vehicle and Equipment Repair Form and submitted to the on-duty PCO employee. (b) Vehicles removed from service for maintenance or repair will not be operated by anyone other than a repair employee until the vehicle has been returned to normal duty status. (c) Damage to police vehicles resulting from a prisoner's actions will be documented in the employee's incident report and the charge of "Criminal Mischief" will be added to any other charges against the person. The employee will complete the repair form, include the incident number and the damage to the vehicle, and forward the repair request to the vehicle fleet manager.

Response to explosion/bombing incidence Chapter 4 page 319, 320

When an explosion has occurred, there are multitudes of considerations which may confront the responding officers. As in other catastrophic incidents, a rapid response may help to minimize injury to victims, contamination of the scene by gathering crowds or additional damage by resulting fires or unstable structures. (a) Whether the explosion was the result of an accident or a criminal act, responding officers should consider the following actions: 1. Immediately don PPE upon arrival at the scene. 2. Attempt an up-wind approach if feasible. 3. Notify a supervisor and request assistance. 4. Immediately establish a safety perimeter and evacuate anyone in the immediate area. In establishing the perimeter, wind speed and direction must be considered. This information is available from Communications. 5. Have Communications contact the Bomb Squad and Duty Commander. 6. Set up an initial Command Post with other emergency services providers and advise Communications of its location. The location selected for a Command Post should be swept for secondary explosive devices and other hazards. 7. Direct initial responding units to perimeter locations. 8. Request anyone who has seen the device/explosion to stand by at the Command Post. 9. Be aware of the possibility of secondary devices and/or explosions.

Making modifications to an arrest Chapter 3 page 189, 190

When an officer discovers that charges need to be changed or dropped, or that additional charges need to be added after a prisoner has been booked into jail, the following procedures shall be followed prior to a probable cause affidavit being signed by a judge: (a) Travis County 1. If officers are still at Arrest Review, they shall fill out the "Charge Status Report" and/ or "Additional Charges" form and submit the form(s) to the Arrest Review detective. Officers shall make the appropriate changes to their reports. 2. When a detective who has been assigned a felony discovers a modification is in order, they shall use the electronic mail system to order the change.

Multiple hazardous traffic violations Chapter 3 page 210

When an officer observes a driver that has committed multiple hazardous traffic violations, a custody arrest may be made with supervisor approval. (a) The intent is to remove an obviously dangerous driver from the roadway. (b) Generally, three or more hazardous violations should be observed by an officer.

Reporting procedures Chapter 4 page 370

When an officer witnesses a subject being given a trespass notice by an owner/agent, the officer shall document the incident by either writing a "Criminal Trespass Notice" incident report (title code 2730) or complete a Criminal Trespass Notice Incident Form (PD0040 or PD0040E). If the notice is to be temporary and the suspect leaves when told to do so by the owner/agent, the officer will title the report "Assist Complainant" and document that the notice was temporary and should not be considered a permanent (e.g., up to one year) notice.

Children in custody of arrested person's Chapter 3 page 173, 174

When arrested persons have a child less than 17 years of age in their care, custody and control at the time they are arrested, it is the responsibility of the arresting officer or a designated officer on-scene to ensure the safe placement of the child. (a) Whenever possible, officers should take reasonable steps to accomplish the arrest of a parent or guardian out of the presence of a child. (b) Officers shall first attempt to locate a competent adult, at the request of the arrested party, to come and take custody of any children. Should a competent adult be located, the officer shall: - Run a check for any protective order regarding the adult with whom placement of the child/children is being considered. - Complete warrant and criminal history checks to ensure the child/children is not being placed with a wanted or dangerous felon.

DWI booking guidelines Chapter 3 page 243

When booking a driver into jail for DWI, the arresting officers shall: (a) Complete a booking sheet and indicate the appropriate DWI charge. (b) Complete the DIC-24 (DIC-54): 1. Notate what type of specimen was requested; and 2. Whether a specimen was provided; and 3. Give a copy of the document to the driver. (c) Complete the DIC-25 (DIC-55), give a copy of the document to the driver and seize his Texas driver's license when the driver: 1. Refuses to provide a specimen; or 2. Provides a breath specimen with results at or above the legal limit. (d) Do not seize an out-of-state license from a driver or a driver who provides a voluntary blood sample.

Investigative unit responsibility Chapter 4 page 340, 341

When conducting a preliminary investigation of an alleged sexual assault, officers shall contact the appropriate Investigative Unit for assistance: (a) Child Abuse Unit - If the victim is 16 years of age or younger. (b) Sex Crimes Unit - If the victim is 17 years of age or older.

Determining the objective reasonableness of force Chapter 2 page 49, 50

When determining whether to apply any level of force and evaluating whether an officer has used objectively reasonable force, a number of factors should be taken into consideration. - The conduct of the individual being confronted as reasonably perceived by the officer at the time - Officer/subject factors such as age, size, relative strength, skill level, injury/level of exhaustion and number of officers versus subject - Influence of drugs or alcohol or mental capacity - Proximity of weapons - The degree to which the subject has been effectively restrained and his ability to resist despite being restrained - Time and circumstances permitting, and the availability of other options, such as what resources are reasonably available to the officer under the circumstances - Seriousness of the suspected offense or reason for contact with the individual - Training and experience of the officer - Potential for injury to citizens, officers and subject - Risk of a skate - Whether the conduct of the individual being confronted no longer reasonably appears to pose an imminent threat to the officer or others - Other exigent circumstances

Bomb threats Chapter 4 page 317

When dispatched to a bomb threat, officers should: (a) Advise Communications of arrival one (1) to two (2) blocks from the location. (b) Locate, identify and interview the following personnel: 1. Person in charge of the premises. 2. Person who received the threat. 3. Anyone who knows anything about the threat or the suspect. 4. Evaluate the validity of the threat. (c) Evacuate the premises or area, if necessary: 1. The decision to evacuate a premises on a bomb threat should be made by the person in charge of the premises, but may be superseded by a supervisor at the scene. 2. If evacuation occurs, establish a perimeter of 300 feet or more from the target.

Failure to maintain financial responsibility Chapter 3 page 210

When drivers who do not have current proof of insurance, officers shall make an inquiry through the Texas Sure Database to confirm if the driver has insurance on file. (a) The inquiry shall be performed on the MDC or through Communications by running a license plate check. (b) If the Texas Sure Database is not accessible during the stop, officers shall note on the back of the citation "SURE was down".

Identification of problem drinking Chapter 9 page 568

When employees' drinking interferes with their work responsibilities and/or personal life, they should be encouraged to seek professional assistance. This would be to assess the nature of the drinking habit and to begin practicing the discipline of moderate drinking or abstention. Some of the early signs of problem drinking include, but are not limited to: 1. Poor attendance at work. 2. Off-duty disturbances involving alcohol. 3. Increased social drinking. 4. Drinking alone or in isolation. 5. Friends or family suggesting to reduce drinking. 6. Looking forward to drinking at certain times or the day or week. 7. A reliance on alcohol to relax or socialize more comfortably. 8. Knowingly make excuses for excessive drinking. 9. Arranging your weekly schedule around partying or drinking so as to have plenty of time to sleep it off or get over the hangover.

Other considerations Chapter 3 page 252

When encountering non-uniformed officers in public, uniformed officers should wait for acknowledgment by non-uniformed officers in case they need to maintain an undercover capability

Inquiries and complaints Chapter 4 page 377

When handling calls of a complaint regarding a service animal, members of this department should remain neutral and should be prepared to explain the ADA requirements concerning service animals to the concerned parties. Under the Americans with Disabilities Act, people with disabilities have the right to be accompanied by service animals in all public areas. (a) Businesses are required to permit service animals to accompany their partner/handler in all areas that other customers or members of the public are allowed. Individuals who believe they have been discriminated against as a result of their disability should be referred to the Civil Rights Division of the U.S. Department of Justice. (b) The Austin Police Department considers interference with or denial of this right by any member of the Department to be a serious violation of this policy. Complaints alleging violations of this policy against any Department employee will be promptly investigated and should be referred to the Internal Affairs Unit.

Use of proper title codes Chapter 4 page 334

When initiating an incident report, the use of proper title codes is critical to ensure proper report routing. (a) When no offense has been committed, the following title codes shall be used: 1. Dating Disturbance (2400) - When the incident involves a dating disturbance or dating violence incident. 2. Family Disturbance (3400) - When the incident involves a family disturbance or family violence incident. 3. Family Disturbance/Parental (3458) - When the incident involves a parent/guardian and child under 17. (b) When a family violence related offense is alleged or found to have been committed, the following title codes shall be used: 1. Assault W/Injury Fam/Dating Violence (0900-1). 2. Assault by Threat Fam/Dating Violence (0901-1). 3. Assault by Contact Fam/Dating Violence (0902-1). 4. Agg Assault Fam/Dating Violence (0402-1). 5. Agg Aslt Strangle/Suffocate - FV (0410-1). 6. Agg Aslt Enhancement Strangle/Suffocate - FV (0411-1) - When an assault involving strangulation/suffocation is enhanced due to an eligible prior conviction. 7. Continuous Violence Against Family (4030-1). 8. Felony Enhancement Assault with Injury - FV (0909-0) - When a misdemeanor assault is enhanced due to an eligible prior conviction.

Unauthorized departures for mental health facilities Chapter 4 page 380

When officers comes into contact with a person who is a confirmed Unauthorized Departure (UD) from a mental health facility, officers will confirm that a court order has been issued for the individual requiring him to return to the appropriate mental health facility. (a) If confirmed, take the person into custody and transport him to the appropriate mental health facility. (b) If no court order exists the employee shall request an on-duty CIT officer to respond and complete a supplement detailing his observations.

Reporting Chapter 4 page 339

When officers investigate a family disturbance or similar incident and are informed that any person has violated a protective order, officers shall initiate an incident report regardless of whether an arrest is made. (a) Officers shall use the appropriate title code to the incident report: 1. Viol of Bond Conditions (3006). 2. Viol Temp Ex Parte Order (3007). 3. Viol of Emerg Protective Order (3008). 4. Viol of Protective Order (3009). 5. Viol PO / Sexual Assault Victim (3010). 6. Viol of Court Order - Non EPO/PO (2008) - When the incident is of a civil nature (e.g., restraining order, child custody). (b) Officers should document the identifying information of the protective order (e.g., order number, effective dates, judge's name) in the narrative.

Animals in custody of arrested person's Chapter 3 page 174

When prisoners have an animal with them at the time of their arrest and no responsible person is available to take custody of the animal, it shall be taken into the city animal shelter for safekeeping until the prisoners release. Officers show note in their incident report who took custody of the animal.

General leave guidelines Chapter 9 page 634, 635

When reviewing leave requests, supervisors will consider the needs of the Department and availability of other personnel before approving the requests. (a) Employees requesting to use any personal leave (e.g., vacation, exception, compensatory, personal holiday) shall submit the appropriate leave request form to their immediate supervisor for approval. 1. Leave requests will not be approved when the leave will create the need for backfill unless exigent circumstances exist. 2. Sworn employees must submit an APD Leave Request Form (PD0069A or E) for: - paid continuous leave of 60 days (320 hours) or less for non-medical purposes, or - pre-approved use of non-FMLA sick leave. 3. APD Extended Leave Request Form (PD0069C) for: - Any unpaid leave, regardless of length - Any leave exceeding more than 60 days, other than FMLA qualified - Any leave of 30 days or more, if extending leave after FMLA approved leave has been exhausted

Family violence involving strangulation/suffocation Chapter 4 page 327, 328

When the suspect impedes the normal breathing or circulation of the blood of the victim by applying pressure to the victim's throat, neck or by blocking the victim's nose or mouth, the assault shall be enhanced to a felony of the third degree (Tex. Penal Code § 22.01(b)(2)(B)). (a) While in most cases there is evidence of both external and internal injury to the neck, many times there are no visible injuries. In those instances, an internal injury may still have occurred that can result in death. Victim may not understand the danger of their injuries and may be reluctant to seek medical attention. 1. Call EMS to the scene to evaluate the victim even if the victim doesn't want them. 2. Advise EMS you suspect strangulation with possible life threatening injury. (b) Proper documentation of an assault involving strangulation/suffocation is critical and should include at least the following: 1. Physical Signs - This may include, but is not limited to: - Red marks or bruising around the neck. - Loss of memory in the recollection of the sequence of events. - Petechial hemorrhaging (burst blood vessels) in the eye or face area. - Difficulty and/or painful swallowing or hoarseness in the voice.

Mandatory notification Chapter 4 page 347

When this department receives a report of abuse occurring at the facilities listed below, notification shall be made promptly to the licensing office with jurisdiction over the facility. (a) A state operated, licensed or certified facility (Tex. Fam. Code § 261.103). (b) A report of the death of a child who was, at the time of death, living at, enrolled in or regularly attending a facility licensed by the state to care for children, unless the circumstances of the child's death are clearly unrelated to the child's care at the facility. Additionally, an immediate notification is required to the appropriate licensing agency if the suspected child abuse occurs while the child is being cared for in a child-day care facility, involves a child-day care licensed staff person or occurs while the child is under the supervision of a community care facility licensee or staff person.

Officer/prisoner of opposite gender, or juveniles Chapter 3 page 180

When transporting prisoners of the opposite gender, or juveniles, the transporting officer shall notify the dispatcher of the: - Intended destination and beginning odometer reading to the nearest 10th of a mile and - Ending location and odometer reading to the nearest 10th of a mile upon arrival at the intended destination

Prohibited uses of chemical agents, carrying, treatment and transporting prisoners subjected to chemical agents Chapter 2 page 64

When transporting prisoners who have been subjected to chemical agents, officers shall ensure that the prisoner stays upright with a clear airway and is not placed in a prone position to avoid possible positional asphyxia. Officers must be especially careful and tightly restraining combative subjects following the use of Chemical agents. Before booking, officer shall advise Jail personnel when a prisoner has been subjected to chemical agents.

Verification of order Chapter 4 page 338

Whenever a complainant advises of the existence of a protective order, officers shall immediately attempt to determine the following: (a) If a protective order exists through the following means: 1. The complainant has a certified or official court copy of a protective order in his possession. 2. A protective order is on file via NCIC, TCIC, or APD Central Records. Temporary ex- parte orders are not entered into TCIC or NCIC and can only be verified by checking through APD Central Records. (b) If the protective order is valid by checking the termination or expiration date of the order, or whether the order has been vacated by the court. Temporary ex-parte orders must have been served prior to enforcement action in order for them to be valid. Service of temporary ex-parte orders can only be verified by checking through APD Central Records.

Procedure for investigating and alleged hate crime Chapter 4 page 374

Whenever any member of the Department receives a report of a suspected hate crime, or other activity that reasonably appears to involve a potential hate crime, the following should occur: (a) Officers will be assigned to the incident to conduct a preliminary investigation. (b) A supervisor should be notified of the circumstances as soon as practicable. (c) Once all "in progress" aspects of any such situation have been stabilized (e.g., treatment of victims, apprehension of suspects), the assigned officers will take all reasonable steps to preserve available evidence that may tend to establish that a hate crime was involved. (d) Officers will interview available witnesses, victims and others to determine what circumstances, if any, indicate the situation may involve a hate crime. (e) Officers should not tell individuals they are a victim of a hate crime as the determination is not made by law enforcement, however, officers should treat victims with empathy. (f) Officers or supervisors may request additional assistance from the appropriate Investigative Unit or other resources to further the investigation.

Assisting officer responsibilities Chapter 2 page 111

Whenever any officer announces that he is engaged in a foot pursuit, all other officers should minimize nonessential radio traffic to permit the involved officers maximum access to the radio frequency Officers in a position to intercept a fleeing subject, or who can assist the primary officer with the containment or apprehension of the subject, shall act reasonably and in accordance with department policy based upon available information in their own observations.

Procedure for relief Chapter 9 page 543

While a peace officer may be permitted to carry a firearm following a conviction under state law, federal law does not provide for any similar relief, and therefore the peace officer is not relieved of the restrictions imposed by federal law. Pending satisfactory proof of relief from any legal restriction imposed on an employee's duties, the employee may be placed on administrative leave, reassigned or disciplined.

Supervisor responsibility Chapter 3 page 166

While it is recognized that field photographs often become valuable investigative tools, supervisors should monitor such practices for compliance with department policy. This is not to imply that supervisor approval is required before each photograph

Circumstances under which aid may be requested Chapter 5 page 400, 401

While it is recognized that the availability of air support will generally provide valuable assistance to ground personnel, the presence of air support will rarely replace the need for officers on the ground. Law enforcement air support may be requested under any of the following conditions: (a) When the aircraft is activated under existing mutual aid agreements. (b) Whenever the safety of law enforcement personnel is in jeopardy and the presence of the aircraft may reduce such hazard. (c) When the use of aircraft will aid in the capture of a suspected fleeing felon whose continued freedom represents an ongoing threat to the community. (d) When an aircraft is needed to locate a person who is missing and whose continued absence constitutes a serious health or safety hazard. (e) Vehicle pursuits.

Targeting considerations for the Taser device Chapter 2 page 69

While manufactures generally recommend that reasonable effort should be made to target lower center mass and to avoid intentionally targeting the head, neck, chest and groin, it is recognized that the dynamics of each situation and officer safety may not permit the officer to limit the application of the Taser device darts to a precise target area. As such, Officer should take prompt and ongoing care to monitor the condition of the subject if one or more darts strikes the head, neck, chest or groin until he is released to the care of paramedics were other medical personnel.

Restrictions while on injury leave Chapter 9 page 648, 649

While on Limited Duty or Extended Limited Duty, employees shall not engage in conduct that could possibly hinder their own recovery or safety or the safety of others. (a) No sworn or civilian employees shall: 1. Drive a City-owned vehicle without supervisor approval. 2. Utilize a take home vehicle without supervisor approval. 3. Participate in activities that could possibly hinder recovery (e.g., strenuous athletic activity). 4. Work any secondary employment that is inconsistent with any medical limitations or restrictions. 5. Work any secondary law enforcement related employment (LERE). (b) Sworn employees may request to work Department overtime and Non-LERE secondary employment by completing the Request for Departmental OT/ Non-LERE Employment form (PD0143) and submitting it to the Professional Standards commander at least 7 days prior to the assignment. 1. The form shall specify the duration and duties being performed during the overtime assignment; and 2. The Professional Standards commander shall determine if the duties of the assignment are within the medical limitations or restrictions; and, submit a written response to the requesting employee granting approval or denial of the overtime assignment.

Response to resistance policy Chapter 2 page 49

While the type and extent of force may vary, it is the policy of this department that officers use only that amount of objectively reasonable force which appears necessary under the circumstances to successfully accomplish the legitimate law-enforcement purpose in accordance with this policy. 1. Given that no policy can realistically predict every situation an Officer might encounter, it is recognized that each officer must be interested with well reasoned discretion in determining the appropriate response to resistance in each incident 2. Circumstances may arise in which officers reasonably believe that it would be impractical or ineffective to use any of the standard tools, weapons, or methods provided by the department. Officers may find it more effective or practicable to improvise their response to rapidly unfolding conditions they are confronting. In such circumstances, the use of any improvised device methods must still be objectively reasonable and used only to the extent which reasonably appears necessary to accomplish a legitimate law-enforcement purpose 3. While it is the ultimate objective of every law-enforcement encounter to minimize injury to everyone involved, nothing in this policy requires an officer to actually sustain physical injury before applying objectively reasonable force. 4. Any complaint by a subject that an officer cause pain or injury shall be treated as a response to resistance force incident, except complaints of minor discomfort from and resisted handcuffing.

Other lighting violations

WhiteLight to rear, neon lights Evidence of willful neglect or multiple warning violations

Factors to consider before initiating a pursuit Chapter 2 page 95, 96

With the exception of the specified restrictions on vehicle pursuits listed in this policy, officers are authorized to initiate a pursuit when it is reasonable to believe that a subject is attempting to evade arrest or detention by fleeing in a vehicle. The following factors will be considered both individually and collectively when deciding whether to initiate or continue a pursuit: 1. Seriousness of the known or reasonably suspected crime and it's relationship to community safety 2. The importance of protecting the public and balancing the known or reasonably suspected offense in the apparent need for immediate capture against the risks to officers, innocent motorist, and others. 3. Apparent nature of the fleeing subject, whether the subject represents a serious threat to public safety 4. Extended pursuits of violators for misdemeanors not involving violence or risk of serious harm, independent of the pursuit, are discouraged. 5. The identity of the subject has been verified and there is comparatively minimal risk in allowing the subject to be apprehended at a later time 6. Safety of the public in the area of the pursuit, including the type of area, time of day, the amount of vehicular and pedestrian traffic and the speed of the pursuit relative to these factors

Wrong side of road/wrong way

Wrong side of road - passing or drove wrong way on one-way Involved in collision or near collision, or where traffic is heavy, if no interference, warn